Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR ( IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB VOLUME 60 1958 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster. Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38. Mass. 73 Rv) Hovora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR, ( IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 January, 1958 No. 709 CONTENTS: A New Species of Samolus (Primulaceae) from Mexico. Tee B. Channel d oom cc os DD ee ene ic ee 1 A Cytotaxonomic Study of the Genus Achillea in Pennsylvania. Ehgood B. Ehrlé ...... 4 a Ve e BERN renun T Species New to the Flora of North or South Carolina. Harry E. Ahles, C. Ritchie Bell and Albert E. Radford................. 10 Bartholomew’s Cobble. R. C. Rollins (Review) ................ 32 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can be obtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All manuscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in ad- vance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA. SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University. Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 January, 1958 No. 709 A NEW SPECIES OF SAMOLUS (PRIMULACEAE) FROM MEXICO R. B. CHANNELL! The last comprehensive treatment of the genus Samolus L. (anomalous among the Primulaceae by the half-inferior position of the ovary) appeared in the monograph of the Primulaceae by Pax and Knuth (1905). According to this work only two species are characterized by ebracteate pedicels and by the absence of staminodia: S. ebracteatus HBK. (1818) [including S. alyssoides Heller (1895) and S. cuneatus Small (1897)] and S. cinerascens (Robinson) Pax & R. Knuth (1. ¢.; cf. Robinson, 1892). The presence of a group of small glandular hairs at the base of each corolla-lobe, rendering the corolla-throat more or less pubescent, is another feature common to both and unknown elsewhere in the genus. No other species of the genus so characterized has subsequently been described. The species here proposed as new is evidently related to the two above, inasmuch as it shares with them the characters thus far enumerated. One of these charac- ters has served as the primary basis for establishing a separate genus. Thus, while specific affinities are clear, the assignment of the new species to genus deserves further comment. Publication of the segregate genus Samodia, originally pro- posed but not validly published by Baudo (1843), was validated by Small (1933), who accorded generic significance almost solely to the absence of staminodia. "Typified by Samolus ebracteatus HBK. and to date nomenclaturally monotypic, this genus has never enjoyed general acceptance. This is partly due to the fact that elsewhere in the Primulaceae conservative taxonomists have 1 Gray Herbarium and Arnold Arboretum. Present address: Department of Biology, Vanderbilt University. 2 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 not attributed generic importance to the presence of staminodia in an otherwise non-staminodial group (cf. Lysimachia [Tourn. ] L. subgenus Selencia Bigelow; Steironema Raf.). Asa character, moreover, the presence or absence of staminodia in Samolus cuts across a long-established line, perhaps demarcating groups equal- ly as natural, between those species of herbaceous habit with smooth herbage, as exemplified by Samolus ebracteatus, and those of suffruticose habit with glandular-porous herbage, as exemplified by Samolus cinerascens. Generic segregation on the basis of differences in habit or general appearance alone, however, seems wholly unjustified. The other characters distinguishing Samodia, relative length of tube to lobes of the corolla and level of adnation of the stamens, are generally disregarded as repre- senting merely matters of degree. Under the circumstances the single Linnaean genus Samolus is here recognized. 'The new species is based upon two unicate collections in the Gray Herbarium found among undetermined Samolus specimens examined in a survey of the morphologieal variation and geo- graphical distribution of S. ebracteatus for the southeastern Unit- ed States. These specimens were collected in western Coahuila, Mexico, by Reynaldo Santos, under the direction of Robert M. Stewart, and bear the latter’s collection numbers: Stewart 2748, 25 September 1942, holotype—‘Rancho del Coyote (1 km. S.E.) gypsum slopes, scarce, ascending, 2 dm., fl. white. Base of moun- tains along the eastern margin of the Valle de Acatita.” Stewart 2805, 2 October 1942, paratype—‘Canon del Agua Grande by water, common, fl. white. Canyons in the Sierra del Sobaco a few kilometers west of Las Delicias." Samolus dichondrifolius Channell, sp. nov... Herbae perennes, caule- scentes (laeves, non glanduloso-porosae), 1-3 dm. altae, eaules repentes vel decumbentes, apices foliati adscendentes, axillae foliorum superiorum racemos graciles nudos gerentes. Caulis glaber, 2.5 dm. longus, vel ultra, internodi 4-8 mm. longi, pars vestustior basibus petiolaribus foliorum disruptorum vestita, apices fola numerosa alterna vel approximata gerentes. Folia (2-)4-7(-9) em. longa, simplicia, glabra, supra griseo- viridia, subtus pallida vel glauca, laminae integrae reniformes apiculato- mueronatae, 1-3 em. latae, 1-2(-3) cm. longae, basi in petiolis gracilibus linearibus complanatis (1-)2-5(-6) cm. longis abrupte contractae. Racemi, pedicelli calvcesque minute glanduloso-pubescentes. Racemi 2? The Latin description was kindly prepared by Dr. R. C. Foster, Gray Herbarium. 1958] Channell,—New Species of Samolus 3 SAMOLUS DICHONDRIFOLIUS: Fig. 1, habit (74 natural size); fig. 2, leaf (natural size); fig. 3, flower (X 5); fig. 4, opened corolla showing stamens and tufts of glandular hairs (X 5); fig. 5, flower with corolla removed to show pistil (X 5); fig. 6, fruit after dehiscence (X 5); fig. 7, seed (X 20). All drawings made from holotype: Stewart 2748, Gu. simplices, 0.5-2.5 dm. longi, pedicelli graciles ebraeteati 5-10 mm. longi, divergenti-adscendentes. Calyx herbaceus, campanulatus, lobi triangu- lares vel triangulato-lanceolati, acuti, tubum aequantes. Corolla alba (vel pallide rubra in sicco), 3-4 mm. diametro, lobi late ovati vel oblongo-ovati, obtusi, eroso-dentieulati vel retusi, tubum paene aequ- antes, faux paullo constricta interne pubescens. Stamina inclusa, in corollae tubum paene ad medium inserta, antherae ovatae, 0.8-0.5 mm. longae, filamenta brevia aequantes; staminodia nulla. Ovarium semi- inferius, stylus ea. 0.5 mm. longus, stigma apicale, discoideo-capitatum. 4 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 Capsula semi-inferior, ca. 3 mm. diametro, muris crassis, in valvis triangularibus paullo recurvatis dehiscens. Semina numerosa, atro- brunnea vel nigra, complanata, ovoideo-angularia, axis longus 0.25- 0.5 mm., integumenta polygonali-reticulata. Caulescent perennial herbs (leaves smooth, not glandular-porous) 1—3 dm. in height, with repent or decumbent stems, the leafy tips ascending, bearing slender naked racemes from the upper leaf-axils. Stem glabrous, 2.5 dm. or more in length, the internodes 4-8 mm. long, the older portion bearing the petiolar bases of old or broken foliage, the tips bearing numerous alternate or approximate leaves. Leaves (2-)4-7(-9) em. long, simple, glabrous, gray-green above, pale or glaucous below, the reniform entire blades apiculate-mucronate, 1-3 em. wide, 1-2(-3) em. long, abruptly contracted into slender, linear, flattened petioles (1-)2-5(—6) em. long. Racemes, pedicels and calyces minutely glandular- pubescent. Racemes simple, 0.5-2.5 dm. long, the slender ebracteate pedicels 5-10 mm. long, spreading-ascending. Calyx herbaceous, cam- panulate, the lobes triangular or triangular-lanceolate, acute, equalling the tube. Corolla white (or when dry flesh-pink), 3-4 mm. in diameter, the lobes broadly ovate or oblong-obovate, obtuse, erose-dentieulate or retuse, nearly equalling the tube, the slightly constrieted throat pubes- cent within. Stamens included, inserted on the corolla-tube near the middle, the anthers ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm. long, equalling the short fila- ments; staminodia wanting. Ovary 14 inferior, the style about 0.5 mm. long, capped by the discoid-capitate stigma. Capsule 1% inferior, about 3 mm. in diameter, the free portion thick-walled and dehiscent by slightly reeurving triangular valves. Seeds numerous, dark brown or black, flattened, ovoid-angular in outline, the long axis 0.25-05 mm., the testa polvgonal-retieulate. (Figs. 1-7.) Samolus dichondrifolius is more closely related to the wide- spread S. ebracteatus than to S. cinerascens. Known only from San Luis Potosí, Mexico, where it grows on alkaline plains, the latter species is distinguished by the suffruticose, subligneous habit, the conspieuously glandular-porous, linear or linear-lance- olate, acute leaves, the linear-lanceolate sepals, exceeding in length the valves of the mature capsule, by the entire corolla- lobes, anthers 1.5 mm. long, and by the non-dilated stigmas. Samolus ebracteatus (sensu lato) 1s distributed in Cuba, Flor- ida, Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico and from Coahuila, Nuevo León and Tamaulipas southward into Oaxaca, as well as in Baja California, Mexico. Considerably variable in habit, this species apparently grows equally well in calcareous clay, sandy soils, sandy loam, humus and on almost bare, eroded limestone (cf. Small, 1934). According to herbarium data the habitats include 1958] Channell,——New Species of Samolus 5 pine woods, brackish flats and salt marshes, gypsum ravines, chalk bluffs, limestone rocks, edges of streams, ponds and springs, cal- careous clay and granitic soils. It is not surprising, therefore, that practieal difficulties have arisen in the interpretation of local vari- ation, even though the species is typically riparian. This species is characterized by the herbaceous habit, glabrous herbage, broad spatulate to spatulate-rotund leaves with broad, gradually con- tracted, vaginate bases, often decurrent on the stem, the tri- angular-ovate sepals, merely equalling the valves of the mature capsule, by the erose-denticulate corolla-lobes, anthers only about 0.75—1.0 mm. long, and by the capitate stigmas. The new species is distinguished from all other members of the genus by the distinctive leaves. The reniform-apiculate blades and the long, linear petioles give the foliage a striking resem- blance to that of species of Dichondra (Convolvulaceae) , whence the epithet. Although sharing the same fundamental floral struc- ture, including the irregularly erose-denticulate corolla-lobes and capitate stigmas, S. dichrondrifolius may be distinguished from S. ebracteatus by the smaller size of the flowers and by the nar- rower, more slender inflorescences, as well as by obvious foliage differences. Samolus ebracteatus has corollas 4-9 mm. in diam- eter and pedicels 10-20 mm. long; S. dichondrifolius has corollas only 3-4 mm. or less in diameter and pedicels only 5—10 mm. long. In addition, the corollas of the latter species are white; those of S. ebracteatus are generally pigmented, varying in color from pink to purple or even red. The anthers of S. dichondrifolius are only about 0.3-0.5 mm. long. Little is known, except in general terms, about the type locality and associates of the new species. The descriptive account by Muller (1947) of the vegetation and climate of Coahuila indi- cates that the plains and basins of the southern, western and northern three-fourths of the state are extremely arid and are occupied chiefly by a strictly desert vegetational type designated as Chihuahuan Desert Shrub. The vegetation is polymorphie, consisting of low, sparse perennials and ephemeral annuals. Larrea tridentata (DC.) Cov. is the most characteristic species and the variant vegetational types are described by Muller in terms of associates of that species and those which occasionally replace it. The only known stations for Samolus dichondrifolius 6 Rhodora [Vor. 60 are located within this vegetational type in western Coahuila, near the southeastern corner of Chihuahua. As already indi- cated, the holotype was collected from a gypsum slope; the paratype near water. The studies of Johnston (1941) of extensive gypsum flats and gypseous ridges in the same vicinity have yielded a rather exten- sive list of gypsophiles, including species of Dicranocarpus, Sart- wellia, Nerisyrenia, Drymaria, Nama, ete. Whether or not Samolus dichondrifolius may be classified as a strictly gypso- philous species, however, remains to be determined. It is to be noted that Samolus ebracteatus also occurs in this area, near water, in relatively close proximity to the type locality of the new species (cf. Stewart 2729, 2735 and 2942: aH) and elsewhere in gypsum ravines (cf. Johnston 3631 and Waterfall 6142: aH). According to the collection data the two species flower simultaneously, at least in western Coahuila. Insofar as present collections indicate, however, the two species retain their morpho- logical identity and are probably isolated genetically. LITERATURE CITED Bavpo, F. 1843. Anagalleidarum index. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 20: 350. HELLER, A. A. 1895. Botanical explorations in southern Texas during the season of 1894. Contrib. Herb. Franklin & Marshall College 1: 74, 75. pl. 3. HuMsorpr, A., BoNPLAND, A. anp C. S. Kunvu. 1818. Samolus ebrac- teatus in Nova Gen. & Sp. 2: 223. pl. 129. Jounston, I. M. 1941. Gypsophily among Mexican desert plants. Jour. Arnold Arb. 22: 145-170. Mutter, C. H. 1947. Vegetation and climate of Coahuila, Mexico. Ma- drofio 9: 33-57. Pax, F. anp R. Knura. 1905. Samolus in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich 22 (IV. 237): 336—344. RomiNsoN, B. L. 1892. Description of new plants collected in Mexico by C. G. Pringle in 1890 and 1891, with notes upon a few other species. Proc. Am. Acad. 27: 180. SMALL, J. K. 1897. Studies in the botany of the southeastern United States XII. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 24: 491. 1933. Samodia in Manual Southeastern Fl. 1028. 1934. Samodia ebracteata in Addisonia 18: 41, 42. pl. 597. 1958] Ehrle,—Genus Achillea in Pennsylvania 7 A CYTOTAXONOMIC STUDY OF THE GENUS ACHILLEA IN PENNSYLVANIA! Erwoop B. EHRLE 'The problem of speciation in the genus Achillea has received attention from workers at the laboratory of the Carnegie Insti- tution of Washington in California (Clausen, 1951; Hiesey & Nobs, 1952; Ehrendorfer, 1952). "These studies have been di- rected chiefly toward deciphering evolutionary trends and eco- logical specialization within this genus. Major study has been concentrated on forms from the Western United States and Europe. Very little is known of relationships among Achilleas of the Eastern United States. Herbarium specimens of eastern material, located at various institutions in Pennsylvania, all bear the name Achillea mille- folium L. The western species, Achillea lanulosa Nutt., has not been recognized in this state since all material of the genus has been somewhat automatically referred to A. millefolium L. Cronquist, in the new Britton and Brown Flora (Gleason, 1952), treats A. lanulosa Nutt. as a subspecies of A. millefolium L. and describes its distribution as occurring “toward the western part of our range” and “occasionally introduced eastward.” The two forms are differentiated by Cronquist on the basis of the degree of crowding of the leaf segments and the shape of the ultimate segments. A. millefolium L. sens. strict. is a European hexaploid with 54 somatic chromosomes, whereas American A. lanulosa Nutt. is tetraploid with 36 somatic chromosomes (Ehrendorfer, 1952). In his review of the geographical distribution of Achillea in North America, Lawrence (1947) included the three eastern records (Vermont, Mass., & N. Y.) for tetraploid A. lanulosa Nutt. as reported by Turesson (1939). No cytologically proven records of the existence in the east of the European hexaploid, A. millefolium L. sens. strict., occur in the literature. Twenty-six specimens of Achillea were collected in Pennsyl- vania during the winter of 1956 and the spring of 1957 and were grown in a greenhouse at the Pennsylvania State University. l'The aid of Dr. Paul Grun in the preparation of material and in the interpretation of cytological figures is gratefully acknowledged. 8 Rhodora [Vor. 60 The leaves of these plants and those of herbarium specimens labeled A. millefolium or A. lanulosa from various parts of the United States were examined. It was not possible to separate the herbarium specimens or the growing plants into two categories on the basis of the shape of the ultimate segments or the degree of crowding, as the plants were highly variable with regard to these two characters. When the plants were growing vigorously, root tips were col- lected, treated by the oxiquinoline method (Tijo and Levan, 1952), and stained with propio-orcein. The cells of all plants studied showed 36 somatie chromosomes. A list of these plants with their points of collection is shown in Table I. Many of the chromosomes (Fig. 1) were of equal length and had centrally located centromeres. Of those with sub-terminal centromeres, four satellite-bearing chromosomes were frequently discernible, indicating that this tetraploid species arose from satellite-bearing diploid precursors, either by auto- or allo-polyploidy. The existence of tetraploid Achillea in Pennsylvania is thus demonstrated. These plants should, therefore, be referred to eco- logical races of the western tetraploid A. lanulosa Nutt. and not to European A. millefolium L. as is the current practice. It might be possible that the latter species will be found in the vicinity of seaports and other points of entry of European migrants. TABLE I. Known distribution in Pennsylvania of tetraploid A. lanulosa Nutt —verified by chromosome counts. County Locality No. plants determined Centre State College 1 Clearfield Caledonia Pike 1 ? Clearfield Bridge 3 ? Dimeling 4 ” Grampian 1 á Kratzer Run 4 ? Lick Run 1 Clinton Lamar 1 Huntingdon Spruce Creek 2 Lycoming Maple Hill 1 Perry Mecks Corner 1 ? Millerstown 1 ” Shermandale 1 ? Waggoner Gap 1 Snyder Kratzerville 1 ” Mt. Pleasant Mills 1 Union Weikert 1 1958] Ehrle,—Genus Achillea in Pennsylvania 9 +> IO M Fig. 1. Camera lucida diagram of the mitotic early metaphase chromosomes of tetra- ploid Achillea lanulosa Nutt., occurring at the side of Rt. 322 at Kratzer Run in Clearfield Co., Pennsylvania. The presence of this species in such areas must, however, be proven before we can conclude that any A. millefolium L. sens. strict. exists in Pennsylvania.—DEP'T. OF BOTANY AND PLANT PA- THOLOGY, PENNSYLVANIA STATE UNIVERSITY, UNIVERSITY PARK, PA. LITERATURE CITED CLAUSEN, J. (1951) Stages in the Evolution of Plant Species. Cornell Univ. Press. Ithaca, N. Y. EHRENDORFER, F. (1952) Cytotaxonomic studies in Achillea. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Yearbook #51, pp. 125-131. GLEASON, H. A. (1952) The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada. Vol. 3, p. 385. Hisey, WM. M. « M. A. Noss (1952) Genetic structure of climatic races and species of Achillea. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Yearbook #51, pp. 122-125. L^4wRENCE, WM. E. (1947) Chromosome numbers in Achillea in relation to geographic distribution. AJB; 34, pp. 538—545. Tio, J. H. ann A. Levan (1952) The use of oxiquinoline in chromosome analysis. Anal. de la Estacion Experimental de Aula 2, pp. 21-64. Turesson, G. (1939) North American types of Achillea millefolium L. Bot. Notiser 1939, pp. 813-816. 10 Rhodora [Vor. 60 SPECIES NEW TO THE FLORA OF NORTH OR SOUTH CAROLINA! Harry E. Anes, C. Rircuig BELL AND ALBERT E. RADFORD Most of the distribution records included in this paper are from the collections of the authors during 1956. Others are from the many excellent specimens contributed by O. M. Freeman to the Flora of the Carolinas project. Still others were found in the herbaria of the University of North Carolina (ncu), North Carolina State College (Ncsc), Duke University (DUKE) and the New York Botanical Garden (Ny). 'The determinations of the grasses included in this paper have been made or verified by H. L. Blomquist of Duke University. R. B. Channell, then of the Gray Herbarium and Arnold Arbore- tum, and Joseph Monachino, of the New York Botanical Garden, checked their respective herbaria for the presence of many of the species that appear in this report. In addition, Mr. Monachino also verified the identification of the following specimens: Ses- bania exaltata (Raf.) Cory, Bell 4822; Plantago hookeriana var. nuda (Gray) Poe, Ahles 12169, 12607 and Bell 2712; and Hypo- chaeris glabra L., Ahles 12404. H. N. Moldenke supplied cur- rent distribution information on the verbenas. We gratefully acknowledge the valuable technical aid rendered by these indi- viduals, and the generous field assistance given us by Lionel Melvin, R. S. Leisner and J. H. Horton. The hospitality and help of the curators of the various herbaria were sincerely appreciated. All but two of the plants included in the following enumeration of species we presume to be new records for one or both of the Carolinas. The family arrangement follows that used by Fer- nald (1950) ; genera and species are listed alphabetically. Speci- mens and collection data are cited by state (North Carolina first) and county, the latter being arranged alphabetically. All speci- mens are deposited in the University of North Carolina Her- barium (Ncv) unless otherwise noted by an appropriate symbol. Andropogon campyloracheus Nash—sovrH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: 1JTt is a pleasure to acknowledge the generous financial assistance given in support of the project by Mrs. W. C. Coker; by the Alumni Annual Giving Fund and the Smith Fund of the University of North Carolina; and by the Highlands Biological Laboratory via a grant-in-aid from the National Science Foundation. 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 11 Sandhill by Co. Rt. 41 sw. of Barton and 2.1 mi. n. of jet. with Co. Rt. 91, Bell 5124. Hitchcock (1933) and Chase (1950) report the range as Florida to Louisiana. "This specimen represents a. northern extension of range into South Carolina. A specimen of the cited collection was verified by Agnes Chase. Brachiaria platyphylla (Griseb.) Nash—sovrH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Weed in vegetable garden, Dale, Ahles 15584; weed in corn field, 0.6 mi. n. of Lobeco on U. S. 21, Ahles 20946. In Hiteheock (1933) this species is cited as Brachiaria extensa. Chase. According to Chase (1950) this grass is found primarily in the Gulf States with an east coast extension into Georgia. These are the first records of this weed from South Carolina. Digitaria filiformis (L.) Koel—sourH caroLINA. Hampton Co.: Sandy roadside, 3.1 mi. nw. of Yemassee on 8. C. 28, Ahles 15750. Hitchcock (1933) treats this species as Syntherisma filiforme (L.) Nash, giving its distribution as Florida to Texas and Massachusetts. Chase (1950) maps the species from all the states on the southeastern coast except South Carolina. No herbarium specimens have been found in NCU, DUKE or NCSC. Digitaria texana Hitche —sovuTH CAROLINA. Colleton Co.: Sandy oak woods at jet. of Co. Rts. 172 & 28, w. of Hendersonville, Ahles 17916. Hiteheock (1933) does not include this species. Chase (1950) reports it from southern Texas only. This is the first southeastern record for this taxon. Eragrostis lugens Nees.—sovTH CAROLINA. Hampton Co.: Pond and sandy margins, 0.8 mi. nnw. of Shirley on Co. Rt. 20, Bell 5013. Oconee Co.: Meadow near S. C. 59, 1 mi. n. of Fair Play, Radford 17916. Hitchcock (1933) gives the distribution of Eragrostis lugens as Lou- isiana to California and naturalized in Georgia and Alabama. Chase (1950) has essentially the same distribution. This is the first report of a collection from South Carolina. Heteropogon melanocarpus (Kll.) Benth.—sovTH CAROLINA. Beau- fort Co.: Sandy roadside, Hilton Head Island, Ahles 18062. Hampton Co.: Roadside, 1 mi. s. of Brighton, Ahles 21008. Jasper Co.: Field- savannah border, on S. C. 170, 1.6 mi. n. of jet. with S. C. 128, Bell 5317. This grass has been known previously only as far north as Georgia, as reported by Hiteheoek. (1933). and Chase (1950). Melica nitens Nutt.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Madison Co.: Hardwood forest, 3 mi. nw. of Hot Springs on the French Broad River, Radford 8053. Chase (1950) and Fernald (1950) report the range as Pennsylvania to Virginia. In Madison County the species was very infrequent on limestone. Paspalum plicatulum \ichx.—souTH CAROLINA. Colleton Co.: Culti- vated field, Ritter, Ahles 15489. According to the range given for this species by Hiteheoek (1933) 12 Rhodora | Vor. 60 and Chase (1950), the Colleton County collection represents a northern extension from Georgia. Phalaris canariensis L.—souTH CAROLINA. Anderson Co.: Waste places, mixed deciduous woods, 0.5 mi. wnw. of Seneca-Tugaloo River jet., Radford 12087. This European adventive is widely scattered in waste places and is rarely persistent, according to Fernald (1950). Chase (1950) maps the species from all of the states east of the Mississippi River except North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia and Alabama. The Anderson County collection is the first report from South Carolina. Scirpus etuberculatus (Steud.) Kuntze—souTH CAROLINA. Marlboro Co.: Fresh-water marsh, 2.25 mi. e. of Wallace on S. C. 9, Radford 15549. Small (1933), Beetle (1947), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) indi- cate the range as from Delaware to Florida and Louisiana. The absence of specimens from South Carolina in the NCU, DUKE, Ncsc and Ny her- baria warrants the inclusion of this species in the list of South Carolina plants. Scirpus koilolepis (Steud.) Gleason—NomnTH CAROLINA. Union Co.: Meadow, 3 mi. s. of Rocky River, 4.5 mi. n. of Unionville, Radford 10597 ; wet corn field, 2.5 mi. w. of New Salem, Ahles 12083. Small (1933) treats this taxon as Scirpus carinatus (H. & A.) Gray, ranging from Alabama to Texas and Tennessee. Beetle (1947), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) give essentially the same range. The 1956 collections represent an eastward extension from Tennessee into North Carolina. Commelina communis L. var ludens (Miquel) C. B. Clarke—Norru CAROLINA. Cleveland Co.: Roadside ditch, 0.5 mi. n. of Lawndale on Maple Creek, Ahles 15195. Polk Co.: Roadside, Saluda, 6 mi. n. of Tryon, Fosberg 18785. According to Fernald (1950) this naturalized variety of the Asiatic species is found from New Jersey and Pennsylvania to Virginia and Kentucky. It is not mentioned by Small (1933). The cited specimens represent a southern extension of range into North Carolina. Allium ampeloprasum [,—NorTH CAROLINA. Davidson Co.: Road- side, 3 mi. nw. of Churchland near Yadkin River, Radford 12864. sovrH CAROLINA. Oconee Co.: Roadside of Co. Rt. 68, w. of Madison, Bell 3111. This Old World species is not treated by Small (1933), and Fernald (1950) includes it only because the var. atroviolaceum (Boiss.) Regel has been found in York County, Virginia (Fernald, 1941). Although Gleason (1952) includes the species, his treatment is apparently based on Fernald’s collection of the variety in southeastern Virginia. James (1956) reports the species in an apparently undocumented list of plants introduced into northern Tennessee, but without comment as to whether or not it is the variety mentioned by Fernald. Without herbarium material it is not possible to know whether James had the first. record 1958] Ahles, et al..—Species New to the Carolinas 13 for the species itself in the eastern United States, or another record for the variety. Brodiaea uniflora (Lindl. Engler—NomTH CAROLINA. Orange Co.: Field along railroad tracks at U.N.C. power plant at Chapel Hill, Rad- ford 8842. This South American horticultural introduction has become well established as a weed in Chapel Hill. Bailey (1950) lists the species as Brodiaea uniflora Baker and gives Triteleia uniflora Lindl. as a synonym; Hoover (1941) specifically excluded this taxon from the genus T'riteleia with the comment that it may belong to either Nothoscordum or Tristagma. Hymenocallis occidentalis (Le Conte) Kunth—soUTH CAROLINA. Union Co.: Rocky shoals of Broad River, Lockhart, Freeman 56401. Small (1933) states the range of this species as Georgia to Missouri and Indiana. Fernald (1950) gives it as Georgia to Alabama, and north to Kentucky, southern Indiana, southern Illinois and southeastern Mis- sourl. Gleason (1952) says that it occurs from southern Indiana to southern Missouri and south to the Gulf. Apparently the Union County collection is the first record for South Carolina. Pilea fontana (Lunell) Rydb—NorrH CAROLINA. Halifax Co.: Swamp along the Roanoke River, just n. of Roanoke Rapids on N. C. 48, Ahles 20713. Jones Co.: Hardwood forest over marl on Trent River, ne. of Pollocksville, Radford, Haesloop & Miller 7707. The two preceding specimens are recorded here because of the dis- crepancy in the ranges given by Fernald (1950), “w. N. Y. to N. D., s. to n. Fla., Ind., Ill. and Neb.,” and Gleason (1952), “P. E. I. to Minn. & N. D. s. to Va., Ind., and Neb.; Fla.” Small (1933) does not include this species at all. The placing of Pilea opaca (Lunell) Rydb. as a synonym of this species in Gleason (1952) rather than as a synonym of P. pumila (L.) Gray is apparently an error, as is the illustration for this species which is clearly Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw. However, the achene to the left of the illustration is that of P. fontana. Polygonum hirsutum Walt.—sovTrH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Low pine savannah, 1.5 mi. se. of jet. Co. Rts. 41 & 60 on Co. Rt. 26, sw. of Barton, Ahles 15868; pond banks, 7 mi. nw of. Allendale on S. C. 641, Bell 4039; field, 3.3 mi. sw. of Sycamore, 3 mi. e. of jet. U. S. 301 & S. C. 644, Bell 5185. Lexington Co.: Mucky margin of open shallow pond, Columbia, Godfrey & Tryon 1220 (DUKE, NY). All of the plants described by Walter in his Flora Caroliniana (1788) are presumably from South Carolina. Apparently Small (1895) over- looked this fact or had reason to ignore it, in giving the range of Poly- gonum hirsutum as Georgia and Florida. In his 1933 manual he repeats the same range under the name Persicaria hirsuta (Walt.) Small. Due to the uncertainty of the existenee of an herbarium specimen from South Carolina, we are citing the above collections. Rumex patientia L.—NorTH CAROLINA. Wake Co.: Waste ground, Rolesville, Ahles 11428. 14 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Small (1933) does not include this species. Fernald (1950) reports it south to eastern Pennsylvania while Gleason (1952) gives no indi- cation that it occurs outside of that manual’s range. Therefore the preceding specimen is cited as the first record for North Carolina. Only two plants were observed at the Rolesville locality. Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult.—NonTH CAROLINA. New Hanover Co.: Sandy waste place, N. C. 420 at causeway, Wrightsville Beach, Radford & Radford 2079. SOUTH CAROLINA. Darlington Co.: Common in a field on road from Darlington to Lauther's Lake, B. E. Smith 1657 ; sandy soil on Witherspoon Island, B. E. Smith 916. Sum- ter Co.: Roadside ditch 1 mi. n. of county line on U. S. 15A, Bel! 3607. These collections are recorded here because the Southeastern United States are excluded from the range of this taxon as given by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952). At the Sumter County locality the species was abundant in several fields. Amaranthus graecizans L.—sovTH CAROLINA. Anderson Co.: Field, S. C. 81, 3.5 mi. n. of Anderson, Radford 14053. Although the ranges given by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) indicate that this species occurs throughout the United States, intensive field work in both North and South Carolina during 1956 produced only one collection. No specimens from either state are present in the herbaria of NCU, DUKE, Ncsc or Ny. These facts seem to warrant the reporting of the Anderson County collection as a new record for South Carolina. Froelichia gracilis (Hook.) Moq.—sovrH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Sandy field sw. of Allendale on Co. Rt. 57, Bell 4034. Lee Co.: Sandy waste ground, 1 mi. sw. of Aleot on U. S. 15, Ahles 15898. According to Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952), this species is native to the central United States and is adventive eastward, ranging south- ward only as far as Virginia. Small (1933) makes no mention of it. Froelichia gracilis is probably more widely distributed throughout the Southeastern United States than present collections would indicate, as it is easily confused with F. floridana (Nutt.) Moq. and possibly has been mistaken for that species. However, the gray color, low stature and habit of branching freely at the base distinguish F. gracilis from F. floridana. Froelichia gracilis is to be expected along railroads or in sandy places. Mirabilis jalapa L.—NonrH CAROLINA. Iredell Co.: Statesville M. £F. Hyams 4991. Stanly Co.: Well established on road embankment, 4.1 mi. sw. of N. C. 73 on N. C. 27, Ahles 19859. Small (1933) says of this species, “escaped, s. Fla.,” while Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) give a very vague range. In 1956 it was found well established on a road embankment and for this reason 1s placed on record. Tetragonia expansa Murr.—NonTH CAROLINA. Durham Co.: Escaped from gardens and fields, Engelwood Ave., Durham, Blomquist 3584 (DUKE). 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 15 Small (1933) gives the range as Florida and California. Fernald (1950) says, “sometimes escapes from cultivation,” and Gleason (1952) states, “occasionally persists in gardens or appears spontaneously near them.” In North Carolina this species is probably no more than a waif, occurring sporadically after cultivation. Holosteum umbellatum L.—souTH CAROLINA. Cherokee Co.: Road- side, 8.7 mi. nw. of Gaffney on S. C. 11, Ahles 11291. Spartanburg Co.: Anderson Bridge over the Enoree River, S. C. 417, Freeman 6509. Maguire (1952) gives the range as eastern Massachusetts to Georgia in the Atlantic States. Even though South Carolina is in the general range of this species, no South Carolina specimens have been found in NCU, DUKE, NY Or GH. Spergula pentandra L.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Warren Co.: Sandy road- side, 0.5 mi. e. of Warren Plains on U. S. 158, 200 yards e. of railroad crossing, s. side of highway, Ahles 10966. According to Maguire (1952) this European species is an adventive at Cape May, New Jersey only. The Warren County collection is the first record for the southeast. Ranunculus arvensis L. var. tuberculatus DDC.—NORTH CAROLINA. Cabarrus Co.: Fields, Harrisburg, May 25, 1944, W. H. Garmon (Ncsc) ; field by woodland, 3 mi. ne. of Harrisburg, along Wolf Meadow Branch, Bell 2271. Clay Co.: Roadside, 1.3 mi. sw. of Hayesville at jet. of Sweet Water Gap Road and U. S. 64, Ahles 13801. Mecklenburg Co.: Wheat field, 1.5 mi. w. of Mecklenburg-Cabarrus Co. line on N. C. 49, Ahles 11324. Gleason (1952) describes the species as a European introduction occasionally found along the Atlantie coast. The variety is not described by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) or Gleason (1952). According to Hegi (1912) it is found in Central Europe. In North Carolina the variety seems to have been introduced with grain, and therefore may be estab- lished elsewhere in North Ameriea. At one of the localities the species grew mixed with the variety, and at two localities the variety occurred by itself. This variety of R. arvensis was very abundant at two of the localities. Ranunculus sardous Crantz—NorTH CAROLINA. Iredell Co.: Road- side, 2.9 mi. w. of Elmwood and 1.5 mi. ne. of U. S. 70 near Fourth Creek, Ahles 12982. Union Co.: Roadside, 0.3 mi. s. of Stanly-Union Co. line (Rocky River) about 4.5 mi. n. of Unionville, Ahles 11952. SOUTH CAROLINA. Colleton Co.: Wet soil near railroad, Ritter, Ahles 12177. Small (1933) gives the range of this species, under Ranunculus parvulus L., as *Cosatal Plain and New England Coast, Ga. to N. B." ; Fernald (1950) says, “N. B. to Mo. and southw." According to Gleason (1952) this weed ranges from southeastern Virginia to Georgia. No specimens from either of the Carolinas have been found in the local herbaria. Alliaria officinalis Andrs.—NORTH CAROLINA. Rockingham Co.: 16 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Wooded river bottom, about 2 mi. e. of Thompsonville on N. C. 87, Ahles 10746; swamp forest, Dan River near N. C. 14, s. of Leaksville, Radford 10769. Small (1933) does not include this species in his manual. Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) have it ranging only as far south as Virginia on the eastern portion of the range. Hesperis matronalis L.—NonTH CAROLINA. Forsyth Co.: Escape, Winston-Salem, Schallert 8765. Although the range of this species as given by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) may be interpreted to include North Caro- lina, there are no specimens from the state at DUKE, Ncsc or NY. This fact warrants the inclusion here of the Forsyth County record. Raphanus raphanistrum L.—souTH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Road- side and edge of cultivated field, Bluffton, Ahles 12372. Darlington Co.: Field s. of ferry at Lauther’s Lake, B. E. Smith 1492. Hampton Co.: Sandy roadside, 2 mi. n. of Estill on U. S. 321, Ahles 10588; weed in cultivated field, 3.7 mi. nne. of Early Branch, Ahles 12/62. Jasper Co.: Waste ground, Ridgeland, AAles 15607. Marlboro Co.: Shrub bog, 2.5 mi. nw. of Blenheim, Radford 12667. This species is not included in Small (1933), and is recorded only as far south as Virginia in the eastern part of the ranges as given by Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952). Freeman (1955) reports it from North Carolina and Thorne (1951) from Georgia. The Jasper County speci- men, Ahles 15607, is forma albus (Schuebler & Martens) Hayek. Thlaspi perfoliatum L.—NonrH CAROLINA. Alexander Co.: Field, 4 mi. e. of Caldwell Co. line on N. C. 90, Radford 9979. Graham Co.: Roadside, about 2 mi. s. of the town of Yellow Creek on U. S. 129, Ahles 18317. Rockingham Co.: Meadow, 3 mi. n. of Reidsville near N. C. 14, Radford 13612. Stokes Co.: Roadside, 0.4 mi. w. of Stokes-Rockingham Co. line on U.S. 311, about 1 mi. n. of Pine Hall, Ahles 10807. Thlaspi perfoliatum is not included by Small (1933), and is reported south only to Virginia by Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952). Warea cuneifolia (Muhl.) Nutt.—NoRTH caRoLiNA. Harnett Co.: From sandhills, about 3 mi. ne. of Spout Springs on Sprunt land, Sept. 1, 1940, H. A. Rankin. Small (1933) gives the range as “Fla. to Ala. and S. C.” The Harnett County collection is not a new record as it was cited in 1940 by Rankin in the Journal of the Gray Memorial Botanieal Association. However, due to the omission of a complete citation of Rankin’s specimen in 1940 in an obscure publication, it would seem worthwhile to repeat this state record here. Chrysobalanus oblongifolius Michx.—sovTH CAROLINA. Jasper Co.: Sand hill, 2 mi. nw. of Grays on S. C. 631, Ahles 15794; sand hills, 10.5 mi. nw. of Tillman, 0.6 mi. se. of Seaboard Air Line Railway, AAles 18217. Small (1933) gives the range of this species, under the name Geo- balanus oblongifolius (Michx.) Small, as “Fla. to Miss. and Ga.” The 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 17 species was found to be fairly abundant in the sand hill country of northwestern Jasper County where it appears to be native. Sesbania exaltata (Raf.) Cory— NORTH CAROLINA. Brunswick Co.: Abundant in extensive marsh, Brunswick River w. of Wilmington, Godfrey 50162 (DUKE, Ncsc). Granville Co.: Camp Butner, Batson 118 (DUKE). SOUTH CAROLINA. Darlington Co.: Coker's Seed Farm, Hartsville, B. E. Smith 1559. Jasper Co.: Sandy roadside, edge of brackish marsh, 0.7 mi. n. of the Savannah River on U. S. 17A, Ahles 18154. The range of this species as given by Small (1933) under Sesban exaltata (Raf.) Rydb. does not include the South Atlantic States. Thorne (1951) reports it for the first time from Georgia while the above earlier and unpublished collections from North and South Carolina were found during the checking of herbarium specimens in connection with the current collection from Jasper County. Oxalis martiana Zucc.—NORTH CAROLINA. Wake Co.: Roadside near Cary, April 1, 1949, Godfrey (Ncsc). Small (1933) under Jonozalis martiana (Zuce.) Small, gives the range of this species as “Fla. to Tex. and S. C." No specimen from North Carolina has been found in Ncv, DUKE or Ny. Therefore, the above colleetion is cited here as the first record for North Carolina. Ruta graveolens L.—NonTH CAROLINA. Orange Co.: Roadside on edge of field by Morgan Creek, above bridge on Pittsboro Rd., Chapel Hill, April 8, 1945, Costello & D. & A. Beers. Small (1933) gives the range for this species as various provinces in the eastern United States. Gleason (1952) cites no range, merely stating, "Native of Europe; cultivated in old-fashioned gardens and often escaped to waste ground and roadsides.” Fernald (1950) gives it south only to Virginia on the Atlantic Seaboard. The Orange County col- lection is cited here as a first record for North Carolina. Croton lindheimeri (Engelm. & Gray) Wood—souTH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Sandy palm woods, Jenkins Island, Bell 4807. Richland Co.: Vacant lot near railroad, Columbia, Freeman 56823. According to the range given by Small (1933) for this species under the binomial Croton engelmannii Ferguson, and that given by Fernald (1950), the Beaufort and Richland County collections represent a northern extension in the east coast states; both Small and Fernald report it north only to Georgia on the Atlantic Seaboard. Gleason (1952) treats this entity as C. capitatus var. lindheimeri Muell.-Arg., apparently ignoring the authority (Engelm. & Gray) for the basionym, and reports it only in Florida in the Atlantic coast states. At the Beau- fort County locality it was very abundant, and conspicuous from a car. Euphorbia dentata Michx.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Graham Co.: Road- side, U. S. 129, near Cheoah Creek, 5 mi. se. of Tapoco, Radford 15904. Surry Co.: Ditch, Yadkin River near Elkin, Radford 18380. Small (1933), under Poinsettia dentata (Michx.) Small, has this species as occurring throughout the southeastern United States, while 18 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Gleason (1952) excludes this region, at least south of Virginia. In Fernald (1950) the range “N. Y. to Minn., S. D. and Wyo., s. to Va., La., Tex. and Mex.,” can be interpreted as either including or excluding North Carolina. The absence of specimens in NCU, DUKE and NCSC is, therefore, the principal reason for including this species as new to North Carolina. Euphorbia hirta L.—souTH CAROLINA. Jasper Co.: Lawn weed around gas station, Ridgeland, Ahles 15812. Small (1933) under the name Chamaesyce hirta (L.) Millsp. gives the range of this species as “Fla. to Tex." Fernald (1950) does not mention it at all and Gleason (1952) says, “Widely distributed in tropical and subtropical lands, including the southern states.” Since no mention is made of South Carolina, the specimen from Jasper County is worthy of note here as the species is well established at this locality. Phyllanthus niruri L.—sovTH CAROLINA. Sumter Co.: Weed in dis- turbed soil, Sumter, Freeman 56801. 'The range given by Small (1933) for this southern species is Florida and the Keys. It spreads freely by seed as a weed in the greenhouse of the University of North Carolina. For this reason it is not too sur- prising to find it spreading, particularly in disturbed areas. More careful field work will doubtless reveal it in other places. Phyllanthus pentaphyllus C. Wright—sourH CAROLINA. Darlington Co.: In sand hills bevond Camden Rd., 5 mi. n. of Hartsville, March 27, 1910 (without collector or number). This species is known only from Florida, the lower Florida Keys and the West Indies, according to Small (1933). It is possibly only a sporadie introduction in South Carolina, or it may be an isolated native remnant. Stillingia aquatica Chapm.—souTH CAROLINA. Hampton Co.: Asso- ciated with Taxodium ascendens Brongn. and /lexr myrtifolia Walt., 0.2 mi. n. of Luray on U. S. 321, Ahles 18285. Small (1933) gives the range of this species from Florida to Mississippi and South Carolina. However, Rogers (1951) restriets its distribution to Florida, and Sumter County, Georgia. The fact that UNC, DUKE, Ncsc and NY have no specimens other than those from Florida and Georgia is significant. The Hampton County specimen is considered a northward extension of the range. Callitriche terrestris Raf—NorrH CAROLINA. Union Co.: Meadow, 3 mi. s. of Rocky River, 4.5 mi. n. of Unionville, Radford 10598. Warren Co.: Wet border of cultivated field, about 4 mi. n. of Church X Roads on Jordans Creek, near the Roanoke River, AAles 12865. Small (1933) and Fassett (1951) give the range of this species as western Massachusetts south to Virginia, and in the midwest south to Louisiana and Alabama. The Union and Warren County collections are a southern extension of range into North Carolina. Elaeagnus pungens Thunb.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Forsyth Co.: Escape, Schallert 613 (no locality). Orange Co.: Pine-oak woods, Chapel Hill, 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 19 March 10, 1956, Ahles 9995. souTH CAROLINA. Union Co.: S. C. 9 at the Broad River, Freeman 56880. This commonly cultivated species is not included by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) or Gleason (1952). James (1956) seems to be the first to have reported it as established in a southeastern state. It occurs abundantly in small colonies in each of the localities listed. It is quite frequent in the woods around Chapel Hill as an escape. Cuphea carthagenensis (Jacq.) Macbr.—NonTH CAROLINA. Brunswick Co.: Swampy woods along creek, Orton, Godfrey 10156. Carteret Co.: Wet sandy soil, Beaufort, July 15, 1938, R. Gray (DUKE, Ncsc); pine- land at Sea Level, Godfrey 6412. Johnston Co.: Savannah along U. S. 70 near Pine Level, Radford 4409. Onslow Co.: Roadside at Folk- stone, July 25, 1923, E. J. Alexander. Pitt Co.: Path near house site, 1 mi. e. of Fountain, Radford, Haesloop & Miller 7357. Wayne Co.: Marshy ground at edge of lake, about 5 mi. ne. of Mt. Olive, Blomquist 14768 (DUKE). Wilson Co.: Pineland, 12 mi. e. of Wilson, Blomquist 11214 (DUKE). SOUTH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Swamp 0.2 mi. ne. of Neue River on S. C. 170, Bell 5283. Colleton Co.: Roadside swamp, 0.7 mi. sw. of Cottageville, on Co. Rt. 40, AAles 17949; under highway bridge over Combahee River on U. S. 17A, Ahles 21031. Georgetown Co.: Sand wash along small stream 2 mi. ne. of Andrews, Godfrey & Tryon 964 (DUKE). Jasper Co.: Swamp by 8. C. 170, 2 mi. s. of jet. with S. C. 128, Bell 4837. Small (1933) gives the range of this plant, under the name of Par- sonsia balsamona (C. & S.) Standley, as “lake region, pen. Fla." Thorne (1951) reported the species from Georgia. It was found in both North and South Carolina during the 1956 collecting season. The earlier specimens cited above were found while checking the local herbaria; many were misidentified, or identified only to genus. Despite the relatively large number of these collections from the Coastal Plain, this species does not appear to have been published previously for North or South Carolina. Macbride (1930) pointed out that Lythrum carthagenense Jacq. and Cuphea balsamona Cham. & Schlecht. were names applied to the same species; therefore, he made the new combi- nation now in use. Gaura parviflora Dougl—souTH CAROLINA. Aiken Co.: Near Sa- vannah River on U. S. 1, Radford 513. Fairfield Co.: Railroad crossing at Dawkins, Freeman 56395. Small (1933) reports the range of this taxon as Alabama and west- ward. Munz (1938) gives the range of the species and the varieties as mid-western and western. The Aiken and Fairfield County collections are the first records for South Carolina. Jussiaea leptocarpa Nutt.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Harnett Co.: Pond margin, 10.6 mi. e. of Harnett-Lee Co. line on U. 5S. 421, H. Laing 625. SOUTH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Brackish marsh, 0.7 mi. sw. of Co. Rt. 33 on U. S. 17, Ahles 18015. Hampton Co.. Sandy shore of pond, 0.8 mi. nnw. of Shirley on Co. Rt. 20, Ahles 18257. Jasper Co.: Edge 20 Rhodora [Vor. 60 of eypress swamp, 2.4 mi. s. of jet. of U. S. 17 & 17A on U. S. 17A, Ahles 18149. Lee Co.: Near U. S. 15, about 1 mi n. of DuBose, Free- man 6788. Small (1933), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) give the range of this plant as Florida to Texas, and north to Georgia in the Atlantic States. The cited specimens extend the range northward to South and North Carolina. Anthriscus scandicinus (Weber) Mansf.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Madison Co.: Waste ground at Hot Springs, Freeman 56330. This European weed is not mentioned by Small (1933) or Rodgers (1950). Fernald (1950) states that it is “as yet local" in southeast Virginia. Chaerophyllum procumbens (L.) Crantz—NorTH CAROLINA. Ala- mance Co.: Wooded floodplain of Haw River, 11 mi. w. of Chapel Hill, Radford 5572. Lee Co.: Woods on floodplain of Cape Fear River near Hgih Hill, Radford 5559. Rockingham Co.: River bottom woods along Dan River, 1.5 mi. ese. of Leaksville, Ahles 10780. Warren Co.: Wooded slopes of river bottom by Jordan's Creek at Roanoke River, about 4 mi. n. of Church X Road, Bell 2860. Although this species was listed by Curtis (1867) as growing in the "Mid. Dist." (Piedmont) of North Carolina, the manuals currently covering our area, as do Mathias and Constance (1944-45), give the range of this species as generally north and west of the Carolinas. Rodgers (1950) cites two nineteenth century collections from South Carolina, but speaking of North Carolina he says, “No collection is yet known from this state." Because the Curtis reference to Chaerophyllum procumbens has been either overlooked or, for lack of herbarium speci- mens, discounted by all contemporary workers, the species is here con- sidered as new to the state, and the above collections are cited to show the plant to be growing at several points in the Piedmont of North Carolina. The determination of the Alamance County collection was verified by Dr. Lincoln Constance. Hydrocotyle sibthorpioides Lam.—souTH CAROLINA. Darlington Co.: Lower lawn of Kalmia Gardens, Hartsville, Bell 1574. Mathias and Constance (1944-45), Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) variously report the sporadic introduction of this small plant into the general area of Pennsylvania, Virginia, Kentucky and Indiana. This species is not mentioned by Small (1933), but specimens from North Carolina, Georgia and Louisiana are cited by Rodgers (1950), and an additional North Carolina station for the species is reported by Freeman (1955). No previous report of this plant from South Carolina is known. Ptilimnium fluviatile (Rose) Mathias—NonTH carRoLINA. Chatham Co.: In gravelly, seeping soil; rocky bed of Deep River 1 mi. w. of Moneure below Lockville Dam, Beard 1277. Granville Co.: Wet sand, growing in sand bar in middle of Tar River 10 mi. s. of Oxford on N. C. 96, Gillespie 397 (Ncsc). 1958] Ahles, et al..—Species New to the Carolinas 21 Small (1933) and Mathias and Constance (1944-45) treat this species as an Alabama endemic; Small uses the name Harperella fluviatilis Rose. Rodgers (1950) does not include the species for North Carolina. The first collection for this state was made by Beard while he was working on the flora of the Deep River basin. Buddleia lindleyana Fort.—NonTH CAROLINA. Forsyth Co.: Escaped near Winston-Salem, Schallert 508. Small (1933) under the name Adenoplea lindleyana (Fort.) Small gives “Fla. to Tex. and Ga.” as the range for this species. In 1948 E. J. Alexander, H. E. Ahles and J. K. McGrath collected it as established in the vicinity of Jocassee, Oconee County, South Carolina. A specimen of this collection is in the personal herbarium of H. E. Ahles. Schallert’s specimen appears to be the first collection for North Carolina. It is not known with any certainty that the plant is established in this state. Centaurium umbellatum Gilib.—NorTH CAROLINA. Orange Co.: Lawn of President's Mansion, Chapel Hill, July 6, 1914, W. C. Coker. Small (1933) does not include this species in his manual. Fernald (1950) says, “local, Que. to Mich., s. to Ga. and Ind." and Gleason (1952), “N.S. to n. Ill.” Because the limits of the range of this species are indefinite and because the Coker specimen is the only one from North Carolina found in any of the four herbaria, NCU, DUKE, NCSC or NY, the Orange County collection is considered to be the first record for North Carolina. It is probably only a sporadic waif in this state. Ampelamus albidus (Nutt.) Britt.—NonTH CAROLINA. Halifax Co.: Climbing on other plants, roadside, Weldon, AAles 14831; climbing in thickets along the Roanoke River just n. of Roanoke Rapids on N. C. 48, Ahles 20732. Warren Co.: Fence row and roadside at Eaton Ferry, Roanoke River, s. of Elams, Bell 4363. Although Small (1933) under Gonolobus laevis Michx. states the range of this plant as “Fla. to Tex., Kans., and Pa.,” Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952) give the range in such a way as to exclude Florida and the Carolinas. Phlox drummondii Hook.—sovrH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Road- side about 2 mi. ese. of Ulmers on Co. Rt. 48, Ahles 12578. Beaufort Co.: Sand and shell dunes by U. 8. 21, near Harbor River, Bell 1723. Colleton Co.: Roadside and low woods, Buckhead Creek along Co. Rt. 48, 3.4 mi. sw. of U. S. 21, Bell 2286. Hampton Co.: Roadside of U. S. 601 about 2 mi. nw. of Miley, Bell 2564. Jasper Co.: Roadside 2 mi. s. of Tillman on U. S. 321, Bell 1663. This plant, native to the southwest, is considered by Small (1933) to be naturalized east to Florida and Georgia. It is now well established in some parts of South Carolina. Heliotropium amplexicaule Vahl—NonTH CAROLINA. Anson Co.: Sandy pine-oak woods border, 1.6 mi. ese. of Cason Old Field, Ahles 19471. Small (1933), under the name Cochranea anchusaefolia (Poir.) Guerke, gives the northernmost range of this plant as Georgia. It has 22 Rhodora [Vor. 60 been reported since for South Carolina by Smith (1946). Fernald (1950) gives the range of this species as “Fla. to Tex. and Calif. n. to N. J. and O." Gleason (1952) says, "S. C. to Fla. and Tex. occasionally n. to Va. and Mo." The lack of specimens from North Carolina in the local her- baria warrants the reporting of the Anson County collection. Myosotis versicolor (Poir.) Sm.—NORTH CAROLINA. Granville Co.: Field at Creedmoor, Radford 10449. Small (1033) does not mention this species, and Fernald (1950) cites it only as far south as Virginia where he collected it in Dinwiddie County (Fernald, 1938). It appears that there are no collections from North Carolina prior to 1956. Verbena brasiliensis Vell —soutH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Railroad in Yemassee just s. of Co. line on U. S. 17A, Bell 2520. Cherokee Co.: Roadsides and fields, 3 mi. ne. of Chesnee, Freeman 56425. Chester Co.: Roadside, 0.25 mi. e. of Lockhart, Freeman 56406. Hampton Co.: Road- side, Yemassee, Bell 2595. Marlboro Co.: Roadside, Crooked Creek, 5 mi. sw. of Bennettsville, Radford 15482. Sumter Co.: U. 8. 76 at the Wateree River, Freeman 56809. Union Co.: Waste places, Lockhart, Freeman 56402. Small (1933) gives the range of this species as Louisiana, Since that time it has apparently become more widely spread. Fernald (1950) says, “Fla. to La. and n. to se. Va.,” while Moldenke (1952) has a similar range, but extending it westward to Arkansas and also into southern California. Moldenke (1949) does not include this species for South Carolina. Verbena X engelmannii \[oldenke—NorTH CAROLINA. Ashe Co.: Banks of New River, Solitude P. O. (without date, collector or number). This hybrid of Verbena hastata L. X Verbena urticifolia L. is not included by Small (1933) or Fernald (1950). Moldenke (1952) cites this hybrid from fourteen states; none, however, are southeastern except Tennessee and Kentucky. In his 1949 treatment he cites no records for North Carolina. Verbena X hybrida Voss—sovrH CAROLINA. Darlington Co.: Low, sandy bottom lands, oper woods, se. of Hartsville, April 8, 1921, J. B. Norton. This common garden hybrid is not listed in Small (1933) or Fernald (1950). Moldenke (1952) says, “naturalized, Pa., O., Ia., Okla., occa- sionally found escaped elsewhere,” and in his treatise of this family (1949) he does not cite any specimens of the hybrid from South Carolina. Verbena rigida Spreng.—sovTH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Sandy roadside, 2.6 mi. nnw. of Allendale on S. C. 28 and 3.8 mi. ene. on Co. Rt. 39, Ahles 12581. Beaufort Co.: Forming colonies on roadside, 1.6 mi. se. of Pocotaligo on U.S. 21, Ahles 12368. Colleton Co.: Road em- bankment, 1.4 mi. ne. of Ashepoo on U. S. 17, Ahles 15505. Dorchester Co.: Open sandy soil in and around Summerville, Correll 5348 (DUKE). Small (1933) gives the range of this introduced species as “W. Fla. to Tex. and N. C.” Moldenke (1949) cites many specimens from Georgia, 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 23 only a few from North Carolina, but none from South Carolina. Al- though South Carolina is well within the range of the species, the fact that Moldenke has not seen any specimens from that state warrants the inclusion of the collections cited above. Perizoma rhomboidea (Hook.) Small—NorrH CAROLINA. Carteret Co.: By Beaufort Channel, Beaufort, Rogers & Blomquist 3168 (DUKE). Orange Co.: Weed in arboretum of U. N. C., Chapel Hill, Ahles 16310. Rowan Co.: Abundant weed in cultivated field near Salisbury, Oct. 12, 1955 (sent in by County Agent), (Ncsc) ; abundant garden weed, Spen- cer, Ahles 14933. SOUTH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Along sidewalk, Hamar St., one block s. of Green St. (two blocks s. of National Ceme- tery), Beaufort, Ahles 20926. Newberry Co.: Near Wallace Home on Caldwell St., Newberry, Freeman 56633. Small (1933) gives only Florida as the range of this plant which has been introduced into the southeast. It now appears to be well established at the North Carolina localities listed above, and also in the Piedmont and Coastal Plain of South Carolina. The two collections from Rowan County are from the same locality, where the plant has become an un- desirable weed difficult to eradicate. Ajuga reptans L.—NORTH CAROLINA. Orange Co.: Growing in bed of Siberian iris near bamboo colony in arboretum, Chapel Hill, L. M. Radford & E. Wicker; March 28, 1945, W. Webb; April 17, 1947, B. Ivey 82; May 3, 1949, P. Titman. Wake Co.: Campus, N. C. State College, Raleigh, April 13, 1943, Wells (wesc); April 2, 1948, Williamson (Ncsc). Small (1933) makes no mention of this species. Fernald (1950) says, "Nfld., to Wisc. s. to Pa. & O.,” and Gleason (1952) states, “rarely es- caped near gardens." In Chapel Hill it has become fairly well estab- lished. The Orange and Wake County collections are being cited as the first report of this species for North Carolina. Dicerandra densiflora Benth.—sovTH CAROLINA. Jasper Co.: Sandy hills, lightly wooded, 7.9 mi. nw. of Tillman, 3.2 mi. se. of Seaboard Air Line Railway, AAles 18205; also Oct. 11, 1956, AAles 20988. The range of this southern species is given by Small (1933) as “e. Fla. and Ga." In northwestern Jasper County this plant is very local on the same sand ridge as Chrysobalanus oblongifolius, and is probably also native here. The specimen was just coming into flower on Septem- ber 9, and was in fruit on October 11. Stachys sieboldii Miq.—NoRTH CAROLINA. Cumberland Co.: Escaped weed in Butler’s Nursery, July 2, 1951, Butler & Totten. SOUTH CARO- LINA. Oconee Co.: Roadbank and upland woods by Co. Rt. 68, 2.4 mi. se. of Co. Rt. 17, w. of Madison, Bell 3109. Small (1933) and Gleason (1952) do not include this species in their manuals, and Fernald (1950) does not give a range, merely stating that it spreads from cultivation but is hardly established. At the Oconee County locality this species is well established on a road bank. 24 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 Verbascum virgatum Stokes—NorrH CAROLINA. Moore County: Sandy roadside, 1 mi. s. of Aberdeen on U. S. 15-501, Ahles 15377. Small (1953) gives South Carolina as the range for this speeies in the Atlantic States. Although Fernald (1950) says the range extends from Ontario to South Carolina, no specimens from North Carolina have been found in the local herbaria or in the Gray Herbarium prior to the Moore County collection. Scoparia dulcis L.—sourH CAROLINA. Colleton Co.: Under highway bridge, along Combahee River on U. S. 17A, Ahles 21030. This species has been reported by Pennell (1933) as far north as southern Georgia. It has not been reported previously for South Car- olina. Plantago hookeriana F. & M. var. nuda (Gray) Poe—NorTH CAR- OLINA. Moore Co.: Along railroad at U. S. 1 in Aberdeen, Bell 2712. Richmond Co.: Roadside 3 mi. ne. of Hamlet on N. C. 77, Bell 2711. SOUTH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Roadside of Co. Rt. 21 about 2.5 mi. sw. of Fairfax, Bell 2648. Bamberg Co.: Abundant on roadside with Plantago aristata Michx., 0.9 mi. ne. of Bamberg-Allendale Co. line (Salkehatehie River) on U.S. 301, Ahles 12605. Calhoun Co.: Roadside, 1.6 mi. s. of Calhoun-Richland Co. line (Congaree River) on U. S. 601, Ahles 12608. Chesterfield Co.: Roadside, 3.6 mi. ene. of Chesterfield- Kershaw Co. line (Lynches River) on U. S. 1, 1 mi. sw. of McBee, Ahles 12612. Colleton Co.: Cinder bed along railroad, Lodge, Ahles 12146; cinder bed along railroad, Green Pond, on 8. C. 303, Ahles 12169. Hamp- ton Co.: Associated with Plantago aristata Michx., roadside, 1.8 mi. nw. of Yemassee on S. C. 28, Ahles 12412. Kershaw Co.: Roadside, 0.5 mi. s. of jet. U. S. 601 and 8. C. 12 on U.S. 601, Ahles 12611. Marlboro Co.: Roadside, 3.6 mi. ne. of Marlboro-Chesterfield Co. line (Pee Dee River) on S. C. 77, Ahles 12613. Oconee Co.: Common on roadside, 1.5 mi. ne. of Fair Play on S. C. 59, Ahles 13360; roadside, 1.5 mi. ne. of Tugaloo River on S. C. 59, Bell 3085. Orangeburg Co.: Roadside, 1.1 mi. ne. of Orangeburg-Bamberg Co. line (South Edisto River) on U. S. 301, Ahles 12607. Richland Co.: Roadside associated with Plantago aristata Michx., 2.1 mi. n. of Calhoun-Richland Co. line (Congaree River on U.S. 601, Ahles 12609. In a revision of the Plantago patagonica complex Poe (1928) made the combination used here. "These plants, now established locally along the roads of North and South Carolina, are described by Small (1913) under the name Plantago Wrightiana Decne. as native to Texas. Kearney and Peebles (1951) give the range of this western plant as “western Texas to central Arizona, Oregon and California." It bas not been reported previously from the eastern United States. Sphenoclea zeylandica Gaertn.—sovTH CAROLINA. Jasper Co.: Weed in rice fields, Savannah River Wildlife Refuge, 1.3 mi. w. of jet. U. S. 17 & 17A, and n. on levee, Ahles 18175. The range of this species is as yet too far south to be ineluded bv Fernald (1950) and Gleason (1952). Small (1033) gives the range as 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 25 *La. to Ark." Fox & Godfrey (1949) cite a specimen from Hyde County, North Carolina. In Jasper County it was found in only one rice field, but there fairly abundantly. Wahlenbergia gracilis Schrad.—sovTH CAROLINA. Aiken Co.: Weedy yard, about 2 mi. n. of North Augusta, H. Laing 174. Chesterfield Co.: Roadside, Cheraw St. Pk. near U. S. 52, Radford 15890. Colleton Co.: Weedy area along Seaboard Railroad on Co. Rt. 26, 8 mi. se. of U. S. 17, Ahles 12226. Darlington Co.: Damp soil back of Carnes farm about 5 mi. s. of Hartsville, B. E. Smith 414; damp soil along highway between Hartsville and Darlington, B. E. Smith 415; damp flats near Lauther's Lake, B. E. Smith 416; damp soil on Witherspoon Island, B. E. Smith 1730. Hampton Co.: Sandy field, 2.4 mi. ne. of Hampton on U. S. 601, Bell 3935. Lee Co.: Sandy roadside, 1 mi. sw. of Alcot on U. S. 15, Ahles 15897. Marlboro Co.: Field, 2.5 mi. w. of Blenheim, Radford 12516; roadside, 1.5 mi. e. of Wallace near N. C. 90, Radford 15612; roadside Muddy Creek se. of Marlboro, Radford 19070. This species which is not found in the manuals by Small (1933), Fernald (1950) or Gleason (1952), has become very well established in many places in South Carolina and northern Florida. "The first collec- tion from South Carolina in the herbaria 1s dated 1939, from Darlington County. Extensive collecting in 1956 has yielded records from six addi- tional counties in this state. It is difficult to determine how long the species has been established in this region. Artemisia vulgaris ],—souTH CAROLINA. Laurens Co.: U. S. 221 at the Enoree River, Freeman 56920. Small (1933) in his range “Ga. to Ala., B. C., Ont. and Newf." would include this species as occurring in South Carolina, and Cronquist (1952) with the vague “established throughout most of eastern U. 8. and adjacent Canada," might also include South Carolina. Fernald (1950) gives the range “Nfld. to Ont., s. to N. S, N. E, Del, Pa. casually to Ga., Mich., Wisc. and Minn." Since there were no South Carolina specimens at NCU, DUKE or Ncsc, it seems that the Laurens County collection should be cited as the first record of the species for that state. Bidens pilosa L. var. radiata Bip.—souTH CAROLINA. Georgetown Co.: Sandy bank, causeway across marshes at Georgetown, Godfrey 40911. Jasper Co.: Weed around Little City Motel, Ridgeland on U. 8. 17, Ahles 12397. Sherff (1937) in his monographie treatment of the genus restricts the range of Bidens pilosa L. to the extreme southwestern United States and southward through Mexico. The plant in the eastern United States he refers to as var. radiata, but cites no specimens from South Carolina. Fernald (1950) says for this plant, “casual weed n. to Mass," and Cronquist (1952), “ballast waif at Philadelphia." Sherff (1937) cites specimens from Massachusetts and New Jersey, indicating that it is sporadic at least as far north as Massachusetts. Wiegand (1933) gives 26 Rhodora [Vor. 60 the range as Florida, southern Georgia and Alabama. Godfrey (1950) cites one specimen from North Carolina. Chrysanthemum lacustre Brot.—NonTH CAROLINA. Chowan Co.: In ditch on N. C. 32, 1.9 mi. n. of Edenton, July 12, 1949, E. T. Browne, Jr. Stanly Co.: Low depression, 0.8 mi. nw. of Richfield, Ahles 16174. This species, native to Portugal according to Bailey (1950), is not included as an introduced plant in North America by any of the works cited in this paper. A specimen at DUKE labeled “Beach of Lake Huron, Mackinaw Island, Michigan, July 28, 1935, H. A. Gleason,” would seem to warrant its inclusion in the manuals of the northeastern United States. It is occasionally cultivated and apparently spreads from this source. The two specimens cited above constitute the first report for North Carolina, Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop.—NorTH CAROLINA. Ashe Co.: Flat bot- tomlands along New River, Sept. 21, 1946 (collector not given, Ncsc). Haywood Co.: Open grassy pasture, Crabtree Bald knoll, se. of summit. Plentiful in small area, Quarterman 85 (DUKE). Jackson Co.: Pisgah Forest, July 25, 1940, H. Myres. Swain Co.: Edge of abandoned road, s. of Black Camp, Blomquist 9757 (DUKE). Transylvania Co.: Open pasture in the Pink Beds, Correll 3389 (DUKE). Although Small (1933) gives the range as *N. C. to Kans., B. C. and Newf.," the preceding collections seem worthy of record, since Fernald (1950) gives the range south only to Virginia, while Cronquist (1952) says northern United States and southern Canada. Coreopsis basalis (Dietr.) Blake—sourH CAROLINA. Beaufort Co.: Cinder bed along railroad, 0.4 mi. e. of Burton on U. 8. 21, Ahles 12347. Colleton Co.: Railroad at Green Pond, on 8. C. 303, Bell 2326. Hampton Co.: Very abundant along railroad, Early Branch on S. C. 28, Ahles 12445. Watson (1933a), under Coreopsis drummondii (D. Don) T. & G., gives the range of this species as Texas, and states that it is an escape from cultivation eastward. Fernald (1950) says that it spreads to waste ground. Cronquist (1952) reports it as found occasionally as an escape from cultivation. Godfrey (1950) reports it as abundantly naturalized around Southport, Brunswick County, North Carolina. In the three stations cited above for South Carolina, plants of this species were well established in good-sized stands, always near or on railroad ballast. Cosmos bipinnatus Cav.—souTH CAROLINA. Chesterfield Co.: Road- side, 2.5 mi. nw. of Jefferson, Radford 18792. Alexander (1933) gives the range of this species as Florida, Fernald (1950) says that it is becoming established southward, and Cronquist (1952) gives the range as Arizona and Central Mexico, cultivated else- where and frequently escaped. Thorne (1951) cites it from Georgia as infrequent along roadsides. No record of the occurrence of this species in South Carolina prior to 1956 has been published. Crepis pulchra [,—souTH CAROLINA. Chesterfield Co.: Waste place, Forked Creek, 1 mi. e. of Jefferson, Radford 12385. Oconee Co.: Once- 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 27 cultivated field, about 7 mi. s. of Westminster on Co. Rt. 20 at jet. Co. Rt. 140, Ahles 14047. Pickens Co.: Field, 0.7 mi. nw. of Norris on 8S. C. 137, Bell 3458. Union Co.: U. S. 176, 4 mi. n. of Union, Freeman 56147. This taxon is not in Small (1933). Fernald (1950) gives the range as Virginia and Indiana. Cronquist (1952) gives it as Virginia, Ohio and Indiana. Fox & Godfrey (1949) report it from three counties in North Carolina, and as abundant at each locality. Freeman (1955) reports it as occasional in Polk County, North Carolina. During 1956 many addi- tional collections of it were made in North Carolina. The Oconee, Pickens and Union County collections in 1956 constitute the first report of this species from South Carolina. Facelis retusa (Lam.) Sch.-Bip.—sovTH CAROLINA. Allendale Co.: Sandy roadside, 0.1 mi. nne. of Co. Rt. 26 on Co. Rt. 49, Ahles 12523. Anderson Co.: Sandy roadside, 3 mi. ese. of Fair Play, Ahles 13416. Beaufort Co.: Cinder bed along railroad at station, Sheldon, Ahles 10367. Colleton Co.: Weed in once-cultivated field, Ritter, Ahles 10538 ; sandy roadside, near Ashepoo River, about 1 mi. s. of Ritter on Co. Rt. 41, Ahles 12189. Hampton Co.: Low woodland, 2.8 mi. se. of Furman on U.S. 621, Bell 1800. Jasper Co.: Lawn weed, Ridgeland, Ahles 10358 ; roadside, 5 mi. s. of S. C. 128 on S. C. 170, Ahles 12392. Newberry Co.: Indian Creek, 7 mi. sw. of Whitmire, Freeman 56223. Orangeburg Co.: Roadside near Bowman, common in waste places and meadows, Freeman 56168. Pickens Co.: Dry upland pasture, 1.4 mi. w. of Pumpkintown, on S. C. 11, Ahles 14366. Under the binomial Facelis apiculata Cass., Small (1933) states the range as “coastal plain & piedmont, Fla., Ala. and Ga.” Fernald (1950) and Cronquist (1952) do not include the species. Thorne (1954) reports it as common in Georgia, and Godfrey (1950) cites a specimen from Cleveland County, North Carolina. Apparently it has become more abundant in the last few years and there are now specimens from many more North Carolina counties. In 1956 collections were made in nine counties of South Carolina, a state from which the species had not been reported previously. Helianthus maximiliani Schrad—NortH CAROLINA. Cleveland Co.: Open field along stream, 2 mi. ssw. of Mooresboro, Ahles 19200. Forsyth Co.: Open place (without further data), Schallert 610 (det. C. B. Heiser, 1955). Rockingham Co.: Roadside, 1.75 mi. nw. of Lawsonville, Rad- ford 18569. Watson (1933), Fernald (1950) and Cronquist (1952) all give the range of this species as west of the Mississippi River, and state further that it is adventive, escaped or introduced eastward. Helianthus radula (Pursh) T. & G.—sovrH canorniNa. Colleton Co.: Sandy roadside of Co. Rt. 24, by pine woods, 0.5 mi. nw. of jet. with Co. Rt. 34, frequent locally, Bell 5382. Hampton Co.: Sandy upland, 2.2 mi. s. of Brighton on dirt road, Bell 4985; pine savannah, 0.4 mi. n. of Jasper-Hampton Co. line on S. C. 128, Ahles 18374; pine savannah, 0.1 mi. w. of Hampton-Jasper Co. line on U. S. 321, 1 mi. e. of Garnett, 28 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Ahles 21009; pine savannah, 0.7 mi. ne. of Early Branch, Ahles 21019. Jasper Co.: Pine savannah, 2 mi. n. of Hardeeville on U. S. 321, Ahles 18191; sand hill by Co. Rt. 41, w. of Barton and 0.5 mi. s. of jet. with Co. Rt. 23, Bell 5114; pine savannah and roadside, 3.3 mi. n. of Hardee- ville on U. S. 601, Ahles 20972. It is very surprising to note that Watson (1933) does not include South Carolina in the range of this species (“Fla. to Ala. and Ga."). In South Carolina it appears to be a very definite part of the flat pine- savannah flora. At each locality cited it was conspicuous and at least frequent, if not common. It was observed in many more localities within the cited counties, but specimens were not colleeted from all of them. Hypochaeris glabra L.—NwonTH CAROLINA. Alexander Co.: Open stream bank, Middle Fork of Little River near jet. with Catawba River sw. of Taylorsville, Radford 18167. No collections of this species were found from North Carolina at NCU, DUKE, Ncsc or Ny. Fernald (1950) does not include this species, while Cronquist (1952) says, “established in the Pacific states, and has been collected several times apparently as a waif in our range." Small (1933) gives a very ambiguous range, *n. Fla. to Ohio and Me." It is well established at the locality cited above and is here recorded as new for that state. Iva ciliata Willd.—NonTH CAROLINA. Anson Co.: Abundant on road- side and field edges for a stretch of one mile, 1 mi. s. of Pee Dee River on N. C. 109 and 1 mi. e. on dirt road, vicinity of Cedar Creek, Ahles 19498. Franklin Co.: Weed in cultivated field, 0.4 mi. nw. of Sutton, Ahles 20664. Halifax Co.: Abundant on edge of cultivated field, 4.1 mi. se. of Weldon on U. S. 301, Ahles 20820. The range of this species as a native plant is predominantly central United States and introduced eastward to Alabama according to Small (1933), and New England according to Fernald (1950). The three collections cited are all close to the fall line, two in the northern part, and one in the southern part of the state. Only at the Franklin County locality was this species scarce. Lapsana communis L.—xNonTH CAROLINA. Haywood Co.: Open moist hillside, Waynesville, lower part of trail to summit (of) Eaglenest, Quarterman 74 (DUKE). Fernald (1950) gives the range of this species as “Que. and Ont., s. to N. S, N. E, Va, W. Va. and Mo." Cronquist (1952) also has Virginia as the southernmost state on the Atlantie seaboard. Small (1933) does not include the genus. The above cited specimen is there- fore taken as a southward extension of the known range. Leontodon leysseri (Wallr.) G. Beck—NorTH CAROLINA. Clay Co.: Roadside, Buck Creek area near U. S. 64, w. of Black Gap, Radford 16202. This species is not included by Small (1933). Fernald (1950) gives the range south to Ohio and New Jersey, while Cronquist (1952) has it 1958] Ahles, et al..—Species New to the Carolinas 29 south to the District of Columbia. The Clay County collection repre- sents a southward extension of the range. Superficially this species very closely resembles Hypochaeris glabra. Picris hieracioides L.—NonTH CAROLINA. Buncombe Co.: Habitat in vicinis Asheville, Maio, 1888, Gerald McCarthy. Haywood Co.: Juna- luska Mt., Blomquist 5291 (DUKE); moist open pasture, Waynesville, near summit of Eaglenest, Quarterman 73 (DUKE). Small (1933) does not include this species in his manual. Fernald (1950) says it occurs south to New Jersey and Pennsylvania, and Cron- quist (1952) south to the District of Columbia. Rudbeckia mollis Ell .—sovTH CAROLINA. Jasper Co.: Open sand hills, 8.5 mi. nw. of Tillman, 2.6 mi. se. of Seaboard Air Line Railway (this is presumably the town of Myres), Ahles 18216. This species has been reported by Boynton (1933) from Florida and eastern Georgia. The Jasper County specimen is therefore a northward extension of range. It is very probable that this is a native plant here, occurring as it does on the same sand ridge with Chrysobalanus oblongi- folius and Dicerandra densiflora. Soliva sessilis R, & P—NORTH CAROLINA. Carteret Co.: Lawn from Beaufort, May 1, 1953, A. H. Newsome (Ncsc). SOUTH CAROLINA. Orangeburg Co.: Weed in lawn, Edisto Gardens along Edisto River, Ahles 10695; same locality, Freeman 56165. Small (1933) gives the range of this species as “n, Fla. to La.” Thorne (1951) supplements this by reporting it from Georgia. The three above collections extend the range northward into South and North Carolina. Tragopogon dubius Scop—NortH CAROLINA. Catawba Co.: Weed along railroad, 2.6 mi. e. of Conover, Ahles 12984. Small (1933) does not include this species in his manual. Fernald (1950) gives it south only to Virginia, while Cronquist (1952) says, “established over most of the U. S., more common westward.” The absence of North Carolina specimens at NCU, DUKE, NCSC and NY seems to justify recording the species as new to North Carolina. Verbesina encelioides (Cav.) B. & H—NorrH CAROLINA. Robeson Co.: Scattered in pasture on upland, 20 mi. w. of Lumberton, Sept. 4, 1953, B. W. Wells (Ncsc). SOUTH CAROLINA. Sumter Co.: Sandy waste ground, abundant, southern city limits of Sumter, AAles 15896 ; Wedge- field at the jet. of S. C. 763 & 261, Freeman 56804. Small (1933), under the name Ximenesia encelioides Cav., places this species as indigenous west of the Mississippi, and cites it as introduced in Alabama and Key West, Florida. Fernald (1950) has it adventive in Missouri and occurring casually to New England. Cronquist (1952) says it is occasionally introduced eastward. In the vicinity of Sumter, in Sumter County, South Carolina, this species is so abundant as to ereate large yellow masses in almost every vacant lot. 30 Rhodora | Vor. 60 SUMMARY One hundred state records are reported: fifty taxa are reported for the first time from North Carolina, and fifty taxa from South Carolina. Two hybrids and only four subspecific taxa are included in the records, and of these latter, two varieties, Plantago hooker- iana var. nuda and Bidens pilosa var. radiata, also represent species new to the respective states for which they are reported. Of the total of eighty-eight taxa treated as new to one or both of the Carolinas, fourteen taxa represent native plants, sixty- seven taxa represent introduced plants, and seven taxa (Digitaria filiformia, D. texana, Paspalum plicatulum, Scirpus koilolepis, Phyllanthus pentaphyllus, Callitriche terrestris and Ampelamus albidus) represent plants of questionable origin in the Carolinas. Vouchers for all records are deposited in the Herbarium of the University of North Carolina unless otherwise indicated. LITERATURE CITED ALEXANDER, E. J. 1933. Cosmos, in J. K. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, p. 1454. Baitey, L. H. 1950. The Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, 3 vols. 2nd ed. MacMillan, N. Y. BkETLE, A. A. 1947. Scirpus, in North American Flora 18: 479—504. Boynton, C. L. 1933. Rudbeckia, in J. K. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, pp. 1422-1427. CHasE, AGNES. 1950. Manual of the Grasses of the United States, United States Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D. C. Cronquist, A. J. 1952. Compositae, in H. A. Gleason, Illustrated Flora of Northeastern United States. 3: 323-545. Curtis, M. A. 1867. Geological and Natural History Survey of North Carolina. Botany, 3: 1-156. Raleigh, N. C. Duncan, Winpug H. 1950. Preliminary reports on the flora of Georgia—4. Notes on the distribution of flowering plants including species new to the state. Castanea 15: 146-159. Fassert, Norman C. 1951. Callitriche in the New World. Ruopora 53: 137-155, 161—182, 185—194, 209-222. Fernatp, M. L. 1938. Noteworthy plants of southeastern Virginia, RHno- DORA 40: 364—424, 434—459, 467—485. ——————— 1941. Another century of additions to the flora of Virginia. Ruopora 43: 485—553, 559-630, 635—657. 1950. Gray's Manual of Botany, ed. 8, 1632 pp., American Book Co., N. Y. Fox, W. B. & R. K. Goprrey. 1949. Notes on distribution of North Caro- lina plants—I. Ruopora 51: 129-146. FREEMAN, OtiveR M. 1955. Notes on the flora of Polk County, North Carolina. Castanea 20: 37-57. 1958] Ahles, et al.,—Species New to the Carolinas 31 GLEASON, H. A. 1952. Illustrated Flora of Northeastern United States. 3 vols. New York Botanical Garden, N. Y. Goprrey, R. K. 1950. Studies in the Compositae of North Carolina III. An enumeration of noteworthy distribution records. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 66: 186-194. Heci, G. 1912. Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa. Vol. 3, Dicoty- ledones, pt. 1. Munchen. Hitcucock, A. S. 1933. Poaceae, in J. K. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, pp. 30-139. Hoover, R. F. 1941. A systematic stuty of Triteleia. Am. Midl. Nat. 25: 73-100. JAMES, Ropert L. 1956. Introduced plants in northeast Tennessee. Cas- tanea 21: 44-52. Kearney, T. H. « R. H. Prestes. 1951. Arizona Flora. 1032 pp. Univ. of Calif. Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. Macsripe, J. Francis. 1930. Spermatophytes, mostly Peruvian—II. Field Mus. Bot. Ser. 8: 77-130. Macue, BassETT. 1952. Caryophyllaceae, in H. A. Gleason, Illustrated Flora of Northeastern United States. 2: 118-145. Martuias, MILDRED & Lincoun Constance. 1944-45. Umbelliferae, in North American Flora 28B: 43-295. MorpENKE, H. N. 1949. The known geographic distribution of the mem- bers of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, Symphoremaceae Eriocaulaceae. 215 pp. Privately published. New York. 1952. Verbenaceae, in H. A. Gleason, Illustrated Flora of Northeastern United States. 3: 125-139. Musz, Pniur A. 1938. Studies in Onagraceae XI. A revision of the genus Gaura. Bull. Torrey Club 65: 105-122, 211-228. PENNELL, F. W. 1933. Rhinanthaceae, in J. K. Small, Manual of the Southeastern Flora, pp. 1182-1225. Por, Ione. 1928. A revision of the Plantago patagonica group of the United States and Canada. Bull. Torrey Club 55: 406-420. Rankin, H. A. 1940. Vacation notes. Jour. Gray Memorial Bot. Assoc. 8: 10-11 (Mimeographed). Ropars, C. L. 1950. The Umbelliferae of North Carolina and their distribution in the Southeast. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 66: 195-266. Rocers, Davin James. 1951. A revision of Stillingia in the New World. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38: 207-259. SuerFrr, E. E. 1937. The genus Bidens, Part I Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Ser. 16: 1-709. SMALL, J. K. 1895. A monograph of the North American species of the genus Polygonum. Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia College. 1: 1-183. ——— 1913. Flora of the Southeastern United States. Published by the author. N. Y. - 1933. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. Published by the author. N. Y. SMirH, Bupp E. 1946. Additions to the flora of South Carolina. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 62: 81-86. THonwNE, RoBERT F. 1951. Vascular plants previously unreported from Georgia. Castanea 16: 29-48. 32 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 1954. The vascular plants of Southwestern Georgia. Am. Midl. Nat. 52: 257-327. WALTER, THOMAS. 1788. Flora Caroliniana, 263 pp. London. WarsoN, E. E. 1933. Helianthus, in J. K. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, pp. 1431-1441. 1933a. Coreopsis, in J. IK. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, pp. 1446-1450. WiEGAND, K. M. 1933. Bidens, in J. K. Small, Manual of the South- eastern Flora, pp. 1450-1454. BanrHoLoMEW's CoBBLE.—This unpaged pamphlet briefly describing the geological and botanical features of a rocky 30 acre reservation near Ashley Falls, Massachusetts, is noteworthy because of the accurate list of plants of the area provided. The pamphlet is made attractive with six full-page photographs of a few of the interesting plants found at the Cobble and of the Cobble itself. The plant list is mostly based upon studies made by the late C. A. Weatherby, who was extremely interested in having the natural features of the area preserved for the enjoyment of present and future generations. It is fortunate that the Cobble is in the hands of the Trustees of Reservations so that preser- vation is now assured. The Trustees of Reservations is a non profit corporation composed of publie-spirited citizens in Massachusetts who have an interest in preserving distinctive parts of our heritage from threatened destruction or irreparable alteration. The organization has been in existence for over 65 years and has by acquisition and manage- ment done much to make places of beauty and of historical interest within the Commonwealth available to the public.—R. C. Rous. 1 Bartholomew’s Cobble, by Herbert J. Arnold and S. Waldo Bailey. Published by, and available from the Trustees of Reservations, 50 Beacon Street, Boston 8, Mass., $0.50. Volume 59, number 708, including pages 293—321 was issued 21 January, 1058. 79 K 4? Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR, ( IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 February, 1958 No. 710 CONTENTS: Distribution of Littorella americana in the Mid-arrowed Region of Minnesota. Olga Lakea o. oe ene LI e is 33 Experiments and Observations Bearing on Evolution in Oenothera. B NRINNN Gales errr E T a ie 37 Plant Notes from Illinois. Glen J. Winterringer..............-. 41 Arenaria rossii and Some of Its Relatives in America. Bassett Maguire... sees so sce ce cy ee ae a EET Rumex stenophyllus in North America. Doris Lóve and Frére Jean-Paul Bernard ........:. 4 de DETUR 54 Elatine triandra in New York. Joseph Monachino.............. 58 Species Plantarum—More Than a Facsimile Edition. R: C. Rollins (Review) |... eee ee Eee ere 59 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 February, 1958 No. 710 DISTRIBUTION OF LITTORELLA AMERICANA IN THE MID-ARROWHEAD REGION OF MINNESOTA OrcA LAKELA Professor Fernald in separating L. americana from L. uniflora (L.) Asch.’ refers to the plant as one of the rarest in North Ameriea, known only from a few localities throughout its range from Newfoundland to Minnesota. Until recently the collection of L. H. Bailey, no. 437, Basswood Lake, July 28, 1886 appears to have been the only record from the state. L. americana first came to my attention while I was collecting in the “Roadless Area" of St. Louis County. Plants without flowers or fruit (no. 16743, August 9, 1953) were collected from a submersed colony with Lobelia Dortmanna, growing on a sandy bottom in shallow shorewaters of Iron Lake on the Ontario border. On the following day it was found again in Lac La Croix, at Beatty portage from Loon Lake. Plants in vegetative condition, no. 16756, were collected from a colony submersed in shallow water, again associated with L. Dortmanna. In each site the bottom soil was mostly a mixture of gray sand with black organic soll, peaty or mucky. Identification of the species in vegetative condition remained doubtful until 1957. In dealing with the known flora from Lake County for the manuscript of a Flora of the Mid-Arrowhead Region, Bailey's early collection of flower- ing plants was studied. This decisively cleared the identity of the sterile specimens. In the ensuing search for additional flowering material in late season Basswood Lake seemed most accessible. Working from 1 Ruopora 20: 61-62. 1918. The North American Littorella. 34 Rhodora [Vor. 60 the Quetico-Superior Wilderness Research Center at Basswood Lake, after an extensive fruitless search of the more distant shores, Littorella was sighted without effort in the “home harbor” shore of the Center bay near the boat docks. The compact colony growing in silty sand was stranded above the water level. The associate species was Ranunculus repens. Coll. no. 22417, Sept. 10, 1957, consists of plants in late anthesis, with some mature fruits. The label data of Bailey’s collection lacks a specific location on Basswood Lake. The finding of the species there again tempt- ingly invites one to visualize Dr. Bailey towering over the spot preferred by a persistent colony of Littorella. However, in re- ality, the occurrence of a solitary colony on a lake with several hundreds of miles shoreline is presumptuous. L. americana was encountered again in Snow Bank Lake, lo- cated in the north central part of Lake County, about three miles south of the Canadian border. Here, in peaty sand of shallow waters of the bay south of the Resort, Subularia aquatica, in late flower and fruit, occurred in abundance with Isoetes muri- cata. Farther south in an adjoining bay some dozen plants of Nymphaea tuberosa were in full flower. Not far from the latter site on the sandy shore was an emersed colony of sterile Littorella, no. 22492 Sept. 14, 1957. Perhaps it was the stranded part of a much larger submersed colony 5-10 feet from the beach at a water-depth of 2-3 feet which covered square yards of the sandy, cobblestone strewn bottom. The plants were clearly visible in the early morning sun, but almost beyond the reach of the col- lecting tool. Only a few plants dislodged from the seemingly hardened sediment floated to the surface with fragments of Myriophyllum tenellum. It may be permissible to state here that botanizing is catching. On finding Littorella at the Quetico-Superior Research Center, the plants were shown to Mr. Otto Oltman, foreman, with a re- quest that he try to find and collect the species during an antici- pated canoe trip through the wilderness canoe country. His collection of Littorella, from the shore of an island in Malberg Lake about 4 miles west of Cook County, Sec. 8, T. 68, R. 6 W, September 19, 1957, was a welcome contribution to knowledge of this little known species. Thus within a space of a week, 1958] Lakela,— Distribution of Littorella americana 35 three new localities were discovered. The Ontario site in the accompanying map 1s based on a sight record made September 2, 1956; circumstances prevented collecting at the time. "The colony may be found on the shore of a small bay connected with Crooked Lake by a narrow channel, opposite Curtain Falls Resort Area. 4 - = A > , - le 9» 95 Ap b LirioRELLA AMERICANA. Fig. 1, at left, sheathing leaf-base, X 30; tissues stippled, clear areas air-chambers or lacunae, vascular traces cross-hatched. Fig. 2, at right, cross section of leaf near the middle, X 50; cells in outline only; epi- dermis without chlorophyll; (elongate cells with straight walls in face view not shown); stomata numerous throughout; mesophyll spongy with radial lacunae; traces cross-hatched. In studying living plants of Littorella discrepancies in descrip- tions of leaves by different authors came to my attention. Ac- cording to N. C. Fassett,? the leaves are “rather stiff dark thread- like." H. A. Gleason? notes their shape as “linear.” In his illus- tration of the plant as a whole, they are depicted as being flat and thin. Professor Fernald features leaf morphology as one of the diagnostic differences between the American and European 2 Manual of Aquatic Plants p. 313-314, 1940. 3 The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the United States and Canada Vol. 3, p. 273, 1952. 36 Rhodora "Vor. 60 species. In describing L. umericana, he observed the leaves as “flattish, faleate-arcuate or straightish"; in L. uniflora, as “sub- terete or semi-cylindric." It may not be amiss to place on record another description based on the study of living plants from five different localities. Mature fully turgid leaves are subulate, faleate-arcuate, lustrous, ELA ST. Fig. 3. The known sites of Littorella americana, in the upper portions of St. Louis and Lake Counties, mid-Arrowhead Region, Northeastern Minnesota. bright green to yellowish green above the white bases. The blade distally above the shallow groove of the sheathing leaf-base, feels and looks terete, firm and pliable. The rich green tips of young leaves, two in alternate succession, embraced within the searious- margined bases of opposing mature leaves are somewhat com- pressed but soon become subulate. Microscopically the mature leaves are nearly terete or at least more than semi-circular with concentric mesophyll centered about the median trace. The large air chambers appear to be radial; the two smaller traces are elevated above the median plane, ef. fig. 1 & 2. 1958] Gates, —E volution in Oenothera 37 Although Littorella uniflora, the European species has not been studied, descriptions of its leaves as, “subterete or semi-cylindric" indicates a similarity to those of L. americana. Otherwise, in floral struetures and size Minesota plants well agree with Fern- ald's descriptions. The purplish-black fruit in maturity appears terete, apieulate with a short stipe and a minutely rugose pericarp. Plants collected in late October show yellowing and gradual decay of the older leaves. Under greenhouse conditions the young leaves continue growth. The renewed overwintering rhizome of the season is 2-3 mm. thick and about as long; rhizomes of the previous years are persistent, subject to gradual decay. Whether the plants are stranded or submersed, they are readily recognized in field studies. The terete-appearing leaves, 1-2.2 mm. thick near the midpoint cannot be confused with Ranunculus repens.” Their outwardly-arching habit sets them apart from the linear- compressed obtuse leaves of Lobelia Dortmanna, which are broadly elliptic in cross-section, with two lacunae flanking the median trace. The author is indebted to the Quetico-Superior Wilderness Research Center for courtesies pertinent to facilities for field studies, the Graduate School of University of Minnesota for defraying the cost of collecting and Dr. J. B. Carlson and Donald W. Davidson, Duluth Branch, for preparing the illustrations.— UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, DULUTH BRANCH, EXPERIMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS BEARING ON EVOLUTION IN OENOTHERA R. RUGGLES Gates? I During an examination of the collections of Oenothera in the Gray Herbarium, Harvard University (Gates, 1957), a new species Oe. perangusta (Gates, 1950) was described from the North shore of Lake Superior. One specimen in the collection from Jackfish Station differed from the rest in having deep red stems and buds. It was recognized as a mutation parallel to the red-budded mutation from Oe. Lamarckiana (Gates, 1911) 1 Cambridge, Mass. 38 Rhodora [Vor. 60 and was therefore called Oe. perangusta var. rubricalyx. While in Vancouver, B. C., in 1953 I found in the herbarium of the University of British Columbia, through the courtesy of Professor Hutchinson, specimens of the same species and its red-budded variety originally collected from the same locality. On my way East I was able to stop at Jackfish, and had the good fortune to find the original locality from which the red-budded mutation was derived. About 1400 feet east of Jackfish Station on August 28, 1953 near the railway, a colony of Oenothera was found in which were counted 7 plants with red stalks in fruit and many young rosettes also evidently of the red variety (as shown by the red colour ventrally of the midribs), as well as one plant of the ordinary type with green stems. A specimen was collected for the Gray Herbarium. The red plants in this clump must all have been descended from the original mutation. How old this colony is can only be conjectured, but Mr. Peter Leschuk, who managed the local hotel and afterwards sent me seeds on Sept. 28 when they were ripe, thought he remembered seeing the red form here as a boy. The clump might easily be destroyed by railway operations. Search of the area failed to reveal more than the one group of red plants. In June, 1954, returning from Japan over the same route, many observations of Oe. perangusta were made. The species was very uniform all along the north coast of Lake Superior from Schreiber Station, where there were large colonies, to Terrance Bay, near Angler Station, at Marathon and along the C.P.R. line to Heron Bay. At the last locality were large numbers of plants in their favorite habitat, loose sand and gravel on the steep railway embankment some 400 yards west of the station. Nowhere were red plants seen except in the clump near Jackfish Station. The same species was afterwards seen growing by the railway near Hamilton, Ont. It thus evidently occupies a wide area in Ontario, from the north shore of Lake Superior to Hamilton on Lake Ontario and the Bruce Peninsula (Gates, 1950) of Lake Huron. II All the small-flowered Oenotheras, including nearly all the species in Canada, are self-pollinating. "There is clear evidence, 1958] Gates,— Evolution in Oenothera 39 however, that cross pollination occasionally occurs between dif- ferent forms occupying the same area. Such crosses are an im- portant factor in the evolution of the genus, and it is therefore desirable to obtain some evidence of the frequency with which cross pollination takes place in nature. For this purpose the ideal would be to use Oe. perangusta and its dominant red mutation, planting them in alternate rows and collecting open-pollinated seeds from the green form. Any plant with red buds derived from these seeds would then be the result of cross-pollination. Before seeds of Oe. perangusta and its red form were available, this experiment was tried with Oe. Victorini, a species with some- what larger flowers which may be somewhat less strictly self- pollinating. Seeds of Oe. Victorini were obtained from the Mon- treal Botanical Garden through the Director, Professor Jacques Rousseau, and of a strain of Oe. blandina containing the gene (rubricalyx) for red buds from Professor D. G. Catcheside. These were grown at the Bussey Institution, Jamaica Plain, Mass., the facilities being kindly provided by Professor Karl Sax of Harvard University. The two species were planted in four alternate rows, ten plants to each row. When the seeds were collected on September 15, 1953, only nine plants of Oe. blandina rubricalyx had flowered, mostly from side branches. They also came into flower later than Oe. Victorini. The 20 plants of this latter species all flowered and were full of seeds, many of the capsules having already shed some of their seeds. Since the species with red buds began flowering later, only the later seed capsules of Oe. Victorini were collected, four capsules from each of 12 plants. As a partial control of the frequency of crossing, the number of capsules on 12 plants of Oe. Victorini was roughly estimated. They totalled 2305, with a range from 100 to 385 per plant. Estimating 300 seeds per capsule, a total of 691,500 seeds could have been exposed to “red” pollen in time to ripen before the frosts. It was judged that 10 lower capsules per Victorini plant or 36,000 seeds, were fertilized before the blandina pollen began to be produced. Subtracting this number leaves 555,500 seeds probably exposed to “red” pollen. About four capsules each from eleven exposed Victorini plants were sown on vermiculite in the greenhouses of the Bussey Insti- 40 Rhodora [Vor. 60 tution on Ooctober 2, 1953. On January 16, 1954, they had produced 3395 young rosettes, two of which had ventrally red midribs and would therefore have red buds. "This gives à very tentative crossing frequency of 1:1698. Later attempts to get results on a large scale, using Oe. perangusta and its red variety, have not succeeded because the plants remained rosettes which failed to survive the winter season. HI One incidental observation is worth recording. Oenothera flowers are generally visited by nocturnal moths after the flowers open in the evening. Their long proboscis enables them to suck up the nectar which is secreted in the hypanthium and fills the lower part of this tube. Bees may also be seen visiting Oenothera flowers. One bee which was carefully observed visited flower after flower in a routine way. Being unable to obtain the nectar at the base of the hypanthium in the normal way by sucking it up from the inside, it lighted on a petal, then walked down the slender hypanthium, punctured it at the base just above the ovary, and lapped up the nectar, leaving an ooze of nectar where its short proboscis had been withdrawn. The pollination mechan- ism was thus entirely bypassed, the bee obtaining the nectar without entering the flower. This was done with flower after flower on different plants as a regular routine. Whether this bee was exceptional in having discovered a way to circumvent the floral mechanism, or whether this is a general custom of bees in the New England area or elsewhere is unknown. It shows at any rate that some bees have developed an efficient method of their own for extracting the nectar from Oenothera flowers. The fact that each flower is punctured in the position to obtain the maximum amount of nectar from the nearly erect hypanthium, seems to show a mental activity closely akin to intelligence. LITERATURE CITED Gates, R. R. 1911. Studies on the variability and heritability of pig- mentation in Oenothera. Zeits. f. Abst. u. Vererb. 4: 337-372. 1950. Another parallel mutation in Oenothera. Canad. Field-Naturalist 64: 142-145. — 1957. A conspectus of the genus Oenothera in North America, RHODORA. 57: 9-17. 1958] Winterringer,—Plant Notes from Illinois 41 PLANT NOTES FROM ILLINOIS GLEN S. WINTERRINGER Several plant species of western United States have made their way into Illinois and have apparently become established, e.g., Froelichia gracilis (Hook.) Moq., Callirhoe involucrata (T. & G.) A. Gray, Salvia pitcheri Torr., Salvia reflera Hornem. and several others. The newest arrival is Phlox gracilis (Hook.) areene which according to William A. Weber is, “a common but inconspicuous weedy annual of the mesas and foothills”. Such a habitat sounds strange when applied to plants collected in Illinois for this little weed was found in mid-May growing along the shoulder of a main highway west of Niantic in Macon County. It seems likely to the writer that this small weedy annual may have grown in the area for some time and has been overlooked. It would be interesting to know how the plant actually arrived in the Illinois area. In these days of superhighways and trans- continental travel it is not surprising that seeds or even plants are transported from one corner of the continent to another. What may be more important is the ability of a species, even a weed, to adapt itself in this new locality. Continued observations of this weedy Phlox will be made during subsequent growing seasons. Collection data. Macon Co.: May 12, 1957, shoulder of Highway No. 36, 215 mi. W. of Niantic, G. S. Winterringer 14003. Another collection same locality May 16, 1957, G. S. Winterringer 14001, 14002. Specimens are in herbaria of the following: Illinois State Museum, Illinois Natural History Sur- vey, and the University of Colorado. The following items are listed either (a) they are new for the state or (b) they are very infrequently collected plants in Illinois. 'The writer expresses thanks to R. T. Rexroat of Virginia, Illinois, for his contribution of excellent botanical specimens. SPECIES NEW TO THE STATE SCLERIA RETICULARIS Michx. Cass Co.: east of Beardstown, Sept. 14, 1956, in sand at edge of peaty sand hole, R. T. Rerroat 3438. Specimen verified by Earl T. Core. In August, 1957, Rexroat reported an abundance of this species in the same area. FaLcARIA srOIDES (Wibel) Aschers. Schuyler Co.: 2 mi. W. of Frederick, June 28, 1955, moist soil, R. T. Rexroat 1800. Verified by 42 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Mildred E. Mathias. "This species was not recently observed in the same area. INFREQUENTLY COLLECTED PLAN TS ARISTIDA DESMANTHA Trin. & Rupr. Morgan Co.: Oct. 12, 1956, E. of Meredosia; dry and sandy, R. T. Rexroat 3516, 8517. Cass Co.: Sept. 14, 1956, E. of Beardstown; sand, R. T. Rexroat 3434, 3435, Mason Co.: Oct. 9, 1955, W. of Saidora, sand, R. T. Rexroat, 2426, 2403, 2427, 2428. Oct. 18, 1954, with no definite county locality, dry sand, not common, R. T. Rexroat 1294. The Mason Co. specimens verified by Jason R. Swallen. Originally collected in Illinois by M. S. Bebb in 1861. Since that time it was collected by V. H. Chase in 1929 and by H. E. Ahles in 1950. The Morgan and Cass County locations are new. ECHINODORUS PARVULUS Engelm. Cass Co.: Aug. 13, 1957, E. of Beardstown, moist peaty sand, R. T. Rexroat 4150, 4151, 4152. The collector reported numerous plants of this species in the area. Previous Cass and Mason County records are indefinite. A collection was made in St. Clair County in 1892. ZIZANIA Aquatica L. Mason Co.: Aug. 19, 1956, S. of Havana; in shallow spring water, R. T. Rexroat 3225, 3226. The reason for report- ing these colleetions is the apparently unusual length of the eulms which, according to the collector, were from 11 to 13 ft. in length. Leaves, near the upper part of the culm, 2 in. wide and wider on the lower part. TRADESCANTIA BRACTEATA Small. Mason Co.: May 31, 1953, SW. part of the county, in sand and sun, fls. blue, R. T. Rexroat. 182, and same date, fls. rose, R. T. Rexroat 763. TRILLIUM RECURVATUM, forma SHAYI Palmer & Steyerm. Cass Co.: May 14, 1953, NE. of Virginia in woods, R. T. Rexroat 85. IRIS BREVICAULIS Raf. Morgan Co.: June 15, 1955, 10 mi. NW. of Jacksonville, wooded clay hillside, R. T. Rexroat, 2008. Cass Co.: June 6, 1955, NE. of Virginia, elayey woods, R. T. Rexroat 2001. Same locality June 8, 1955, R. T. Rexroat 2002, 2003, 2004. Same locality July 22, 1955, R. T. Rexroat 2005, 2006, 2007 (with capsules). RuBUs LACINIATUS Willd. Mason Co.: July 14, 1957, E. of Bath, on a small sand dune with wild plum, e. T. Rexroat 3981, 3982. RUBUS PHOENICOLASIUS Maxim. Morgan Co.: May 31, 1956, 5 mi. SE. of Meredosia, R. T. Rerroat 2735. June 14, 1955, W. of Arenzville, R. T. Rexroat 1776, 1777. This introduced Rubus has been regarded previously as not established in Illinois. At the Arenzville locality the plants were abundant and thoroughly established over a considerable area, Lorus cornicutatus L. Cass Co.: June 4, 1953, sand, R. T. Rerroat 201. July 17, 1953, fence row in full sun, R. T. Rexroat 389. Mason Co.: July 8, 1956, 5 mi. S. of Havana, dry, peaty sand, R. T. Rexroat 2988. Brown Co.: August 30, 1956, N. of Cooperstown, clay hillside, R. T. Rexroat 3344. 1958] Winterringer, —Plant Notes from Illinois 43 CALLIRHOE INVOLUCRATA (T. & G.) A. Gray. Schuyler Co.: July 25, 1956, N. of Browning, clay; roadside, stems trailing 2-3 ft, R. T. Rexroat 3099, 3100. ECHIUM VULGARE L. Schuyler Co.: June 28, 1955, 3 mi. S.W. of Frederick, clay hillside in pasture, A. T. Rexroat 1807, 1808, 1809. A few plants were observed in July 1957. TRICHOSTEMA DICHOTOMUM L. Cass Co.: Sept. 17, 1953, no definite locality, moist sand, R. T. Rexroat 684. Aug. 19, 1954, peaty sand, dry or moist, R. T. Rexroat 1358, 1102. Sept. 8, 1955, 4 mi. E. of Beards- town, in peaty sand, R. T. Rexroat 2285, 2286. In these Cass County localities this species was abundant. SALVIA PITCHERI Torr. Cass Co.: Sept. 11, 1954, near Virginia, dry soil, full sun, R. T. Rexroat 1359. Sept. 11, 1954, along R. R. tracks in full sun, perennial with several stems, R. T. Rexroat 1188. Sept. 10, 1954, R. R. tracks in full sun, R. T. Rexroat 1189. Sept. 23, 1955, near Virginia, dry clay soil, R. T. Rexroat 2372, 2371, 2370. Plants of the areas cited above have been destroyed but specimens transplanted to Rexroat's garden were in good condition in July 1957. SALVIA REFLEXA Hornem. Woodford Co.: Aug. 6, 1957, 4 mi. S. of El Paso in an old pastured area, G. S. Winterringer 13818, 13819. The abundance of this adventive western sage in this locality was surprising. It was the dominant species over approximately an acre. MENTHA ALOPECUROIDES Hull. Schuyler Co.: July 25, 1956, N. of Browning, clay soil, spreads by stolons, R. T. Rexroat 3102, 3103. Specimens transplanted to Rexroat's garden in 1956 are now thriving. MiMvuLus GEYERI Torr. Mason Co.: May 13, 1956, 5 mi. S. of Havana, growing in a spring-fed creek in an inch of water, forming a dense mat, R. T. Rexroat 2612. All specimens cited in this paper are deposited in the Illinois State Museum Herbarium.—ILLINOIS STATE MUSEUM, SPRINGFIELD, ILLINOIS. 44 Rhodora [Vor. 60 ARENARIA ROSSII AND SOME OF ITS RELATIVES IN AMERICA BASSETT MAGUIRE Recently, my colleague, Arthur Cronquist, collected a series of an interesting Arenaria of the rossii-complex in Montana that seemed to require special study. About the same time, William A. Weber sent to me collections from Colorado which bore on a related problem and required further consideration of the status of Arenaria macrantha (Rydb.) Nels. (also of the A. rossii- complex). Further, a recently published paper by Nannfeldt! raised questions as to taxonomic interpretation and status, and the typification and nomenclature of Arenaria rossii. All of these circumstances made necessary a review of the matter and require the present statement. In his discursive paper, Nannfeldt has presented arguments purporting to establish the name (Minuartia) rolfii to supplant the long-used epithet rossii. Examination of historical materials at the British Museum (BM), Kew (x), Fielding Herbarium, Ox- ford (oxr), Gray Herbarium (GH), and The New York Botanical Garden (Ny), and a large body of newly collected specimens on deposit at the National Herbarium (cAN) and the herbarium of the Department of Agriculture (pao), both at Ottawa, the Gray Herbarium, and The New York Botanical Garden, has convinced us that there is but one polymorphic arctice American species in- volved, and that all of the Riehardson specimens and those of the Parry Voyage belong to it. Accordingly, there is no necessity, or indeed permissibility, for nomenclatural change or substitution, since it is clear that Richardson did in fact effectively and validly publish the epithet Rossii (Franklin Journ. p. 738. 1823), and that neither the epithet nor the authorship by Richardson may be displaced.” Arenaria rossii in the broad sense extends in the American Arctic from the Eastern Arctic Archipelago and northeast Green- land (also in Spitzbergen, ace. to Nannfeldt) westward to the Bering Straits and the Aleutian Archipelago, and in the moun- ! Nannfeldt, J. A. Some Notes on Minuartia stricta (Sw.) Hiern. and Allied Species. Nytt. Mag. Bot. 3: 159-170. 1954. ? This position was substantially taken by Porsild in Vase. Pl. West Cana. Arctic Archi- pelago Bull. 135, Nat. Mus. Cana. p. 110, 1955. 1958] Maguire,—Arenaria rossii 45 tains in Alaska and Yukon south to Wyoming and Oregon. Clinal modifications take place westerly by which the sepals be- come acute, the petals narrower and shorter, and the leaves less fleshy. The occidental population has been known as A. elegans. The line of phytogeographie division between the two races seems to lie just west of the delta of the Mackenzie River, perhaps to the north of the Richardson Mountains. In the Mackenzie Range and southward in the Rocky Moun- tain System, where the species is common, sepals become smaller and broader, petals inconspicuous or lacking, and the leaves re- main more or less fleshy. This austral population, the ssp. columbiana, extends into Wyoming and Oregon. Arenaria rossii seems to be absent from the Middle Rocky Mountains and the Wyoming Basin (both as defined by Fenneman), i.e., from the Uinta and Wasatch Ranges in Utah, and possibly all of Wyoming, except the northernmost portion. A taxonomic arrangement of the races of A. rossii, and a brief consideration of A. macrantha and its relatives, the southern complement of A. rossii, is provided herewith, and appended is a further provisional key? to the species of the Arenaria rossti— A. stricta complexes of America. ARENARIA ROSSII Robert Brown apud Richardson. A. rossii ssp. rossii.—4A. Rossii R. Br. apud Richards. Append. Frank- lin Journ. p. 738. 1823, as to Richardson Arctic specimens; A. Rossii R. Br., in Chloris Melvilliana p. 14. 1823, as to the Parry Voyage Plants of Melville Island, and “A. Rossii, Richardson in Franklin's Journ. p. 738, paulo diversa est statura majore, . . . "; idem, R. Br. in Suppl. Parry’s Ist Voyage p. 272 (celxxii), 1824; “A rossii, Brown, Supp. Parry’s Voy. eclxxii. No. 20. « Brown, l.c. nobis non visa.,” and “B A. Rossi Frankl. App. 1 ed. p. 738, No. 170," Richardson, Append, Franklin Journ. ed. 2 p. 745. 1823; Hooker Fl. Bor.—Am. 1: 100. 1831; Alsine rossii Fenzl, Verbreit. Alsin. 18. 1833; Minuartia rossii (R. Br.) Graebn. Syn. Mitteleurop. Fl. 51: 772. 1918; Arenaria Rossii R. Br. apud Richards. var. Daethiana Polunin, Bot. Can. East. Arctic Bull. Nat. Mus. Can. 92: 201. 1940; Minuartia rolfii Nannfeldt, Nytt. Mag. Bot. 3: 161. 1954. In the northernmost part of its range, the subsp. ross?i is char- acteristically a densely and closely pulvinate plant, infrequently flowering, and probably often reproducing vegetatively by means 3 For a key to the genus see: Maguire, B., Arenaria in America North of Mexico. A Conspectus. Am. Mid. Nat. 46: 494—498. 1951. 46 Rhodors [Vor. 60 of easily detached short shoots borne in the axils of the primary leaves (discussed at length by Nannfeldt, Le). The type speci- mens of Minuartia rolfii Nannf. (Simmons 2390) are of this form. More westerly, and perhaps generally in more protected places, partieularly on the mainland, the plant tends to become more loosely tufted and, as observed by Porsild (in correspondence) flowers abundantly, and presumably matures seed. The speci- mens of Richardson represent both forms. The specimens of Richardson (No. 170, the types of A. rossi) collected on “Barren Grounds from Point Lake to the Arctic Sea,” of which we have seen the material at Kew, the British Museum, the Gray Herbarium, the Oxford Fielding Herbarium, and The New York Botanical Garden, consist both of densely pulvinate and more loosely tufted specimens. Melville Island plants of the Parry Voyage, seen at the British Museum and Fielding Herbarium, are of the pulvinate form. TYPE or arctic exploration specimens seen: coast, British North America, Dr. Richardson 17701 1819-22, “Arenaria Rossii Br.,” (holo- type, BM, photo can, the holotype sheet consisting of six specimens all of the more compact form); second sheet with three specimens (BM); "Aretie America, Frankl. Exp. (GH 2 sheets, K), the tufted form; [Franklin Journ.] No. 170, Richardson (GH, Ny), the tufted form; Melville Island, *Parry's 1 Voy. No. 20. Chloris Melvilliana p. 14. 1823." (BM, oxF), the pulvinate form. Ad Barren Valles (lat. 76° 37’, long. 84° 25’) sinus Harbour Fjord, Ellesmerelandiae meridionalis in campis argillosis, July 28, 1900, H. G. Simmons 2390 (GH, NY, isotypes of M. rolfii Nannf.). DISTRIBUTION. Barren lands at low altitude, West Greenland, the Arctic Archipelago and the aretie coastal mainland to the Mackenzie River. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. Greenland: Jacobsen Bay, Ymer Island, Aug. 11. 1932, T. Sørensen 3312 (cAN); Dragon Point (82° 15’ N.), July 19, 1917, Th. Wulff s.n. (au). CANADA. Arctic ARCHIPELAGO. Baffin Island: Arctic Bay. Sept. 8-11, 1936, Polunin 2587 (aH); ? Cape Dorset, July 29, 1938. Manning & Manning 19 (can); Hantzsch River, Sept. 3, 1938, Manning & Manning 182 (cAN); Silliman Mt., July 11, 1948, Senn & Calder 3924 (pao), with characters of ssp. elegans. Ellesmere Island: Harbour Fjord, July 28, 1900, Simmons 2390 (GH, NY, isotypes Minuartia Rolfii Nannf.) ; Craig Harbour, Sept. 16-17, 1934, Polunin 872 (can); Eggerton Lake, Aug. 17, 1951, MacDonald 18 (can); Hawkins Lake, July 17, 1951, Bruggemann 202 (pao); Parr Inlet, Aug. 8, 1951, Bruggemann 252 (pao); Wood Creek, Aug. 13, 1951, Bruggemann 262 (pao); Ward Hunt Island off n. coast Elles- mere I. 88° N., July 14, 1954. Christie 60 (CAN). Devon Island: Dundas Harbour, Sept. 7, 1936, Polunin 2554 (CAN). Prince Charles Island: Foxe Arenaria rossii 47 1958] Maguire, Basin, Aug. 15-18, 1949, Baldwin 1939 (can). King William Island: 68° 47’ N., 97° 40’ W., Aug. 10, 1949, Woodruff 144 (pao); Victory Point, Aug. 8, 1954, Cooper 112 (can); Aug. 17, 1955, Cooper 151 (can). Grinnell Land: Lady Franklin Bay, Greely 50 (GH). Victoria Island: Wollaston Pen., July 27, 1949, Porsild 17216 (can); Holman Island trading post, Aug. 8, 1949, Porsild 12278 (can); Albert Sound, Aug. 4, 1949, Porsild 17384 (CAN). Banks Island: Cape Lambton, July 30, 1949, Porsild 17554 (can); n.e. corner of island, Aug. 13-20, 1949, Porsild 17667 (cAN) ; Bernard Island, Aug. 22, 1949, Porsild 17749 (can); De Salis Bay. July 17, 1952, Manning & Macpherson 16 (CAN). Cornwallis Island: Resolute Bay, July 31, 1949, Collins 192 (CAN) ; 75° 15’ N., 96° 20’ W., in 1952, Mackay 8 (can); Resolute Bay, July 30, 1949, Schofield 446 (pao). Melville Peninsula, Repulse Bay, July 25, 1950, Bruggemann 69 (pao). Spruce Bay, July 23, 1951, Chillcott 56 (Dao). Kerewatin District. Southampton Island: South Bay, Aug. 22, 1936, Polunin 2280 (au), 2282 (aH); July 9, 1948, Cody 1231B (pao); July 25. 1948, Cody 1558 (pao); July 28, 1948, Cody 1637 (pao); July 29, 1948, Cody 1653 (pao); Aug. 5, 1948; Cody 1855 (pao); Aug. 11, 1948, Cody 2016 (pao); July 15, 1948, Cody & Senn 1338 (pao); Ford River, Aug. 15, 1950, Brown 213 (pao). Mackenzie Districr. Bernard Harbour, Aug. 1915, Johansen 367 (cAN) ; Great Bear Lake, Aug. 2, 1928, Porsild & Porsild 5140 (cAN); Tree River, July 11, 1955, Miller 94 (can); Coppermine, Aug. 4, 1951, Findley 252 (pao). A. rossii subsp. elegans (Cham. & Schlecht.) Maguire, comb. nov. Arenaria elegans Cham. & Schlecht. Linnaea 1: 57. 1826. TYPE. Ad sinum St. Laurentii inter muscos et Dryadem crescens, Chamisso no. 13, p. 57, l.c. DISTRIBUTION. Coastal and montane Alaska and Yukon of the Yukon River drainage. Variable. Specimens with flat ascending leaves 8-10 mm long and small flowers (sepals ca. 2.5 mm long), represented by A. & R. A. Nelson 4080, and L. Viereck 1400 from Mt. McKinley Na- tional Park, and other like specimens, probably constitute a discrete well segregated variety. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. CANADA, MACKENZIE District. Richardson Mts., Aug. 15-17, 1933, Porsild 6792 (can), 6793A (can); Mackenzie Range, Sept. 9, 1944, Porsild & Breitung 11804 (cAN) ; Canol Rd., Mile 111 east, July 25, 1944, Wynne-Edwards 8294 (can). Yukon Terr.: Canol Rd, Mile 132, June 15, 1944, Porsild & Breitung 9609 (can); Canol Rd., Mile 105, July 21, 1944, Porsild & Breitung 10891 (CAN). Alaska. Miller House, 115 miles n. Fairbanks, July 22-28, 1936, Scamman 168 (au); July 24, 1947, Scamman 482 (Gu); July 14, 1947, Scamman 4695 (an). Brooks Range, Jordal 3605 (can). Eagle Summit: July 7-11, 1937, Scamman 756 (an); July 12-28, 1940, Scamman 2074 (au); Aug. 1-9, 1940, Scamman 2247 (an); June 23-30, 1945, Scamman 3514 (an); July 13-15, 22-23, 1949, Scamman 5195 (cn); June 25, 1948, Lepage 23277 (can, pao). White Mts, July 7, 1953, Gjaerevoll 456 (can). Alaska Range, June 19, 1926, Porsild & Porsild 225 (can). Mt. McKinley Nat. Park: Aug. 8, 1939, A. & R. A. Nelson 4080 (cH, NY); July 17, 1956, Viereck 1400 (coro, Ny); July 10, 1956, Viereck 1191 (coLo, NY). Seward Peninsula: Cape Nome, in 1900, F. E. Blaisdell s. n. (GH, NY); Upper Kougarok River, June-July, 1909, C. B. Atwater s. n. (GH); Nome, Aug. 6-10, 1926, Porsild & Porsild 1336 (can, 48 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Gu); Nome, Anvil Hill, Aug. 6-10, 1926, Porsild & Porsild 1334 (CAN), 1335 (CAN, GH); Bluff, Aug. 5-6, 1926, Porsild & Porsild 1222 (can); Nome, Anvil Hill, Aug. 9, 1948, Lepage 23895 (CAN, pao); Nome, June 20, 1951, Whillans 52 (pao). Norton Sound, July 16-29, 1926, Porsild & Porsild 984 (CAN, GH). Port Clarence, Aug. 6-20, 1949, Scamman 5481 (GH). A. rossii subsp. columbiana (Raup) Maguire comb. nov. A. rossii var. columbiana Raup, Contr. Arnold Arboretum 6: 157. 1954. TYPE. Wet stones in sun at 5500 ft, Pass n. of Robb Lake, British Columbia, Mrs. J. Norman Henry 262 (GH). DISTRIBUTION. The petaliferous element, montane, the Stikine Moun- tains, Yukon, south in the Rocky Mountains to Colorado. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. CANADA. British Columbia. N. Kootanie Pass: July 29, 1883, Dawson 656A (CAN); Dawson 665 (CAN); Rainbow Mts., July 16, 1898, Spreadborough 19291 (can, GH); Robb Lake, July 25, 1932, Henry 262 (aH, holotype of A. rossii var. columbiana Raup); Mt. Selwyn, July 19, 1932, Raup & Abbe 3951 (can, GH, NY); Raup & Abbe 3761 (CAN, GH); Laurier Pass, July 22, 1935, Henry 718 (au); Alaska High- way, Mile 456, Porsild 9010 (CAN). Alberta. Moose Mt., June 29, 1897. Macoun 18266 (CAN, GH); July 1, 1897, Macoun 18267 (CAN) ; Crow’s Nest Pass, Aug. 2. 1897, Macoun 18270 (can); June 30, 1897, Macoun 268 (can); Saddle Mt., Banff Nat. Park, July 31, 1891, Macoun 4868 (CAN) ; Waterton Lake. July 11, 1931, A. S. Pease 22570 (au); Banff Nat. Park, July 13-22, 1946, Porsild & Breitung 15886 (CAN); 15977 (CAN). A. rossii subsp. columbiana var. apetala Maguire, Am. Mid. Nat. 46: 510. 1951. TYPE. Alpine meadow, Preston Park, alt. 7520 feet, Glacier Park, Montana, July 20, 1932, Maguire 732 (holotype NY). DISTRIBUTION. The apetalous element, forming extensive local popu- lations, British Columbia, Alberta, Montana, and possibly northwestern Wyoming. Commonly more compact, and more frequently collected than the preceding. A single collection is known from the Wallowa Mts., Oregon, and a diminutive specimen, J. T. Howell 22773 from Mono Mesa, Inyo Co., Calif., has seed and flower characteristics of the var. apetala, and is tentatively assigned here. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. CANADA. Yukon Terr., Canol Rd., Mile 102, July 19, 1944, Porsild & Breitung 10615 (can). Alberta. Crow’s Nest Pass, Aug. 2, 1897, Macoun 18271 (cAN), 18296 (CAN) ; July 31, 1897, Macoun 18271 (cAN). Upper Red Deer River: July 12, 1951, Porsild. 18175 (CAN) ; July 12, 1951, Porsild 18306 (can). Coleman, July 6, 1956, Porsild & Lid 19351 (CAN). Mt. Inglismoldie, July 1, 1916, Lewis idi (can). Banff Nat. Park, Porsild & Breitung in 1945; Sulphur Mt., 12432 (can); Mt. Temple, 12554 (CAN) ; Sunshine Ski Lodge, 13161 (CAN) ; 13423 (CAN); 13469 (CAN); 31470 (CAN); 14102 (CAN); 15885 (CAN); Mt. Bourgeau and Mt. Brett, 13802 (cAN); Cascade River, 14950 (can); Upper North Saskatchewan River, 16056 (can); Brewster Hill, 19464 (can); Citadel Mt., 19555 (can); Sulphur Mt., June 14, 1906, S. Brown 146 (aH, NY). Waterton Lake: Sheep Mt., July 28, Macoun 10098 (can); Sept. 6, 1953, Moss 10516 (CAN); Carthew Pass, July 26, 1953, Breitung 16689 (wv). Jasper Nat. 1958] Maguire, —Arenaria rossii 49 Park, Medicine Lake, Aug. 7-9, 1941, Scamman 2528 (au). UNITED STATES: Montana. Glacier Nat. Park: Mt. Jackson, Aug. 24, 1920, Somes 70 (Ny); Piegan Pass, July 20, 1930, Pease 22194 (GH); Preston Park, July 20, 1932, Maguire 732 (xy, holotype A. rossi var. apetala Maguire); Logan Pass, July 16, 1934, Jones 5523 (aH). Mt. Henry, Midvale, July 16, 1903, Umbach 405, in part (NY). Beaverhead Co.: Black Lion Mt., July 30, 1945, Hitch- cock & Muhlick 12908 (xy). Big Snowy Mts., July 6, 1945, Hitchcock & Muhlick 12037 (Ny); Pintlar Peak, July 27, 1945, Hitchcock & Muhlick 12860 (NY). Bridger Mts., June 5, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey 4050 (ny, 2 sheets). Big Horn Mts., July 1898, Tweedy 162 (ny); Beartooth Mts., Carbon Co., July 29, 1955, Cronquist 8003 (NY, GH, US, UC, WS, WTU, COLO, K, P). Oregon. Wallowa Mts. July 31, 1899, Cusick 2299, in part (GH). Wyoming. Northwestern Wyoming Expedition, in 1873, Parry 40 (aH). ARENARIA MACRANTHA AND ITS RELATIVES As shown above, Arenaria rossii, occupying the American trans- Arctic region and northern Rocky Mountains, apparently does not extend into the Middle Rocky Mountain area of Wyoming and Utah (the Uinta and Wasatch Ranges), or the Wyoming Basin. Apparently the range of A. macrantha, which replaces A. rossii in the south, and its relatives are confined to the southern Rocky Mountains and Colorado Plateau region (as defined by Fenneman) and do not occur in the Middle Rocky Mountain area. Thus, the Middle Rockies form a broad spacial hiatus between the ranges of the two closely related complexes. From the material of the complex now available, two elements stand out more strongly, viz., that represented by the specimens of the type collections of A. macrantha from Montezuma County, Colorado, and of A. filiorum from Iron County, Utah. Arenaria macrantha (Rydb.) Nels. Man. Bot. Rocky Mts., p. 186. 1900. Alsinopsis macrantha Rydb. Bull. Torrey Club 31: 407. 1904. TYPE. Common alpine form, Little Kate Basin, La Plata Mts., Monte- zuma Co., Colorado, July 14, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy 678 (holo- type NY, isotype NY). The types, consisting of four plants on two sheets at The New York Botanical Garden, are luxuriant specimens, obviously perennial, with numerous procumbent stems to 10 em long; conspicuous flowers borne in 3 (5)-flowered cymes; sepals broadly lanceolate, 4.5-5.0 mm long, 2 mm broad, acuminate, strongly 3-nerved; petals conspicuously ex- ceeding the sepals, 7-8 mm long; and leaves more or less plane, strongly l-nerved, blunt. No mature capsules had been formed, consequently seeds are lacking. Collections recently obtained show the species, as expected, to be somewhat variable in habit, leaf-form, and range of flower size. Two of them have formed mature capsules and seed. 50 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Adequate eireumseription is now possible: leaves may be more or less plane (as in the types) or triquetrous-subulate; sepals 4.0-5.5 mm long; petals ordinarily conspicuously surpassing the sepals; seed reniform ca. 1 mm broad, tesselate-tuberculate, blackish. DISTRIBUTION. Alpine or similar habitats, mountains of the Southern Colorado Rockies. Representative specimens, Colorado. Gray’s Peak, A. Eastwood s.n., in July 1888 (coro); alpine, South Park, Wolf & Rothrock 346 (au). Park Co., Hoosier Ridge, Weber, Rollins & Livingston 655 (coto); tundra, North Star Mountain, Hoosier Pass, ca. 12,300 ft. alt, Weber 8751 (coro); Bald Mt., 11,500 ft., Aug. 1898, E. A. Bessey s.n. (NY); Bald Mt., Aug. 28, 1954, Jean Langenheim 8968 (coto). Clear Creek Co. Weber & Dahl 8613, depauperate specimens, (coLo). Gunnison Co. Travertine bog and cliffs, Cement Creek Canyon, ca. 8500 ft. Weber & Langenheim 9520 (coro); Horse Basin, 11600 ft., Langenheim 70 (coro) ; alpine, Comanche Creek at 12000 ft., Langenheim 1361 (coto). Pitkin Co. ridge east of Avalanche Creek, 12000 ft., Langenheim 2106 (coto. NY). Montezuma Co. Little Kate Basin, Baker, Earle & Tracy 678 (holotype Ny, isotype Ny). San Juan Co. Near Irontown, July 21-31, 1899, C. C. Curtis sn. (NY). Hall & Harbour No. 69, Lat. 39?—41?, Colorado, in 1862 (GH), an apetalous form with 1—3-flowered eymes and reddish slightly sculptured seed, can hardly be assigned to A. macrantha. It is similar to a few scattered collections obtained from the Northern Rocky Mountains and Canadian Rocky Mountains (viz.: Porsild & Breitung 10615 (CAN), an apetalous form from Mile 102, Canol Road, Yukon Terr.; and Spreadborough 19290 (can), Rainbow Mt., Fraser River, B. C., petalous form), which are rare, sporadic and do not form populations, and have for the time being been assigned to A. rossii subsp. columbiana. Arenaria filiorum Maguire, Bull. Torrey Club 73: 326. 1946. TYPE. Common, gravelly beach, Navajo Lake, Iron County, Utah, July 13, 1940, Maguire 19472 (holotype Ny, isotype GH, UTC, UC). Small glabrous annual from a slender taproot, with cymes usually bearing 3-5 flowers; sepals are ovate-lanceolate, strongly 3-nerved, and are 3.5-4.8 mm long; petals more or less equaling or shorter than the sepals; seed abundantly produced 0.7-1.0 mm broad, reniform, very dark reddish brown or blackish, rather strongly sculptured (in con- trast to the seed of A. rossii). This highly distinetive form occurs intimately with A. rubella, where both hold dominance on the gravelly beach of the lake. Quite similar plants, L. Ellison 4523 (ny), Island Lake, San Pete County, were col- lected also on gravelly lake beaches. Elsewhere from the high Colorado Plateau of Utah, viz., Maguire 19988 (NY), 10928 ft. alt., Mayfield Canyon, and Maguire 20060 (NY), 12000 ft. alt., Horseshoe Mt., both in San Pete County, and Maguire Arenaria rossii 51 1958] Maguire, 20097 (xy), East Brian Head Peak, 11000 ft. alt., Iron County, are somewhat similar plants but obviously perennials. They most closely resemble small-flowered members of the complex cited above from Colorado, but are distinguishable in minor ways from them. A series of specimens obtained from the Charleston Mts., Clark Co., Nevada, Clokey 5460 (NY), 7510 (NY), and 7923 (NY), collected in 1935, 1937 and 1938 respectively, are obviously perennial with commonly uniflorous cymes. They were initially assigned to A. filiorum but are easily recognizable as distinct from it. They are extremely uniform and certainly form a geographically restricted race, yet undoubtedly belong to the A. macrantha-filiorum complex. A KEY‘ TO THE ARENARIA ROSSII-À. STRICTA? COMPLEXES AND THEIR RELATIVES IN NORTH AMERICA 1. Seed reniform (with respect to the hilum), hence broader than long; plants completely glabrous. 2. Seed smooth or inconspicuously ornamented (under X 10 magnification), pale, reddish, 0.5-0.7 mm broad, cymes üniflorous. ebracteate. L. e yen see RE cesse ele A. rossit. 3. Sepals commonly 1.5-2.5 (3.0) mm long, oblong-ovate, obtusish, usually 1-nerved ;° petals conspicuously sur- passing the sepals; cymes uniflorous, ebracteate ; pedicels 5-20 mm long; leaves fleshy, subulate, obtuse, 2-4 mm long; densely pulvinate or tufted plants of (Spitzbergen and) Arctic America; Greenland, Arctic Archipelago, and Arctic Coastal America to the Mackenzie River Region. ............... A. rossii subsp. rossii. 3. Sepals commonly 3.0-3.5 mm long, lanceolate, acute, commonly 3-nerved; pedicels 2-4 (5) em long; leaves less fleshy, more or less plane, acutish, petals nar- rower, equaling or commonly somewhat shorter than the sepals; loosely tufted plants of Alaska, Yukon in the Yukon River drainage, and probably the Richard- son Mountains. ......... ey TO A rossii subsp. elegans. 4 This “key” is intended to supplement, by introducing some corrections and additions, the key offered by me in 1951 (1.c.). In no sense do I mean to imply that the species herein admitted are necessarily more strongly intra-related, than to or with other members of the Sect. Alsine. ^ Dr. A. E. Porsild in correspondence of Aug. 6, 1957, wrote, “I wonder if you are not overlooking that Minuartia stricta (Sw.) Hiern. is not the same as Arenaria uliginosa Schleich and certainly not synonomous with A. stricta ssp. dawsonensis as suggested by vou (1951)." Both from lack of material and opportunity to extend the present study, I cannot have a competent self-gained opinion on the point. In view of Dr. Porsild’s broad knowledge of boreal American plants, and his careful study, I am quite content to accept his interpretation of plants so indicated by him. Obviously, this would require the addition of A. uliginosa to my “key” of 1951; and indeed also A. macrantha (Rydb.) Nels., there inadvertently omitted by me. 8 Anatomically the sepals in the entire complex are 3-nerved. The lateral nerves may be prominent, or weakly developed. Or, the lateral nerves may be obscured, in more crassulous sepals, by relatively thicker mesophyll tissues, thus in appearance the sepal becoming ''1l-nerved." The terms ''3-nerved" or ‘‘l-nerved’’ merely give expression for relative prominence of the lateral nerves. 52 Rhodora [Vor. 60 3. Sepals 2.5-3.5 mm long, lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, acutish, moderately or weakly 3-nerved, or often 1- nerved; petals inconspicuous, narrow, shorter. than the se pals, often lacking; leaves more or less fleshy, triquetrous or subulate; Rocky Mountains from the Stikine Mountains south to Oregon and northern Wyoming. ....... ne beeacdcsereares A. rossii subsp. columbiana. 4. Petals present ........00. 0000. eos Var. columbiana. 4. Petals lacking ........... Lee cece cnet eee e eee . var. apetala. 2. Seed obviously tesselate- tubercul: ate (under X 10 magni- fication), blackish, (0.8) 1.0-1.5 mm broad; cymes com- monly 3-several-flowered, bracteate; sepals strongly 3- nerved. 5. Stems mostly under 10 cm high (or long), the inflorescence shorter than the vegetative portion of the stem, cymes commonly 3-5-flowered. 6. Plants glabrous. 7. Obviously perennial; cymes 1-3-flowered, flowers large, showy; sepals 4.0-5.5 mm long, lanceolate, acute; petals commonly exceeding the sepals, to 8 mm long; plants rather densely tufted; mountains of cen- tral and southern Colorado and the type collection from the La Plata Mountains, Colorado. ....... Sv sseeveesecees Arenaria macrantha. 7. Annual or weakly perennial; flowers not showy; cymes 3-7-flowered; sepals 4.0-5.5 mm long; petals shorter than the sepals; apparently restricted to the high Colorado Plateau of southcentral Utah. .......... A. filiorum. 6. Plants conspicuously glandular; circumboreal. en eee ess A. rubella. 5. Stems 10- 30 cm ‘high: primary leaves 1-2 cm long; inflorescence characteristically exceeding the hyaline portion of the stem; sepals 3.5—5.0 (6.5) mm long, 3-nerved, rarely 1-nerved; petals 5-8 mm long; seed 0.8-1.5 mm broad. .............. A. stricta. 8. Plants totally glabrous, strongly perenni: il. 9. Petals conspicuously surpassing the ‘talyx; capsule equal to or shorter than the calyx. 10. Stems leafy for more than half their length; primary leaves usually 1.5-3.0 em long; plants mostly lax, frequently matted. lv VENE es eeebrerivie A. stricta subsp. stricta. 10. Stems leafy usually below the mid- dle; primary leaves mostly 0.5-1.5 cm long; plants rigid, not matted. ode eseesvarsoetsouves A. stricta subsp. texana. 9. Petals equal to or mostly shorter than 1958] Maguire,—Arenaria rossii 53 the calyx; capsule exserted. ........ AU EUER COE A. stricta subsp. dawsonensis. 8. Plants glandular-pubescent, at least in the inflorescence, weakly perennial. ....... DPA RNC A. stricta subsp. macra. 1. Seed oblong (with respect to the hilum), hence longer than broad. 11. Primary leaves 3-nerved, non-glaucous; inflorescence stipitate-glandular, half or less than half the length of the glandular stem ; sepals 3.5-6.5 mm long; ovules 9-15; seed several or solitary, oblong, 1.0-1.3 mm broad, 1.25-20 mm long; widespread in the Rocky Mountain, Intermontane, and Cascade-Sierra Nevada region of western America, in the mountains from British Columbia and Alberta to California, Nevada, Utan and Calorado a6.) eg ae DEM ee A. nuttallit. 12, Leaves ascending or strict, neither arcuate nor squar- rose. 13. Leaves abruptly acute or apiculate, infrequently pungent; sepals acuminate, midrib not promi- nent. 14. Petals shorter than the sepals; Cascade Range, Rocky Mountains. .. A. nuttallii subsp. nuttallii. 14. Petals longer than the sepals; north Cali- fornia coast ranges, Siskiyou Mountains. .. A Pees me ra eer nen yee A. nuttallii subsp. gregaria. 13. Leaves strongly pungent; sepals narrow, pun- gently attenuate, midrib prominent; Sierra Nevada Range. ............... A. nuttallii subsp. gracilis. 12. Leaves arcuate or squarrose. 15. Sepals 3.5-5.5 (6.0) mm long, lanceolate, sometimes broadly so, acuminate, 1- nerved (occasionally 3-nerved); petals shorter than the calyx; Cascade Range, Rocky Mountains. ...... A. nuttallii subsp. nuttallii. 15. Sepals 5.5-6.6 mm long, narrowly lanceo- late, pungently attenuate, 3-nerved; petals more or less equaling the calyx; central Great Basin. .... A. nuttallit subsp. fragilis. 11. Primary leaves 1-nerved; glaucous; inflorescence diffuse, exceeding the length of the glabrous stem; sepals 3.0— 4.5 mm long; ovules 6 (7); seed solitary, 1.4-1.5 mm broad, 2.3-2.8 mm long; plants of serpentine areas, Coast, Ranges, Trinity County, California. ............. A. roset. 54 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 RUMEX STENOPHYLLUS IN NORTH AMwEniCA.— l'wo. specimens of Rumex stenophyllus Ledeb. have been discovered in a collection of plants from Manitoba. They were found growing in a road- side diteh not far from the village of Otterburne, about 30 miles SE of Winnipeg, and were collected by the junior author on Aug. 21, 1950. Rumex stenophyllus Ledeb. is a continental Eurasiatic species, native to eastern and western Siberia, central Asia, eastern and middle Europe to lower Austria, Moravia and central Germany (Rechinger 1949). It is occasionally introduced into Scandinavia (ef. Hylander 1955), Holland (ef. Rechinger 1949), and England (cf. Clapham, Tutin & Warburg 1952). The most favorable habitats are roadside ditches and other places, where the soil is slightly saline and occasionally flooded. At times the plant spreads to road shoulders and wastelands, or may even become a field weed. 'The Red River valley, where the plant was found, was origin- ally settled by French-Canadian farmers, but early this century a great influx of immigrants came from the Ukrainian parts of central and eastern Europe. Like other immigrants, these Ukrainian farmers brought their own grain, which included an assortment of weeds. Although this alien flora still is not fully known, it includes some very well naturalized species, like e.g. Sonchus uliginosus M. B., which is now widespread all over the marshes of central Canada and the adjacent United States. Rumex stenophyllus apparently also belongs to this group of species, although its occurrence is not as evident as that of the conspicuous Sonchus. Only a single locality of Rumex stenophyllus is known so far from Manitoba, but the plant is undoubtedly more widespread. The valleys on the prairies with their slightly saline and repeatedly flooded soils certainly offer conditions very much like those of its original habitat. Aceording to Frankton (1955, and in litt.) the species is not uncommon in Saskatchewan, where it was first discovered a few miles north of Swift Current in 1954, when seed collections were sent in for identification by Mr. A. Budd. In the herbarium of the Dept. of Agriculture, Ottawa, specimens from the fol- lowing states have also been uncovered: Colorado, Nebraska, Wyoming, N. Dakota, S. Dakota and Minnesota, under the fol- 1958] Lóve and Bernard,—Rumex stenophyllus 55 lowing names: R. obtusifolius, brittanica, pulcher, alluvius and odontocarpus. R. odontocarpus (cf. Moore, 1957) and R. alluvius (cf. Gates & McGregor, 1950; Rechinger, 1952) are synonyms to R. stenophyllus. Due to the fact, that the species has been the object of so much confusion, it seems appropriate to repeat in translation the de- tailed description given in latin by Rechinger (1949): "Root fusiform, vertical, perennial (occasionally the plant flowers during its first year?), stem stiffly erect, 20-60 (-120) em. tall, brownish or reddish, suleate-striate, leafy, often divided above the middle into several branches, but in depauperate specimens sometimes subsimple. Branches erect, or erect-divergent, very rarely arching; in sturdy specimens lower branches sometimes + fasciculate and repeatedly branched, but usually all branches straight and simple, forming an open, but narrow panicle. Basal leaves lanceolate, acute, their bases broadly or narrowly cuneate, their tips gradually attenuate, their laminas flat or with slightly undulate margins, the leaf stalks + equal to or rarely longer than the blades. Stem leaves lanceolate, nar- rowing towards both ends, most of them with flat margins but some slightly crenulate-crispate towards the tip, 4-6 (-7) times longer than broad, smooth and glabrous, with the lateral nerves leaving the midnerve at 40-60? angle. Upper leaves with increasingly shorter leaf stalks and topmost leaves + linear. Flowers in many-flowered whorls, the lower ones + remotely leafy, the upper- most almost continuous and perfectly aphyllous. Fruit pedicel narrowly filiform, of varying length, but often 1.5-2 times as long as the mature perigone, and in its lower 3rd or 4th part with a distinct ring-joint. Close to the perigone the pedicel widens to funnelshape, or becomes at least considerably thicker. Outer perigone leaves linear-lanceolate of about half the length or slightly shorter than the valves, to which their margins are pressed. "Valves cordate triangular, the base slightly cordate or subtruncate, the tip acute, membra- naceous, the surface subregularly reticulate with slightly raised veins, the areas between the nerves elongate towards the margins, which form more or less irregular, sharp and coarse teeth, +0.5, rarely 1, mm. long, on both sides of the entire-margined tip. Valves (3.5-) 4 (-rarely 5) mm. long, about as broad or rarely somewhat narrower, all with about equally large grains. Grain golden-brown, almost smooth, ovate-ellipsoid, very prominent, the aeute tip often running out into and continuing in the median nerve of the valve. The grain is about half the length of the valve and occupies 4 to 4 of its width. Mature nut dark brown, about 2 mm. long and 1.5 mm. broad, apiculate at both ends, the tip somewhat sharper than the base." Superficially, Rumex stenophyllus resembles R. crispus, but there are several significant differences. Rechinger (1949) points out, that R. stenophyllus possesses two characteristics which never occur in true R. crispus, namely valves with dis- tinctly toothed margins and a valve-nervature which forms elongate, flat meshes (cf. fig. 1). The two species were placed in very different sections and sub-sections by Rechinger (1949) and Losina-Losinskaja (1935). 56 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Although Rumea stenophyllus was described as a species from Altai by Ledebour in 1830, its occurrence in Europe was obscured for a long time by its casual resemblance to R. crispus and R. obtusifolius. It has thus been regarded as a variety of these two species, i.e. R. crispus var. dentatus Schur. or R. obtusifolius var. cristatus Neilr., or even as only a hybrid between them, Fia. 1: a, Rumer stenophyllus Ledeb., b. Rumex crispus L, k. crispus X obtusifolius. Other authors have regarded it as a separate species, R. biformis (Menyh.) Borbas, or R. odon- tocarpus Sandór (cf. Mansfeld 1940), thought to be endemic in central and eastern Europe. However, in all recent European manuals, the plant is identified with the Altaian taxon, since the type material of this species does not differ from European material (cf. Rechinger 1949). Rumez stenophyllus differs from the real hybrid R. crispus X 1958] Lóve and Bernard,—Rumex stenophyllus 57 obtusifolius in several morphological characteristics, e.g. in the shape of leaves and valves. However, the hybrid is always sterile, and the species is fully fertile. "The sterility is caused by the fact, that the hybrid has 2n — 50 chromosomes, its parents 2n — 60 and 40 chromosomes, respectively (Lóve 1942). R. stenophyllus, however, has 2n — 60 chromosomes, as de- termined by Pólya (1950) on Hungarian material and confirmed on germinating seeds of the Manitoba plants by Mrs. N. Sarkar (unpubl.). There is no reason to suspect, that any of the R. crispus X obtusifolius hybrids reported from North American localities by Rechinger (1937) belong to R. stenophyllus. A specimen of Rumex stenophyllus Ledeb. has been deposited in the herbarium of the Institut Botanique, Université de Montréal.—Doris LóvE AND FRÈRE JEAN-PAUL BERNARD, O.S.V., INSTITUT BOTANIQUE, UNIVERSITÉ DE MONTRÉAL AND INSTITUT DES SOURDS-MUETS, MONTRÉAL. LITERATURE CITED CLAPHAM, A. R., Turin, T. G. & Warsure, E. F. (1952) Flora of the British Isles —Cambridge. Frankton, C. (1955) Research Report, Canada National Weed Com- mittee, Western Section, pp. 123-124. Gates, F. C. « McGrecor, R. L. (1950) Rumex alluvius, a new species of dock from Kansas.—Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 53: 186—189. HLANDER, N. (1955) Förteckning över Nordens växter I. Kärl- vüxter.—Lund. LEDEBOUR, C. F. (1830) Flora Altaica 2.— Berolini. Love, 'A. (1942) Cytogenetic studies in Rumex III. Some notes on the Scandinavian species of the genus.—Hereditas 28: 289-296. LosiNA-LosINSKAJA, A. S. (1935) Rumex in Flora SSSR V: 444-482. MANSFELD, R. (1940) Verzeichnis der Farn- und Bliitenpflanzen des Deutschen Reiches.—Ber. Dtsch. Bot. Ges. 58 a: 1-323. Moorr, J. W. (1957) Notes on flowering plants in Minnesota.— Rwopora 59: 6-8. Pórnva, L. (1950) Magyarországi növényfajok kromoszómvaszámai II.—Ann. Biol. Univ. Debr. I: 46-56. RecuinGer, K. H. (1937) The North American species of Rwmexr.— Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVII, 1: 1-151. (1949) Rumices asiatici. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Gattung Rumer. VII.—Candollea 12, July 1949: 1-152. (1952) Beitrüge zur Kenntnis von Rumex. X.—Osterreich. Bot. Zeitschr. 99, 4: 523-527. 58 Rhodora [Vor. 60 ELATINE TRIANDRA IN NEW Yonk.—Zlatine triandra Schkuhr previously was found in the Manual Range in several localities in Wisconsin and in Skowhegan, Maine, (Fasset, RHODORA 41: 370. 1939). I can now report the species (forma submersa Seubert) growing spontaneously in a swamp in Brooklyn, New York City (voucher deposited in The New York Botanical Garden, Monachino 612, Prospect Park, near the Music Grove, several dense mats in soft mudbank and shallow water of small over-grown swamp, Aug. 29, 1957; all submerged after rain, Sept. 14). It was confined to several patches in one small area, but thriving vigorously. The stems measured were up to 30 em. long, the internodes 1 em.; the opposite scarious-stipulate leaves oblong-lanceolate, up to about 1 em. long, 3 mm. wide, lightly emarginate at apex; the inconspicuous flowers trimerous; the green tiny depressed-globular fruits plentiful though solitary in the leaf-axils, sessile, 1 mm. high, 1.4 mm. broad, the placenta extending half way up the capsule; the minute, numerous, slightly arcuate seeds (not fully matured) radiating from the central pla- centa, the upper ones erect, the lower spreading, about 0.5 mm. long, their angular pits about 24 in each row. The swamp is fed by a brooklet and flows into Prospect Park Lake a short distance away. The yellow floating-heart, Nymph- oides peltatum, and Sagittaria latifolia were the most conspicuous plants near the Elatine. Other aquatics nearby were Chara, Hydrodictyon, Potamogeton, Lemna. Further off were seen a few plants of Mimulus guttatus. The center of the swamp was choked with rice cut-grass. There were large tangles of Solanum dulcamara. With Bidens frondosa was growing the form of B. connata with leaves mostly simple to tripartite. Several other plants but sparsely represented were Erechtites, Lythrum, Rumex, Polygonum, Glyceria, Echinochloa, Panicum. The shrubs in the swamp were Cephalanthus, Sambucus, Cornus, Salix. It is reasonable to suppose that the Elatine is adventive, possibly introduced with the European floating-heart. Quite suggestive of this is the fact that the species (examined, but no complete specimen collected) also was growing in the lily pool in the Brooklyn Botanie Garden. The discovery of a second eastern station for the waterwort (previously collected more than a quarter of a century ago in 1958] Rollins, —Species Plantarum 59 only one place in Maine) is not too surprising. "There is a likeli- hood that this unobtrusive weed is more extensively distributed than records show. However, how frequent it is in our ponds and other fresh water sites remains to be demonstrated. The water- wort has much the aspect of the water starwort, until the details are examined closely. The habit, shade of green, and the leaves even as to their retuse tips are similar in the two aquatics. Of course there are vegetative differences: in Callitriche the leaves at the end of the branches are often crowded with the upper re- duced to give a rosette or star-like appearance, they have char- acteristic punctation and are not stipulate; in Elatine the leaf- margins are obscurely and remotely punctiform-crenulate. Al- though it is generally essential in latine to study the seeds to determine the species (or varlety, as understood by Fasset), the leaf-size of our plant is not described for any other species or form in America but E. triandra f. submersa.—Jose?H Mowa- CHINO, THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN, N. Y. SPECIES PLANTARUM—MoRE THAN a FacsrMILE EprrroN,—This is a “curious” book—if we interpret “curious” to mean “interesting,” following the usage of Gronovius in his reference to the famous Hortus Cliffortianus, interesting and also important to the systematic botanist, who, even today, must constantly refer to the works of Linnaeus. William T. Stearn of the British Museum has done an excellent job of bringing together in an extensive introduction the pertinent material to make not only the works of Linnaeus fully understandable but also the nature, use and limitations of the Linnaean herbarium in typification procedures. Furthermore, he has made clear the bearing and inter- dependence of contemporary books and other works of Linnaeus on the Species Plantarum. The introduction to Volume I is a treasure of vital information for the student and scholar alike. Perhaps some conception of the range of coverage may be seen from a mere listing of the chapter headings. These are as follows: The nomenclatural importance of the Species Plantarum; Principal events in the life of Linnaeus; Major botanical publications of Linnaeus; Linnaeus’s sexual system of classi- fication; The Genera Plantarum and the tvpification of Linnaean genera; Hortus Cliffortianus; The Amoenitates academicae and the authorship of Linnaean Dissertations; The preparation of the Species Plantarum ! Species Plantarum by Carl Linnaeus. A Facsimile of the first edition, 1753. Volume I, with an introduction of 176 pages by W. T. Stearn. Publication No. 140 of The Ray Society, London, 1957. Sold by Bernard Quaritch Ltd., 11 Grafton St., London, W. 1, £2, S 10. 60 Rhodora [Vor. 60 and the introduction of binomial nomenclature; The reception of the Species Plantarum in England and its influence on British botany; Sources, format, method and language of the Species Plantarum; Edi- tions and variants of the Species Plantarum; Geographical names in the Species Plantarum; The species-concept of Linnaeus; Signs used by Linnaeus; General Bibliography. A facsimile of the 560 pages of Volume I of the Species Plantarum plus an added index to genera and classes completes the volume. The value of the index is increased by the in- clusion of page references to the 5th edition of Genera Plantarum, with which the names of Species Plantarum are to be associated. Many points concerning the herbarium materials used by Linnaeus are dealt with in a clear and concise way. Heretofore, much of this information could be learned by the student or young scientist most effectively from older persons through a kind of apprenticeship asso- ciation with them. Although much information had been written down in scattered places, a great deal of it was essentially unavailable. Part of it got passed on from one generation of botanists to another by word of mouth. This situation resulted, in part at least, from the very complex history of the Linnaean herbarium itself, as well as the other collections that figured in the typifiecation of species described by Linnaeus. This history has only gradually been pieced together. Now, this situation is well taken care of by the material at hand in the very fine volume under review. Assiduous study of the introductory material in this volume should be a must on the list of every young botanist, not to mention some of us who are not as voung. Fortunately, the price of the volume is relatively modest and the workmanship on the book itself is of good quality. Many botanists will want to own personal copies I am sure.—R. C. RorriNs. Volume 60, number 709, including pages 1—32, was issued 27 February, 1958. P X47 Lae" Hovova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR. ( Associate Editors IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 March, 1958 No. 711 CONTENTS: The Spontaneous Flora of an Old House-Lot in Eastern Massachusetts. Richard J. Eaton ............. cee ee ees 61 Thelepogon elegans Roth in the Dominican Republic. PES UU lg ko aes acs ¥ ee 04,0056 4 cee kas ce ee 73 The Fruticose and Foliose Lichens of Worcester County, Massachusetts. Vernon Ahmadjian...........00c cece eens 74 Three Changed Authorities for Combinations. Robert C. Foster.. 76 Some Identities in Halesia (Styracaceae). R. K. Godfrey........ 86 Che New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientifie libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 March, 1958 No. 711 THE SPONTANEOUS FLORA OF AN OLD HOUSE-LOT IN EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS RICHARD J. EATON For several years, and intensively during 1955-56, I have at- tempted to collect specimens of all the vascular plants to be found growing spontaneously on the three-acre plot of land surrounding our early eighteenth century farm house in Lincoln, Massachu- setts. The census is reasonably complete as of November, 1957, although subsequent additions are to be expected either as species previously overlooked or as new arrivals. In this latter category several recent. instances have come to notice, thus giving striking evidence of the dynamic status of local floras. For example, a seedling of the rapidly spreading Rhamnus Frangula appeared in my strawberry bed early in 1954 where evidently it had been “planted” by a bird. Aster novae-angliae arrived in my “meadow” as two inconspicuous seedlings in 1952. A third instance is par- ticularly interesting. A vigorous fruiting specimen of Vitis aesti- valis emerged from a dense shrubbery behind my tennis court in 1956, festooning the wire backstop. I am convinced that there was no grapevine in the shrubbery five years earlier when I last gave it a thorough pruning. The nearest known station for this locally rare grape (where it is unquestionably indigenous) is about three- quarters of a mile to the northeast on a trap outcropping in asso- ciation with the locally rare Aster infirmus. The analysis of the spontaneous vegetation of this particular piece of land may be of scientific interest for several reasons. The present house with attached small barn was built about 1720. 62 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Presumably, the house lot was cleared before that time, possibly much earlier. Judging from the apparent age of a few surviving ancient apple trees and from pictures taken about 1880, the easterly half of the lot probably has been an unplowed orchard for at least one hundred years. Its surface soil is relatively poor and un- attractive for tillage. Vertical sections show vague color stratifi- ‘ations above the depth reached by a plow, a condition which strengthens my guess that this portion of the lot never has been plowed. It may have been pastured in the early years, and when not pastured surely mowed annually for hay. There is hearsay evidence that the “meadow” (15 acre +, described below) was used as a truck garden for an indeterminate number of years prior to 1925. Thus, ecologically speaking, one-half of the lot may have been partially shaded sod land continuously from the time it was originally cleared more than two hundred years ago, its superficial soils varying from thin sandy loam to moist deep clayey loam. By making a reasonably convincing estimate of the composition of its original climax forest and by analyzing the present vegeta- tion, it should be possible to make an educated guess as to what species in that forest may have survived in situ down to the present day. We can also indicate what native species may have invaded the area after it was cleared and still persist under existing ecolog- ical conditions. Of equal interest, perhaps, is the role played by the introduced and adventive old world species in competition with our native flora in a “civilized” habitat which has remained more or less stable for two centuries or more. Other questions of interest emerge: What forest species in- digenous to Lincoln tend to “seed in" regularly only to be de- stroyed by scythe or fire? (Controlled burning of the orchard grassland in December or early spring has been my usual practice since 1940.) What native species appear only in the artificial habitat of leaf mold and mulch under the shrubberies and border plantations? What weedy species conspicuously resist the severe conditions imposed on them, and what ones are conspicuous by their scarcity or absence? In this latter connection, T find that Solidago ssp. (notably canadensis and rugosa which were dominant in the “meadow” in 1940) survived two mowings annually but have nearly disappeared when a three-mowing schedule was in- augurated. 1958] Eaton,—Spontaneous Flora in Eastern Mass. 63 DESCRIPTION OF THE LOT The three-acre lot, more accurately 2.75 acres, is a squarish trapezoid bounded on three sides by stone walls and on the east by the embankment of the town pressure reservoir. It is situated just under the crest of the highest land in Lincoln with a west- northwest exposure. High deciduous shade trees, young hemlocks, and shrubberies line the south and north boundary walls, with numerous trees of varying ages elsewhere, including a very large vigorous white pine adjacent to the barn on the north side. A very small area in the northeast corner has been allowed to grow up undisturbed for at least thirty years, as judged by the appear- ance of several hickory trees along the wall. The lawns, house site, garden, and tennis court occupy, roughly, the westerly half of the lot along the street. The easterly half is still primarily an orchard of mostly young fruit trees. From among the ten ancient apple trees standing in 1940 two survive. Thus, portions of the orchard are open sunny hillside. Its turf is dense and in many places interlaced with a close mesh of poison ivy runners. The hill, except possibly its core, is of glacial origin, probably a modified drumlin, with the usual erratic boulders and underlying till. A moderate northwesterly slope dips into a shallow draw, with a gentle rise to the street. The drainage is northerly along this draw and includes effluent from a septic tank. Formerly, I am reliably informed, this draw was a narrow swamp extending to a tiny pond hole south of the property. It was drained many years ago by a covered ditch. Today part of this swampy area is the site of a “meadow”. I have made a small plantation of spruce, hemlock, larch and native deciduous trees in moist rich soil on the northerly side of the meadow, thus providing a suitable habitat for several locally adventive species not present in 1940. Additions may be expected in future years when the aggressive species of sunny grassland completely fade out. Adjacent to it is a vegetable garden. The soil there is a deep clayey loam, usually moist even during very dry summers. Elsewhere on the hillside the surface soils vary from their somewhat sterile sandy loam to moderately deep clayey loam. In general, except where locally modified by applications of ground limestone, they are acid, varying slightly from pH 4.95 in the draw to pH 4.90 at the top of the orchard. 64 Rhodora [Vor. 60 CULTURAL MANAGEMENT IN RECENT YEARS Since 1940, the hillside orchard has been mowed once annually in June or July, and the meadow at least twice until 1950. Since then the lush growth of the latter plot has required three mowings each year. Excluding the war years, each area has been burned, generally in December or early spring, except under the fruit trees and narrow strips along the property lines. This latter practice tends to check ubiquitous poison ivy, and numerous herbaceous weeds, such as wild carrot, goldenrod, fleabane, yellow daisy, and dandelion. By burning on calm sunny days when the soil is cold and moist the slow fire seldom if ever reaches down to the erowns of the herbaceous plants and apparently has no adverse effect on seeds in the very top layer of the soil. Parenthetically, no burning was done in the springs of 1956 or 1957, nor was the orchard mowed until after the maturity of most of the grasses later in the season, in order to make collections in suitable condition for accurate de- termination. Weeding of the shrubberies and elsewhere was de- ferred for the same reason. "The young fruit trees are heavily mulched with hay, and the shrubberies with leaves and compost. The garden is fertilized with spent compost from a mushroom farm and sparingly with chemicals, including ground limestone. It is cultivated regularly after each rain, thus accounting for the paucity of the usual garden weeds and for the complete absence of a few common species. The vegetation in the meadow is now subject to considerable artificial control to improve the hay crop. Fifteen years ago the grasses were in severe competition chiefly with a large and rapidly expanding patch of Helianthus tuberosa, with Solidago rugosa and S. canadensis, Asclepias syriaca, [quisetum arvense, and other "weeds" in the descending order of abundance. Today, the chiefly a few lush species from the Old. World—are grasses dominant. ANNOTATED CHECK LIST The following lists of plants found on the house lot are based on collected. specimens deposited in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. I have excluded all species which have been deliberately introduced by myself or presumably so by my predecessors, including spontaneous seedlings from introduced shade trees on the place or in the neighborhood, such as Juglans 1958] Eaton,—Spontaneous Flora in Eastern Mass. 65 nigra, Betula alba, Acer platanoides, A. saccharum, A. saccharinum, and Catalpa bignonioides (of which a single seedling appeared for the first time in 1956). The nomenclature and sequence of families and genera follow Gray's Manual, 8th Ed. Species within a genus are listed alphabetically for convenience, authors’ names being omitted for the sake of brevity. TABLE 1 SPECIES INTRODUCED AND NATURALIZED FROM THE OLD WORLD Bromus commutatus. Scarce. First observed in 1956. Vineyard. Festuca elatior. Common. Variable. Meadow and orchard. F. ovina. Scarce. Rocky, sterile soil on retaining wall. Poa compressa. Scarce. Dry, stony soil, edge orchard. Dactylis glomerata. Common. Meadow and orchard. Lolium perenne. Lush turf. Near edge of lawn. Arrhenatherum elatius f. biaristatum. Scarce. Vineyard. Agrostis alba. Abundant in moist ground. A. canina f. mutica. Several large colonies. Sunny orchard. A. tenuis. Rather scarce. Moist sunny orchard. Phleum pratense. Scarce. Meadow and sunny orchard. Anthoxanthum odoratum. Common. Moist soil. Banks, orchard, ete. Digitaria Ischaemum. Common. Lawn, tennis court, ete. D. sanguinalis. Abundant. Lawn, garden, shrubberies, ete. Selaria glauca. Abundant. Meadow, garden weed. Carex spicata. Rather scarce. Orchard. Asparagus officinalis. Occasional. Dry upper orchard. Ornithogalum umbellatum. Frequent. Meadow, shrubberies, ete. Rumex Acetosa. Abundant. Rich soil in restricted area of orchard. R. Acetosella. Abundant. Sterile, acid soils throughout. R. crispus. Common. Meadow. R. obtusifolius. Scarce. Meadow. Polygonum aviculare. Abundant weed in thin lawn, sidewalks, ete. P. Convolvulus. carce and transient. Sunny bank of meadow. P. Persicaria. Common. Perennial beds, garden, meadow. Chenopodium lanceolatum. Frequent in orchard. Portulaca oleracea. Common garden and lawn weed. Stellaria media. Abundant weed in disturbed moist soils. Cerastium vulgatum. Abundant, chiefly as weed in lawn. Ranunculus repens. Common. Meadow, moist lawn, shrubberies. R. acris. Common. Drier portions of orchard. Berberis vulgaris. Frequent as seedlings under trees, shrubberies. Capsella Bursa-pastoris. Very scarce. Thin lawn. Barbarea vulgaris var. arcuata. Very scarce. Sedum purpureum. Abundant and aggressive. Trifolium agrarium. Very scarce. Dry sandy soil. Orchard. T. pratense. Scarce. Moist rich slope. Orchard. T. repens. Abundant, moist sunny orchard. Lawn. Vicia Cracca. Abundant in two areas of orchard. Rhamnus Frangula. Sporadic as seedling in strawberry bed. Daucus Carota. Abundant. Meadow, orchard, etc. 66 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 Lysimachia Nummularia. A single large patch near the White Pine. Prunella vulgaris. Abundant. Moist lawn, meadow, etc. Solanum Dulcamara. Common. Moist ground under shrubberies, trees, etc. Verbascum Thapsus. Frequent as seedlings in light soil. Veronica serpyllifolia. Abundant, moist lawn. Plantago lanceolata. Common. Lawns, meadow, ete. P. major. Abundant except in orchard. X Lonicera bella. Sporadic as seedlings under apple trees. Achillea Millefolium. Scarce. Dry, sunny orchard. Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum var. pinnatifidum. carce. Edge of meadow. Tanacetum vulgare. Sporadic. Nursery. Arctium minus. Sporadic as seedlings. Cirsium vulgare. Sporadic as seedlings. Cichorium Intybus. Scarce. Meadow, moist orchard. Leontodon autumnalis. Abundant. Meadow, orchard, lawn. Taraxacum erythrospermum. Formerly abundant in drier parts of lawn. T. officinale. Formerly abundant in meadow and richer portions of lawn. Hieracium aurantiacum. Scarce. First noticed in 1955. H. florentinum. Very scarce. Dryish ground in orchard. This list totals 60 species in 45 genera from 21 families. Those species of the foregoing genera which more or less resist an attempt to eradicate them appear to be assisted in their continued occurrence by the following agencies: Daucus, ger- mination of long dormant seeds(?); Solanum, birds; Arctium, animals; Cirsium, wind; Taraxacum, wind; Hieracium aurantiacum, wind. Because of their customary appearance as_ seedlings under trees and food-yielding shrubs the following doubtless are also spread by birds: Asparagus, Berberis, Lonicera. I am at a loss to account for the prevalence of Sedum purpureum and of its constant appearance as a weed in the infrequently cultivated por- tions of the garden, such as the strawberry bed. TABLE 2 SPECIES INTRODUCED OR ADVENTIVE AND NATURALIZED FROM THE NEW WORLD Mollugo verticillata. Common weed. Geranium Robertianum. Abundant. Weedy in shrubberies and elsewhere. Cuscuta campestris. A single vigorous plant appeared in 1957, parasitic on garden carrot. Solanum rostratum. A single plant, 1956. Garden. Aster novae-angliae. Scarce. Meadow. First appeared about 1953, pos- sibly locally native. Galinsoga ciliata. Occasional. Garden and disturbed ground. Helianthus tuberosa. Meadow. Resists eradication. Rudbeckia serotina. Abundant. Orchard and dry banks. This list totals 8 species in 8 genera from 5 families. 1958] Eaton,—Spontaneous Flora in Eastern Mass. 67 TABLE 3 NATIVE IN EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS BUT PRESENT POPULATIONS PROBABLY ORIGINATING FROM OUTSIDE THE LOT Pinus Strobus. Occasional as seedlings along walls. Festuca rubra. Common. Orchard. F. rubra var. commutata. Apparently scarce. Unmowed bank. Poa pratensis. Common. Meadow, orchard. Eragrostis spectabilis. Frequent. Orchard. Agropyron repens var. subulatum. Abundant. Meadow, orchard. Agrostis perennans. Frequent. Orchard. Muhlenbergia frondosa. Frequent. Shrubberies, disturbed ground. M. mexicana. Scarce, several clumps. Orchard. M. Schreberi. Frequent. Shrubberies, disturbed ground. Paspalum ciliatifolium var. Muhlenbergii. Rather common. Orchard. Panicum capillare var. occidentale. Not common. Orchard. P. lanuginosum var. fasciculatum. Frequent. Orchard. P. lanuginosum var. implicatum. Frequent. Orchard. P. spretum. Scarce. Orchard. Echinochloa pungens var. Wiegandii. Scarce. Orchard. Andropogon scoparius var. frequens. Scarce. Orchard. Cyperus strigosus. Frequent. Orchard, meadow, cultivated ground. Carex annectens. Not common. Orchard. Juncus tenuis. Abundant weed. Tennis court. Maianthemum canadense. Abundant. Edge of meadow under white pine. Sisyrinchium atlanticum. | Scarce. Orchard. S. montanum var. cerebrum. Scarce. Orchard. Habenaria lacera. Two plants. Orchard. First observed in 1957 as new arrival(?). Spiranthes cernua. Sporadic. Orchard. Carya glabra. Frequent as seedlings. Orchard. Several young fruiting trees. : C. tomentosa (?). A single sapling about 8 years old. Bank, edge of meadow. Corylus americana. Scarce. Thicket around large boulder. Betula populifolia. Strawberry bed, as occasional seedlings. Quercus alba. Frequent as seedlings especially under apple trees. Orchard. Q. rubra. Frequent as seedlings. Orchard. Ulmus americana. Property line, 2 tall trees. Occasional as seedlings under shrubs. Pilea pumila. Abundant weed in one location under shrubs. Polygonum H ydropipiper. Weed in vineyard, perennial bed. P. pensylvanicum var. laevigatum. Weed in vineyard, perennial bed. Phytolacca americana. Common weed in shrubberies, ete. Sagina procumbens. Common weed along sandy flagstone path, shrubbery. Spiraea latifolia. Very scarce but surviving repeated burns. Orchard. Fragaria virginiana. Two large clones. Orchard. Potentilla canadensis. Common. Orchard, thin lawn. Geum laciniatum var. trichocarpum. Scarce. Plantation, shrubberies. Rubus Enslenii. Very scarce. Orchard. R. occidentalis. Frequent as seedlings under old trees, along walls, ete. R. pensylvanicus. Encroaching from neighboring field. Prunus serotina. One well grown tree. Frequent as young sprouts in orchard. P. virginiana. Several mature specimens. Thicket. 68 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Ozalis europaea forma villicaulis. Abundant. Orchard, lawn, shrubberies. Geranium maculatum. Well established near plantation. Acalypha rhomboidea. Common. Orchard, moist shrubberies, garden. Euphorbia supina. Abundant weed. Driveway, thin lawn. Celastrus scandens. A single old vine. Numerous root shoots in vicinity. Impatiens capensis. Abundant. Edge of meadow. Parthenocissus quinquefolia. Orchard, along southwall. Also as frequent seedlings. Vitis aestivalis. A single specimen, recently established. Shrubbery. Hypericum mutilum var. parviflorum. Frequent. Moist open shrubbery. H. perforatum. Scarce. Orchard. Viola cucullata forma albiflora. Scarce. Meadow, orchard. Epilobium coloratum. Frequent. Moist open shrubbery. Circaea quadrisulcata var. canadensis. Frequent. Moist open shrubbery. Cornus alternifolia. Scarce. Orchard thicket. Vaccinium angustifolium var. laevifolium. Searce. Orchard, slope. Lysimachia quadrifolia. Large clone, under white pine. Fraxinus americana. Frequent. Shrubberies, etc., as seedlings. Asclepias syriaca. Nearly eradicated. Formerly abundant. Convolvulus sepium. Persistent in three locations. Verbena urticifolia. Scarce. Plantation. Sporadic elsewhere. Solanum americanum. Sporadie weed. Garden. S. carolinense. Large clone. Orchard. Spreads rapidly unless checked. Physalis heterophylla. Upper orchard. Thin sandy soil where under observa- tion since 1940. Two or three stems first appeared in 1956 under old apple tree north side of house on disturbed sandy bank. Linaria canadensis. Scarce. Shrubbery. Orobanche uniflora. Very scarce and sporadic. Edge of meadow (1946). Orchard near south wall (1952). Plantago Rugelii. Ubiquitous weed. Meadow, lawn, shrubberies, etc. Solidago caesia. Persistent in a single location behind tennis court. . canadensis. Frequent, formerly abundant. Meadow, lower orchard. S. juncea. Frequent. Orchard. . nemoralis. Frequent. Orchard. S. rugosa. Common. Orchard, meadow. Aster ericoides. Scarce. Orchard. A. lateriflorus. Common. Orchard. A. lateriflorus var. pendulus. carce. Orchard. A. linariifolius. Scarce. Orchard. A. undulatus. Abundant. | Orchard. Erigeron annuus. Abundant. Meadow, orchard, lawn. E. canadensis. Common. Orchard. E. pulchellus. Several large clones. Orchard. Antennaria neglecta. Common. Orchard. A. neodioica. Common. Orchard, lawn. A. plantaginifolia. Scarce. Orchard. Gnaphalium obtusifolium. Common. Orchard. Ambrosia artemisiifolia var. elatior. Abundant. Orchard. Bidens frondosa. Sporadic. Shrubbery. Lactuca canadensis var. latifolia. Meadow where weedy. Orchard where fre- quent. L. canadensis var. longifolia. Common. Orchard. Nn Nn This list totals 88 species in 65 genera from 37 families. 1958] Eaton,—Spontaneous Flora in Eastern Mass. 69 Assignments to the category of Table 3 are the result chiefly of subjective judgment. One basie assumption which has influ- enced my opinion is that the lot had been mowed annually for many years right up to the property lines, except for a small thicket near a big boulder in the northeast corner. The reasons for this assumption, not stated here, seem to me to be convincing. There- fore, all the spontaneous trees and most of the shrubs are listed here. Those native herbaceous plants collected in the unplowed orchard, which appear to require the specialized habitat of dry, sunny sterile soils, presumably have invaded the lot after it was originally cleared. Furthermore, it is a fact that the plantation and most of the shrubberies were established by me after 1940. There seems to be little doubt about the recent invasion of those species found only in the artificial habitats of plantation, shrub- beries, tennis court, lawns, driveways and other disturbed soils. It is conceivable, however, that Corylus, Prunus virginiana (both immediately adjacent to the boulder in the thicket), Geranium ma- culatum, Cornus, Asclepias, and Solanum carolinense have been present in the lot since pre-colonial times. There are several species listed in Table 3 which appear to occur only in disturbed or artificial soils, in the leaf mold of shrubberies, or in mulched areas where there is little competiton from aggres- sive herbaceous vegetation. These, referred to by generic name only in cases where the identities are in no doubt, are as follows: Muhlenbergia (both species), Juncus, Betula, Ulmus (the seedlings), Pilea, Polygonum (both species), Phytolacca, Sagina, Geum, Geranium, Euphorbia, Impatiens, Vitis, Hypericum, Epilobium, Circaea, Fraxinus, Verbena, Solanum americanum, Linaria, Bidens. TABLE 4 NATIVE IN EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS AND VERY POSSIBLY PERSISTENT 77 situ, FROM PRE-COLONIAL TIMES Equisetum arvense. Abundant. Meadow, borders, garden weed. Osmunda cinnamomea. carce. Orchard, chiefly along south wall. O. Claytoniana. Common. Orchard, chiefly along south wall. O. regalis var. spectabilis. Very scarce. Orchard, in moist sod land. Onoclea sensibilis. Abundant. Meadow, orchard. Dryopteris Thelypteris var. pubescens. Abundant. Orchard. Athyrium Filix-femina var. Michauzii. Frequent. Orchard, along south wall. A. Filir-femina var. Michaurii f. elatius. Frequent. Orchard, along south wall. A. Filiz-femina var. Michauxii f. laurentianum. Very scarce. Orchard. A. thelypterioides f. acrostichoides. Very scarce. Orchard. 70 Rhodora | VoL. 60 Carex cephalophora. Frequent. Orchard. C. normalis. Rather scarce. Orchard. C. pallescens var. neogaea. Rather scarce. Orchard. C. pensylvanica. Frequent. Orchard. C. scoparia. Not common. Orchard. 7, Swanti. Very scarce. Orchard. C. tenera. Common. Orchard. Luzula multiflora. Rather common. Orchard. Apios americana. Two colonies. Along north and south walls. Rhus radicans. Abundant and ubiquitous. Orchard. Seedlings repeatedly appearing in shrubberies, under trees, nursery, etc. Viola papilionacea. Abundant. Orchard. Also as weed in shrubberies. Apocynum androsaemifolium. A single large clone. Orchard near thicket. Also one seedling found in raspberry bed in 1956. Aster cordifolius. Common. Orchard. Along walls. Also abundant weed in shrubberies and disturbed ground. A. novi-belgii. Scarce, nearly extirpated. Meadow. A. puniceus var. compactus. Scarce, nearly extirpated. Meadow. A. vimineus. Common. Orchard. This list totals 24 species in 12 genera from 10 families. Many of the species which I have assigned to Table 3 possibly were sparse or rare constituents of the original flora of the lot. However, I have excluded from Table 4 most of the forage plants (those grasses, sedges and other herbaceous species frequently dis- seminated directly or indirectly by grazing animals), and also aggressive species shedding wind-borne seeds or attractive to seed- and fruit-eating birds. The mere fact that with due diligence we can find most of them in our fourth-growth woodlands is no proof that they occurred normally in a virgin deciduous forest except as transients in naturally disturbed soils or habitats, such as blow-downs and “burns” started by Indians or rarely by light- ning. These considerations lead to the inevitable reflections con- cerning the profound change in the composition and relative abundance of our local flora, which has occurred during the past three hundred years. The conversion of the wilderness to farm land with its multiplicity of wood lots, pastures, mowings, fence rows, stone walls, ditches, roadsides and thickets offers numerous suitable habitats for hundreds of species where few or none existed under primitive conditions. Hence, a large number of our native species, now common to abundant throughout the countryside, originally must have been uncommon, or local, or even rare, for the simple reason that favorable habitats were scarce. In attempting to sort out the species which may have survived in situ as a relic of the primeval flora of the lot it is first necessary to reconstruct the probable nature of the forest growth before the 1958] Eaton,—Spontaneous Flora in Eastern Mass. 71 land was cleared and to visualize the various ecological niches pro- vided by it, with due reference to physical characteristics of the site as described earlier in this paper. It is then possible to con- sider whether the ecological requirement of each native species now growing on the lot is consistent with the ecological niches reason- ably assumed to have been provided by its original forest cover. As a clue to this problem, there is a patch of rocky woods on the steeper north slope of our hill at a distance of about three hundred meters but at a somewhat lower elevation. Although badly mauled by the series of hurricanes during the past twenty years, it has every appearance of being a relatively undisturbed remnant of the original forest. It consists mainly of a mixed deciduous hardwood forest. A brief winter inspection reveals the following species (doubtless among others): Pinus rigida, Juglans cinerea (a single aged and dying specimen), Carya sp., Betula lenta (now the most abundant species and rapidly invading the openings made by windfalls), Quercus alba, Q. rubra, Ulmus americana and Fraxinus americana. There are also a few large stumps of Castanea dentata. At the lower edge of this wooded patch is a small water course which, in fact, is a continuation of the covered drainage ditch in my meadow. Its herbaceous vegetation is what one might expect in an area such as this: ferns, grasses, sedges, and the other ele- ments of a flora to be found in dry to moist woods, glades, and along partially shaded runnels. Prior to the hurricanes there were several very large old white oaks on the southern flank of our hill, and, according to an old neighbor, a small grove of ancient chestnut trees in the vicinity, most of which were removed between 1875 and 1900. It is probable, therefore, that mature deciduous trees grew orig- inally on my portion of the hill, effectively suppressing sapling growth under them and offering a suitable habitat for a varied herbaceous flora in dry, moist and swampy open woods. I con- clude that the foregoing list represents a remnant of the original flora—a remnant capable of persisting under the harsh ecological conditions imposed by mowing, burning and competition with in- troduced species. It is of some interest, perhaps, to note that the following plants listed in Tables 3 and 4, although indigenous to the lot or in the neighboring region, behave in a weedy manner in one or more of the various "artificial" habitats on my place, viz., meadow, garden, 72 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 shrubberies, plantation, lawn, tennis court, but occur sparingly if at all on undisturbed soils: Equisetum, Onoclea, Agropyron, Muh- lenbergia sp., Cyperus, Juncus, Pilea, Polygonum sp., Phytolacca, Sagina, Geum, Potentilla, Geranium, Oxalis, Acalypha, Hypericum mutilum, Epilobium, Circaea, Plantago ssp., Aster cordifolius, Erigeron annuus, Helianthus, Bidens, Lactuca. In certain instances there is indirect evidence of the means of dissemination, aside from those plants whose seeds are obviously windblown or have been introduced in manure and lawn grass seed. Seedlings of the following plants occur almost exclusively under apple trees used by nesting robins or under juicy fruited shrubs attractive to catbirds, starlings, and robins, and other fruit- eating birds: Asparagus, Phytolacca, Berberis, Rhus, Partheno- cissus, Rhamnus (strawberry bed), Physalis, Lonicera. I have alluded to the surprising appearance of Vitis aestivalis. Mention- ing the occurrence to an ornithological friend, he asked if I had ever seen Ruffed Grouse on my place. When I assured him that I had recorded Grouse on at least three widely separated occasions he said that Grouse were fond of ripe grapes and apparently ate them whole. I have never permitted Arctium or Bidens to reach maturity on my place, but having observed that my dog frequently comes home with an assortment of burs in his coat, it is reasonable to assume that long coated animals (dogs, cats, skunks or foxes) have transported the seeds in these two cases. The frequent oc- currence of hickory and oak seedlings in the orchard is probably due to Gray or Red Squirrels, although Jays and Crows cannot be excluded as possibilities. The Flora of the Boston District, published serially in RHODORA, TABLE 5 AGGREGATE COUNT OF FAMILIES, GENERA AND SPECIES COMPARED WITH THE FLORAS OF THE BOSTON DISTRICT AND OF GRAY'S MANUAL RANGE "EN Species Families Genera — —— —— Introd. |Native| Total | % Native 7C Lincoln House Lot 53 95 66! 110? 176 62.5 Boston District 133 697 7890! | 1312? | 2101 62.5 Gray's Manual Range 168 | 1133 1098 | 4425 | 5523 80.1 ! Introduced and naturalized or adventive from outside eastern Massachusetts. ? Native in eastern Massachusetts. 1958] Jennings,—Thelepogon elegans Roth 73 Vols. 9-26 incl., comprises a preliminary list of all Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes, including varieties and named forms, re- liably reported to a committee of the New England Botanical Club as growing without cultivation in a precisely defined area which is here roughly described as within thirty miles of Boston. Lincoln is fifteen miles due west of Boston. The Boston District figures are derived from an unverified count of the taxa involved. Accuracy, as of the present day, is impossible because the list has never been brought up to date either in respect to nomenclature or additions. However, it is unlikely (by the law of chances) that the ratio of native species to total species would be significantly different were an up-to-date list available. Inci- dentally, it is, of course, a sheer coincidence that this ratio of 62.5%, as stated above, is exactly the same as that for the Lincoln house lot! The significant point is that they are of the same order of magnitude and are in marked contrast to the ratio of 80.1% for Gray's Manual range. Here, it seems, is a bit of concrete evidence of the truth of the commonly accepted assumption that the exotic elements of the floras of long and densely settled areas of this country (e.g., along the eastern seaboard) are much larger than of the relatively youthful regions (e.g., Mississippi basin and prairie states). It takes time for introductions to spread, even when suitable habitats are available. Perhaps in this age of universal motor travel the tempo of the spread is being greatly accelerated. The figures in Table 5 well illustrate the diversity of our local flora. My house lot of less than three acres contains nearly 8.5% of the species reported from the Boston District (approximately 1900 square miles of which a substantial fraction is salt marsh and sand dune). The Boston District, less than one-quarter of the area of Massachusetts, contains 38% of the species recorded from the entire Gray's Manual range. This diversity is even more striking in respect to genera and families.—LINCOLN, MASSACHUSETTS. THELEPOGON ELEGANS ROTH IN THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC.— Specimens of this tropical Old World grass recently came to hand for determination, with the information that it is becoming a pest in the rice fields of the Dominican Republic. In its immature stages it resembles rice plants rather closely, thus making more difficult the application Fof selective control measures.—O. E. JENNINGS, CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 74 Rhodora [Vor. 60 THE FRUTICOSE AND FOLIOSE LICHENS OF WORCESTER COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS. VERNON AHMADJIAN The study of lichens has undoubtedly been discouraging to many who have become interested in these forms, due to the lack of sim- ple and readily available keys. It is hoped that this work will be useful in the identification of lichens and help to contribute to the fulfillment of this major need in the field of lichenology. Although the present work is regional in its scope, the lichens described are by no means localized and can be readily found throughout the northeastern part of the United States. The keys, however, have been designed specifically from material collected Within Worcester County. Anyone attempting to determine lichens from outside of this region should bear this in mind. Only the fruticose and foliose lichens have been dealt with be- 'ause the erustose forms are too difficult to be given a simple and yet adequate treatment suitable for beginners. Worcester County, making up the central part of Massachusetts, is the largest county in the state, and consists of an area of approxi- mately 1,522 square miles or 974,000 acres. It extends 35 miles from east to west and 50 miles, or the entire width of the state, from north to south. The county is characterized by ranges in elevation of from 800-1,200 feet, excluding the extremely low and high points, and shows a remarkable uniformity of the horizon line. The most notable of the remnants of elevations above the plateau surface still existing are Mt. Wachusett in Princeton, elevation 2018 ft., Little Wachusett, Princeton, elevation 1,559 ft. and Asnebumskit Hill, Paxton, elevation 1,395 ft. Throughout the county many rocks have been scattered as a result of the glacia- tion; contacts of schist and granite are most prevalent. The climate of Worcester County is as variable as that in any temperate region. In general, the winter temperature averages about 26 degrees with a minimum recorded of — 24 degrees and the average summer temperature is about 69 degrees, with a maximum recorded of 103 degrees. The average annual precipitation is 42.3 inches. !'This contribution is part of a thesis submitted to Clark University, Worcester, Massa- chusetts, for the degree of Master of Arts, 1954-1956. 1958] Ahmadjian,—Frutieose and Foliose Lichens 15 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. David Potter, Chairman of the De- partment of Biology, Clark University, and Dr. I. Mackenzie Lamb, Director of the Farlow Herbarium, Harvard University. I wish also to express my thanks to the following people who gave willingly of their help: Dr. Grace E. Howard, Dr. Alexander W. Evans, Dr. Mason E. Hale, Dr. John W. Thomson, Dr. Henry A. Imshaug, Dr. Burton N. Gates, Dr. Stuart K. Harris, and Miss June M. Allstrom. LITERATURE USED IN THE IDENTIFICATION OF LICHENS For an introduction to lichenology, the Lichen Book by G. G. Nearing has proved to be most satisfactory. It describes approxi- mately 500 lichens, most of which are commonly found in the north- eastern part of the United States, and its illustrations and descrip- tions are good. Unfortunately, the approach is rather unscientific and the keys are not too usable. Lichens by Annie Lorrain Smith is an excellent book embracing virtually all aspects of lichenology, from the history of lichens to their physiology, ecology, morphology, ete. It also has an exten- sive bibliography and is an invaluable book for those who are interested in studying this group of plants. The Lichen Flora of the United States by Bruce Fink gives a comprehensive survey of the lichens of the United States and serves as a good reference book. Its keys, however, are difficult and poorly constructed and on the whole the beginner would find the book rather cumbersome. For those wishing to go on further in the study of lichens, Raben- horst Kryptogamen Flora provides an excellent treatment, with keys and descriptions of the various lichen groups. Each group treatment is the work of an expert in that particular area. "The section on lichens in Engler and Prantl, Die Natürlichen Pflanzen- familien, is also worthy of notice here, containing good keys and descriptions. The Catalogus Lichenum Universalis by A. Zahlbruckner is another indispensable piece of lichenological literature containing all known lichen taxa up to 1940, and giving nomenclature and references to literature pertaining to each lichen that is listed. Consisting of ten volumes, it contains over 17,000 lichen names, many of which, however, have now been outdated. Dr. I. Mac- kenzie Lamb is at present working on an extension of this treatment by Zahlbruckner which will bring this list of known lichens up to date. 76 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 The Lichen Handbook? by Mason E. Hale is an excellent up- to-date booklet on lichenology and includes sections on the chem- istry, reproduction, phytogeography, and classification of lichens. Prepared from a series of lecture notes on the subject, it reviews all aspects of the field and would be of much value to beginners. For recent lichenological works or studies, The Bryologist, : quarterly journal of the American Bryological Society, would be a likely source containing a section listing recent literature on lichens by William L. Culberson. Rhodora, a monthly journal of the New England Botanical Club, is another possible reference source. = KEY TO THE Matin Groups or LICHENS Thallus elongated, shrubby to band-like or thread-like, erect or pendulous, usually branched; arising either directly from the substratum by a basal holdfast, or from a primary thallus, in some instances dying off at the base... lesse la Fruticose Lichens. Thallus flattened, leaf-like, dorsiventral, with a visible difference between upper and under surfaces; partly free from the substratum, to which it is relatively loosely attached, usually by rhizoids......... Foliose Lichens. Thallus crust-like, closely applied and wholly fused to the substratum by the underside; not detachable except by scraping off in small fragments; commonly areolate, divided by cracks into small island-like portions Crustose Lichens. KEY TO THE GENERA OF FRUTICOSE LICHENS 1. Thallus flattened; primary thallus absent... 2. ....00000.00 00000000005. 2 1. Thallus not flattened, cylindrical; primary thallus present or absent. .... 4 2. Thallus soft and flaccid when dry, usually pendulous. . . £vernia mesomorpha Nyl. On bark. "Thallus greenish or yellowish-green, sorediose. Spores simple, one-celled. 2. Thallus rather stiff and rigid, erect... .....00000.00000 00 cece eee eee 3 3. Thallus yellowish, almost always without marginal spinules...... Ramalina pollinaria (Liljebl.) Ach. Branches short, tips bursting open, densely farinose sorediate. Spores two-celled. 3. Thallus brownish, with marginal spinules............... CETRARIA, p. 77 4. Stalks solid... iilii iiie eee eee 5 4. Stalks hollow or loosely filled........ liliis 7 5. Stalks with tough tensile cartilaginous central core... .........0.0..00% 6 5. Stalks without tough tensile cartilaginous central core... .Baeomyces roseus Pers. On sandy banks along roadside. Very common. Primary thallus erustose, gray. Podetia simple, white or pinkish, bearing single mushroom-like pink apothecia. Thallus bearing scattered white or greenish globules. 6. Thallus greenish to silver-gray; assimilative branches squamulose, coralloid, or granulose, n... naunan 000 eee STEREOCAULON, p. 81 6. Thallus greenish-gray; assimilative branches filamentous. ... . USNEA, p. 81 ? Available from the author: Mason E. Hale, Division of Cryptogams, Smithsonian Institu- tion, United States National Museum, Washington 25, D. C. 1958] Ahmadjian,—Frutieose and Foliose Lichens 77 7. Thallus hair-like...... Alectoria nidulifera Norrl. On rocks and rotting wood. "Thallus sorediate. Apothecia rare. 7. Thallus cylindrical, shrubby or dendroid................ CLADONIA, p. 77 IKEY TO THE SPEcrES or FnvTICOsE LICHENS CETRARIA 1. Thallus having scattered brown or black tubercles. Apothecia originating from under surface................... Cetraria ciliaris Ach. On bark. 1. Thallus having no tubercles. Apothecia, if present, originating from upper surface...... Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach. On ground in pine woods. Stalks strap-shaped, forking, thin, curling when dry to form a trough-like structure. CLADONIA 1. Primary thallus crustose, gray. Podetia simple or branched, brown tipped. Apothecia brown and clustered. . . . Cladonia papillaria (Ehrh.) Hoffm. On ground. 1. Primary thallus squamulose or disappearing.................0. 00.000 2 2. Primary thallus disappearing, rarely present. Podetia branched, usually elongated and entangled, dying off at the base..................... 3 2. Primary thallus squamulose, persistent. ............ sse 12 3. Podetia squamulose, usually erect and sterile, showing openings in branch axils, grayish-green, rarely brownish. Apothecia, if present, brown. . .4 J. Podetoa Te NINNUDIDIOSB es vs sins a a.) VINEIS. 5 4. Podetia slender, entangled, warty in appearance. KOH —, Pd+ red Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. On ground. Var. palamaea (Ach.) Vainio. Podetia brownish. Var. pinnata (Flk.) Vainio. Podetia densely squamulose. 4. Podetia somewhat swollen, little entangled, covered sparingly with granular soredia. KOH —, Pd+ red....Cladonia scabriuscula (Del.) Vainio. On ground. 5. Podetia entangled, short, spinose at tips, usually forming sponge-shaped tws OH ie a ee ee ee 6 5. Podetia entangled, or little entangled. Extreme tips blunt to hair-like, BEND OL erecta. man ihe ek, fot wes ete es 7 6. Extreme tips spinose, branch axils usually perforated. . . Cladonia uncialis (L.) Web. On ground in rocky hillside pastures. Very common. 6. Podetia much enlarged, contorted, flabby, showing lattice-like openings Cladonia Boryi Tuck. On ground. 7. Podetia abundantly farinose-sorediate, little entangled. KOH—, Pd+ c ra Cladonia farinaceae (Vainio) Evans. On ground. ~ 8. Podetia silver-gray and smooth or warty to granular in older specimens. Tips brownish, usually divided into whorl-like arrangements and then each tip subdivided into many drooping finger-like projections. KOH + yellow, Pd + red...... Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Web. On ground in rocky hillside pastures. Fairly common. f. crispata Coem. Podetia more densely branched and colonies more compact. 8. Podetia greenish or yellowish-gray................ llle cee eee 9 9. Podetia slender, tips forked, hair-like; branch axils usually closed. KOH + yellow, Pd + red..... Cladonia tenuis (Flk.) Harm. On ground in open fields and hilly pastures. Very common. Rhodora [ Vor. 60 Podetia polytomously branched; branch axils usually perforated... ... 10 Tips not usually darkened, tending to curve in one direction. KOH —, Pd + red...... Cladonia sylvatica (L.) Hoffm. On ground in rocky hillside pastures. . KOH —, Pd —.............susssseseseee ha 11 . Podetia forming rather loose branch-systems; extreme tips rather long, diverging in various directions. ...Cladonia mitis Sandst. On ground. . Podetia thickened, tips short and numerous. . . . Cladonia submitis Evans. On ground. . Podetia usually lacking or very short. Apothecia, if present, brown, resting on or appearing immersed in the primary squamules........ 13 . Podetia present, well-developed, simple or branched, cylindrical or cup- forming... oona auauua eras 14 3. Primary squamules small, margins serrated into fine tooth-like lobes. Usually sterile. Apothecia, if present, large, lumpy. KOH —, Pd + red...... Cladonia caespiticia (Pers.) Flk. On ground, rotting wood, bark. Very common. . Primary squamules long, strap-shaped, notched at tips, blue-gray, curling upward when dry showing white under surface. KOH + yellow, Pd + red... 2.2.0... Cladonia apodocarpa Robbins. On ground. Common. . Podetia clustered to form more or less matted colonies; apothecia brown. 15 . Podetia separate, not forming mat-like colonies..................... 18 . Podetia eupless, having openings in branch axils; often squamulose. KOH —, Pd + red... onana aaa aaa aaa Cladonia furcata (Huds.) Schrad. . Podetia usually covered in various degrees with large or minute squamules; usually forming open cups which broaden out gradually or abruptly: irregular dichotomous branching... .......0.0.0.00.00000 000 cece eee 16 . Podetia forming cups with sieve-like openings. . . . Cladonia turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm., f. squamulosa (Rabenh.) Theobald. On ground. Podetia squamulose. . Podetia not forming cups with sieve-like openings. ................... 17 . Podetia densely covered with minute or large squamules. KOH —, Pd —....Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. f. squamosissima Flk. Podetia densely squamulose. 7. Podetia not densely covered with squamules; forming well developed cups 2-4 mm. in diameter. KOH +, Pd +....Cladonia carassensis Vainio, f. regularis Vainio. On ground. Podetia repeatedly proliferating with short stories (2-13 mm.) Cups small, regular, usually abruptly dilated. No squamules. . Podetia seyphous, forming cups... isses 19 . Podetia ascyphous, not cup-forming.........i isse eee 34 . Podetia cylindrical, except at the extreme tips where they expand abruptly to form small cups. Apothecia brown.........sse esee eene 20 . Podetia expanding gradually to form rather large cups............... 25 . Cups funnel-shaped, usually opening into podetial cavity. Podetia never sorediose..... clesie eme 21 . Cups closed, shallow. Podetia sorediose......... llle. 22 . KOH —, Pd —...........0..0...... Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. . KOH +, Pd +... aaa Cladonia carassensis Vainio. . Podetia farinose-sorediate throughout except for a small portion at base. Cups merely small depressions in slightly expanded tips, often lacking and the podetia pointed and horn-like at the tips. KOH —, Pd + 1958] Ahmadjian,—Fruticose and Foliose Lichens 79 32. 33. red. ...Cladonia coniocraea (FIk.) Spreng. On ground, rotting wood, bark. Very common. f. phyllostrota (Flk.) Vainio. Podetia squamu- lose. f. stenoscypha (Stuckenberg) Sandst. Podetia forming cups, narrow at the mouth, often abortive. . Podetia granular-sorediate, or if farinose, mixed with granules. .......23 . Podetia usually over 15 mm. long, covered with finely granular soredia only on upper part; expanded at tips to form shallow star- or wand- shaped cups; or cupless and simple. KOH —, Pd + red..... Cladonia nemoxyna (Ach.) Nyl. On ground and rotting wood. Very common. . Podetia short, less than 15 mm. long. KOH —, Pd + red........... 24 . Podetia covered with farinose soredia, mixed with coarse granules. Cladonia cylindrica Evans. On ground. f. scyphifera Evans. Podetia stout, forming distinct cups at the tips. . Podetia covered with coarse granular soredia....Cladonia pityrea (L.) Hoffm. On rotting wood. Common. . Cups flat, shallow, saucer shaped, usually proliferating once or several ames. Apothecia brown... ae sd luii enr roro E: 26 . Cups deep, goblet shaped, rarely proliferating, and then usually only once. Apothevia brown orred, ......,.. 55S esL. 27 . Proliferations few, from margins of cups... .Cladonia gracilis (L.) Willd. On ground. . Repeated proliferations from center and margins of cups, or from sides of podetia. KOH —, Pd -F....Cladonia verticillata Hoffm. On rotting wood and ground. Very common. f. aggregata (Del.) Oliv. Pro- liferations central and numerous. f. apoticta (Ach.) Vainio. Podetia with proliferations along the sides as well as from the centers of the cups. f. phyllocephala (Flat.) Oliv. Podetia squamulose. . Apothecia, if present, red. Podetia pale bluish to yellowish-green....28 . Apothecia, if present, brown. Podetia grayish-green to brownish..... 29 . Podetia usually covered with coarse granular soredia, rarely farinose. KOH -, Pd —....Cladonia pleurota (L.) Willd. On ground. Com- mon. Var. frondescens (Nyl.) Oliv. Podetia squamulose. . Podetia dusted with fine soredia, farinose; long, usually contorted and stout. Proliferations, if present, from margin of cup. KOH —, Pug wes d WC Cladonia deformis (L.) Hoffm. On ground. 9. Podetia esorediose. KOH —, Pd + red... .Cladonia pyzidata (L.) Hoffm. On ground and rotting wood. Very common. e sse eni cut es a Lane kee nea w'e esd Dae Cok DLN bebe as 30 HIMOPPHIRTAEIIOSB elsi ive ce tnn hm yRRH iIIa ER» eles mote OE SISOIediaAJgrAnulBr. 6o REVUES VV wer eU eri ace ee eee . Cups narrow, slender, sometimes lacking, KOH —, Pd + red... . Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Soredia throughout length of stalks. On ground. . Cups rather well formed, rarely lacking............................82 . Podetia forming distinct cups with marginal proliferations. KOH —, Pd + red... .Cladonia cornutoradiata Sandst. On ground. f. radiata (Schreb.) Sandst. Podetia forming distinct cups with marginal pro- liferations. Podetia forming broad, funnel-shaped cups. KOH + brown, Pd + pus Cladonia conista (Ach.) Robbins. Soredia found only on cups. On ground. KOH —, Pd + red....Cladonia chlorophaea (Flk.) Spreng. On ground and rotting wood. Very common. f. carpophora (Flk.) Anders. 80 33. 34. 34. 35. 35. 36. 36. 37. 37 38. 38. 39. 40. 42. Rhodors [ Vor. 60 Podetia fertile. Apothecia usually borne on proliferations from margins of cups. KOH —, Pd —....Cladonia Grayi Merrill. On ground and rotting wood. Very common. f. carpophora Evans. Podetia fertile. Apothecia usually borne on proliferations from margins of cups. f. prolifera Sandst. Cup-forming proliferations from margins of primary cups. f. squamulosa Sandst. Podetia squamulose. Apothecia red... e 35 Apothecia brown... 20... .00.00 000000 cc es 40) Podetia esorediose, simple or branched, with or without squamules. Apothecia almost always present....Cladonia cristatella Tuck. On ground, rotting wood and bark. Very common. f. ochrocarpia Tuck. Apothecia yellow, to flesh colored. f. simulata Robbins. Bearing minute, clustered, pale apothecia on short lateral outgrowths of main podetial axes. f. squamosissima Robbins. Apothecia red. Podetia densely squamulose. f. vestita Tuck. Apothecia red. Podetia squa- mulose. Podetia sorediose. 2... rre 36 Thallus yellowish-green. Primary squamules densely farinose-sorediose, often crust-like. . . . Cladonia incrassata Flk. On rotting wood. Fairly common. Thallus greenish gray or whitish. ....... uao aaa aaa e eese 37 Podetia densely covered with coarse granules and squamules, usually falling away at tips to expose whitish medulla. KOH —, Pd —, or Pd + pale yellow... . Cladonia didyma (Fée) Vainio. On rotting wood. Podetia covered with farinose, rarely granular soredia............... 38 KOH + yellow, Pd + red....Cladonia macilenta Hoffm. On rotting wood and ground. Common. KOH —, Pd =... 39 Podetia usually decorticate and farinose sorediate throughout length except small basal portion, slender... .Cladonia bacillaris (Ach.) Nyl. On rotting wood and ground. Very common. f. clavata (Ach.) Vainio. Forms with simple podetia which are blunt at tips; usually sterile. Apothecia, if present, always terminal. f. reagens Evans. Podetia with yellowish-brown spots. KOH +, purple red. Podetia not decorticate throughout; farinose sorediate in upper parts....Cladonia Floerkeana (Fr.) Flik. On rotting wood and ground. J. trachypoda (Nyl.) Vainio. Podetia large, well developed, bearing cups; partly decorticate. Primary squamules containing large granules along the margins, forming a dense, granular crust. Podetia granulose sorediate. Thallus small, delieate....Cladonia. delicata. (Ehrh.) Fik. On rotting wood. Fairly common. Primary squamules not forming a granular crust). .0....0000.00..... 41 Primary squamules small, usually 1 mm. long or less.......000000... 42 Primary squamules large... oleo eese 43 Podetia small, simple or branched sparingly at tips, usually contorted. Apothecia large, turban-like, dark brown. KOH + yellow, Pd + red. ...Cladonia capitata (Michx.) Spreng. (Syn. C. mitrula Tuck.) On ground. Fairly common. Podetia larger, often squamulose, producing short branches at tip. Apo- thecia large, buff or lavender....Cladonia piedmontensis Merrill, f. squamulosa Robbins. On ground. Podetia squamulosc. 1958] Ahmadjian,—Fruticose and Foliose Lichens 81 43. KOH + red, Pd + yellow. Podetia grayish-green, peg or rod-shaped. Apothecia lumpy and irregular... ... Cladonia subcariosa Nyl. On ground. f. squamulosa Robbins. Podetia squamulose. Be REE ee 0 c0 hn ada P MED E LS Cee 44 . Podetia esorediose, grayish-green, simple or sparingly branched. KOH —, Pd + red....Cladonia clavulifera Vainio, f. nudicaulis Evans. On ground. Podetia simple or little branched, lacking squamules except at base. Apothecia large, one or several. < Podetia sorediose a. OCH LE Lou ase AE A ee ca) E 45 i PONE TNADORD. OC EP hh i Lxx vs NR EE ERU S T 46 . Soredia granular, or if farinose, mixed with granules................. 47 . Tips of podetia pointed, horn-like. KOH —, Pd + red....Cladonia coniocraea (Flk.) Spreng. . Tips of podetia blunt. KOH —, Pd + red... .Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. . Podetia covered with farinose soredia mixed with coarse granules. . Cladonia cylindrica Evans. . Soredia granular. D oe elo ke nne ERR EESE OS DEL 48 . Podetia long, usually over 15 mm.; soredia occurring only in upper Daris | — vw OU EU VI oed iur Cladonia nemoxyna (Ach.) Nyl. 48. Podetia short, less than 15 mm.; podetia sorediate throughout. . . Cladonia pityrea (L.) Hoffm. STEREOCAULON 1. Primary thallus persistent, crustose, well developed. Stalks small, usually less than 1 em., simple or sparingly branched, tips densely sorediate Stereocaulon pileatum Ach. On rocks. 1. Primary thallus disappearing. Stalks rather long, well developed eso- redigse o MGE Er DNE M ELE E 2 2. Stalks densely covered with coralloid squamules and granules. Usually fruiting. Pd + orange red... . Stereocaulon dactylophyllum Flk. (Syn. S. coralloides Fr.) On rocks. 2. Stalks not densely covered with coralloid squamules and granules. Rarely fruiting. Pd + faint sulfur yellow... .Stereocaulon evolutoides (H. Magn.) Frey. On rocks. Common. USNEA 1. Thallus short, erect, shrub-like, sorediose, abundantly fibrillose. . . . Usnea hirta (L.) Wigg. On bark. 1. Thallus short, erect, shrub-like, esorediose, less abundantly fibrillose . . Usnea florida (L.) Web. On bark. Fairly common. KEY TO THE GENERA OF ForrosE LICHENS 1. "Thallus brightly colored, yellow or orange...........0.0.000.0 00000-0202. 2 I TRAIGO not bnentiy coloredi vsu uso var DP RETE 2. Thallus yellow; KOH —....Candelaria concolor (Dicks.) Arn. On bark. Thallus small, finely divided; lobes small, finely incised, sorediate or granulose. Apothecia very small, scattered, circular, yellow to orange. Var. effusa (Tuck.) Merrill & Burnh. Very common. Thallus reduced almost wholly to a powdery crust. 2. Thallus yellowish to orange; KOH +, red to purple. .. . Xanthoria candelaria (L.) Kickx. Found on elm trees along roadsides. "Thallus of rather deeply cut, branched and imbricated lobes the margins of which are densely granulose or powdery, sometimes forming a thick powdery crust. 82 HRhodor: | VoL. 60 3. Thallus fastened by a central point below... o oiii sess 4 3. Thallus fastened by several or more points or rhizinae................. 5 4. Fruit bodies perithecia, immersed in thallus, globose, appearing outwardly as spots or small warts. Thallus pale on underside... DERMATOCARPON, p. 82. 4. Fruit bodies apothecia, sessile on thallus, round or angular. Thallus blackish on underside...............0..0..0..0000.. UMBILICARIA, p. 84 5. Lower surface reticulated with distinct veins....Peltigera canina (L.) Willd. On ground. Apothecia large, margins rolled backward, borne on tips of extended lobes. 5. Lower surface not veined... unuau eie eee 6 6. Lobes elongated, narrow. Upper cortex compact, well developed . . Anapty- chia hypoleuca (Muhlb.) Mass. On bark. 6. Lobes not greatly elongated. Upper cortex loose, not compact......... 7 7. Rhizinae usually quite numerous........ iles ese 8 7. Rhizinae scarce or absent... liiis ee 9 8. Spores two-celled, dark. Underside of thallus usually white, rarely brown or black. ee Puyscia and PyxiNE, p. 83 8. Spores simple, uncolored. Underside of thallus most always brownish to blackish... nnna naaa eee PARMELIA, p. 82 9. Thallus hollow; tips usually bursting, densely sorediate; rhizinae ab- sent........ Hypogymnia physodes (L.) Nyl. On bark, very common. 9. Thallus not hollow; rhizinae searee..... llis lesus. CETRARIA, p. 82 CETRARIA I. Thallus brownish... 0.000000 uli 2 1. Thallus greenish-gray... 0.000000 0 e 3 2. Thallus having scattered brown or black tubercles. Apothecia originating from under surface...........0....... Cetraria ciliaris Ach. On bark. 2. Thallus having no tubercles. Apothecia, if present, originating from upper surface... . Cetraria islandica (L.) Ach. On ground in pine woods. Stalks strap-shaped, forking, thin, curling when dry to form a trough-like structure. 3. Thallus irregularly lobed; lobes usually curled away from substrate; margins undulate, somewhat crenulate, covered with dense pale green soredia; undersurface brown. .............. Cetraria Oakesiana Tuck. On bark. 3. Thallus lobes channeled and pitted, margins ascending, usually irregularly jagged and torn; undersurface pitted, white or brown near the tips, black at the base... eee Cetraria Tuckermanii Oakes. DERMATOCARPON Growing on rocks submerged in water. Undersurface veined. Thallus lobes not pruinose when dry... . Dermatocarpon aquaticum (Weis.) Zahl. Found only in one location, on a rock in a stream which normally dries up in the summer months. Growing on rocks in dry situations. Undersurface not veined. Thallus lobes much imbrieated, pruinose when dry... . Dermatocarpon miniatum (L.) Mann, var. complicatum (Lightf.) Th. Fr. PARMELIA 1958] Ahmadjian,—Fruticose and Foliose Lichens 83 2. Soredia developing in rows, along cracks in the thallus or along the mar- fins vo s Parmelia sulcata Tayl. On bark. Very common. 4. Boredia notan ROWS -ce ho E S LI LEAN Lo s i.d 3. Thallus brown, with small warts breaking down into soredia..... Parmelia subaurifera Nyl. On bark. Very common. 3. Thallus not brown, without warts..... 2.2.00... ee ec cc er rrr 4 4. Thallus yellowish-green; undersurface brown or black... . Parmelia caperata (L.) Ach. On bark and rocks. Very common. 4. Thallus greenish to bluish-gray; undersurface pale to drab...... Parmelia dubia (Wulf.) Mass. (Syn. P. Borreri Turn.) On bark. 5. Thallus containing few blackish cilia along margins; rather broad- Con. ere ES Parmelia perforata (Wulf.) Ach. On bark. 5: Phallus not elliate, not broad-lobed i. sirae i es mne 6 6. Thallus reticulate-rimose, having a network of chinks and cracks, greenish TO DIADA t c eC NE. S E 7 6. Thallus not reticulate-rimose, yellowish-green....Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Ach. On rocks and bark. Very common. var. stenophylla Ach. Lobes rather narrow and imbricated. No isidia. f. isidiata (Anzi) Berry. Thallus densely covered with isidia. 7. Under surface pale. ..... Parmelia rudecta Ach. On bark. Very common. 7. Under surface black... .Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Ach. On rocks and bark. Common. PHYSCIA and PYXINE ie ebhallussso0reqiose sess TEE c-r ee ELE ec 2 1. Thallus lacking soredia, esorediose... 1.0.0.0... 0 cece eee eee eee 8 2. Medulla yellow; apothecia lecideine. ..Pyzxine sorediata (Ach.) Fries. On bark. 2. Medulla white or orange; apothecia lecanorine.......................8 3. Lobes ascending, free from substratum... . 2.22.2 30. oe ee ee 4 9. Lobes adnate, flattened, not ascending:......... 2.4.2. -. 2... .<.- - 5 4. Lobes helmet or hood-shaped, with long cilia along margins; soredia within these hood-like pustules. KOH=..Physcia ascendens Bitt. On bark. 4. Lobes finely incised, not hood-shaped, small, short. KOH + yel- low....Physcia millegrana Degel. (Syn. P. tribacia (Ach.) Nyl.) On bark. Very common. 5. Lobes very thin, adglutinated to the substratum. . . . Physcia elaeina (Sm.) A. L. 8m. On bark. 5. Lobes rather thick, not adglutinated to the substratum............... 6 6. Medulla orange....Physcia orbicularis (Neck.) Potsch., f. rubropulchra Degel. On bark. Very common. a | rr rr eS 7 7. Thallus gray or whitish, without brownish tinge... .Physcia leucoleiptes (Tuck.) Lettau. On bark. 7. Thallus brownish or olive-gray....Physcia orbicularis (Neck.) Potsch. On bark. 8. Thallus pruinose, having powdery appearance... .Physcia pulverulenta Hampe. On bark. 8. Thallus not pruinose. Cortex KOH + yellow................ eee 9 9. Lobes with marginal cilia........ Physcia leptalea (Ach.) DC. On bark. 9. Lobes without marginal cilia......................... ese 10 10. Thallus gray, with white spots. Medulla KOH + yellow....... Physcia aipolia (Ehrh.) Hampe. On bark. 84 Rhodora [ VoL. 60 10. "Thallus gray, without white spots. Medulla KOH —....Physcia stellaris (L.) Nyl. On bark. Very common. f. tuberculata Kernst. Lobes densely covered with tubercles, except at tips. var. rosulata (Ach.) Nyl. Lobes are wide, fan shaped at the tips. UMBILICARIA 1. "Thallus pustulate, blistered or pimpled; undersurface pitted. . . . Umbilicaria papulosa (Ach.) Nyl. On rocks. 1. Thallus not pustulate... 0.00.02 cee 2 2. Undersurface having grilled or laced appearance. Thallus margins com- monly curling under, inrolled. Apothecia common........ Umbilicaria Mühlenbergii (Ach.) Tuck. On rocks. 2. Undersurface hairy. Thallus margins not curling under. Apothecia rare... .Umbilicaria mammulata (Ach.) Tuck. (Syn. Gyrophora Dillenii, U. Dillenii). On rocks. XLOSSARY Adnate. Adhering or touching broadly to the substratum. A pothecium. An open cup- or saucer-shaped fruiting body in which the cavity is lined with a palisade-like layer of microscopic asci which bear the spores. Areolate. Marked out in little spaces or islands. Ascus. (Asci). A sac-like cell in which the spores are developed. Ascyphous. Podetia without cups. Caespitose. Growing in low tufts or patches. Ciliate. Having hairs or cilia. Coralloid. Coral-like outgrowths usually on thallus. Cortex. Outer layer of the thallus. Corticate. Covered with a continuous cortex. Cylindrical. Having the same diameter throughout the length. Dorsiventral. With two unlike sides, the upper surface differing from the lower surface. Farinose. Meal-like; mealy. Fibrillose. Provided with fibers. Flaccid. Soft and flabby; limp. Granulose. Covered with minute granules. Almost powdery. Gyrose. Convoluted; folded; wavy. Imbricate. Overlapping like shingles. Isidium. (Isidia). A coral-like outgrowth produced on the thallus. KOH. Potassium hydroxide (aqueous solution—15-25%). Lacunose. Covered with pits or depressions. Lecanorine. Type of apothecium which has a rim consisting of and the same color as the thallus. Lecideine. Type of apothecium which does not have a thallus rim. Medulla. Made up of loosely interwoven strands or hyphae; can be observed when outer cortex is scraped off. Pd. Paraphenylenediamine (fresh saturated alcohol solution). Perithecium. A flask-shaped, rounded or oval fruit-body in which the spores are borne; lined with a palisade-like layer of asci, but with a small opening (ostiole) at the tip. Podetium. A stalk-like elevation arising from the thallus; bears the fruit- body. Primary thallus. Characterized by a horizontal and stratose thallus from which arises the secondary or radiate thallus termed the podetium. 1958] Ahmadjian,—Fruticose and Foliose Lichens 85 Pruinose. A finely powdered surface. Pustule. A blister or pimple-like structure. Pycnidium. | (Pycnidia). Small flask-shaped structures immersed in thallus. Reticulate. Lines, veins, or ridges crossing each other to form or give the appearance of a net. Reticulate-Rimose. A network of cracks or chinks. Rhizoid. A single thread-like filament (hypha) or a bundle of hyphae extend- ing from lower surface of the thallus and serving to attach the lichen to the substratum. Scyphus. Cup-like dilation of the podetium. Serrate. Saw-toothed margin. Sessile. With no stalk. Soredium. One or more algal cells surrounded or enveloped by fungal hyphae (threads). Masses of these when formed on the thallus give it a scattered or localized powdery or granular appearance. Spore. The reproductive cell produced by the fungus. Squamule. A small seale. Squamulose. With minute scales. Substrate. The substance or material to which the lichen is attached. Thallus. The assimilative body consisting of algal and fungal components. Tubercle. Any knob-like or wart-like elevation of the surface. Umbilicus. The central point by which means the thallus is attached to the substratum. Veined. Having raised lines or vein-like structures. FARLOW HERBARIUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY LITERATURE CITED 1. Arben, W. C., The Physical Features of Central Massachusetts. United States Geological Survey, Bulletin 760-B, 1924. 2. ALLESCHER, ANDREAS, Rabenhorst Kryptogamen Flora, 1.7. Leipzig, 1901-1903. 3. Dann, Erur, On the Use of Lichen Chemistry in Lichen Systematics. Revue Bryologique et Lichenologique, II, 21, Paris, 1952, pp. 119-134. 4. ENGLER, A. and K, PnawrL, Die Natürliehen Pflanzenfamilien, 8 hand, Lichens (Flechten), 270 pp., 127 figs, Leipzig, Engelmann, 1926. 5. Evans, W. A., Notes on the Cladoniae of Connecticut, IV. RHODORA, 52: 77-123, 1950. 6. Evans, W. A., The Cladoniae of Connecticut. Conn. Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. 30: New Haven, Conn., Yale University Press, June 1930, pp. 357-510. 7. Fink, Bruce, The Lichen Flora of the United States. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan Press, 1935. 8. Hane, Mason E., Lecture Notes in Lichenology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, 1957. 9. Howanp, Grace E., Lichens of the State of Washington, Seattle, University of Washington Press, 1950. 10. Kroc, Hitpur, Microchemical Studies on Parmelia, Saertrykk av 86 Rhodora | Vor. 60 Nytt Magasin for Naturvidenskapene, B. 88, Oslo, 1951, pp. 57-85. 11. LurrnELL, E. S., The Cladoniaceae of Virginia, Lloydia 17: 1954. 12. Nvarina, G. G., The Lichen Book, Ridgewood, N. J., Published by the author, 1947. 13. SurrH, A. L., Lichens. Cambridge, University Press, 1921. 14. ZAHLBRUCKNER, A., Catalogus Lichenum Universalis, Vol. I-X, Leipzig, 1921-1940. THREE CHANGED AUTHORITIES FOR COMBINATIONS.—Recently, I had occasion to examine, page by page, the first 111 volumes of Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, in search of varietal names of Amer- ican plants for inclusion in the Gray Herbarium Card Index. In the course of this examination, three instances were found in which the current attributions of authorities and places of publication are incorrect. Aquilegia formosa, var. flavescens (S. Wats.) J. K. Henry, Fl. So. Brit. Columbia, 137 (1915) is antedated by Aquilegia formosa, var. flavescens (S. Wats.) Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 107: tab. 6552 (1881). Mimulus luteus, var. cupreus (Regel) Hoss. in Trab. Inst. Bot. Farm. Buenos Aires, no. 33: 71 (1915) is antedated by Mimulus luteus, var. cupreus (Regel) Hook. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 90: tab. 5478 (1864). Vaccinium corymbosum, var. fuscatum (Ait.) A. Gray, Syn. Fl. 2, pt. 1: 23 (1878) is antedated by Vaccinium corymbosum, var. fuscatum (Ait.) Hook. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 62: tab. 3433 (1835).— ROBERT C. FosrkEn, GRAY HERBARIUM. SOME IDENTITIES IN HALESIA (STYRACACEAE) R. K. GODFREY! In western Florida, from the Tallahassee Red Hills area west- ward, the two-wing silverbell, Halesia diptera Ellis, comprises two populations: a larger flowered population which in general grows in mixed woodlands of upland slopes in the Tallahassee Red Hills, mixed woodlands of bluffs and ravine slopes along the Apalachi- 1 Expenses incurred in field work contributing to this research were met with funds made available to the author by a grant from the National Science Foundation (G-2010). Her- barium assistance was made possible by a grant from the Research Council, Florida State University. Rhodora Plate 1231 Pecks Prans Vol tg TAB MB oe A HALESIA i wevapiine fert po E B HALKSIA / Apron fom tm n Halesia tetraptera Ellis, fig. A. Halesia diptera Ellis, fig. B. After Ellis. 1958] Godfrey,—Identities in Halesia (Styracaceae) 87 cola and Chipola Rivers, an | mixed woodlands of the uplands hav- ing limestone outerops in the vicinity of Marianna; a smaller flow- ered population which grows in the broad floodplain forests of the Choctawhatchee and Escambia Rivers and in lesser floodplains of smaller streams between. I have, as yet, no reason to believe that the larger flowered form is of more widespread distribution than from the Tallahassee to the Marianna area. Neither have I, to date, encountered any of the smaller flowered form within this limited range. The smaller flowered one, in western Florida oc- curring from about the Choctawhatchee River westward, is a part of a much more extensive population extending westward to Texas and northeastward to the Savannah River (or thereabouts). Aside from habitat and distribution differences, the only morphological differences between these two-wing silverbells is that of flower size. This is conspicuous as one views the trees, those of the larger flowered form being nearly twice the size (the form and proportions being the same) of the smaller flowered one. However, when flowering material is carefully pressed, the size difference is less strikingly apparent in herbarium specimens. The flowers shrink considerably in drying. Although in the non-flowering condition, the two-wing silverbells are not distinguishable, it seems advisable to give them varietal designations. This necessitates, of course, ascertaining what Ellis may have had when he described Halesia diptera. The species was described by Ellis in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, London, 51: 931, t. 22, fig. B (1791). This is in the paper in which he also described (and figured much more fully) H. tetraptera the identity of which is considered below. At the con- clusion of his discussion of H. tetraptera, Ellis wrote (of H. diptera) as follows: “About two years ago, I received from Governor Ellis of Georgia another species of this tree, which was sent him by Mr. De Brahme, from Augusta in Georgia, three hundred miles up the river Savannah. “The fruit of this kind has two wings, as described in the plate, at B." 'There follows a diagnosis of Halesia, then the following species designations: The species are, TETRAPTERA. 1. HALEsIA fructibus membranaceo-quadrangulatis. DIPTERA. 2. Harresia fructibus alatis. 88 Rhodora [ VoL. 60 From this, and in the light of my present knowledge of the dis- tribution of the smaller and larger flowered forms of Halesta dip- lera, it may be inferred that the species is based on material of the smaller flowered one which thus becomes Halesia diptera Ellis var. diptera. Fresh flowers of this are 1.0-1.5 cm. long at anthesis. The width of the corolla varies because the petals spread vari- ously. The individual petals are oval, oblong, or obovate, 1.0- 1.5 em. long and 0.8-1.0 cm. broad at their broadest places, the tips obtuse or rounded. The androecium length is equal to that of the petals, the filaments united at base. The larger flowered form I designate as Halesia diptera var. magniflora, var. nov. Var. diptera similis sed floribus maioribus. Floribus 2-3 em. longis, 1.0-1.5 cm. latis. Petalis 2-3 em. longis, 1.0-1.5 cm. latis, ovalibus, oblongis, ad obovatis. Type specimen: deciduous woods, ravine slope, 1.5 miles east of Tallahassee, Florida, Godfrey no. 54434 (Herbarium of Florida State University). Halesia tetraptera Ellis (1. e. 030-931, t. 22, fig. A) was described from material sent to England from along the banks of the Santee River in South Carolina. The plate (fig. A) accompanying the description, which is here reproduced, admirably portrays flower- ing material and a fruiting branch. ‘This seems to me clearly and unequivocally identifiable with the little silverbell of the coastal plain, Halestia parviflora Michaux (Flora Boreali-Americana 2: 40. 1803), and not with the much larger flowered silverbell of the uplands and interior, Halesta carolina L., with which it has long been identified. Halesia tetraptera Ellis is the earlier name and the one which should be applied to the tree which we are currently calling H. parviflora — Michx.—DbEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, FLORIDA STATE UNIVERSITY, TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA, Volume 60, no. 710, including pages 33-60, was issued 19 March, 1958, : TT Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR, IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 April, 1958 No. 712 CONTENTS: Determination of Polyploidy from Herbarium Specimens. Robert P. Celarter-and K. D. Meha... casn is wc cs ec sca 89 The Name Lepanthes Turialvae: A Source of Confusion. Richard Evans Schutes: sos see a ss pee ee ss cs 97 Chromosome Numbers in the Genus Krameria: Evidence for Familial Status. B. L. Turner. cc ee es occ acs 101 A Taxonomic Study of the Genus Physalis in North America North of Mexico. U. T. Waterjal so tae ceo es nt ce ee 106 New Illinois Carex Records. Egbert W. Fell................... 115 Nelumbo lutea in Essex County, Massachusetts. Stuart K. Harris 116 Cabomba caroliniana in Essex County, Massachusetts. Stuart K. Harris... 4. oU Lo i 22 pee case CULO 116 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 April, 1958 No. 712 DETERMINATION OF POLYPLOIDY FROM HERBARIUM SPECIMENS ROBERT P. CELARIER AND K. L. MEHRA In the evolutionary history of the flowering plants there are several biological phenomena known to be of major consequence. Foremost among these, and perhaps the best understood, is polyploidy. A brief survey of any of the recent compilations of chromosome numbers of the Angiosperms (Löve and Löve, 1948, Delay, 1951; Darlington and Wylie, 1955) will suffice to show the frequency of this phenomenon. There are literally hundreds of examples of so called intraspecific polyploids reported, not to mention the even more frequent condition of interspecific polyploidy. The importance of polyploidy in the critical evolutionary fields of taxonomy, geobotany, hybridization, mode of reproduction, etc. has been shown and discussed by many workers (Löve, 1951; Löve and Löve, 1949; Gustafsson, 1947; 1948; Muntzing, 1936; Stebbins, 1940; 1950; Darlington, 1956, etc.). Not only is the importance of polyploidy well known but much is understood concerning its biological mechanisms of operation. Because of the obvious significance of polyploidy in both con- tinuous and discontinuous variation of plants, it is a factor that cannot easily be dismissed in any detailed study involving the relationships of species or their modes of origin. Determination of chromosome numbers is, however, a time consuming operation, and becomes virtually impossible for monographers who deal principally with non-living herbarium materials. Some effort has been made to overcome this handicap and recently Khoshoo (1955) has been able to study chromosomes 90 Rhodora [Vor. 60 from herbarium material in Impatiens. However the techniques are rather laborious, the results far from the best, and the extent to which the technique is applicable is not yet known. Numerous studies have been conducted that attempt to cor- relate morphological conditions with degree of ploidy (see Steb- bins, 1950 for review), and some workers believe that there is almost always some correlation (Lóve, 1951). Although the general conclusion from these studies is that there are no univer- sal criteria, nevertheless there are certain characters that have rather general application. Foremost among these is cell size. From herbarium material there are usually easily available two types of cells (pollen grains and guard cells of the stomata). Since there is often some overlapping between cell size and degree of ploidy, it is desirable, and sometimes essential, to study the cell size of both before drawing conclusions. In general, pollen grains are easily studied, but the conven- tional method for studying guard cells requires a pretreatment of the leaf, followed by scraping or stripping (deWet, 1954). In any event some portion of the specimen is mutilated or destroyed, a condition that is very undesirable especially with valuable speci- mens such as types. In this report an impression method is described for the study of the guard cells of the stomata that is quick, reliable, and causes no damage to the specimen. This method is based on the prin- ciples of impression long used in paleontology, and with the use of some of the modern plastics gives very desirable results. Somewhat similar methods have been used by plant pathologists (Long & Clements, 1934; Husain, 1956) to detect the open or closed condition of the stomata. The procedure is simply to mix cellulose nitrate! in acetone until a viscous solution is obtained. When the constancy of the solution is such that it spreads smoothly with a camels hair brush, paint the surface of the leaf to be studied with the solution. This will work better if the leaf surface has been previously cleaned with acetone. The solution is allowed to dry thoroughly and is then peeled off with tweezers. This plastic strip is then ! Jacobo Ortega Castro of this department, in a study involving the relationship between the opening and closing of the stomata in wheat and leaf rust infection, has used cellulose acetate and collodion with equal success. His work shows that at different temperatures different plastics are preferable. 1958] Celarier and Mehra,—Determination of Polyploidy 91 floated in a drop of water on a slide, covered with a cover slip, and is ready for study under the microscope. Cell impressions prepared by this method are usually distinct (figs. 1-8) and measurements can be made with considerable confidence. RESULTS In the present study several grass species complexes of the tribe Andropogoneae were analyzed. A rather detailed study was made of the Dichanthium annulatum complex, which included diploids (2n = 20), tetraploids (2n = 40), and hexaploids (2m = 60). Also studied, but in less detail, were tetraploids, pentaploids, and hexaploids of the Bothriochloa ischaemum complex, and tetra- ploids and hexaploids of the B. zntermedia and B. pertusa com- plexes. "The chromosome numbers of all accessions used in this study were previously determined (Celarier, 1957; Celarier and Harlan, 1955; Celarier, Mehra, and Wulf, in press, and unpublished). Pollen grains and stomata guard cells were studied from both fresh material and herbarium specimens and the results are given in tables 1 and 2. Although most specimens were only three or four years old, it seems likely that, under proper storage condi- tions, only a negligible amount of change would be expected with the age of the specimen. D. ANNULATUM COMPLEX In the present report three diploid, eight tetraploid, and two hexaploid accessions were studied. The data are presented in table 1, and figures 1-8 show their general appearance. Pollen grain size was quite variable in all accessions with a range of approximately 10u. However the means were similar in all accessions of one ploidy level, and quite different between polyploids (figs. 1-3). The diploids means ranged from 32.0 to 33.0u, the tetraploids from 36.2 to 39.9u, and the hexaploids from 42.9 to 48.7u. Pollen grains from herbarium specimens were almost always smaller than fresh material but usually the mean values were of less than one micron difference, There was also variation in stomata guard cell size but it was much less than in pollen grains and was in general, less than five microns. Again the mean values were quite distinct at the different ploidy levels. In the fresh material the means in the diploids varied from 23.7 to 24.8u, in the tetra- ploids from 30.0 to 32.0u, and the hexaploids varied from 36.8 to 45.9. The same kind of variation was seen in the herbarium specimens but guard cells were in all cases considerably s maller than in fresh material (figs. 4-6). [Vor. 60 Rhodora 6'9c 0'0€-0' fc 6'€r O'Sstr-c'tt Ssh LLF-L'6E 6'ct 0'$€-D76 09 vuy ymos O8OF 9°66 s'r£-t'9c 8°98 F'SE-R' PE User L'ALI LE L'St 0'ES-8'IE 09 səpoqy ulsqnos 9ILE 8'SI F'Oc-8' 9I FOE F'c£-8'86 V'98 =F SE-B IE TLE FGFS Te OF BIpUy 'o10]€quio;) C66¢ F'ec 9'!c-t'0c L 1E 9'$£-) 0E F 9E F'GcF-8' I8 ILE tv'GcF-8'I€ OF ovis] SAMEN "N G8I& 9°61 t'Oc-O' SI 0'ct 0'9t-8'86 FOE O'Cr-pI'26 6°66 Q'CF-p'7£ Or — urpu] *qufunq 660F 6°06 $'cc-0' 8I Fle 8 F£-) 0E 9'8£ F'cr-8'I& £68 t'cF-& LE OF (UJ) Sexe] unos c80t 0'Ic O' tc-O' 8I L 0E 9'$£-8'sc GLE t'GF-8'I£ GLE F'GF-8'I£ OF dA “ezto 684€ 6'06 O't- 6I 0'08 t'ct-9'2c £98 Ft'cr-8' IE T 9€ Ft'GF-8' I£ OF spul 'mouxon'g 0091 LFE F'9c-8' GG SIE 9'$6-8'8C €'0€£ F'GcF-8' I6 €£'9€ F'GVY-8'I£ OF vipu] ‘Avquiog L64€ 9'06 $'cc-0' 8I 0'I£ Ft'c£-0'0€ 9 8E F'GF-8'I€ O6E A Lr-8'I€ OF BIpuy *ouxon'T LETS 9' Fl 8'91—) cI L'$6 6'€6-9'I6 TEE l'/£-€'96 OEE 0L'/7£-€'9c 0€ BIpuy 'jejepoq 96€£€ OFT 9'Ci-c'&l SFG t'9c-8' GC 8'E 1 LE-1° 66 6'c€ LT’ LE-1 6g 0c vipug '€jjno[e;) q4€96t£ 9'$I $8'9I-S'OI EPZ c'€6-8'GC EGE 0| 2£-€'96 Foe L1 2£-€'9c 0c BIpuy ‘EIMV GHEE uvu onu UVU ƏBUL ugəu osuv uvu ƏBUVI suswbedy Yso J susundo usodq uc Uot)€orq 'ON-V 7l— 3218 [pO pen») rl—J9ZI&S UIN uo[oq "unjpnuup uniywunyng ut &projd jo vaiZap YIM s[[29 pawns pus sure12 uo[[od jo uostredui07)— | 2 I VL 93 Celarier and Mehra,—Determination of Polyploidy 1958] 9 16 8'6c6-r 06 6 TG 4. BP-S TE Uor LD LE eP? LIT 140€ 09 voLgy ujnos FOLE 6'06 9'I6-0'8I 0:08 FT'6£-8'86 ‘LE. ¥ crs I6 POR D GUN I5 09 BLY qjnos CO6F GFE 9:d1I-2 8I e yE 9'46-9' I6 9708. p-GF-8- TE 96 TOFT TE OF (3u[) eqno G8Ig 0 EL OITO GI S 9 OLS Ü UT (ETIL ROSE IC Cee te OF LIPU peqwiop&H — 908F psnjpiad voyo g T°06 9'Ic-0'8I 8'68 0'9£-0'0€ L' 66 T*'GT-8'I€ L'66 LLP 09 wmpernsny 'uojjer) LECH 9°6I 9'IC-0'8T T°66 $'Ie-6' 66 6'IF L'LL PE OSF L Loo PE 09 BYBISNY 'fu0jj€) Q6GF L'YYI 9'ST-6'81 $'GCG $8'80-8' 66 0'G6€ L'6E-B' IE 6:98 F'SF-B' TE OF "pu fru[oq OSHS GST S8'9I-F'FI 8°SS6 9'16-0' TG FFE TLE-B'TE L'vY€ 1'68-8' OF wipuy ‘Aeg 60t DIPIULLAUL DOYIOLLYIO J 0's O' TC-O'ST 8'18 0'9€-6'I€ 06:05 OSPE ONDE PA VS 09 guyo ‘AY ABUL, LHET 8'Ic O't6-6'6I LOE T'6€£-8'86 OSCp V pb LC OROTAN VR 09 BSOULOT 8AE 9°02 9'IcC-0'8I 0°62 t*'6€-9'LC 0596 L OESIE 8 LE OSF. 0€ wur) ‘Buoy guoH 69r9 €°1G 8'66-6 61 6:08 GC'I$£-8'86 €°6E O'SF-B' TE 0:865 CL LV 0€ suyo ‘Aoury — 972 O'STI ft'0c-Oo' CI L'SG 0'0£-9:46 9°98 EFFIE L'9e t'ci- OF sup ‘Bund FOLS 0'6L F'0c-9'€CI 0'66 Tv'9c-0 FZ Yose k OESIE A A aa OF AJM, ‘SNIN — [o6 UNWAIDYISL DOPYIOULYIOT uBvoul osuvi ugg oduvi Uva asuBl uvoul asuBl suourtoodq ysolq suouitoodg (sod uz UOT} BOT 'ON-V ri—ozt3 [PO puo) ri—ozts ure) uo[oq 'sotoods ropoorn[jog ut Ápto[d jo voiZep yy” s[[oo prend pug sureiZ uo[[od jo uosuedun) 'c ATAVL 94 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Although the diploids, tetraploids, and hexaploids could be easily dis- tinguished from one another in the herbarium materials it is obvious that comparisons between herbarium and fresh materials cannot be made until a correction factor is established. B. ISCHAEMUM COMPLEX Two accessions each were studied in the tetraploids, pentaploids and hexaploids (table 2). As in D. annulatum there is considerable variation in pollen grain size (ca. 10-154) whereas the range in variation in the guard cells is small (less than 54). The means however were rather constant for both, but different in different ploidy levels. In the tetraploids the means of pollen grain size ranged from 36.7 to 37.1u for fresh materials and 35.4 to 36.64 for specimens. The pentaploids ranged from 37.8 to 38.2u for fresh materials and 35.5 to 39.3u for speci- mens, and in the hexaploids the range was 41.9 to 43.9u for fresh material and 40.9 to 43.9u from specimens. Stomata guard cells were also distinct but as in D. annulatum showed a big difference from fresh material to specimens. In the tetraploids the means ranged from 25.0 to 28.74 in fresh materials and 18.0 to 19.04 in specimens. The pentaploids ranged from 29.0 to 30.2u in fresh materials and 20.6 to 21.3u in specimens, and the hexaploids ranged from 30.7 to 31.8u in fresh material and 21.8 to 22.04 in specimens. In B. ischaemum it seems that pentaploids cannot be easily separated from hexaploids on guard cell size alone but by the use of both pollen grain and stomata guard cells the separation is fairly reliable. B. INTERMEDIA COMPLEX In this species only two tetraploids and two hexaploids were used. The tetraploids were readily distinguishable from the hexaploids with both pollen grain size and stomata guard cell size. "Variation in both was rather similar to that seen in D. annulatum and B. ischaemum. The tetraploids had a range in mean pollen grain size of 34.7 to 36.9u in fresh materials and 34.4 to 35.0u in specimens; whereas the hexaploids ranged from 39.7 to 42.0u in fresh material and 39.7 to 41.9u in specimens. The range of the means in guard cell size were 25.5 to 25.8u in fresh materials and 14.7 to 15.2u in specimens for the tetraploids and for the hexaploids were from 29.1 to 32.8u for fresh materials and 19.6 to 20.1u for specimens. B. PERTUSA COMPLEX In this species complex two tetraploids and two hexaploids were used and the results were similar to those found in the other species. The range in pollen grain means was 35.8 to 37.6u for fresh material Figs. 1-8. Pollen grains and stomata guard cells in Dichanthium annulatum. Figs. 1-3. Pollen of the three ploidy levels. X300. Fig. 1 diploid. Fig. 2 tetraploid. Fig. 3 hexaploid. Figs. 4-6. Comparison of stomata guard cells from fresh mounts and plastic peels of herbarium specimens in the three ploidy levels. X1350. Fig. 4 diploid. a. fresh material. b. plastic peel of specimen. Fig. 5 tetraploid. a. fresh material. b. plastic peel of specimen. Fig. 6. hexaploid. a. fresh material. b. plastic peel of specimen. Figs. 7-8. Comparison of plastic peel of fresh material (Vig. 7) with plastic peel of specimen (Fig. 8) in the hexaploid. X300. Rhodora Plate 1232 Fig. 1-8. For explanation see opposite page. 1958] | Celarier and Mehra,—Determination of Polyploidy 95 and 35.0 to 36.5u for specimens in the tetraploids, and 39.4 to 44.34 for fresh material and 37.1 to 42.2u for specimens in the hexaploids. The stomata guard cell size was also distinct with means ranging from 24.3 to 25.8u in fresh material and 13.9 to 14.24 in specimens for the tetra- ploids; whereas, the hexaploids ranged from 30.0 to 34.9u in fresh material and 20.2 to 21.64 in specimens. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS It has been shown that both pollen grain and stomata guard cell size are fairly reliable indicators of the degree of ploidy in several of the Old World species of the genera Bothriochloa and Dichanthium. It has also been shown by Gould (1957) that pollen grain size is useful in determining the degree of ploidy in several of the American species of Bothriochloa. In the species studied there was no difficulty in distinguishing between diploids, tetraploids and hexaploids. However in B. ischaemum the differences between the pentaploids and hexaploids were not so distinct, but by the use of both pollen grain and guard cell sizes a fairly reliable conclusion could be drawn. In general it was possible to place the materials studied in their proper ploidy levels by pollen grain and guard cell size regardless of the species involved. However there were exceptions to this, such as the tetraploid D. annulatum A-4099 with pollen grains 39.9u and guard cells of 32.04 and the hexaploid B. intermedia A-4597 with pollen grains of 39.74 and guard cells of 32.8. The impression technique for measuring guard cells is shown to be quite reliable but the actual measurements were in all cases much less than those made from fresh material. In order to determine what portion of this decrease in length was due to the technique and what portion was due to the drying of the speci- mens, measurements were also made from plastie strips taken from fresh material. In the diploid D. annulatum A-3242 the mean guard cell meas- urements from fresh material was 24.34 whereas the plastic strip measurements from specimens was 13.64. Plastic strip measurements of fresh material of this accession were found to be 20.44. From this it is seen that a considerable portion of this decrease in size is due to the technique itself but that most of it is probably due to the shrinkage in drying of the specimens. A similar condition was found in the hexaploid (figs. 7-8) but only a few measurements were made. 96 Rhodor: [Vor. 60 These studies seem to warrant certain recommendations in the procedures used in studies where it is desirable to determine chromosome numbers from herbarium specimens. The following appear to be significant: 1. Pollen grain and stomata guard cell size are usually reliable indicators of polyploidy, and the use of both would be expected to give much more dependable results than either alone. 2. Actual chromosome counts should be made from at least a few plants of several polyploid levels. Pollen grain and guard cell measurements from these plants can serve as a standard. 3. Data should be calculated in terms of ranges and means. This seems to be especially important in studies of pollen grains. 4. Guard cells from herbarium specimens can be reliably meas- ured by the impression technique but when compared with fresh material a correction factor must be taken into account to offset the shrinkage. 5. Conclusions regarding chromosome number based on cell size should be transferred to a second species with extreme cau- tion, unless some chromosome counts of the second species have been made so that a standard can be established. 6. Data concerning cell size would be a valuable addition to a monograph even if the chromosome numbers of the taxa involved are not known, in that they may offer a suggestion of polyploidy and will be available if cytological studies are made in the future. SUMMARY Data are presented that demonstrate a correlation between the degree of polyploidy and size of pollen grains and stomata guard cells in four species complexes of the grass genera Dichanthium and Bothriochloa. These studies were made both from living material and dried herbarium specimens. An impression technique using plastic strips is outlined for the study of stomata guard cells from herbarium specimens. This technique gives reliable measurements without damage to the specimens. Some of the limitations to the use of cell size as a gauge of poly- ploidy are discussed and certain recommendations are offered based on present studies. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY, AGRIC. EXP. STA., OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY, STILLWATER. 1958] Schultes,—Lepanthes Turialvae 97 LITERATURE CITED CüLARIER, R. P. 1957. The Cyto-geography of the Bothriochloa ischaemum complex. II. Chromosome behavior. Amer. Jour. Bot. 44: 729-738. -———-—- AND J. R. Hartan. 1955. Studies on Old World Bluestems. Okla. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. T-58: 1-31. - ———— —-, Menna, K. L. AND M. L. Wurr. (press). Cytogeography of the . Dichanthium annulatum complex. Brittonia. 10: DinuiNaGTON, C. D. 1956. Chromosome Botany. London, England. —-—-——— —- AND A. P. Wye. 1955. Chromosome Atlas of Flowering Plants. London, England. DkrAv, C. 1951. Nombres Chromosomiques chez les Phanérogames. Rev. de Cyt. et biol. végét. vol. 12. DEWET, J. M. J. 1954. Stomatal size as a cytological criteria in Danthonia. Cytologia 19: 176-181. Gourp, F. W. 1957. Pollen size as related to polyploidy and speciation in the Andropogon saccharoides—A. barbinodis complex. Brittonia 9: 71-75. GUSTAFSSON, i 1947. Apomixis in higher plants. III. Biotype and species formation. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. 44: 183-370. —————————. 1948. Polyploidy, life-form, and vegetative reproduction. Hereditas 34: 1-22. Husain, S. M. 1956. Studies of competitive ability of certain races of wheat leaf rust. M.S. Thesis. Oklahoma A & M College. Kuosnoo, T. N. 1956. Chromosomes from herbarium sheets in /mpatiens. Stain Tech. 31: 31-33. Lona, F. L. AND F. E. CLEMENTs. 1934. The method of collodion films for stomata. Amer. Jour. Bot. 21: 7-17. LóvE, A. 1951. Taxonomical evaluation of polyploids. Caryologia 3: 263-284. ———— ———- AND D. Lóvk. 1948. Chromosome numbers of Northern plant species. Icel. Univ. Inst. Appl. Sci., Dept. Agric. Rep. B. 3: 1-131. — AND ———— —————. 1949. The geobotanical significance of polyploidy. I. Polyploidy and latitude, Portug. Acta Biol. (A) R. B. Goldschmidt vol. 273-352. Muntanc, A. 1936. The evolutionary significance of autopolyploidy. Hereditas 21: 263-378. STEBBINS, G. L. 1940. The significance of polyploidy in plant evolution. Amer. Nat. 74: 54—66. 1950. Variation and evolution in plants. New York. U.S.A. THE NAME LEPANTHES TURIALVAE: A SOURCE OF CONFUSION RICHARD EVANS SCHULTES One of the most puzzling concepts in the orchid genus Lepanthes has been L. turialvae Rchb. fil., described from material collected in Costa Rica. The binomial has been applied to a bewildering array of species which obviously represent different concepts and has, as a result, become a rather convenient, albeit an inexact, 98 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 receptacle to which are referred many Middle American collections the identification of which might pose difficulties or doubts. During my investigation of the species of Lepanthes known from Mexico, the name Lepanthes turialvae, with its present vague interpretation, continually confounded the study. Critical exam- ination of what has been called Lepanthes turialvae in the literature and herbaria convinces me that, whichever of the several concepts is followed, it is not represented in Mexico. Nevertheless, it would seem advisable to present the following notes which have grown out of my study of Lepanthes turialvae, so that they may be made available to future workers in the genus. Lepanthes turialvae Reichenbach fil. in Bonpl. 3 (1855) 225. Original description :“ Lepanthes Turialvae ( Effusae) : similis L.cochleari- formi Sw. vaginis arctis, ostio tantum angusto microscopice muriculatis, folio ovato acuto bene limboso, racemi pectinati bracteis parvis muricatis, sepalo inferiori alte bifido, tepalis incisione triangula extrorsa acuta bilobis, labelli lobis obtuse triangulis. Stengel drei bis vier Zoll hoch mit Einschluss des zollangen Blatts. Bluthe nach Hrn. Dr. Oersted's zeichnung beschreiben. Sepalen dreieckig fleischroth. Tepala gelblich, obserseits mit Purpurroth auf Innenecke. Lippenlappen und Saule purpurroth. Turialva in Costarica, 3000'. Oersted.” In the same year, Reichenbach (Xen. Orch. 1 (1855) 151, 156, t. 50, fig. V, 15-16) published a second (Latin) and a third (German) description, differently worded but referring essentially to the same concept. In connection with these descriptions, he published drawings showing (V) a leaf (with its sheaths) and in- florescence (with one flower), (15) a flower and (16) a bract. Heichenbach intimated (loc. cit. 151) that the description was based upon Oersted's collection in the Copenhagen Herbarium (“Vid. sp. sice. in herbario Hafniensi’’). Through the kindness of Dr. O. Hagerup, director of this her- barium, we were able to borrow what is probably the type of Lepanthes turialvae and a water-color of the flower made by Oer- sted himself from the living plant in the field. The binomial "Lepanthes Turialvae Rehb.” is written under the floral drawing in Reichenbach's own hand. There is no flower present on the specimen. Probably none was ever available to Reichenbach, for he stated clearly (Bonpl. 225) that his description of the flower was based on Oersted’s drawing. Certainly, Reichenbach’s rather in- adequate sketches of the flower match very closely the Oersted water-color. 1958] Sehultes,—Lepanthes Turialvae 99 We have also, thanks to the cooperation of Dr. K. H. Rechinger, borrowed for study from the Reichenbach Herbarium in Vienna a sheet (No. 54553) on which there is a sterile specimen and a colored sketch of the flower. This sheet from Vienna is likewise labelled “Lepanthes Turialvae Rehb." The sterile collection from Vienna is said to represent Oersted's collection made in Turrialba, Costa Rica, at 3,000 feet altitude. It is here, however, that confusion enters the pieture. Neither the two detached leaves nor the sheaths covering the secondary stem represent, in my opinion, the same species as that which we have thought to be the type. But the colored sketch of the flower is identical with that in the Copenhagen material and, accordingly, corresponds to the floral diagram published by Reichenbach. Reichenbach's original description of the sterile parts seems not to have been based on the suborbicular-ovate and apically tri- dentate leaf which is found in Copenhagen, but rather on the el- liptie and very acute leaves attached to sheet No. 54553 from Vienna. His second description (Xen. Orch. 151) definitely refers to the Copenhagen material, for he stated that the leaf was “apice attenuato brevissimo tridentatum.” There is in the Reichenbach Herbarium a sheet (No. 54553) which Reichenbach himself labelled “Lepanthes Turialvae.” The collection was made in Turrialba by Wendland: Wendland 549. This sheet has a habit sketch of the plant and a very careful draw- ing of the flower. Mr. Elmer W. Smith recently prepared a larger drawing from a flower taken from this collection, boiled and floated out in water; his drawing agrees in all essentials with Reichenbach’s. In Wendland 549, the anterior lobe of the petals is triangular, the posterior obliquely subquadrate; whereas the petals shown in the type-drawing of the flower of Lepanthes turialvae have both lobes elliptic-lanceolate. The petal-lobes in the former are not spread- ing and, consequently, have no sinus between them; those of the latter are shown as very spreading with a conspicuous sinus. Reichenbach not only annotated Wendland 549 as Lepanthes turiclvae. In an article treating of the orchids collected by Oersted, he (Beiträge zu einer Orchideenkunde Central Americas (1866) 57, 90, t. 10, figs. III, 16) illustrated as Lepanthes turialvae what is obviously the orchid represented in the colleetion Wendland 549. This illustration is wholly distinct from that published in Xenia Orchidacea eleven years earlier. 100 Rhodora [Vor. 60 In view of 1) the apparent diserepancy in sterile parts between the Copenhagen and the Vienna material collected by Oersted, both of which Reichenbach considered to represent Lepanthes turialvae and 2) his identification of Wendland 549 as L. turialvae, we must agree that Reichenbach himself had either an extremely vague or else a confused conception of the morphological characters on which L. turialvae was based. An examination of the Middle American material labelled Lepanthes turialvae in the Orchid Herbarium of Oakes Ames indi- ‘ates the extent of the confusion attendant upon the use of this binomial, for there are clearly several concepts involved which only a monographie study of the genus can clarify. Even in modern taxonomic and floristic treatments, one can sense this confusion and doubt. Schweinfurth (in Standley “Flora of Costa Rica" in Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. Publ. 391 (1937) 245) followed what he thought to be Reichenbach’s concept of the species as shown by his citation as basic material both the Oersted and the Wendland col- lections. Pertinent to this point, perhaps, is Schweinfurth’s ob- servation (loe. cit. 242) that he considered Lepanthes Brenesii Schltr. to be “very close to, if not the same as, L. turialvae." In 1946, L. O. Williams (in Woodson & Schery “Flora of Panama" in Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 33 (1946) 84) stated that “Lepanthes turial- vae, as now delimited, is possibly an aggregate of several species.”’ Extreme confusion marks the treatment of Lepanthes turialvae by Ames & Correll (“Orchids of Guatemala" in Fieldiana, Bot. 26 (1952) 196, 204). Their description is so very broad that it would embrace a number of species. Furthermore, there is a discrepancy between the characters used to key out Lepanthes turialvae (e.g. “Lip without a ciliate apieule or pubescent midlobe . . .") and the detailed description of the concept (e.g. lip “with a minute pu- berulent apicule in the sinus"). In view of this extreme confusion which, as we have seen, goes as far back as the original description, I suggest that the binomial Lepanthes turialvae Rchb. fil. be rejected as a nomen confusum in accordance with Articles 63 and 65 of the /nternational Code of 1 There is here a discrepancy between the French and the English versions. The French version (as well as the Spanish) uses the word ‘‘confusion’’ where the English (and the German: "Irrtum") employs "error": “Un nom est a réjéter . . . s'il est une source de confusion." Lan- jouw has stated in the preface of the International Code . . . that “it was decided [by the Nomen- clature Section] that, should there be any inconsistency between the versions, the English one would be regarded arbitrarily as correct.” 1958] Turner,—Chromosome Numbers in Genus Krameria — 101 Botanical Nomenclature as adopted at Paris in 1954: (Article 63) “A name must be rejected . . . if it is a source of error"! and (Article 65) “A name must be rejected if it is used in different senses and so has become a long-persistent source of error." It seems to me that no purpose would be served by trying to retain a name which apparently can never be clarified with satisfaction. However, in view of the fact that monographie studies in Lepanthes will shortly be initiated, I merely offer this as a suggestion and leave formal action to the monographer. CHROMOSOME NUMBERS IN THE GENUS KRAMERIA: EVIDENCE FOR FAMILIAL STATUS B. L. TURNER The genus Krameria is composed of about 20 species of peren- nial herbs and shrubs, most of which occupy the warmer desert or semi-desert regions of North and South America (Britton, 1930). Since its initial description in 1762 the genus has been a taxonomic ‘“‘problem”, both as to rank and phyletie position. Some workers have recognized it as the single genus of the family Krameriaceae (Chodat, 1890; Small, 1903; Britton, 1930; Abrams, 1944; Cronquist, 1957; ete.); other workers have assigned the genus subfamilial rank within the Leguminosae (Benson and Darrow, 1954; Benson, 1957); while still others have relegated the group to merely tribal status within the subfamily Caesal- pinioideae of the Leguminosae (Taubert, 1894; Capitaine, 1912; ete.). Such differing taxonomic treatments are not particularly dis- turbing since most of the workers mentioned above are more or less in agreement that the relationship of Krameria lies within or close to the Leguminosae and in particular to the tribe Caesal- pinioideae. However, there are serious doubts as to its phyletic position. It is interesting to note that while such an eminent worker as Taubert in Engler and Prantl’s PFLANZENFAMILIEN treats the genus as a tribe within the subfamily Caesalpinioideae of the order Rosales, Hutchinson (1926) places the genus in the family Polygalaceae of the order Polygalales, quite removed from the Leguminosae proper. Indeed, Taubert had enough confidence 102 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 in his treatment to relate Krameria specifically to the tribes Cassieae and Eucaesalpinieae and so placed Krameria as tribe 6 between these two taxa. Hutchinson does not give reasons for the inclusion of Krameria in the Polygalaceae, but precedence for such a treatment may be found in Bentham and Hooker (1862) who also placed it in the Polygalaceae. "The latter authors, in treating this family, listed Krameria last among a group of “venera affinis aut exclusa, v. dubia." Hallier (1912) also viewed the relationship of Krameria as being with the Polygalaceae but assigned it familial status. Kunz (1913) has given the most detailed study of the problem to date. After a review of the literature and as a result of his own observations on exomorphie and anatomical characteristics he concluded that Krameria did not belong within the Caesal- pinioideae but rather should be treated as a distinct family. He did not attempt to show phyletic position, but he did indicate that Krameria was perhaps closer to the Leguminosae than the Polygalaceae. Since Kunz's excellent study only a few published facts have been added. Heimsch (1942), using anatomical criteria, con- sidered the position of Krameria with respect to the Leguminosae and Polygalaceae. He concluded that Krameria, on the basis of wood structure, was closer to the latter family. However, Erdt- man (1944), on the basis of pollen morphology, briefly commented on the unnatural position of Krameria when placed in the Poly- galaceae and stated that it belonged to the Caesalpinioideae of the Leguminosae. Dr. John Dwyer (personal communication), after a broad study of floral types within the Caesalpinioideae, has concluded that Krameria does not belong within this subfamily, though he has no set opinion of its phyletie position. In the present paper chromosome evidence has been used to evaluate the position of Krameria with respect to the Caesal- pinioideae. Unfortunately, chromosomal information is not ade- quate to permit comparisons with the supposed extra-leguminous relatives of Krameria, so little can be added to the controversy regarding phyletie position. K. grayi and K. ramosissima are small shrubs of semi-desert and desert regions of North America, while K. lanceolata is a widespread, common perennial herb which occurs throughout the 1958] Turner,—Chromosome Numbers in Genus Krameria 103 CHROMOSOME NUMBERS Meiotic chromosome counts! were obtained for three species of Krameria as enumerated below: Species Source n Krameria grayi TEXAS, Terrell Co.: 10 mi. east Sanderson. 6 Rose & Painter B.L.T. 3927 Krameria lanceolata TEXAS, Coryell Co.: 3 mi. north Cooperas 6 Torr. Cove. B.L.T. 3811 ^ 4: TEXAS, Kinney Co.: 12 mi. northeast Bracket- 6 ville. B.L.T. 3803 i: p TEXAS, Leon Co.: Marquez Dome. M. C. 6 Johnston et al. 54994 fe $ TEXAS, Val Verde Co.: 10 mi. northwest 6 Langtry. B.L.T. 3771 Krameria ramosissima TEXAS, Kinney Co.: 10 mi. southeast Bracket- 6 (Gray) Wats. ville. B.L.T. 3874 Southwestern United States and Mexico. All collections examined proved to be diploid with n = 6. Since the chromo- somes in the first division of meiosis are exceptionally large, showing three or more chiasmata at metaphase (fig. 1), two- dimensional camera lucida drawings and photography become diffieult.? Best counts are obtained from Division II of meiosis, when the chromosomes are less massive and thus flatten more easily. As indicated in figures 2 and 4, these chromosomes have nearly medium centromeres. DISCUSSION Taubert in Engler and Prantl’s PFLANZENFAMILIEN treated Krameria as the sole genus of the tribe Kramerieae, placing it after the tribe Cassieae of the Caesalpinioideae. By reference to floral morphology, Taubert (footnote, p. 166) explicitly reckoned its relationship to be with this latter tribe. Since the inclusion of Krameria within the Leguminosae should depend upon the total similarities it shares with members of the Caesalpinioideae, it seems appropriate to examine the chromoso- mal evidence bearing on this presumed relationship. As indi- 1 Buds were killed and fixed in a mixture of 4 chloroform: 3 absolute alcohol: 1 glacial acetic acid. Anthers were squashed in acetocarmine 3-14 days after collection. Voucher sree are deposited in The University of Texas Herbarium, Austin, Texas. 2 The meiotic chromosomes of Krameria rank among the largest known within the nda Covas and Schnack (1946) and Baldwin and Speese (1957) have documented somewhat larger meiotic chromosomes for two parasitic species of the Loranthaceae (Psittacanthus cuneifolius and Phoradendron flavescens). Except possibly for those of the well known species of Paeonia, these species have the largest meiotic chromosomes of any dicot known to the present writer. 104 Rhodora [Vor. 60 cated above, Krameria is, so far as known, unibasic with a num- ber of x = 6, its meiotic chromosomes being especially noteworthy for their very large size and several chiasmata. A base number of r — 6 is not known for any of the tribes within the Caesal- pinioideae (Darlington and Wylie, 1956). However, since a base number of x = 12 is common for many genera of the Caesal- pinioideae it might be conjectured that the number x = 6 for Krameria is but a lower base for the subfamily as a whole. Con- sideration of chromosome morphology proves more instructive. Meiotic chromosomes from a wide selection of Cassia species (Turner, 1956; H. 8. Irwin, unpublished) are consistently small, usually showing only two terminalized chiasmata at metaphase. This is also true of the known meiotic chromosomes of species examined in the tribes Bauhineae and Eucaesalpinieae. By com- parison, meiotic chromosomes of Krameria are 10-40 times as massive as those of the Cassieae thus far examined. Unfortunately, Krameria can not be compared with the Poly- galaceae since chromosomal information on the family is scanty. The only established base number for the family is x = 7 and this from a single mitotic count on Bredemeyera colletioides (Covas and Schnack, 1946). Though the cytological evidence available at present does not permit one to judge phyletic alternatives, at least chromosomal comparisons of Krameria with members of the subfamily Caesal- pinioideae seem to negate any close relationship with taxa of this group. In view of this negation, particularly as concerns its affinity with the Cassieae, the genus Krameria, even if related to the Caesalpinioideae on phyletie grounds, seems deserving of supra-tribal rank, if cytological evidence is considered along with that of wood anatomy, floral morphology, etc. “Problem” taxa such as Krameria make present-day taxonomy the exciting field it is. One never knows how new evidence will affect the taxonomic scales. Indeed, it stimulates the taxonomist to look to other fields for additional weights that might affect the balance. Thus floral morphology, anatomy, palynology, 5 These authors (p. 148) list 6 as one of several base numbers for Cassia, but this is not borne out by a reference to their listed counts. Senn (1938) gives a count of n = 6 for Cercis canaden- sis, but Baldwin (1939) reported counts of 2n = 14 for several collections of the species. In view of the drawing accompanying Senn's report (p. 183), which appears to show two clumped chromosomes drawn as one, the report of n = 6 for this species should be considered erroneous. 1958] Turner,—Chromosome Numbers in Genus Krameria 105 3 Figures 1-4. Camera lucida drawings of the meiotic chromosomes in Krameria spp.—Fig. 1 s K. lanceolata, chromosomes closely packed at metaphase I.—Fig. 2. K. lanceolata, metaphase of division II.—Fig. 3. XK.ramosissima, metaphase of division II.—Fig. 4. K. grayi, anaphase of division II (only one half of quartet shown). (X ca 1400). biochemistry, cytology, ete., must necessarily bring us closer to the truth, since the total attributes of a group of organisms will more nearly reflect their relationships than will the characters from any one field when considered alone. If all taxonomie problems were obvious and merely resolved themselves to eataloguing always discreet, easily placed entities, then many of us would long since have lost interest in the tabula- tion and turned to other fields. 106 Rhodora [Vor. 60 LITERATURE CITED ABRAMS, L. 1944. Krameriaceae. Illustrated flora of the Pacific states 2: 627—628. BarnpwiN, J. T., JR. 1939. Chromosomes from leaves. Science 90: 240. —————-—-, AND B. M. SrkEsE. 1957. Phoradendron flavescens: chromo- somes, seedlings, and hosts. Amer. Jour. Bot. 44: 136-140. Benson, L. 1957. Plant Classification. 688 pp. D. C. Heath and Company, Boston. Benson, L., anb R. A. Darrow. 1954. The trees and shrubs of the South- western deserts. 437 pp. University of Arizona Press, Tucson. BENTHAM, G., AND J. D. Hooker. 1862. Polygalaceae. Genera Plantarum 1: 134-140. Brirron, N. L. 1930. Krameriaceae. North Amer. Flora 23: 195-200. CAPITAINE, L. 1912. Étude analytique and phytogéographique du groupe des Légumineuses. 496 pp. Paris. CuopaT, R. 1890. (without title). Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles Ser. 3. 24: 405—499. Covas, G., AND B. ScuNACK. 1946. Numero de cromosomas en antofitas de la region du Cuyo (Republica Argentina). Rev. Arg. Agron. 13: 153-1606. CnoNcuisT, A. 1957. Outline of a new system of families and orders of dicotyledons. Bull. Jard. Bot. de l'État Bruxelles 27: 13-40. DARLINGTON, C. D., and A. P. WvurE. 1956. Chromosome atlas of flowering plants. 519 pp. Macmillan Company, New York. EnpTMAN, G. 1944. The systematic position of the genus Diclidanthera. Bot. Notiser 1944: 80-84. HALLER, H. 1912. L'origine et le système phylétique des angiospermes. Arch. Néerl. Sci. Exact. Nat. Ser. III B, 1: 146-234. HkrMscH, C. 1942. Comparative anatomy of the secondary xylem in the “Gruniales” and *"Terebinthales". Lilloa 8: 83-198. HvrcnuiNsoN, J. 1926. The families of flowering plants. I. Dicotyledons. 328 pp. London. Kunz, M. 1913. Die systematische Stellung der Gattung Krameria unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Anatomie. Beihefte Botanisches Cen- tralblatt 30: 412-417. Senn, H. A. 1938. Chromosome number relationships in the Leguminosae. Bibliographia Genetica 12: 175-337. SMALL, J. K. 1903. Flora of the Southeastern United States. New York. TAUBERT, P. 1894. Leguminosae. In Engler and Prantl, Die Natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien IHI’: 70-396. Turner, B. L. 1956. Chromosome numbers in the Leguminosae. I. Amer. Jour. Bot. 43: 577—581. Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 107 A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF THE GENUS PHYSALIS IN NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO! U. T. WATERFALL LiNNAEUS founded the genus Physalis in 1753 with nine species, two of which are now usually referred to Withania. Five of the remaining seven are found within the area of the present study, although one, P. Alkekengi, is known only as a horticultural species, or as an escape from cultivation. In the second edition of Species Plantarum (1762) Linnaeus added two more species, P. pensylvanica and P. peruviana. The former does not occur in Pennsylvania and perhaps is not found in North America. In any event, it is considered to be a synonym of P. viscosa. P. peruviana is sometimes cultivated. Perhaps it escapes, but, if so, it is rarely collected. Pre-Linnean authors were familiar with the genus under the names Physalis, Solanum and Alkekengi as indieated in the Linnean references. Philip Miller (1768) de- scribed two species coming within the scope of this study. One of them, P. virginiana, is here interpreted as it has been for the last sixty years, although the application of the name is by no means certain. Michaux (1803) described P. lanceolata and P. obscura, the latter consisting of var. glabra and var. viscidopubescens. Nees (1831) described P. heterophylla, P. lanceifolia and P. Linkiana. P. crassifolia, the common species of southwestern desert re- gions, was described by Bentham (1844). "Thomas Nuttall, in publications hereinafter enumerated under the species concerned, ! This paper is based on a dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements fo" the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at the University of Oklahoma under the guidance of Dr- George Goodman, Professor of Plant Sciences. The author is grateful to him, and to the other members of his committee, for their valuable suggestions. He is also thankful to the curators of several herbaria whose loans of all, or selected parts, of their valuable collections of Physalis made this study possible. They have loaned 8090 sheets of Physalis and related genera. Of this total, there are 5716 sheets of Physalis included in the present study. Many of the remainder were collections from other areas which materially aided in the formation of species concepts. These herbaria, listed by the standardized abbre- viations published by Lanjouw and Stafleau (1954), are: ARIZ, COLO, DUKE, GH, KANU, LIL, MICH, MO, NY, OKL, OKLA, P, PH, RM, SMU, TEX, UARK, UC and wis. Thanks are also due the librarians of both the University of Oklahoma and Oklahoma State University (formerly Okla. A. & M. College) for securing photostats of publications unavailable locally, and the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University for the loan of photographs of Lin- nean types, as well as to Dr. Albert Delisle formerly of the University of Notre Dame for photo- graphing certain types of species described by Greene. This study was made possible, in part, by a grant from the Southern Fellowships Fund. 108 Rhodora [Vor. 60 described P. angustifolia, P. longifolia, P. mollis, P. pumila and P. Walteri. Dunal (1852) described P. nyctaginea, now generally referred to P. heterophylla. In his study of the North American species, Asa Gray (1875) described P. Fendleri, P. hederaefolia and P. Wrightii. Rydberg (1896), in the last general study of the genus, described P. ciliosa, P. comata, P. macrophysa, P. neomexicana, P. rotundata and P. versicolor. Following this, as a result of increased botanical activity, Mohr (1899) described P. monticola; P. rigida was described by Pollard and Ball (1900), and P. polyphylla by Greene (1900). P. missouriensis and P. subglabrata were proposed by Mackenzie and Bush (1902). Rydberg added P. floridana, P. pendula and P. sinuata in Small’s Manual (1903). Aven Nelson (1909) proposed Quincula lepidota and P. genucaulis. P. caudella, described by Standley (1937) from Chihuahua has been found in southern Arizona, and these collections usually have been identified as P. lanceolata. Margaret Y. Menzel (1951) has published an exploratory sur- vey of the eytology and geneties of many of the species of our area, as they were interpreted by Rydberg, and various collectors who followed that author's treatment. Her work is valuable because it shows that the observed variation may indeed be correlated with cytologic and genetic differences. TAXONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS The stability of taxonomic characteristics apparently has been much disturbed by the long-continued distribution of various species by man as esculents. Some of the species, such as P. ixocarpa and P. peruviana, are still so used. No doubt many of the species have been used by aborigines of many parts of the world at one time or another. This introduces the possibility of gene interchange between taxa that would otherwise not be con- tiguous. Furthermore, man’s activities in producing disclimaxes provide habitats in which individual plants, or populations, of narrow ecological amplitude may survive. Such ecological niches might not have existed otherwise. It may be significant that many collections of Physalis are made in such disturbed habitats. Somewhat similar situations are admirably discussed by Edgar Anderson (1949). 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 109 The following discussion concerns the principal morphological characteristics which have been used in the taxonomy of the genus. roots. Both annual and perennial species occur in the genus. The former have fibrous root systems, or sometimes taproots. The latter are usually woody-based or rhizomatous. The annual vs. perennial characteristic has been used much in the past, beginning with Linneaus, to divide the genus into two main divisions. Since most herbarium specimens do not show the underground parts, this system is not a particularly convenient one. More dependence has been placed on other struetures in the following treatment. STEMS. All of our species have herbaceous stems, although in Mexico and Central America shrubby ones may occur. They may perennate from a woody caudex in such species as P. crassi- folia. of the desert areas of southwestern United States. Several of them grow from rhizomes, which may be cord-like, near the surface, and are often present in herbarium collections, as P. arenicola of sandy areas of Georgia and Florida, or thick, deeply buried and seldom collected, as the wide-ranging P. heterophylla and P. virginiana. The stems may be erect to prostrate and simple to much branched. An extreme in branching is found in P. crassifolia which, as reported by Jepson (1925), forms plants “1-3 ft. broad and 15-1 ft. high." LEAVES. The leaf blades are usually ovate to ovate-lanceolate, but they may be reniform, as are rarely some of the lower leaves of P. hederaefolia, or narrowly linear as in P. angustifolia. Petioles may be longer than the blade, or the blades may taper into short, winged petioles. The leaves are normally alternate, but some- times appear to be opposite as in P. viscosa var. Elliottii which often has two leaves at a node, particularly in the upper part of the stem. Leaf shape has often been used as a basis for establishing, or characterizing, taxa, as is indicated by such names as latifolia, hederaefolia, angustifolia, heterophylla, lanceifolia, integrifolia, crassifolia, spathulaefolia and longifolia. No doubt in some in- stances, as in P. angustifolia with its long linear leaves, the em- phasis on leaf-form is justified. However, the size, shape and margins of leaves are extremely variable characteristics in groups that appear to be natural populations. One approach to the 110 Rhodora [| Vor. 60 understanding of this variability is to study a species that is well- delimited otherwise. An excellent example is P. lobata, a species so distinct that it has been considered a separate genus by such taxonomists as Rafinesque and Rydberg. Here the leaf shape may vary from narrowly ovate to linear-oblong, and the margins from pinnatifid to entire. Although the variation in leaf mar- gins appears to be at an extreme here, the variability of leaf shape can be duplicated, and the variability in margins approached, in several other natural populations. Under such conditions it would seem hazardous to establish species or varieties based on these characteristics; such a pro- cedure should be followed only when these features are correlated with other morphological characteristics, or with geographic dis- tribution. The author has utilized these criteria in maintaining P. viscosa var. spathulaefolia of the Texas gulf, and P. viscosa var. maritima of the southeastern seacoast. Here the extremes are distinet, but variation makes some collections difficult to place. Measurements of many specimens show the leaves of the former to be narrower than the latter, as indicated later in the keys to the species. However, if these features are used with the idea of either matching specimens, or describing new species, only con- fusion can result. vESTITURE. The indument varies from hairs that are stellate or variously branched, to long jointed hairs and short hairs, capitate or sessile glands, or small crystalline vesicles as in P. lobata. Even the seemingly glabrous species usually have a few trichomes of some kind, at least on the younger parts. Fre- quently two or more kinds of trichomes are intermixed. Such names as viscosa, mollis, comata, pubescens, hirsuta, cinerascens, ciliosa, villosa, pruinosa and subglabrata indicate the consideration that authors have given to indument in the past. The procedure seems to be partly justified. Surely the “stellate” populations are related. But if one attempts to distinguish taxa on the basis of the density or the size of the stellate hairs, caution should be exercised. In this study P. viscosa var. mollis has been segregated from var. cznerascens partly by this characteristic, but the latter taxon is extremely variable within itself in this respect. In P. heterophylla many of the variations in vestiture seem to be so little correlated, either with other characteristics, or with 1958] Waterfall,——Genus Physalis in N. America 111 geographie distribution, as to be unusable to distinguish even varieties. On the other hand, in P. virginiana, sens. lat., the correlations are such that they are of value in helping to establish geographie varieties. In the P. angulata-P. pubescens series in- dument is also of taxonomic significance, the villous P. pubescens usually having abundant multi-cellular hairs, P. angulata having a few short ones. COROLLAS. The shape, color and spotting of the corollas have been considered of taxonomic significance. The shape varies from funnel-form-campanulate to rotate with the limb reflexed. The corolla is plicate, and is truncate with the exception of P. Alkekengi in which the lobes are separated by short sinuses. The shape of the corollas may be of taxonomic significance. Since the characteristic shape is attained for only a short time in the full sun, the application of this criterion is of limited value. Several species such as P. lobata, P. Wrightii, P. hederaefolia and P. crassifolia have corollas that are either rotate, or have a re- flexed limb when fully open. Since the corollas are seldom fully open, the author has usually used a linear measurement for com- parative purposes where such usage seemed desirable. Color of the corolla has been used to help characterize P. lobata, which is our only species with a bluish, or violet, corolla. Other- wise the presence, and sometimes the color, of five spots on the limb of the yellowish corolla near its base has been found useful. The majority of the species either have distinct, dark spots present, or they have none that are noticeable in herbarium specimens. A few taxa such as P. hederaefolia var. Fendleri and some of the maritime varieties of P. viscosa have spots which are only a little darker than the rest of the corolla. STAMENS. Size and color of the anthers are of taxonomic value. With a few exceptions, large anther size (measurements given in the keys) and thick filaments are correlated with our perennials. Small anther size and slender filaments are usually found in our annual species. In some taxa anther color is of significance. So many of the annual species have blue anthers that the yellow anthers of P. missouriensis attract attention. In others, such as P. heterophylla and P. virginiana var. virginiana, yellow or bluish tinged anthers seem to occur without much significance. How- ever, P. virginiana var. subglabrata and var. sonorae may be dis- 112 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 tinguished by the bluish anthers of the former and the yellow anthers of the latter even when their other characteristics overlap. A peculiarity of P. crassifolia and its var. versicolor is the presence of a few long jointed hairs on the filaments. FLOWERING CALYX. The relative depth to which the calyx lobes are divided may be of value, as it is in helping to separate P. angulata var. angulata from var. pendula. PEDUNCLE. The length of the peduncle, both flowering and fruiting, may be of taxonomic significance. In fruiting material of P. ixocarpa and P. virginiana var. subglabrata, some specimens of which may resemble each other, the very short fruiting peduncle of the former will serve to separate the two. Among the southwestern desert species, P. hederaefolia and its relatives may be separated from P. crassifolia and its relatives by the short flowering peduncle of the former. Although of lesser significance in the P. angulata complex, it may be used, in conjunction with the size of the fruiting calyx, to help separate P. angulata var. angulata from var. pendula and var. lanceifolia. FRUITING CALYX. The calyx greatly enlarges with the matur- ing fruit, usually being much inflated around it. In some popula- tions the size and shape seem to be constant, and characteristic enough to be taxonomically usable. In P. pubescens and its relatives there is present a distinctly five-angled fruiting calyx. A population in southern Arizona is proposed as a new species, easily recognized by its unusually broad, sharply-angled fruiting calyx. In the P. angulata series, P. angulata var. angulata has a larger fruiting calyx than either var. pendula or var. lanceifolia. In other populations the size and shape of the fruiting calyx seem to be either quite variable, or the extremes occur sporadically. The present author believes that the large-calyx form described as P. macrophysa is a more or less sporadically occurring form of P. virginiana var. subglabrata, although it also may be found in intergrades with var. sonorae (P. longifolia). Specimens with large fruiting calyces also appear in P. virginiana var. virginiana and in some phases of P. viscosa. 'The length of the lobes of the fruiting calyx was considered characteristic enough by Standley (Lle.) to call a new species P. caudella. The writer has not found the indentation at the base of the 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 113 fruiting calyx to be of much taxonomie value. Considerable variation may occur on the same plant. Of course if the calyx is nearly filled by the berry, it will be little invaginated. OTHER CHARACTERISTICS. The style has not been used to any extent. In P. lobata it is distinctively curved near the base and bent to one side. The more or less reniform, punctate to reticu- late seeds are very similar in most of the species. Differences seen in preliminary study appear to be bridged by many inter- mediates when a large series is examined. The backs of the seed of P. lobata are rather crenate or rugose. GENERIC RELATIONSHIPS The genus Physalis is studied here in its more or less conven- tional conception, including those members of the Solanaceae having a funnelform or campanulate to rotate, or rotate-reflexed corolla, longitudinally dehiscing anthers, and a berry, or berry- like fruit, enclosed in an enlarged and usually inflated calyx. It excludes both Margaranthus, with its urceolate corollas and very Physalis-like fruiting calyces, and also Chamaesaracha with a corolla very similar to some species of Physalis, but with a fruit very closely invested by the enlarging calyx. When not in flower, Margaranthus could hardly be dis- tinguished from moderately small-fruited species of Physalis. The rather tightly investing fruiting calyx of Chamaesaracha can be matched, or is approached, in some specimens of certain species of Physalis such as P. ixocarpa. A peculiar situation is found in Chamaesaracha where C. grandiflora, originally described as Phy- salis by Hooker, and a related species, C. nana, have seeds very similar to the punctate or minutely reticulate seeds of Physalis, while the other species of the genus have rather strongly alveolate surfaces. Possibly both genera should be included in Physalis. This would make PAysalis an inclusive genus, similar in its concept to Oenothera as delimited by Munz and other conservative taxono- mists. In that genus a number of subgenera, regarded as genera by some authors, are bound together by flower similarities despite their differently shaped fruits. In Physalis, under this broad concept, the distinctive fruiting calyx would hold together sub- genera differing in corolla structure. In Chamaesaracha the dis- 114 Rhodora [Vor. 60 tinctiveness of the fruiting calyx becomes progressively less evident. The difficulty here would be in finding a stopping place short of including the whole genus. The author prefers making a more intensive study of the problem before proceeding with such action. Since there is the possibility of creating distinctive subgenera as outlined in the preceding paragraph, it seems preferable not to formally place the species here treated into subgenera or sections, but to defer this action until not only species of Physalis from other areas, but also related taxa can be studied. TAXONOMY PHYSALIS L., Species Plantarum 1: 182. 1735; Alkekengi ‘Tourn. ex Hall, Enum. Stirp. Helv. 2: 508. 1742; Herschellia Bowdich, Excurs. Mader. 159. 1825. Quincula Raf. Atl. Journ. 145. 1832; Alicabon Raf., Sylva Tellur. 56. 1838; Pentaphiltrum Reichb., Das Herbarienbuch 121. 1841; Boberella Krause, in Sturm, Fl. Deutschl. ed. 2 (10): 54. 1903. Plants annual or perennial with herbaceous stems, some having woody caudices, others with short to elongated rhizomes; leaves usually broadly ovate to linear, alternate or sometimes two at a node; vestiture various in kind and quantity, including short hairs, long jointed hairs, stipitate or sessile glands, or with hairs variously branched to stellate; corollas plicate, campanulate to rotate with the limb reflexed; corolla color usually some shade of yellow with, or without, five darker spots near the base of its limb, sometimes blue; flowers usually solitary in the axils of the leaves, some- times on foreshortened axillary branches causing them to appear to be in axillary fascicles; calyx united, its lobes distinct for a little over one-half to about one-fourth of its length; calyx lobes ovate-deltoid to narrowly lan- ceolate, sometimes acuminate; calyx enlarging with, and usually inflated around, the maturing fruit; fruit a two-carpellate many- to few-seeded berry, sometimes rather dry; style more or less filiform, usually expanding somewhat at its summit into a slightly capitate, but sometimes nearly truncate, stigma; stamens five, their filaments attached near the base of the corolla tube; anthers ovate-oblong to linear-oblong, dehiscing by lateral slits, yellow or bluish in color; filaments varying from nearly as wide as the anthers, and sometimes clavate, to slender and filiform. (To be continued) 1958]. Fell, —New Illinois Carex Records 115 NEw Ivurnois Carex Recorps.'—Collections of the following species of Carex have been deposited, as indicated, in Illinois State Museum (sm), University of Illinois (1v), University of Wisconsin (wu), and Rockford College (rc), herbaria. Carex stenophylla Wahl. var. enervis (C. H. May) Kiikenth. (C. eleocharis Bailey) ranges normally west and northwest from Iowa. It has not been reported east of the Mississippi River. In the spring of 1957 it was found on a dry gravel bluff prairie in Greater Rockford Airport south of Rockford, Winnebago County, in an area that was a part of Camp Grant during World Wars I and II. Here it grows in nearly pure stands in several patches 10 to 20 feet in diameter, blooming at the same time as C. pensyl- vanica Lam. var. digyna Boeckl. with which it is associated. It ceases growth by the first of July at which time the slender rhi- zomes and stolons have reached a length of 21% to 3 inches. Thus it seems likely that seeding took place during World War I. Col- lection numbers are: 57-9 (sM, IU, WU, RC); 57-68 (SM, IU, RC); 57-157 (SM, IU, WU, RC); 57-248 (SM, IU). Carex praegracilis W. Boott, another western species, is credited in the manuals to northern Michigan. There are no other records of its occurrence east of the Mississippi River. In 1951, it was found at Greater Rockford Airport and since then in a number of places on the gravel bluff prairie in the area, on a roadside near Perryville six miles from the Airport and in DeKalb County near Kirkland on a railroad right-of-way, 15 miles distant. Neither of these places are on a direct line of travel from the Airport. All are in prairie situations. The strong rhizomes grow rapidly but definite patches are not formed so the probable length of time that it has been established cannot be determined. The World War I idea of introduction would not apply to the DeKalb County sta- tion. Station locations and collection numbers are: Winnebago County; (Rockford Airport) 51—114 (sw); 52-356 (sm); 54-420 (wu); 57-158 (1v); (Perryville) 55-440 (wv, rc); 56-73 (1v). DeKalb County (Kirkland) 53-371 (sm); 55-141 (wv); 56-91 (1v). In this location these plants bear seed sparingly but C. prae- gracilis is well dispersed and seems to be well established. C. stenophylla has persisted for 40 years and has spread. It is in a favorable habitat which is of a type common in Winnebago County. The airport authorities have agreed that this gravel hill 1 A contribution from the Evelyn I. Fernald Memorial Herbarium of Rockford College. 116 Rhodora [Vor. 60 prairie will not be disturbed unless it is needed for an essential operation of the airport, which is not likely. For these reasons it seems probable that these carices will become a part of our flora with Paspalum stramineum, | Ratibida | columnifera, Froelichia gracilis, Artemisia dracunculoides, and others from the west which are found in the same area.—EGBERT W. FELL, NELUMBO LUTEA IN Essex County, MassAcHUSETTS.— lhe only known station for Nelumbo lutea (Willd.) Pers. in Essex County was the Devil's Dishfull in West Peabody where it was apparently introduced at some time between 1880 and 1918. It soon became so abundant that the pond became known as Lotus Pond and some well-intentioned but misinformed person erected a sign stating that the pond was the only place in the United States where the Sacred Lotus occurred. Nelumbo was still common there in the fall of 1953, when I collected a specimen. In August, 1957, I put my boat in the pond and covered the area thoroughly collect- ing aquatic plants. While Nuphar variegatum and Nymphaea odorata were as common as in the past there was no trace of Nelumbo. I ean think of no valid cause to explain its disap- pearance.— STUART K. HARRIS, DEPT. OF BIOLOGY, BOSTON UNI- VERSITY. CABOMBA CAROLINIANA IN Essex County, MASSACHUSETTS. — When collecting aquatics in Fosters Pond, Andover, Massachusetts in June, 1957, I found that the most common plant there was Cabomba caroliniana Gray. This is the first station known in Essex County. Since Professor A. S. Pease, who has an uncanny ability to spot interesting plants, collected on the pond in 1903 and did not find Cabomba, it seems safe to assume that it must have been introduced there since that date. Probably Cabomba is more widely introduced in Massachusetts than collections indi- cate. There are only two sheets in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club from this state other than my collection, 24 June 1957, 12997. However, Cabomba is abundant in Muddy River in Boston’s Fenway but no specimen appears in the Club herbarium.—Struarr K. HARRIS, DEPT. OF BIOLOGY, BOSTON UNIVERSITY. Volume 60, no. 711, including pages 61-88, was issued 25 April, 1958, Douova JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN CARROLL EMOR Y WOOD, JR ( IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Associate Editors Vol. 60 May, 1958 No. 713 CONTENTS: Generic Considerations Concerning Carphephorus, Trilisa and Litrisa (Compositae). Charles W: James.................. 117 Chromosome Races in the Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum Com- D ONSE PREIS LL eiu re CET 122 Notes on the Distribution of Ohio Compositae: I. Heliantheae, An- themideae. Hobert W. Long.: otasidan cee cece eee nnn 125 A Taxonomic Study of the Genus Physalis in North America North of Mexico. U. T. Waterfall (continued from p. 114)......... 128 Further Notes on the Illinois Flora. Robert A. Hvers............ 142 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientifie libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. mt À— eae QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 May, 1958 No. 713 GENERIC CONSIDERATIONS CONCERNING CARPHEPHORUS, TRILISA AND LITRISA (COMPOSITAE) CHARLES W. JAMES Carphephorus Cass. (4 species), and Trilisa (Cass.) Cass. (2 species) and the monotypic Litrisa Small (merged with Trilisa by Robinson, 1934), are closely related genera in the Eupatorieae. They are allied to Liatris Schreb. and Garberia Gray with which they form a seemingly natural segregate of the subtribe Kuhniinae. Primarily of the Coastal Plain, they are known only from the southeastern United States; southeastern Virginia to south Florida and westward into eastern Louisiana. All of the seven species appear distinctive and present relatively little variation. The present problem is one of generic limits, the basis of which is presented in the following historical account. In describing Carphephorus, Cassini (1816) stated that it dif- fered from Liatris in that the receptacle was provided with pales and the pappus bristles were non-plumose. Later (1818), he recognized Trilisa as a subgenus of Liatris, as typified by Liatris odoratissima. The rank of subgenus was considered sufficient for this taxon because there was observed in Liatris a short- plumose (barbellée) pappus which was intermediate between true Liatris whose pappus was long-plumose (barbée), and Trilisa whose pappus was barbed (barbellulée). He further stated that Trilisa had the greatest affinity with Carphephorus, from which it differed by the absence of pales. Although he directly pro- ceeded to point out that a few pales were occasionally observed even in the subgenus Trilisa. In 1820, Cassini raised Trilisa to generic status without further discussion. Not until 1828, how- 118 Rhodora [ Vou. 60 ever, were any species actually transferred to it. At this time Cassini cited Liatris odoratissima and Liatris paniculata of Will- denow (1803)! as species of Trilisa and summarized his previous comments on these genera. It is Cassini’s remark (apparently overlooked, subsequently) of the occasional presence of some pales in T'rilisa odoratissima that has prompted the question of the generic limits in Carphe- phorus and Trilisa, and also Litrisa. The last named “genus” has only one species, Litrisa carnosa Small, an endemic of east, central Florida. In describing it, Small (1924) wrote, “Tech- nically it is most closely related on the one hand to T'rilisa, by its involuere, and on the other, to Carphephorus, by its chaffy re- ceptacle." It is implied here, as has been customary, that Trilisa has a naked receptacle. After the publication of Small’s manual (1933), Robinson (1934) noticed that Small contradicted himself by keying out Litrisa as having “Receptacle naked." In a study of the type collection, as well as other material, Robinson made several sketches, one of which bears the annotation, “No scales on disk." Since he then proceeded to transfer Litrisa carnosa to the genus Trilisa, rather than Carphephorus, the implication is again that Trilisa lacks pales. Presumably, if Robinson had seen any pales in Litrisa carnosa, he would have transferred it to Carphephorus, for he was not impressed by the differences in the involucres. Upon examination of all of the species of the genera under con- sideration, I conclude that pales may be borne in any one of the species. They are most abundant in C. pseudo-liatris and C. corymbosus. Their number also varies, as might be expected, with the size of the heads. Since the heads are typically smaller in the two Trilisa species and in Litrisa (involucres ca. 4-5 mm. high), than in Carphephorus (involucres ca. 6-10 mm. high), the number of pales per head as a primary generic character would 1 Willdenow took both epithets, ‘‘odoratissima’’ and “‘paniculata’’ from Walter (1788), who had employed them with *"Anonymos." However, Michaux, also in 1803, transferred these "Anonymos' species of Walter to Liatris. According to Schubert (1942), Michaux's Flora preceded this particular volume of Willdenow’s. Consequently, the citation of these binomials should be: Trilisa odoratissima (Michx.) Cass. and Trilisa paniculata (Michx.) Cass. 2 The presence of pales in these genera is unique in the tribe Eupatorieae. Bentham (1873) says, ‘‘Receptaculum plus minus paleaceum in Decachaetae, Alomiae, et Agerati speciebus paucis etin Carphephorus. They are also present in Hartwrightia Gray ex S. Wats. Further- more, they are little, if at all, specialized; the peripheral ones, particularly, are very similar to the phyllaries, with which they have been considered homologous. 1958] James,—Generie Considerations 119 seem questionable. The pales are also deciduous, a factor per- haps accounting for discrepancies in determining their presence? or absence. The only other known morphological basis for these genera is found in the involucre. In Carphephorus, the phyllaries are well- imbricated in 3-6 series; the involucre 6-10 mm. high. In Trilisa, the phyllaries are in 1-2(-3) series, scarcely, if at all, imbricate, the involucre 4-5 mm. high. However, in Litrisa, the phyllaries are well-imbricated, but only in 2-3 series and the involuere is 4-5 mm. high. Cytological studies (Gaiser, 1954) in these genera have yielded no evidence for the maintenance of Trilisa or Litrisa as distinct from Carphephorus. In all of the species 2n = 20. ‘One karyo- type is believed to be common to these two species [T'rilisa paniculata and Trilisa odoratissima] and it has been found to be indistinguishable from that of Carphephorus.’’ Concerning Litrisa carnosa, “The number (2n = 20) and approximately the same kinds of chromosomes as found in the other two species [of Trilisa] were sketched from cells not adequate for photog- raphy. However, lacking sufficient material for careful studies, the karyotype of this species cannot be included at this time.” The only other genera in the subtribe Kuhniinae in which n = 10? are Garberia and Liatris, both of which have long been suspected of being closely related to the genera in question by their mor- phological similarities. Neither of these genera has been reported to have pales. The monotypic Garberia, represented by G. heterophylla (Bartr.) Merrill & F. Harper (G. fruticosa (Nutt.) Gray), is endemic to the sand scrubs of central Florida and is the only woody member having n = 10. Also, its karyotype is dis- tinctive. Although karyotypes have not been determined for all of the species of Liatris, some intra-generic variation in karyo- type has been detected. Certainly there is as much variation, morphological as well as cytological, in the one genus Liatris (cf. Gaiser, 1946; 1949; 1950) as there is in the whole Carphephorus- Trilisa-Litrisa complex. As it now stands, the primary basis for Trilisa (including Litrisa, as Robinson did) seems to rest entirely on the size of the 3 Other basic numbers in the subtribe are 9 and 11; only the South American genus, Kanimia, has not been examined cytologically. 120 Rhodora [Vor. 60 involucres. If, however, Litrisa carnosa were transferred to Carphephorus, the primary generic distinction could then be based on whether or not the phyllaries were imbrieate. The latter character would appear to segregate the species much more naturally. This apparently was R. M. Harper's view, also, for he collected T'rilisa carnosa before it was described (St. Lucie Co.: flat pine woods about 2 mi. w. of Fort Pierce, Fla., 23 Aug. 1923, GH), and annotated it **Carphephorus (?) n. sp." This same char- acter has been used as a primary basis for distinguishing Brickellia from Kuhnia (cf. Robinson 1913; 1917), also in the Kuhniinae, but having n = 9. Shinners (1946) considered this a very weak basis, but in this case was able to point out additional reasons to justify the continued recognition of those genera. In the present and somewhat comparable case, supplementary characters, if any, have not been found. But regardless of whether or not Trilisa is to be maintained as a genus, it appears best segregated at the present time on its non-imbricate phyl- laries. Since the phyllaries of Litrisa are imbricate as in Car- phephorus, it is proposed that Litrisa carnosa Small be transferred from Trilisa to Carphephorus. This action would be in agreement with MeVaugh's (1945) recommendation six on the generic dis- position of species having affinities with two or more genera. “Any segregate genus should be sharply delimited; that is, any species which is intermediate in one or more respects toward a more inclusive genus should be relegated to the latter. The re- tention of the anomalous species in the more inclusive genus will change its limits, if at all, but very slightly, and only in this way can the segregate genus be precisely defined." In this case, the “segregate genus" would be Trilisa, the ‘more inclusive genus"— Carphephorus, and the “anomalous species’’—Litrisa carnosa. Carphephorus carnosus (Small) James, comb. nov. based on Litrisa carnosa Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 51: 392. 1924. Type: Small 10658, Istokpoga Prairie, east of Sebring, Florida, 31 Aug. 1922 (wy); photograph of type (au). Trilisa carnosa (Small) Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. 104: 49. 1934. This species is endemic to the seasonally wet, low, sandy pine lands in east central to southern Florida. It is known from Brevard (anu), Char- lotte (FLAs, GH), DeSoto (rtas), Highlands (rtas, an), Martin (FLAs, GH), Okeechobee (FLAS, GH), Orange (FLAS, GH), Osceola (FLAS, GH), Polk (FLAS) and St. Lucie (aH) Counties. 1958] James,—Generie Considerations 121 KEY TO THE SPECIES a. Phyllaries imbricate (in (2-)3-6 series), densely pubescent with eglandular trichomes or glabrous and erose-ciliate; involucre 4-10 mm. high......................00. Carphephorus Cass. b. Phyllaries (at least the inner) glabrous, the margins erose- ciliate, eglandular, obtuse. c. Stems pubescent.................. 1. C. corymbosus (Nutt.) T. & G. c. Stems glabrous.................. 2. C. bellidifolius (Michx.) T. & G. b. Phyllaries with eglandular trichomes and colorless resin atoms (sometimes few), acute or apiculate. d. Basal leaves long, needle-like............... 3. C. pseudo-liatris Cass. d. Basal leaves broad, linear or lanceolate. e. Basal leaves lanceolate, usually pubescent, not leathery, ascending.................... 4. C. tomentosus (Michx.) T. & G. e. Basal leaves linear or linear-lanceolate, glabrous, leathery, forming a depressed rosette (endemic to Konda): eoo —— . 5. C. carnosus (Small) James. a. Phyllaries scarcely, if at all imbricate (in 1-2(-3) series), glabrous or with few glandular trichomes or resinous atoms, the margins eciliate; involucre 4-5 mm. high....... Trilisa (Cass.) Cass. f. Stems glabrous............. LL. 6. T. odoratissima (Michx.) Cass. f. Stems pubescent................ 7. T. paniculata (Michx.) Cass. —DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA. LITERATURE CITED BENTHAM, G. 1873. Genera plantarum. 2: 172. Cassini, H. 1816. Bulletin Société Philomathique. 198. — ——— —- 1818. Bulletin Société Philomathique. 140. 1820. Dictionnaire Science Naturelle 16: 10. —————— 1828. Dictionnaire Science Naturelle 55: 310. GarsER, L. O. 1946. The genus Liatris. Ruopora 48: 165-183, 216- ~ 263, 273-326, 331-382, 393-412. 1949. Chromosome Studies in Liatris. I. Spicatae and Pyenostachyae. Amer. Journ. Bot. 36: 122-135. ——— ——— 1950. Chromosome Studies in Liatris. II. Graminifoliae and Pauciflorae. Amer. Journ. Bot. 37: 414-423. 1954. Studies in the Kuhniinae (Eupatorieae) II. Jour. Arnold Arb. 35: 87-133. McVaueu, R. 1945. The genus Triodanis Rafinesque, and its relation- ships to Specularia and Campanula. Wrightia 1: 13-52. MicHaAux, A. 1803. Flora boreali-americana 2: 93-94. Rosinson, B. L. 1913. A generic key to the Composite-Eupatorieae. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 49: 429-437. 1917. A monograph of the genus Brickellia. Mem. Gray Herb. 1: 1-151. SuiNNERS, L. H. 1943. Revision of the genus Kuhnia L. Wrightia 1: 122-144. 122 Rhodora [Ver. 60 ScuuBERT, B. G. 1942. Willdenow's species plantarum and Michaux's flora boreali-americana: dates of publication. RHODORA 44: 147-150. SMALL, J. K. 1924. Plant novelties from Florida. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 51: 379-393. (392). ——————- 1933. Manual of the southeastern flora. 1304. 1-1554. WALTER, T. 1788. Flora caroliniana. 196. 1-263. WinLpENOw, K. 1803. Species plantarum 3(3): 1637. CHROMOSOME RACES IN THE CHRYSANTHEMUM LEUCANTHEMUM COMPLEX! GERALD A. MULLIGAN? In 1954, as the result of chromosome studies on Canadian weeds, the presence of two chromosome races in North American material of Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. s.l., oxeye daisy, was detected. Subsequent study revealed that the abundant and widespread oxeye daisy of North America is diploid with 18 somatic chromo- somes. Tetraploid plants do occur on this continent but the occur- rences are not widespread. I determined the number of chromosomes in 36 lots of material from different locations in Nfld., Lab., P.E.L, N.S., N.B., Que., Ont., B.C., and Me. A somatic number of 18 was determined on 32 lots of this material and the other 4 lots had 36 somatic chromo- somes. The tetraploid plants were grown from seed collected at Batiscan, Lauzon and Lennoxville in the Province of Quebec and at Tidehead, New Brunswick. Cooper and Mahony (1935) counted 18 meiotic chromosomes on material from the campus of the University of Wisconsin and Martin and Smith (1955) counted 18 somatic chromosomes in material from Corvallis, Oregon. Three chromosome races of C. leucanthemum L. s.l., with somatic chromosome numbers of 18, 36 and 54, occur in Europe. I counted 36 chromosomes on material received from France and the U.S.S.R. and 54 mitotic chromosomes on two lots of material from Portugal. Other counts on European material were made by Polya (1950) on diploid plants and Negodi (1937), Ohrt in Tischler (1950) and Lóve and Lóve (1956) on tetraploid plants. Dowrick (1952) and Bócher and Larsen (1957) obtained somatie counts of 18, 36 and 54 on European material. Three tetraploid counts ! Contribution No. 1607 from the Botany and Plant Pathology Division, Science Service, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario. ? Assistant Botanist (Weed Investigations). 1958] Mulligan,—Chromosome Races 123 were obtained on Japanese material by Tahara (1915), (1921) and Shimotomai (1937). The maximal inner width of pollen grains of the diploid, tetra- ploid and hexaploid plants counted was measured? and a correla- tion was found to exist between size of pollen grains and chromo- some numbers. The pollen grains of diploid plants ranged from 16.3u to 19.5u, tetraploids from 19.54 to 22.8u and hexaploids from 22.8u to 24.4u. Pollen grains from 191 Canadian and United States herbarium specimens were measured. None of these speci- mens had pollen grains in the hexaploid size range. A total of 162 herbarium specimens collected in Nfld., Lab., N.S., P.E.I., N.B., Que., Ont., Man., Sask., Alta., B.C., Mass., Vt., N.Y., Va., W.Va., Mich., Minn., Colo., Mont., Ida., Wash., Nev., and Calif. had pollen grains in the diploid size range. The remaining 29 sheets had pollen grains that fell within the tetraploid size range. A total of 17 of these *'tetraploids" had been collected in the area between Quebec City and Gaspé or in the vicinity of Granville and Digby, Nova Scotia. The other 12 herbarium sheets with tetraploid-size pollen grains were collected from other locations in Lab., Que., Ont., Man., B.C., Minn., and Wash. The inner diameters of pollen grains from 15 European herbarium specimens were examined and 12 sheets had pollen grains in the tetraploid size range, 2 in the diploid range and 1 in the hexaploid range. It appears, from chromosome counts and pollen data, that most of the North American plants of C. leucanthemum L. s.l. are diploid although a small amount of our material is tetraploid. In Europe, the common C. leucanthemum L. s.l. is not diploid but tetraploid. Diploid plants seem to be slightly less common than tetraploids in Europe and hexaploids are rare. Dowrick in personal corre- spondence, dated December 2nd 1955, wrote: “Of the European C. leucanthemum plants which I have counted 2n = 36 is by far the most frequent number. The 2n = 54 plants came from Swit- zerland and the one count of 2n = 18 from plants obtained from Ireland." Bócher and Larsen (1957) counted 26 lots of plants from 10 European countries and 9 lots were diploid, 16 tetraploid and 1 lot hexaploid. 'The morphological differences between my diploids and tetra- ploids are similar to those given by Fernald (1903) when he de- ? Pollen was removed from open disk florets and stained with cotton blue in lacto-phenol. Only well stained pollen showing three open pores were measured. 124 Rhodora [Vor. 60 scribed the characters differentiating his Chrysanthemum leucan- themum L. var. subpinnatifidum from what he considered the typical C. leucanthemum L. He recognized that the common ox-eye daisy of North America had in general a uniformly. different type of foliage from the common plant of Europe and named the common North American plant var. subpinnatifidum. | Fernald's variety has the characters of my diploid plants; the basal leaves generally coarsely and irregularly toothed and the middle and upper leaves usually narrowly oblong or oblanceolate, conspicu- ously subpinnatifid at the base. The characters he gave for the plant that is localized in North America and most common in Europe, the so called C. leucanthemum L., correspond to the morphological characters found in my tetraploids. The basal leaves are usually spatulate-obovate and closely and regularly crenate and the middle and upper leaves are usually oblong or oblanceolate, coarsely crenate or dentate above with larger spread- ing teeth at the base. Bócher and Larsen (1957) examined the type specimen of Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. in the British Museum. This plant although lacking stem leaves had diploid size pollen grains and was considered by the authors to be morphologically similar to their diploid plants. They include in their paper an excellent photograph of a diploid plant originally collected at Edenderry, Eire. This photograph and their description of the European di- ploids convince me that their diploids are morphologically indis- tinguishable from my diploids and the common oxeye daisy of North America. It can be concluded that our common oxeye daisy is Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. s. str. Bócher and Larsen believe that European tetraploid plants should be placed in Chrysanthemum ircutianum Turez. s.l. From the photographs and description in their paper it is evident that our North American tetraploids are very similar in morphology to their tetraploids. Unless the size of pollen grains is known, it is often impossible to positively identify tetraploids on anything but a complete her- barium specimen. Therefore, it appears premature to regard the tetraploids as a separate species. In summary, the common oxeye daisy of North America has a somatic chromosome number of 18 and appears to be the typical Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. s. str. Plants with a somatic number of 36 also occur on this continent but the stands are rela- 1958] Long,—Distribution of Ohio Compositae 125 tively few and localized. Plants with somatic numbers of 18, 36 and 54 occur in Europe; the tetraploid plants are somewhat com- moner than the diploids and hexaploids are rare. LITERATURE CITED Bocuer, Tyce W. and Kar Larsen. 1957. Cytotaxonomical studies in the Chrysanthemum leucanthemum complex. Watsonia 4: 11-16. Coorzn, D. C. anp K. L. Manony. 1935. Cytological observations on certain Compositae. Am. J. Botany 22: 843-848. Downrck, G. J. 1952. The chromosomes of Chrysanthemum, I: the species. Heredity 6: 365-375. FERNALD, M. L. 1903. Chrysanthemum leucanthemum and the Ameri- can white weed. Rhodora 5: 177-181. Love, ASKELL AND Doris Love. 1956. Cytotaxonomical conspectus of the Icelandic flora. Acta Horti Gotoburgensis 20: 211. Martin, RicHarD W. AND Frank H. SurrH.. 1955. Megagametophyte development in Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L. Bot. Gaz. 116: 243-249. Necop1, Giorgio, 1937. Nuovi reperti cariologici su Fanerogame. Atti. Soc. Natur. e. Modena 68: 9-11. PoLva, LaszrLo. 1950. Magyarországi novénfajok kromoszómaszamai II. Ann. Biol. Univ. Debrecen 1: 46-56. SHIMOTOMAI, NAomAsa. 1937. Chromosomenzahlen bei einigen Arten von Chrysanthemum. Z. indukt. Abstamm. u. Vereb. 74: 30-33. TaHARA, Masato, 1915. Cytological studies on Chrysanthemum. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 29: 48-50 & (5)-(16). TaAHARA, Masato. Cytologische studien an Einigen Kompositen. J. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 48: 1-53. TISCHLER, GEoRG. 1950. Die Chromosomenzahlen der Gefasspflanzen Mitteleuropas, Dr. W. Junk, 's-Gravenhage. p. 152. NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF OHIO COMPOSITAE: I. HELIANTHEAE, ANTHEMIDEAE! Rosert W. Lona This series of observations was made during the preparation of “A Preliminary List of the Compositae of Ohio." The plants named below are those whose occurrence in Ohio is poorly under- stood judging from the information given in Gray’s Manual (1950) and The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora (1952). Most of these plants were introduced into Ohio as weeds either from Europe or from western states. This illustrates, however, the 1 This study was aided in part by a grant from the Ohio Academy of Science. 2 Lone, RoBERT W. (1957) A preliminary list of the Compositae of Ohio. The Ohio Flora Comm., Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. 126 Rhodora [Vor. 60 changing composition of the state flora, especially with respect to the Composilae. All specimens cited here are deposited in the Herbarium of the Ohio State University, and the identifications all have been verified by the writer. HELIANTHEAE Ambrosia bidentata Michx. This western species of prairies and other dry places is apparently known only from the extreme southern portion of the state, in the Allegheny Plateau. It was undoubtedly introduced from regions west, but the evident delimitation to the unglaciated portion of Ohio cannot be explained at this time. COLLECTION DATA: Jackson Co. Madison Twp., in a cornfield four miles NE. Thurman, Floyd Bartley and Lawrence Hicks, Aug. 14, 1955. Also, specimens were examined from Adams, Gallia, and Lawrence counties. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. var. coronopifolia (T. & G.) Farw. Another western ragweed, this plant appears to be limited to the extreme northern part of the state. It is no doubt adventive from the West, with collections being made chiefly from railroad yards, and other waste places. COLLECTION DATA: Lake Co., N. Y. Central R. R. at Perry, Fred J. Tyler, July 23, 1933. Also, Huron and Ottawa counties. Coreopsis verticillata L. This is a plant of dry woods and is found in the southeastern states. Its occurrence in Ohio is considerably north of its center of distribution. Only one collection was seen and the species is probably very rare. COLLECTION DATA: Clark Co., Silver Lake near New Carlisle, John H. Schaffner, Aug. 30, 1929. Helianthus angustifolius L. This species is known only from one county at the southeastern edge of the state. It is probably an escape from cultivation, or otherwise introduced. Typically, this plant grows in moist places in southeastern United States, but extends inland to Kentucky and Indiana. There are two separate collections from the same county in Ohio. COLLECTION DATA: Washington Co. in an old field, 3 mi. N. Marietta, Floyd Bartley, Oct. 20, 1951. The genus Helianthus is well-represented in the state and a number of putative hybrids have been identified. They are Helianthus X ambiguus T. & G. pro. sp., H. x luxurians Watson pro. sp., H. giganteus x mollis, H. occidentalis X grossesserratus, and H. petiolaris X annuus. Helianthus brevifolius Watson was based on a collection from Lake county and the type has been examined. The status of this name is not clear at present, but it appears to refer to a hybrid of Helianthus grosseserratus and H. divaricatus (H. X divariserratus Long), judging from the size, shape, and arrangement of leaves. COLLECTION DATA: Lake Co., Richmond, Otto Hacker, 1894, (TYPE). Rudbeckia hirta L. var. Brittonii (Small) Fern. This variety is dis- tinguished from the typical one by the presence of oblong phyllaries. Known from West Virginia, this record represents a westward extension for the variety. COLLECTION DATA: Coshocton Co. Harold N. Moldenke 13298, July 25, 1942. 1958] Long,— Distribution of Ohio Compositae 127 Rudbeckia tenax Boynt. & Beadle. A single collection from southern Ohio, this would constitute an eastward range extension for the species, previously reported for Indiana and Illinois. COLLECTION DATA: Adams Co. SW. corner Oliver Twp., openings, post oak area, E. Lucy Braun. Silphium laciniatum L. Schaffner has noted on a collection from Franklin Co. that this plant is probably not native to Ohio, but rather is adventive from the West. In his Revised Catalogue,? however, he lists it as apparently indigenous. Its chief distribution occurs in the prairies of Michigan and North Dakota, Oklahoma, and Texas. It is known from widely separated areas in Ohio. One of the collections is from the unglaciated, southern tip of the state. COLLECTION DATA: Lawrence Co., collected in an old field along route 141, 1.6 mi. S. Wilgus, 200 plants in one patch; Floyd Bartley and Lawrence Hicks, Aug. 3, 1952. Also, specimens from Franklin and Summit counties. ANTHEMIDEAE Achillea Ptarmica L. A single collection with “flowers not doubled,” probably escaped from local cultivation. In general, this collection is south of the chief Midwestern area of distribution for this species. COLLECTION DATA: Franklin Co., W. H. Camp, June 1, 1934. Anthemis arvensis var. arvensis L. A single collection, but at this location very abundant as a weed, evidently. According to the distribu- tion given in Gray’s Manual this would be a westward range extension. COLLECTION DATA: Highland Co., Hillsboro, B. & O. freight yards, Katie M. Roads, June 22, 1931. Anthemis arvensis var. agrestis (Wallr.) DC. Differing from the typical variety by the presence of chaff shorter than disk flower; more common than the preceding, but from widely scattered localities in Ohio. COLLECTION DATA: Greene Co., in a yard near Fairborn, Clara Weishaupt, June 25, 1953. Other collections from Lorain and Auglaize counties. Anthemis mixta L. The occurrence of this plant as a weed is a west- ward extension of the range given in the manuals; A single collection. COLLECTION DATA: Lake Co. Painesville, Ohio; Otto Hacker, July 28, 1901. Anthemis tinctoria L. From four widely separated areas of Ohio, probably commener than indicated here. COLLECTION DATA: Marion Co., R. A. Dobbins, August 24, 1937. Other collections from Fairfield, Guernsey, and Leke Counties. Artemsia albula Woot. This species is not given in either manual and is definitely a plant of the western plains, specifically of ‘Texas, Colorado, and New Mexico. It was collected, however, outside of cultivation, arc ‘he specimen is typical in every way according to its description. COLLECTION DATA: Coshocton Co. along fence row, Mill Creek watersh , H. N. Moldenke 13320, July 28, 1942. Matricaria Chamomilla L. From the collections seen, this plant is 3 SCHAFFNER, Jonn H. 71932) Revised Catalogue of Ohio Vascular Plants. Ohio Biol. urvey 5: 89-215. 128 Rhodora [Vor. 60 found in widely seattered portions of the state as an occasional weed. COLLECTION DATA: Pike Co., Jackson Twp., in an old field head of Toad Heaven Hollow; Floyd Bartley, May 17, 1947. Other collections from Greene, Lake, Lawrence, and Ottawa counties.—DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, OHIO WESLEYAN UNIVERSITY, DELAWARE, OHIO A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF THE GENUS PHYSALIS IN NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO U. 'T. WATERFALL (Continued f om p. 114) KEY TO GROUPS OF SPECIES OR TO UNIQUE SPECIES 1. Corolla yellow, yellowish-green or white, with or without darker spots; plant surfaces without crystalline vesicles; enlarging ovules all of one kind. 2. Corolla with broad shallow sinuses between the lobes; fruit- ing calyx reddish. ...... lll liiis 1. P. Alkekengi. 2. Corolla truncate; fruiting calyces not red. 3. Plants covered with stellate or variously branched tri- chomes, or glabrous with a few stellate hairs on the sepals or sometimes on the leaf margins...................... GROUP I. 3. Plants nearly glabrous, or variously hairy, but branched hairs, if present, very small and inconspicuous and usually much less numerous than the short unbranched hairs mixed with them. 4. Anthers (2) 3-5 mm. long; perennials excepting P. ixocarpa and P. Wrighti............. csse GROUP II. 4. Anthers (.5) 1-2.3 (2.8) mm. long; annuals 5. Plants nearly glabrous, usually with a few short curved or appressed hairs on the sepals or young parts. GROUP III. 5. Plants long-hairy, sometimes with shorter hairs or glands intermixed. . 2.2... 0000... 0c cc ess GROUP IV. 1, Corolla blue to purple (rarely white), or yellow and with plump seedlike corky bodies mixed with the reniform seeds. 6. Corolla blue to purple (rarely white), rotate; no corky bodies mixed with the seeds; herbage with few to many crystalline vesicles, sometimes giving it a scurfy look............ 21. P. lobata. 6. Corolla yellowish, funnelform; plump, rounded, corky seed- like bodies mixed with the reniform seeds.......... 22. P. Carpentert. GROUP I l 1. Hairs stellate, each ray sometimes rebranched, the verticils sometimes in more than one series, and sometimes the branches irregularly arranged; or plant with a coat of short stellate hairs, plus either long-stiped branched hairs, or simple hairs. 2. Leaves ovate to narrowly linear, their blades mostly 2.5-6 times longer than the petiole, sometimes decurrent on it; corolla usually not dark spotted, or with spots not very prominent in herbarium specimens (rarely with prominent dark spots and more or less spathulate leaves); maritime 19581. Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 129 plants extending from southeastern Va. to the Gulf Coast of Texas. 3. Leaf blades ovate, spathulate, lanceolate or linear-lanceo- late (sometimes linear in intergrades with P. angustifolia); mostly stellate-vestite, but nearly glabrous in one form of var. Elliottin. 4. Leaf blades ovate to spathulate. 5. Leaves with definite petioles usually about one-third to one-fourth the length of the blade; whole leaf (1.7) 2-3 (3.4) times longer than wide; se. Va. to Fla. 6. Leaf blades usually 2-4 (5) em. wide. 2a. P. viscosa, var. maritima, f. maritima. 6. Leaf blades usually 5-7 cm. wide. 2a. P. viscosa, var. maritima, f. latifolia. 5. Leaves tapering to the base, or extending gradually into winged petioles; whole leaf (2) 2.5—4 (4.7) times longer than wide; Gulf Coast of Texas. 2c. P. viscosa, var. spathulaefolia. 4. Leaf blades lanceolate to linear-lanceolate; leaves mostly 2.5-10 times longer than wide. 7. Plants stellate-vestite .... 2b. P. viscosa, var. Elliottii, f. Elliottii. 7. Plants glabrous except on the margins or the tips of the sepals, and sometimes on the leaf margins. 2b. P. viscosa, var. Elliottit, f. glabra. 3. Leaves linear, often ca. 8, but sometimes from 1-20 times longer than wide; plant glabrous except the tips or margins OL NE RODRIG v ei coast ee ee 3. P. angustifolia. 2. Leaves mostly ovate, sometimes reniform, ovate-deltoid, or ovate-lanceolate, their blades mostly (1.2) 1.5-2 (3) times as long as their petioles; corolla dark-spotted; mostly plants of the south central plains, but extending to the Gulf Coast of Texas. 8. Hairs 1-4 mm. long on at least the calyx or the base of the stem, in addition to stellate hairs covering herbage. .4. P. variovestita. 8. Plants without hairs 1-4 mm. long intermingled with — shorter stellate ones. 9. Flowering calyces (6) 7-10 mm. long; vestiture forming a dense mat, at least beneath the leaves; leaves dentate. 2d. P. viscosa, var. mollis. 9. Flowering calyces mostly (3) 5-7 (9) mm. long; vestiture usually sparse; leaf margins dentate, undulate or entire. 2e. P. viscosa, var. cinerascens. 1. Hairs jointed, those of the stem mostly 1-2 mm. long and spreading at right angles to the stem giving it a bristly appear- ance; hairs 2- or 3-branched, not having a second coat of short I PREFERRED cece wb esos + y's) UE Qoo de Ee. 5. P. pumila. GROUP II 1. Long cord-like rhizomes present near the surface of the soil; found in Fla. and adjacent areas. 2. Plants with hairs short and antrorse, sometimes viscid. 6a. P. arenicola, var. arenicola. 2. Plants ciliate with jointed hairs 1.5-2 mm. long. 6b. P. arenicola, var. ciliosa. 130 Rhodora [Vor. 60 l. Plants with deeply buried, seldom-collected rhizomes, or possibly other perennating structures, or, in one species, annual. 3. Anthers blue, ca. 3 mm. long; corolla blue- or purple-spotted; leaves lanceolate; perennials of s. Ariz. and adjacent Mexico. 11. P. caudella. 3. Anthers often yellow; if anthers blue, then plants not lanceo- late-leaved perennials with purple-spotted corollas native to s. Ariz. and adj. Mexico. 4. Corolla usually dark-spotted near the base of its limb; flowering peduncles 3-15 mm. long; if corolla not notice- ably dark-spotted, then flowering peduncles ca. 3-8 mm. long. 5. Flowering peduncles usually 10-15 mm. long; corolla limb usually not reflexed when fully open; plants pri- marily of the eastern and northern U. S. 6. Vestiture villous; hairs jointed. 7. Filaments as wide as the anthers to about one-third as wide, sometimes clavate; leaves blunt to pointed; anthers yellow to light blue. 8. Anthers (3) 3.5-4.5 mm. long; filaments often clavate. 9. Bases of stems not thickened and subligneous. 10. Vestiture of stems various, but not of abundant hairs 2-4 mm. long. 7a. P. heterophylla, var. heterophylla. 10. Vestiture of abundant hairs 2-4 mm. long; Ala. and Fla........... 7c. P. heterophylla, var. villosa. 9. Bases of stems thickened and subligneous; se. Va................. 7b. P. heterophylla, var. clavipes. 8. Anthers (2) 2.5 (3) mm. long; filaments not clavate... ..........0000. 9a. P. virginiana, var. virginiana. 7. Filaments slender; leaves acuminate; corolla spots and anthers deep blue-purple; introduced... ..... P. peruviana. 6. Vestiture not villous. 11. Flowering calyx campanulate, the lobes spreading, 4-5 mm. wide at base and 15-20 mm. wide at tips. 9g. P. virginiana, var. campaniforma. 11. Flowering calyx not as above. 12. Hairs of stem short, retrorse. 9a. P. virginiana, var. virginiana. 12. Hairs not short and retrorse, often antrorse. 13. Anthers light blue, or tinged with light blue. 14. Fruiting calyx 2.5-3.5 cm. long and 2-3 em. wide. .9b. P. virginiana, var. subglabrata, f. subglabrata. 14. Fruiting calyx 4-5 cm. long and 3-4 cm. wide. .9b. P. virginiana, var. subglabrata, f. macrophysa. 13. Anthers yellow. 15. At least a few stiff spreading hairs about 1 mm. long on the flower buds,leaf margins or stems; thick-leaved plants of the prairie region westward, usually in sand. 9e. P. virginiana, var. hispida. 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 131 15. Plants without stiff spreading hairs. 16. Principal leaves ovate; plants nearly glabrous usually several-branched from the base, and spreading; s. Tex. 9c. P. virginiana, var. texana. 16. Principal leaves usually lanceolate to linear, if ovate then plant not with sev- eral spreading branches from near the base. 17. Plants usually single-stemmed, erect; larger basal leaves usually 5-10 em. longe s eae 9d. P. virginiana, var. sonorae. 17. Plants usually branched from the base; larger basal leaves usually 4-5 cm. long; s. Colo. ...9f. P. virginiana, var. polyphylla. 5. Flowering peduncles usually 3-8 mm. long; corolla limb often reflexed when fully open; plants primarily of the southern Rocky Mts. and westward. 18. Plants with long jointed hairs mixed with shorter hairs, or with glandular ones, or with only long jointed hairs. 19. Flowering calyx 8-11 mm. wide; anthers 1.5-3 mm. long; leaf blades frequently rotund; mostly in the north central prairies extending west into the Rockies............... 10b. P. hederaefolia, var. comata. 19. Flowering calyx 4-8 mm. wide; anthers 3-4 mm. long; sw. Tex. to Colo. and westward. 10a. P. hederaefolia, var. hederaefolia. 18. Plants without long jointed hairs; short hairs, or glandular ones present. 20. Anthers yellow, not prominently twisted after dehiscence; perennials. 21. A few short stiff branched hairs with a spread of ca. 1 mm. present at least on the calyces, some- times abundant; leaves ovate to lanceolate. 10c. P. hederaefolia, var. cordifolia. 21. Small branched hairs not present; leaves mostly ovate............ 10a. P. hederaefolia, var. hederaefolia. 20. Anthers blue, 3 mm. long; strongly twisted after dehiscing; annual8............ isle esses 13. P. ixocarpa. 4. Corolla not dark spotted, or with slightly darkened spots which hardly show when dry, sometimes turning blue when dry. 22. Flowering peduncles 3-8 (10) mm. long, shorter than the flowers, or about equalling them. 23. At least some of the hairs short, stiff and branched. 10c. P. hederaefolia, var. cordifolia. 23. None of the hairs short, stiff and branched. 10a. P. hederaefolia, var. hederaefolia. 22. Flowering peduncles (10) 12-20 (50) mm. long, some- what longer than the flowers to several times their length. 132 Rhodora 24. Corolla rotate, with 5 hairy pads exposed on its limb near the short tube; anthers blue, usually 2.5-3 mm. [Vor. 60 long; annuals....... sse ne 14. P. Wrightii. 24. Corolla not rotate with 5 hairy pads exposed on its limb; anthers not blue and 3 mm. long; perennials. 25. Corolla remaining yellow when dried; leaves thick, often entire; flowering calyces usually 4-6 mm. long on peduncles from little longer than, to 6 or 7 times their length ........ 12a. P. crassifolia, var. 25. Corolla often drying with a blue tinge; leaves thin, often toothed; flowering calyces usually 3-4 mm. long on peduncles 5-10 times their length. 12b. P. crassifolia, var GROUP III l. Fruiting calyx rather rounded, or 10-ribbed, but not strongly 5-angled. 2. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate; corollas usually 6-10 mm. long. 3. Flowering peduncles usually 5-15 mm. long (as much as 3 times the length of the calyx); fruiting peduncles usually 20-30 mm. long, shorter than, to equalling, the fruiting calyces which are 25-35 mm. long; flowering calyces usually 4-5 mm. long with teeth 2-2.5 mm. long; s. U.S. 15a. P. angulata, var. 3. Flowering peduncles usually 15-40 mm. long (3-13 times the length of the calyces); fruiting peduncles usually 20-40 mm. long, equalling to 3 times as long as the shorter fruit- ing calyces which are 20-25 mm. long; flowering calyces usually ca. 3 (4) mm. long with teeth ca. 1 mm. long; s. 2. Leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate; corollas usually 4—5 crassifolia, . versicolor. angulata. Meer ehe 15b. P. angulata, var. pendula. mm. long; sw. U. S..... 02... .00005. 15e. P. angulata, var. lanceifolia. 1. Fruiting calyx sharply and strongly 5-angled; corolla with 5 evident dark spots GROUP IV 1. Corolla dark spotted; anthers usually some shade of blue or purple. 2. Fruiting calyces 1.5-2.5 (3) cm. wide. 3. Anthers (1.2) 1.5-2 mm. long; plants without capitate- glandular hairs, but sometimes viscid-glandular or with sessile glands. 4. Leaves having a greyish surface, often with “mealy” or sessile glands; leaf blades usually toothed nearly to the MMC 16b. P. pubescens, var. glabra. base; mostly northeastern U. &...16d. P. pubescens, var. grisea. 4. Leaves not greyish, not having sessile glands. 5. Leaves usually toothed nearly to the base with 5-8 teeth on each side of the seldom translucent blade; widespread..............-- 16a. P. pubescens, var. pubescens. 5. Leaves with few teeth, 3-4 on each side, or entire; blades mostly flaccid and translucent. 16a. P. pubescens, var. integrifolia. 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 133 3. Anthers (.3) 1-1.5 mm. long; capitate-glandular hairs usually mixed with long jointed ones.17. P. foetens, var. neomexicana. 2. Fruiting calyces (2.5) 3-4 em. wide; s. Ariz............. 18. P. latiphysa. 1. Corolla yellow, unspotted, or sometimes slightly dark-tinged. 6. Flowering peduncles 2-5 mm. long, about equalling to twice aslongasthecalyces..................Lue lesus. 19. P. missouriensis. 6. Flowering peduncles mostly 15-20 (30) mm. long, 4-5 (7) times the length of the calyces.................000005. 20. P. Greenei. l. Physalis Alkekengi L., Species Plantarum 183. 1735; incl. P. Francheti Mast. in Gard. Chron. 2: 434 and 441. 1894. Plants perennial, erect, usually unbranched, 30-60 cm. tall, glabrous or with a few scattered long hairs; leaves broadly ovate, or ovate-rhombie, the blades usually 5-12 em. long and 4-9 em. wide on petioles 2-4 em. long; mar- gins of the leaf blades from entire to irregularly few-toothed or undulate- dentate; flowers white, slightly 5-lobed with broad shallow sinuses about 2 mm. deep between the apices of the lobes; corollas 10-15 mm. long and 15-25 mm. wide; anthers 2.5-3 mm. long on slender filaments; flowering calyces 4—7 mm. long and 4-5 mm. wide, densely hairy with jointed trichomes about 1-1.5 mm. long; fruiting calyces reddish, 3-5 cm. long and 2.5-4 em. wide, pendent on peduncles 2-3 em. long. TYPE: Not seen; Linnaeus states, ‘‘Habitat in Italia.” This species is cultivated or escaped, in northeastern U. S.; flowering in June; 19 sheets examined. 2. Physalis viscosa L., Species Plantarum 183. 1753; other synonymy under the varieties to which the names are referred. Perennials covered with stellate, or several-branched hairs, or nearly glabrous and having stellate hairs only on the calyces; leaves from ovate to linear- lanceolate, petiolate or with blade tapering to the stem; corolla yellowish, funnelform, with or without darker spots on the limb near its Ease, 8-20 mm. long; anthers yellow, about 3 mm. long; flowering calyx 3-10 mm. long on peduncles 10-20 mm. long; fruiting calyx 2-5 em. long and 1.5-4 em. wide on peduncles 1-4 cm. long. P. viscosa L., ssp. viscosa. P. viscosa L., loc. cit., as limited to the South American plants. Linnaeus cited P. viscosa from ‘Virginia, Bonaria." Since (1) only one element of this species, the part described by Chapman as P. maritima, barely extends into southeastern Virginia, since (2) it hardly matches the photographs of the Linnean types, and since (3) previous authors have restrieted the application of the specific name, in its strictest sense, to the plants of South America, the present author believes that it is best to so delimit it. South American material is usually more sparsely vestite with finer stellate hairs than most of ours, and has corollas slightly spotted to unspotted. Occasionally in our populations of P. viscosa, sens. lat., there appears a specimen which can hardly be distinguished from South American collec- tions. Whether these are introductions from that continent, or represent gene combinations from within our population which produce phenotypes 134 Rhodora [Vor. 60 similar to the South American plants, it is impossible for the author to determine. Some examples are: ALABAMA: Alabama Co.: Mohr 26 (Ny); Texas: Brazoria Co.: Young Apr. 22, 1918 (rex); Houston Co.: Fisher July 25, 1914 (uc); Walker Co.: Warner 29 (ny). P. fuscomaculata de Rouville ex Dunal, at least as to the few collections seen, is included here. P. viscosa ssp. maritima (M. A. Curtis) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. maritima M. A. Curtis, Am. Journ. Sci. ser 2. 1: 407. 1849. Under this subspecies are included the maritime varieties listed below. 2a. P. viscosa var. maritima; P. Walteri Nuttall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 112. 1834; type from “South Carolina" (PH); P. maritima M. A. Curtis, loc. cit.; P. viscosa L., var. maritima (Curtis) Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 357. 1896. The varietal name is used above as a tautonym of ssp. maritima. How- ever, since the author is utilizing the varietal concept for taxa with both morphological and distributiona! differences, taxa which he considers the principal subdivisions of complex species, and is using the subspecific catagory as an aggregation of similar varieties, he would prefer to transfer the specifie name, in this case maritima, to the varietal status, letting the tautonym, without author citation, belong to the aggregate subspecies. This does not seem permissible under Article 15 of the International Rules. Leaves ovate to spathulate, especially the upper ones; whole leaf (1.7) 2-3 (3.4) times longer than wide; from sparsely to usually densely vestite. TYPE: M. A. Curtis, seacoast, North Carolina (au); probable isotype, "sandy seacoasts" (NY). This taxon grows on sandy seacoasts, southeastern Va. to Fla.; usually flowering in March, April and May, but sometimes in winter in the south- ern part of its range; 120 sheets of 93 collections seen. Occasional is a large, broad-leaved form with leaf blades about 5-7 cm. wide as contrasted to the usual width of 2-4 (5) em. in forma maritima (supra). It may be described as P. viscosa f. latifolia Waterfall, f. nov., laminis 5-7 em. latis. The type is Small, Mosier and DeWinkeler 10892 (ny); isotype (GH); north part of Jupiter Island, Florida. Also seen from Florida were: Dade Co.: Moldenke 384 (puke), Small 2116 (ny). 2b. P. viscosa var. Elliottii (Kunze) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. Elliottii Kunze, Linnaea 20: 33. 1847. Leaf blades lanceolate to linear-larceolate; leaves mostly 2.5-10 times longer than wide; plants covered with stellate Fairs, or rearly glal rous; corol- las yellow, usually not dark-spotted, but scmetimes prominently so. TYPE: Rugel June 1843, “Ad ostium fluvii St. Marks in Florida” (NY). The type belongs to the vestite phase although it is only sparingly stellate on the leaf-surfaces and the stem. This taxon grows in sands, Florida; apparently flowering throughout the year. P. viscosa f. Elliottii. The following citations selected from 73 sheets of 1958] Waterfall,-—Genus Physalis in N. America 135 58 collections: FLoripa: Broward Co.: Moldenke 479 (DUKE, NY); Clay Co.: Williamson Aug. 1893 (pH); Dade Co.: Small and Mosier 5944 (DUKE, GH, NY); Moldenke 715 (ny); Hernando Co.: McFarlin 6079 (mica); Highlands Co.: Correll and McFarlin 6219 (DUKE); Hillsboro Co.: Churchill Mar. 21, 1923 (Gu, PH); Indian River Co.: Small 8894 (Ny); Lee Co.: Mosier July 1928 (DUKE, NY); Manatee Co.: Tracy 7577 (aH, Ny); Monroe Co.: Sargent 6417 (Ariz); Pinellas Co.: McFarlin 3653 (mica); St. John Co.: Meredith Feb. 4, 1899 (pH); Sarasota Co.: McFarlin July 1931 (micu). P. viscosa var. Elliottii. f. glabra Waterfall, f. nov., foliis glabris, sepalis stellato-vestitis. Stellate hairs are found on the flowering sepals, or at least on their margins; a few are rarely present on the margins of the leaves. The Type is Tracy 7608, Sanibel Island, Lee County, Florida (ny), isotype (GH). Selected from 42 sheets of 33 collections: FLoRiDA: Collier Co.: Deam 60785 (DUKE); Dade Co.: Small 7410 (Ny); Hillsborough Co.: McFarlin 5525 (mican); Lee Co.: Hitchcock 237 (an, Ny); Monroe Co.: Palmer 376 (an); Pinellas Co.: Deam 1948 (uc); Sarasota Co.: McFarlin 6091 (mica). An unusual, compacted short-leaved phase is sometimes found. It is represented by the following: Small, Britton and DeWinkeler 2328, pine- land-prairie, Tamiami trail west of Miami, Dade Co., Dec. 19, 1919; Small 8894, pinelands near Felsmere, Indian River Co., May 17, 1918; Small and DeWinkler 9979, Ancient sand dunes near Kuhiman, April 25, 1921, all in Florida. If there proves to be a population in this area, similar to the cited collections, it will probably justify nomenclatural recognition. 2c. P. viscosa var. spathulaefolia (Torr.) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 10: 67. 1875. P. lanceolata Michx., var. spathulaefolia Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. 153. 1859. Leaf blades ovate to lanceolate to spathulate, tapering at base, or extending gradually into winged petioles; whole leaf (2) 2.5—4 (4.7) times longer than wide; corolla varying from apparently unspotted to having prominent dark spots; Gulf Coast of Texas; flowering irregularly throughout the year. TYPE: Schott 30, seabeaches, Rio Bravo (Rio Grande?), Texas (Ny). The following selected from 65 sheets of 54 collections: LourstANA: Calcasieu Parish: Palmer 7707 (pH); Texas: Aransas Co.: Tharp 1620 (oKLA, TEX); Austin Co.: Pennell 10271 (Ny, PH); Brazoria Co.: Cory 51057 (au); Cameron Co.: Clover 1724 (mich); Galveston Co.: Nelson Mar. 20, 1942 (rex); Harris Co.: Fisher July 25, 1914 (ny); Jefferson Co.: McVaugh 6880 (mican); Kenedy Co.: Tharp 48333 (OKLA, TEX); Matagorda Co.: Wright (au); Nueces Co.: Tharp, Johnson and Webster Dec. 3, 1948 (TEx); San Patricio Co.: Cory 51249 (au, us); Victoria Co.: Tharp 2512 (TEx, vc). The following collections have prominently dark-spotted corollas: TExas: Austin Co.: Tharp Apr. 8, 1939 (TEx); Brazoria Co.: Celerier 51-41 (OKLA); Cameron Co.: Lundell 1073 (TEx); Kenedy Co.: Lundell 8714 (GH, MICH, NY, uc); Willacy Co.: Johnston 54169 (TEX). P. viscosa ssp. mollis (Nuttall) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. mollis Nutt., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5 (n.s.) 194. 1837. This is an inland population, here divided into two varieties, as compared with ssp. maritima, a maritime population divided above into three varieties. 136 Rhodora [Vor. 60 2d. P. viscosa var. mollis. The varietal name is used here as a tauto- nym of ssp. mollis, hence it is listed without author-citation. However, the present author believes that the varletal category is best used as the principal division of a species, and that the subspecifie category is most significantly used as a means of grouping varieties, just as a section may be utilized to group species within a genus. TYPE: not seen; isotypes: Nuttall, Arkansas (Ny, PH). Leaves densely stellate-tomentose, at least beneath, dentate; plant usually erect; flowering calyces (6) 7-10 mm. long. Growing in open woods, sandy areas and disturbed sites, western Arkan- sas, eastern Oklahoma and eastern Texas. There are many intermediates with var. cinerascens. Usually flowering in May and June, but speci- mens in flower have been collected in July and August. Selected from 43 sheets of 34 collections; Arkansas: Franklin Co.: Pennell 10621 (xv, PH); Pulaski Co.: Merrill 1861 (UARK, OKLA): Sebastian Co.: Bigelow in 1853-54; Louisiana: Bossier Parish: Correll 10058 (GH, DUKE, NY, PH); Jefferson Davis Parish: Palmer 7629 (pu); Oklahoma: Choctaw Co.: Houghton 4037 (Gu, NY); Comanche Co.: Clements 11767 (Gu); Love Co.: Hopkins 3429 (oKL); Marshall Co.: Basler Aug. 5, 1950 (oKL); Muskogee Co.: Little 1515 (oKL); Texas: Callahan Co.: Palmer 13811 (wis); Denton Co.: Whitehouse 15780 (mcu); Grayson Co.: Gentry 51-392 (oxra); Tarrant Co.: Ruth 902 (wis); Wilson Co.: Rogers, Albers and Webster 6849 (TEX). 2e. P. viscosa var. cinerascens (Dunal) Waterfall, comb. nov., based on P. pensylvanica L. var. cinerascens Dunal, in De Candolle, Prodromus 13(1): 485. 1852; P. mollis Nutt., var. cinerascens (Dunal) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 10: 66. 1875; incl. P. mollis Nutt., var. parvi- folia Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 355. 1896. Leaves dentate to entire, varying in size, probably due, at least in part, to seasonal heteromorphy; plants erect to spreading, or nearly procumbent; more or less densely covered with stellate hairs, but rot tomentcse; flowering calyx (3) 5-7 (9) mm. long; small-leaved forms have been segregated as var. parvi- folia. TYPE: Dunal cited “n. 83 et 2316 Berland. pl. exs. Mex." when he described var. cinerascens. Since he indicated no holotype, Berlandier 2316, cirea Matamoros urbem, April 1831 (an) is designated as Lectotype. 'This taxon grows on prairies, plains and in disturbed habitats, primarily in Oklahoma and Texas, extending into Mexico; often flowering in May and June, but to some extent at any time during the growing season, which may be most of the year in southern Texas. Four hundred twenty seven sheets of 365 collections of var. cincerascens (sens. lat.) have been examined. In addition to numerous Oklahoma and Texas collections, the following have been seen: ARKANSAS: Fulton Co.: Bush 2518 (au); Kansas: Barber Co.: Rydberg and Imler 640 (NY); New Mexico: Chaves Co.: Earle 283 (wy); Lea Co.: Waterfall 7836 (an, OKL). P. pensylvanica L., Species Plantarum, ed 2, 1670, 1762, is not accounted for in the above synonymy. A tracing from the Linnean herbarium on a Canby sheet of P. viscosa in the Gray Herbarium bears the annotation 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 137 “pubescence very short stellular—same as in P. viscosa Hb. Linn." No stellate species is known from Pennsylvania. No disposition of it can be made from the photograph of the species from the Linnean Herbarium, other than to say that if it is indeed from North America, it might be a small, rotund-leafed phase of P. viscosa, var. maritima. 3. Physalis angustifolia Nuttall, Journ. Acad.Nat. Sci. Phila. 7: 113. 1834. Perennial from a thick woody taproot, often with many branches; leaves linear, (8) 10-20 times longer than wide; plants glabrous except on the tips or margins of the sepals; corolla yellow, unspotted to apparently spotted, but only lightly so, 8-20 mm. long; flowering calyx 5-10 mm. long, on peduncles 10-20 mm. long; fruiting calyx 2-3 em. long on peduncles 1-3 em. long. TYPE: Not seen; Isotype: N. A. Ware “west Florida" (Pn). Its larger leaves are 6-8 em. long and about 2-3 mm. wide. P. angustifolia grows in coastal sands, coral soil, or pine woods, Alabama to Mississippi with one collection from Louisiana; it usually flowers from May to August, but a number of collections, particularly from Florida have been taken in flower in December, January and February. Selected from 87 sheets of 65 collections: ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Mohr March 20, 1883 (aH, UARK); Mobile Co.: Mohr 1878 (ny, pH); FLORIDA: Bay Co.: Banker 3670, 3679 (ny); Collier Co.: Moldenke 1006 (DUKE, NY); Dade Co.: Moldenke 852 (puxe, Ny); Gulf Co.: Correll and Oosting 5630 (DUKE); Monroe Co.: Curtiss 114 (GH, MICH, NY, PH, UARK) ; Oskaloosa Co.: Menzel and Menzel 55-3 (wis); Santa Rosa Co.: Fassett 21141 (wis); Wakulla Co.: Griscom 21478 (au); Louisiana: “seashore”: Carpenter, July (rn); Mississippi: Jackson Co.: Baker July 25, 1897 (wy); Harrison Co.: Demaree 21911 (OKL, OKLA, TEX); Tracy May 8, 1898 (Ny, MIcH). 4. Physalis variovestita Waterfall, sp. nov. Planta bivestita, pilis elongatis, 1-4 mm. longis, articulatis, simplicibus vel furcatis, et brevo- stellatis; caulibus erectis; folis petiolatis; laminis ovatis dentatis vel subsinuato-dentatis; ; pendunculis petiolis longioribus; corollis luteis, fundo- maculatis; antheris luteis ca. 3 mm. longis. The presence of abundant jointed hairs, 1-4 mm. long, in addition to a covering of stellate hairs, is the most obvious characteristic of this species. The long hairs are sometimes branched, sometimes simple. The plant is a perennial, 12-25 cm. tall, from a rhizome. The leaf blades are ovate, dentate to more or less sinuate-dentate, 2.5-3.5 cm. long and 2-3 em. wide on petioles 1.5-2.3 cm. long. The nodding flowers are on peduncles 2-3 em. long. "The corolla is 1.5-2 cm. long and 2-3 cm. wide, with large dark markings on its limb near its junction with the tube. The flowering calyx is about 1 em. long divided about one-third to one-half of the way into ovate-lanceolate, or lanceolate lobes. The anthers are yellow, ovate to ovate-oblong, about 3 mm. long. TYPE: Hula Whitehouse 18179, back of Rockport Tourist cottages in sandy soil, live-oak belt, Rockport, Aransas Co., Texas, April 21, 1947 (mic). 138 Rhodora [Vor. 60 A number of collections radiating northward from this area have long articulated hairs present to a greater or lesser extent. These are found in specimens resembling both var. mollis and var. cinerascens, with a degree of variability in leaf size, margins, and stellate vestiture similar to that found in these two taxa. Sheets approaching the type in vestiture are: Kenedy Co.: Cory 28408 (GH); Medina Co.: Johnston, Tharp and Turner 3401 (OKLA, TEX). Colleetions more widely diverging from P. variovestita, but with several to few long jointed trichomes present in addition to the short stellate hairs are: Austin Co.: Pennell 10300 (Ny, vu); Bexar Co.: Metz 477 (uc); Cald- well Co.: Coll. unknown (J. B. MeB.) 1931 (tex); Cameron Co.: Tharp 1206 (tex); DeWitt Co.: Reidel Apr. 5, 1942 (GH, OKLA); Gillespie Co.: Bray 293 (tex); Gonzales Co.: Bogusch 1868 (TEx); Cory 8366 (au); Turner 8706 (vex); Jim Hogg Co.: Tharp June 17, 1928 (rex); Hidalgo Co.: Cameron 269 (TEx); Kenedy Co.: Johnston 58256.19 (TEx); Lundell 8715 (au); Upshur Co.: Reverchon 3237 (wy); Victoria Co.: Coll. unknown Mar. 29, 1930 (rex); Waller Co.: Hall 500 (au, Ny); Wilson Co.: Cory ?795 (au); Parks 29580 (au); Wood Co.: McMullen June 10, 1927 (TEx). It is postulated that a population such as described above, and exem- plified by the type collection, must exist in the area indicated in southern Texas, and that gene interchange has diluted its characteristics with those of P. viscosa var. mollis and var. cinerascens in an area radiating northward. Probably Edgar Anderson's method of extrapolated correlates (1949) could have been used to predict the occurrence of P. variovestita on the basis of the intergrades found in approaching the area in which it grows. 5. Physalis pumila Nuttall, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5 (n.s.); 193, 1836; P. lanceolata Michx., var. hirta Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 10: 68. 18795. Plants perennial, 15-45 cm. tall, often branched, usually covered with jointed hairs 1-2 mm. long, some of which are 1- to rarely 3-branched, and which spread at right angles from the stem. Leaf blades ovate to ovate- lanceolate, or rarely lanceolate, sometimes somewhat rhombic, tapering to a more or less winged petiole; larger blades (4) 6-9 cm. long and (2.5) 3-5 cm. broad, on petioles 1-3 cm. long; leaf margins usually entire, but sometimes lightly and irregularly sinuate-or repand-dentate; corolla 12-20 mm. long, and about 15-25 mm. wide at the top; anthers usually 2.5-3 mm. long, yellow; flowering calyx usually 10-15 mm. long with free lanceolate-deltoid sepal tips about one-third as long; flowering peduncles 15-30 mm. long; fruiting calyx usually 15-20 mm. wide and 3-4 cm. long, much inflated around the fruit, on reflexed peduncles 25-40 mm. long. TYPE: Not seen; Isotype: Nuttall, Arkansas (pH). The isotype is repre- sentative of the extreme having few branched hairs. It was collected near the eastern limit of its range in this area. P. pumila grows in prairies, open woods and disturbed habitats, pri- marily in western Missouri, eastern Kansas, eastern Oklahoma and adja- cent Texas; it usually flowers in May, June, July and August, perhaps earlier in the southern part of its range, as fruiting specimens have been collected in May in Texas. 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 139 The 169 sheets of 146 collections examined include: ARKANSAS: Sebastian Co.: Armstrong 186 (TEX, UARK); Carrol Co.: Moore and litis 204 (wis); Washington Co.: Hill 23 (UARK); Iuuinots: Peoria Co.: Chase 3570 (NY, vc). 6. Physalis arenicola Kearney, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 21: 485. 1894. Plants perennial from cord-like rhizomes which are near the surface, usually 15-30 em. tall, simple or branched; hairs short and antrorse, sometimes viscid, in var. ciliosa 1-2 mm. long, jointed, spreading and more or less abundant; leaf blades ovate to ovate-rhombic, the larger ones usually 2-6 em. long and 2-4 cm. wide on petioles 1-3 cm. long; leaf margins irregularly dentate to sinuate or entire; corollas 10-20 mm. long, yellow with slightly darker spots on the limb near its base; flowering calyx 7-11 mm. long, its lobes 2-4 mm. long; flowering peduncle 10-25 mm. long; fruiting calyx 20-30 mm. long and 15-25 mm. wide, much inflated around the fruit. TYPE: Kearney cited several collections of Nash's when he deseribed P. arenicola. Since no holotype was designated, the author selects the following from among the cited collections: George V. Nash 1170, dry sandy soil, high pine land, vicinity of Eustis, Lake County, Florida, July 1-15, 1895 as the lectotype (GH); Isolectotypes: (Ny, UC). This species grows on sand dunes, ridges, sandy oak woods, pine woods and disturbed sandy areas, primarily in Florida, but also in adjacent Georgia and Mississippi; flowering March through August. 6a. P. arenicola var. arenicola. Selected from 28 sheets of collections: Fiorwa: Alachua Co.: Wiegand and Manning 2810 (au); Brevard Co.: Curtiss 5713 (an, uc); Duval Co.: Curtiss 6644 (au, NY, vc); Lake Co.: Nash 1170 (au, vc); Levy Co.: Garber Nov. 1877 (aH); Marion Co.: Moldenke 1090 (pukr); Palm Beach Co.: Small 8514 (DUKE, GH); Sumter Co.: Curtiss 6634 (aH); Volusia Co.: Small 8692 (puKr, GH); Georgia: Lowndes Co.: Harper 1594 (Gu, Ny). 6b. P. arenicola Kearney, var. ciliosa (Rydb.) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. ciliosa Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 346. 1898. TYPE: In describing P. ciliosa, Rydberg stated “Chapman (in Herb. J. Donnell 8mith, Harvard University, Columbia College, and A. W. Chap- man, type)." As Lectotype the author chooses a sheet (GH) showing both flowering and fruiting plants. Isolectotypes are: GH, a second sheet, NY and OKL. Selected from 35 sheets of 33 collections: FLoripa: Alachua Co.: Walker 1917 (oKrLA); Brevard Co.: Small and DeWinkeler 2468 (ny); Gadsden Co.: Berg (ny); Hendry Co.: Moldenke 1018 (puke, Ny); Highlands Co.: Small, Mosier and DeWinkeler 10906 (Ny); Lee Co.: Moldenke 946 (Duke, Ny); Levy Co.: Oosting 139 (DUKE); Osceola Co.: Singletary Apr. 28, 1938 (DUKE); Polk Co.: McFarlane 5021 (micu); Santa Rosa Co.: McFarlane and Goertz June 17, 1905 (DUKE); Sarasota Co.: Rusby April 1935 (Ny); Sumter Co.: Curtiss 6634 (uc); Grorata: Calhoun Co.: Thorne 3321 (au); Chatham Co.: Gay (an); Charlton Co.: Small June 12-15, 1895; Mississippi: Jackson Co.: Skehan May 10, 1895 (aH). The following specimens, all from Florida, seem to be intermediate between var. arenicola and var. ciliosa: Collier Co.: Small 10477 (NY); 140 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Dade Co.: Small and Small 6825 (au, ny); Volusia Co.: Small 8692 (au, DUKE). 7. Physalis heterophylla Nees, Linnaea 6: 463. 1831; synonymy cited under the varieties. Stems usually erect from a deeply buried rhizome, 15-90 cm. tall, simple or branched; herbage densely to sparsely covered with varying proportions of short usually viscid hairs and glandular hairs, together with long jointed hairs which are usually 1-2 mm. long; sometimes only a few long hairs are present; rarely, as in var. villosa, the stems are villous with long multicellular hairs; leaf blades usually broadly to narrowly ovate, or ovate-rhombic, the principal ones usually 5-10 cm. long and 3.5 to 6 cm. wide on petioles 3-6 em. long; corollas 10-18 mm. long, yellow with brownish, sordid or blue-tinged spots on the limb near its base; flowering calyx 7-12 mm. long, its lobes 3-5 mm. long, lanceolate-triangular, sometimes acuminate; anthers usually 3-4.5 mm. long, vellow, sometimes tinged with blue; filaments thickened, often as wide as the anthers, frequently clavate; fruiting calyx usually 2.5-3 em. long and 2-3 em. wide, much inflated around the fruit, borne on peduncles 1.5-4 cm. long. 7a. P. heterophylla Nees, var. heterophylla P. virginiana Mill., var. ambigua Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 65. 1875; P. nyctaginea Dunal, DeCandolle, Prodromus 13(1): 440-441. 1852; P. ambigua (Gray) Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 5: 287. 1894; P. hetero- phylla, var. umbrosa Rydberg, Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb. 3: 172. 1895; P. heterophylla, var. ambigua (Gray) Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 349. 1896; P. sinuata Rydb., in Small’s Flora: 986. 1913. This is an extremely variable assemblage as indicated in the preceding description, which, with stated exceptions, covers var. heterophylla, only two other localized varieties being recognized. Forms (the species or varieties of earlier authors) might be distinguished on the basis of denta- tion of leaves, or of vestiture, but many specimens would be assignable only on an arbitrary basis, even if some of the extremes seem quite striking. An example is the densely stiff-haired form often found on sands at various localities in the range of the species. TYPE: Not seen; “In collibus argillosis Pennsylvanicae Poeppig legit.” Habitat, range and flowering time: Open woods, prairies, hillsides, fields and other disturbed habitats, principally in the eastern United States and adjacent Canada, the prairie and plain region westward into the central and northern Rockies and the Great Basin; flowering from June to August in Canada and from April to September in Texas. In examining 730 sheets of 664 collections, material has been seen from: Ontario and Quebec, Canada and from Alabama (Jackson and Tuscaloosa Cos.), Georgia (Chatham and Clark Cos.), Idaho (Allen 1873), Illinois, Indiana, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi (Harrison Co.), Missouri, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota (Richland Co.), North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina (Oconee Co.) South Dakota, Tennessee (Davidson, Frank and Rutherford Cos.), Texas, Utah (Salt Lake Co.), Vermont, Virginia, Washington, D. C., West Virginia, Wis- consin, Wyoming (Big Horn and Crook Cos.). 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 141 7b. P. heterophylla Nees, var. clavipes Fernald, RHODORA 49: 178. 1947. TYPE: Fernald, Long and Clement 15347, sandy woods near Darden's Pond, northeast of Courtland, Southampton Co., Virginia, (an); isotype (xy). Known only from the type collection. 7c. P. heterophylla Nees, var. villosa Waterfall, var. nov., caulibus dense articulato-villosis, pilis 2-4 mm. longis. The abundant, soft, long, jointed hairs, 2-4 mm. long, characterize this variety. The leaf size and margin vary in a manner comparable to var. heterophylla. TYPE: Earle June 2, 1901, moist hillsides thick woods, Lee County, Alabama (NY). Collections examined: ALABAMA: Lee Co.: Earle June 2, 1901 (xv); F. S. Earle May 10, 1896, Auburn (xv); FLorrpa: Gadsden Co.: Berg Summer (Ny); Walton Co.: A. H. Curtiss June 1886, De Funiak Springs (Ny); County unde- termined: W. E. Buswell April 9, 1931, Pine Woods, East Fort Meyers (Ny); Texas: doubtfully referred here is Tharp April 19, 1930, East Texas coast (TEX). P. heterophylla appears to intergrade with P. virginiana 1n some areas, producing individuals with varying indument and leaf-shape, including lanceolate. Such specimens are found in South Carolina from which Michaux described his P. lanceolata, Flora Boreali-Americana 149. 1803. Examples are: Gibbes, in 1834, Columbia, S. Car. (Ny); Gibbes Aug. 1835, South Carolina (Ny); Ravenel, Aiken, South Carolina (Ny). The photo- graph of the type of P. lanceolata in the Gray Herbarium appears to match these specimens fairly well. The author believes that it was on such a specimen that Michaux based his species. This leaves the population of the western prairies and plains, which has been passing under the name P. lanceolata, without a name. It will be treated under P. virginiana. Other collections believed to be P. heterophylla intergrades are: CONNECTI- cut: Bishop Sept. 1902, Norwich (an); Grorata: Harper 93, Dry fields, Clarke Co., June 29, 1900 (xv); Coll. unknown (herb. Schw. sub nom. “P. obscura Baldw., Georgia") (pH); NortH CanoriNA: Williamson Aug. 1900, Wilmington (PH); Small, July 1896, Summit of Paris Mt. (ny). 8. Physalis peruviana L., Species Plantarum, ed. 2, 1670. 1762. P. peruviana, var. latifolia (Lam.) Dunal, in DeCandolle, Prodromus 13(1): 440. 1852, based on P. latifolia Lamarck, Tableau Encyclopédique et Méthodique ... Bot. 2: 29. 1793, is the only synonymy that has been applied in the area under consideration. An erect branching perennial, densely villous but not glandular; leaf blades ovate, extending into an acuminate tip; corolla blue-spotted; anthers about 3 mm. long, blue, on slender filaments. "This species resembles P. heterophyila, but may be distinguished by the narrow filaments and the rather strongly acuminate leaves, as well as by the blue anthers (sometimes the anthers are violet-tinged in P. heterophylla) and by the darker, bluish spots of the corolla. TYPE: Not seen; Linnaeus says "Habitat Limae”’. 142 Rhodora [Vor. 60 This species is sometimes introduced, and may rarely escape. Some examples are: Kidder Oct. 3, 1926, Norfolk Co., Mass. (NEBC) ; Martindale Sept. 1879 Camden, New Jersey (Nv); Brinkley 222, Sevier Co., Arkansas (rex) ?; Earle June 26, 1899, Lawrence Co., Alabama (Ny) ?. 9. Physalis virginiana Miller, Gardener's Dictionary, ed. 8: No. 4. 1768. The synonymy is given under the varieties. Stems from a deep rhizome, simple or branched; plants nearly glabrous, or with long hairs, or short curved trichomes; leaf blades from ovate to linear- lanceolate; corolla from 15-25 mm. long, yellow, dark-spotted; anthers 2-4 mm. long, yellow or blue- or violet-tinged; filaments from one-third as wide to nearly equalling the width of the anthers; calyx from one-half to two-thirds as long as the corolla; flowering peduncles about equalling the flower to 14% times its length; fruiting calyx inflated, usually 25-35 mm. long and ovate to ovate-oblong, but sometimes much larger, particularly in one forma. The varieties described below seem to intergrade more or less with each other, making the disposition of individual specimens sometimes difficult. However they seem to represent natural populations, in some instances covering large geographic areas, which are fairly distinct as groups. 9a. P. virginiana Miller, var. virginiana. P. virginiana Mill., var. intermedia Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 345. 1895; P. monticola Mohr, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26: 119-120. 1899. Plants villous with long jointed hairs, or having only short retrorse ones; leaf blades ovate to lanceolate (rarely narrowly so), their margins irregularly dentate to sinuate-dentate; corolla usually 15-20 mm. long; anthers yellow, or sometimes with a blue or violet tinge. TYPE: None cited by Miller. It is supposed to be present in the Sloane Herbarium of the British Museum. Habitat, distribution and flowering time: Growing in open woods, prairies and. disturbed areas in most of the eastern United States, and adjacent Canada, extending, generally, into the eastern part of the prairie region, with a few collections from the central Rockies; flowering in June and July in the northern part of its range, and usually from April to June in the southern part. (T'o be continued) FURTHER NOTES ON THE ILLINOIS FLorA.—Field trips to south- ern Illinois in late September and in October, 1957, vielded two plants not previously collected in Illinois, a new station for the filmy fern in the state and some additional information on the height of big bluestem. The slender-fruited primrose willow, Jussiaea leptocarpa Nutt., ranges from Florida to Texas and Mexico, north to Georgia and southeastern Missouri, according to the range given by Fernald in Gray's Manual, ed. 8. While botanizing on September 25 in the 1958] Evers,—Further Notes on Illinois Flora 143 narrow neck of land known as the Dogtooth Bend in Alexander County, I found a few plants of this species! growing on the banks of the Mississippi River. On October 24, Dr. M. W. Sanderson, an insect taxonomist on the staff of the Illinois Natural History Survey, and I visited this site and located numerous individuals and a sizable patch of this species. From these plants Dr. San- derson collected specimens of a flea beetle of the genus Altica. Because of the local abundance of the Jussiaea in this site in the Dogtooth Bend, we were curious to learn whether or not it was growing farther upstream. Accordingly, we stopped at Fayville, a small village opposite Commerce, Missouri, at the mouth of the Thebes Gorge of the Mississippi River and approximately 10 miles upstream from the Dogtooth Bend location. Here on the banks of the river we located some plants. We did not, however, observe this species on the riverbank at Thebes, about 5 miles upstream from Fayville. The following is a list of specimens of Jussiaea leptocarpa Nutt. in the Herbarium of the Illinois Natural History Survey (ILLS): Riverbank in Dogtooth Bend, south of Miller City, Alexander County, Illinois, September 25, 1957, R. A. Evers 55513; October 24, 1957, R. A. Evers 55747; riverbank at Fayville, Alexander County, Illinois, October 24, 1957, R. A. Evers 55781. The narrow-leaved sunflower, Helianthus angustifolius L., ranges from Florida to Texas and northward to Long Island, New Jersey, eastern. Pennsylvania, Kentucky, southern Indiana and south- eastern Missouri, according to Gray's Manual. Southern Illinois can now be included in the known range. On the northern limits of the village of Brookport, Massac County, I located numerous individuals of this sunflower and made collections in September and October. It was growing in an old field and was associated with Bidens sp. and several asters, chiefly Aster pilosus Willd. Herbarium sheets were provided with the following data: Old field north of Brookport, Massac County, Illinois, September 25, 1957, R. A. Evers 55625; October 23, 1957, R. A. Evers 55728. The filmy fern, Trichomanes boschianum Sturm., which ranges from Alabama, north to West Virginia, southern Ohio and southern Illinois, is rare in the northern part of its range. Its known range 1] wish to thank Protessor G. Neville Jones, University of Illinois, for examining this and the following species and for verifying my identifications. 144 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 in southern Illinois has been restricted to Pope County and based upon collections made in only one locality, Jackson Hollow, by Mary M. Steagall in 1923, J. W. Swayne in 1950 and R. A. Evers in 1951. Plant collectors who botanize in Pope County have been seeking this fern elsewhere in the county and also in adjacent Johnson County. On October 23, Dr. M. W. Sanderson and I were collecting insects and plants in Hayes Creek Canyon, north of Eddyville, Pope County, and discovered several small patches of T. boschianum on an undercut in a sandstone cliff. Hayes Creek Canyon is approximately 5.5 miles east of the Jackson Hollow station of this fern. Perhaps a more intensive search in this sec- tion of Pope County will reveal other stands of T. boschianum. 'The herbarium specimen has the following label information: Sandstone cliff, Hayes Creek Canyon, north of Eddyville, Pope County, Illinois, October 23, 1957, R. A. Evers 55741. Thieret and Evers? reported on culms of big bluestem, Andro- pogon gerardi Vitman, that measured 3 meters tall. While exam- ining a prairie slope on the James M. Nelson property northwest of Alton, Madison County, on October 17, Mr. Nelson and I observed some culms which we believed to be taller than 3 meters. We collected and measured one of the culms and found it to be 3.5 meters (about 11.5 feet) tall. This culm exceeded by 1.5 meters the maximum height for this species as it is described in Hiteheock- Chase, Manual of the Grasses of the United States, and by 2 meters as indicated by Fernald in Gray’s Manual, ed. 8. Ap- parently the weather conditions in Illinois in 1957 favored the tall and luxuriant growth of big bluestem.—HRonEnT A. EVERS, ILLINOIS NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY, URBANA, ? Ruovora 59 (701): 124. Volume 60, number 712, including pages 83-116, was issued 4 June, 1958. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR, IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 June, 1958 No. 714 CONTENTS: The Genetic Evaluation of a Taxonomic Character in Dithyrea (Cruciferae). ‘Heed C. Rolling... . i. eese aks 145 A Taxonomic Study of the Genus Physalis in North America North of Mexico. U. T. Waterfall (concluded from page 142)....... 152 X Carex Deamii in Missouri. Julian A. Steyermark............ 174 An Albino Form of Dipsacus sylvestris. Julian A. Steyermark... 174 Two New Stations for Carex picta. H.A.Gleason............. 175 A New Bryophyte Flora. Frank J. Hilferty (Review) ........... 176 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. iTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 June, 1958 No. 714 THE GENETIC EVALUATION OF A TAXONOMIC CHARACTER IN DITHYREA (CRUCIFERAE) REED C. ROLLINS Developing accuracy in the evaluation of plant characters and characteristics for taxonomic purposes is a long-standing prob- lem. When differences are found between groups of plants which otherwise appear to be related, the immediate question arises as to what these differences mean. Specifically, what do the differences mean in terms of the genetic make-up of the natural group to which such plants belong and how valuable are they as taxonomic criteria? In our efforts to interpret speciation in relation to a given species or a group of species, we wish to rely upon those characters as indicators of relationship (or lack of it) that are so deeply seated in the genetic constitution of the species that they cannot be easily obliterated or greatly modified by the direct effects of any given simply segregating factor or combination of segregating factors. In general, the kinds of characteristics that offer the greatest possibilities for taxonomic reliability are those that are dependent upon a multiplicity of genes and gene combinations for their ultimate expression—genes that are not in a single linear sequence of interdependency, but genes in many series whose interaction in a highly complex way results in the final structure or function. It may also be suggested that any given characteristic thus dependent upon a complex genetical system, which is deeply situated within the genotype, becomes protected from radical changes by the build-up of inter- dependencies between it and other characteristics, some of which may be vital to survival. Thus the species phenotype persists over many generations, little altered in basic pattern by the 146 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 numerous minor segregations that account for the usual variation present. At the other end of the scale, characteristics under the control of the simplest gene systems are expected to be least reliable as the basis for classification. Such characteristics would be easily modified or suppressed by repetitious mutations, gene rearrange- ments or by ordinary segregation. In consequence, it is probably accurate to say that the more simply a character-difference is inherited, the less reliable it is as a criterion of speciation. The converse of this proposition, that the greater the complexity of inheritance of a character-difference the more reliable it is as a criterion of speciation, seems equally tenable. In trying to evaluate a given genetically controlled characteristic, an im- portant attack on the problem is to determine the relative complexity of its inheritance. One reason that taxonomic characters per se have not been frequently subjected to genetic analyses is that this is very time consuming and relatively unrewarding. The results of such ex- perimental work, though answering the specific question regard- ing the nature of the taxonomic character, often do not have broader implications. Generalizations can only rarely be made because the applicability is or may be restricted to the immediate group under investigation. However, it is important for the long term to have many more cases worked out than are now known. Ultimately these will provide safe guides to proper character-evaluations, which is one of the current needs of taxonomy. In working with the Cruciferae over a period of years, I have often encountered situations where "presence" or “absence” of trichomes appeared to be of trivial significance (1940, 1952). However, without actually testing a given case, it was not possible to know whether the absence of an indument in a given population, in an otherwise pubescent species, was environ- mentally induced or whether it was under genetic control. An opportunity to experiment with the presence and absence of a dense covering of trichomes on the fruits of Dithyrea Wislizenii Engelm. came when a population of this species was found having both glabrous- and pubescent-fruited types growing together near Sacaton, Arizona. The fruits of individual plants of both the glabrous type and the pubescent type were collected Rhodora Plate 1233 PLATE 1233. Flowers and fruits of Dithyrea Wislizenii Engelm. Fig. 1-4, a developmental [ I series from flower to mature fruit of a pubescent-fruited type. In fig. 1, the petals, 2 sepals and the 2 near stamens have been removed to make the ovary visible. The same applies to fig. 5. Fig. 5-7, a developmental series from flower to mature fruit of a glabrous-fruited type. Lard 1958] Rollins,—Taxonomic Character in Dithyrea 147 and kept separate for testing purposes. The difference between the glabrous siliques and pubescent siliques is very striking, as may be seen in Plate 1233. The objective of the following ex- periments was to determine the genetic nature of glabrous vs. pubescent siliques in this species. THe Winp POPULATION The species, Dithyrea Wislizenii, extends from western Okla- homa and Texas to southern Utah and Nevada, and to Arizona and northeastern Mexico. It is common in sandy and loose granitie soils and often forms large stands composed of several thousands of individuals. Up to the present, a single glabrous- fruited Dithyrea, presumably closely related to D. Wislizenii, has been recognized as being of some taxonomic worth. Wooton and Standley (1913) originally described it at the species level as D. Griffithsit and it was later reduced to varietal rank by Payson (1918) under D. Wislizenii. In the Sacaton population, which provided the material for the following experiments, most of the plants possessed pubescent fruits, but there was a goodly number of glabrous-fruited individuals. Circumstances did not permit a definite count of pubescent vs. glabrous plants in the wild population. However, a rough estimate was recorded sug- gesting that the pubescent type predominated at least three to one. There were no intergrades. The wild plants possessed either glabrous fruits or pubescent fruits and none showed a gradation from one condition to the other. PROGENY TEST OF SEED PARENTS Four lots of seeds from the wild population were grown to provide plants for crossing purposes. Each seed lot came from a single wild plant, which had been open pollinated under natural conditions. The plants of culture numbers C-1 and C-4 were produced from glabrous-fruited parents, C-2 and C-3 were from TABLE I WILD PLANTS PROGENIES Plant No. Siliques No. Glabrous No. Pubescent C-1 glabrous 9 3 C-2 pubescent 0 15 7-9 pubescent 0 10 C-4 glabrous 5 9 148 Rhodora [Vor. 60 pubescent-fruited parents. Table I gives the classification of the plants of each culture. It is of some interest that the progenies of both pubescent plants turned out to be uniformly pubescent even though there had been no pollen control on the parent plants. Pollen mother-cell smears were made to reveal the chromosome number of both glabrous and pubescent plants. In each case the number n —5 was found. CROSSES AND RESULTS Three types of crosses were made using various combinations from the four cultures originally grown from the wild plants listed in Table 1. These were glabrous X glabrous, glabrous X pubescent, and pubescent X pubescent. In addition, 14 pubescent plants were placed together in an isolated greenhouse where interpollination was permitted to be effected by the insects normally present. In each of the three types of controlled crosses, bagging with muslin, emasculation and hand pollination were practiced. Controls to check the procedures were carried along with the experiments. These showed that pollen control was effective. All crosses were carried out reciprocally. Essen- tially the same results were achieved regardless of the direction in which the pollen was carried except for the reciprocal of TABLE 2. GLABROUS X GLABROUS CROSS PROGENY 3:1 RATIO CHI-SQUARE No. No. No, plants glabrous pubescent Cl-1 x Cl1-3 17 12 5 reciprocal 7 5 2 24 17 7 18:6 .16 Cl-4 x C4-9 20 15 5 reciprocal 6 4 2 26 19 7 19.5:6.5 .05 Cl-7 x C4-7 12 9 3 reciprocal 8 7 1 20 16 4 15:5 .266 Total 70 52 18 287 P = .98-.95 1958] Rollins,—Taxonomic Character in Dithyrea 149 pubescent C1-59 X glabrous Cl-7%. In this case, the reciprocal did not produce any filled seeds. The significance of this failure was not determined. In addition to the results shown in Tables 2, 3 and 4, fourteen progenies of pubescent plants open pollinated from pubescent plants were grown. These amounted to 159 plants, all of which possessed pubescent siliques. TABLE 3. GLABROUS X PUBESCENT CROSS PROGENY 1:1 RATIO CHI-SQUARE No. No. No. plants glabrous pubescent C1-7 x C1-5 0 0 0 reciprocal 10 3 7 10 3 7 5:5 1.60 C1-6 x C4-8 12 3 9 reciprocal 11 4 7 23 7 16 11.5:11.5 3.52 C4-13 x C4-6 6 4 2 reciprocal 14 5 9 20 9 11 10:10 .20 C4-10 x C4-14 17 6 11 reciprocal 6 3 3 23 9 14 11.5:11.5 1.08 Total 76 28 48 6.40 P = .2-.1 Pooled Chi-square (1 df) 5.26 P = .05-.02 Heterogeneity Chi-square (3 df) 1.14 P = 3-7 The results are easily explainable if it is assumed that a single gene pair is operative in producing the glabrous or pubescent condition of the siliques. From the data, it is obvious that the pubescent plants are homozygous and recessive. Thus the geno- type of the pubescent plants may be designated gg. When such a plant is crossed with a glabrous heterozygous individual (Gq), the resulting progeny should show a 1:1 ratio of glabrous to pubescent plants. In table 3, results from four different crosses between glabrous and pubescent plants are given and the Chi- square test for goodness of fit to a 1:1 ratio is provided. The 150 Rhodora [ Vou. 60 TABLE 4. PUBESCENT X PUBESCENT CROSS PROGENY No. glabrous No. pubescent C2-7 x C2-8 0 11 reciprocal 0 1 0 12 C3-2 x C3-9 0 10 reciprocal 0 8 0 18 C3-6 x C3-7 0 13 reciprocal 0 28 0 41 C4-11 x C4-12 0 17 reciprocal 0 30 0 47 Total 0 118 numbers of plants in the various progenies are small and the possibility of results different from those shown should perhaps not be ruled out completely. However, the evidence strongly favors a 1:1 ratio and the assumption of a heterozygous (Gg) plant as the glabrous parent in each cross seems justified. If heterozygotes are crossed, a 3:1 ratio of glabrous to pubescent is to be expected. Table 2 gives the data on three glabrous X glabrous crosses and the results show convincingly that a 3:1 ratio of glabrous to pubescent was obtained. It seems perfectly safe to assume that each of the six parents was of the constitution Gg with respect to the genes in control of the glabrous vs. pubes- cent condition. Evidently no homozygous dominant plants were used in the experiments. Such plants could not be distinguished from the heterozygotes phenotypically. DISCUSSION The mechanism of genetic control of glabrous vs. pubescent siliques in Dithyrea Wislizenit is obviously a relatively simple one. For this reason, it is safe to reject the phenotypic charac- teristic of glabrous siliques as having no significance for taxo- nomic purposes. Plants with this characteristic are expected to occur without respect to phylogenetic relationship in the popula- tions of the species. In fact, this is exactly what one finds. 1958] Rollins,—— l'axonomie Character in Dithyrea 151 Glabrous-fruited plants are found in D. Wislizenii proper and in D. Wislzenii var. Palmeri. Furthermore, glabrous-fruited plants are found more or less throughout the geographical range of the species. On the basis of collections in the Gray Her- barium, the pubescent type appears to be more common than the glabrous. Collectors evidently distinguish between the glabrous and pubescent plants in the field because there are but three mixed collections among 84 different ones available in the herbarium. Six of the collections have glabrous fruits and 75 have pubescent fruits. In my own field experience, I have examined four different populations of D. Wislizenii, one in Texas, two in Arizona and one in New Mexico. In three of these populations, I was unable to locate any glabrous-fruited plants. The fourth population vielded the material reported on above. This evidence added to that from herbarium material makes it quite clear that pubescent- fruited plants predominate in the species. If pubescent siliques represent the homogygous recessive condition, as indicated by the analysis of the one population, a more prevalent occurrence of the glabrous type would be expected throughout the species as a whole unless there are positive factors operating to select against it. However, we have no way of knowing about this at the present time. One observation may be pertinent to any ultimate explanation for the prevalence of the pubescent-fruited type. It is that the plants of D. Wislizenti are self incompatible. The chances of the accidental establishment of predominantly glabrous-fruited populations through isolation are considerably reduced as compared with a self compatible species. CONCLUSIONS The glabrous-fruited condition in Dithyrea Wislizenti, which provided the chief basis for describing D. Griffithsii Wooton and Standley as a separate species, is a simply inherited characteristic under single gene control. Glabrous-fruited heterozygotes when crossed produce a simple mendelian 3:1 ratio of glabrous- to pubescent-fruited plants. Glabrous-fruited heterozygotes crossed with pubescent-fruited plants produce approximately a 1:1 ratio of glabrous to pubescent plants. Pubescent-fruited plants crossed with each other produce only pubescent-fruited offspring. The pubescent plants studied all proved to be 152 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 homozygous and recessive for the pubescent fruit character. The presence or absence of pubescence on the siliques of D. Wislizenii is of no taxonomic significance. —GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. LITERATURE Crrep Payson, E. B. 1918. Notes on Certain Cruciferae. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 5: 148. Ronums, Reep C. 1940. A Monographie Study of Arabis in Western North America. RHODORA 43: 299. —,. 1952. Taxonomy Today and Tomorrow. RHODORA 54: 13. Wooron, E. O. and P. C. SraNpLEvy. 1913. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 16: 124. A TAXONOMIC STUDY OF THE GENUS PHYSALIS IN NORTH AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO U. T. WATERFALL (Concluded from p. 142 Among the 481 sheets of 450 collections studied, material has been seen from Manitoba, Ontario (Macoun 54525, Ny) and Quebec (Marie- Victorin et al 46421, au) in Canada, and in the United States from: Ala- bama, Arkansas, Colorado (Boulder and El Paso Cos.), Connecticut, Delaware, Florida (Lafayette Co.), Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kan- sas, Kentucky, Louisiana (Short, NY), Maine (Cumberland Co.), Massachu- setts, Miehigan, Minnesota, Mississippi (University Campus), Missouri, Nebraska, New Hampshire (Coós and Merrimack Cos.), New Jersey (Middlesex Co.), New York (Staten Island), North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio (Lorain Co.), Oklahoma, Pennsylvania (Chester Co.), Rhode Island, South Carolina (Aiken Co.), South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah (Washington Co.) Virginia, Washington D. C., West Vir- ginia (Monroe Co.) and Wisconsin. 9b. P. virginiana Miller, var. subglabrata (Mackenzie and Bush) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. subglabrata Mackenzie and Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12: 86-87. 1902. Plants nearly glabrous, or with a few short antrorse hairs; leaf blades mostly ovate to ovate-lanceolate, their margins usually entire, sometimes slightly sinuate-dentate; anthers tinged or margined with blue or violet; fruiting calyces mostly 25-35 mm. long and 20-30 mm. wide. TYPE: K. K. Mackenzie collected at Sheffield, Jackson Co., Missouri, June 14, 1896 (xv). This variety grows in woods, grassland, roadsides, fields, and other dis- turbed sites, primarily in the northeastern United States, but with scat- tered eolleetions elsewhere; it flowers mostly from June to September. 1958] Waterfall—Genus Physalis in N. America 153 Four hundred thirteen sheets of 267 collections have been studied. This taxon oceurs in Ontario, Canada, and in Arkansas, Colorado (Gunnison and Routt Cos.), Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia (Wayne Co.), Idaho (Ada, Canyon and Payett Cos.), Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas (Douglas, Ellis and Shawnee Cos.), Kentucky, Louisiana (East Feliciana and Grant Parishes), Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi (Coahoma Co.), Missouri, Nebraska (Kearney and Nemaha Cos.), New Jersey, New Mexico (Lincoln Co.), New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma (Rogers and Tulsa Cos.), Oregon (Polk Co.), Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina (Pickins Co.), Tennessee, Texas (Delta, Nueces and Potter Cos.), Utah (San Juan and Sanpete Cos.), Virginia, Washington D. C., West Virginia, Wisconsin. Sometimes forms are found with larger fruiting calyces which are 4-5 em. long and 3-4 em. broad. These may be called Physalis virginiana f. macrophysa (Rydberg) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov. based on P. macrophysa Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22: 308. 1895. TYPE: Since Rydberg cited several number without choosing a type, the author selects as LEcrorvPE A. A. Heller 1756 (NY); isolectotypes: (NY, UC). Although the latter name antedates subglabrata, the author has chosen to transfer the name subglabrata to varietal status, since it is associated with a large, wide-spread population, primarily of the northeastern United States. According to Article 70 of the Rules no name has priority outside its own rank. Article 71, Recommendation 71A suggests that in changing rank it is preferable to retain the original epithet unless it must be rejected under the rules. This particular choice of names seems to be in accord- ance with both articles, and keeps available the names now in usage, in- stead of either changing their application, or supplanting them with new names which would be permissible under the rules. Selected specimens: ARKANSAS Marion Co.: Demaree 20645 (NY); Inuivois: Peoria Co.: McDonald Aug. 1903 (Ny); Champaign Co.: Gleason Oct. 7, 1907 (puxe); Inprana: Lawrence Co.: Kriebel 1348 (pvKE); Iowa: Story Co.: Hayden 424 (au); Missouri: Jackson Co.: Bush 12488A (NY) and 12483 (DUKE); NeBraska: Howard Co.: Bates 4910 (au); New Jersey: Somerset Co.: Lighthipe Aug. 1, 1916 (Tex); Texas: Comal Co.: Lind- heimer May 1847 (au); Kerr Co.: Heller 1756 (Ny, uc); Tarrant Co.: Ruth 746 (xy, Pu); Travis Co.: Tharp May 6, 1931 (rex). Oc. P. virginiana Miller, var. texana (Rydberg) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. texana Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 339—340. 1896. Plant usually several-branched from the base; herbage glabrous or nearly so; principal leaves ovate and usually entire; plant of the Gulf coast of Texas, apparently intergrading inland with contiguous varieties. TYPE: The type is A. A. Heller 1507 Ny; isotypes: ARIZ, GH, PH, UC. This is primarily a taxon of the coastal area, but it extends inward through chaparral and other habitats nearly to central Texas, becoming more atypical as it does so. It usually flowers from March to June, but 154 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 flowering specimens have been seen that were collected in December and in August. Selected from 35 sheets of 17 collections: Texas: Bexar Co.: Metz 73 (micu, NY); Cameron Co.: Parks 17943 (aH); Gonzales Co.: Tharp 61-556 (rex); LaSalle Co.: Tharp and Tyson 52-488 (okta, TEX); Nueces Co.: Tharp, Johnston and Webster 48-58 (TEX, ARK, OKLA); San Saba Co.: Palmer 11841 (vex); Travis Co.: Tharp and Scarbrough 51-399 (coro, OKLA, TEX, UARK); Victoria Co.: Tharp 2516 (rex); Washington Co.: Tharp July 9, 1929 (oxra, TEX); Wilson Co.: Palmer 947 (Gu, NY). Od. P. virginiana Miller, var. sonorae (Torrey) Waterfall, comb. nov., based on P. pumila Nutt., var. sonorae Torr., Botany of the Mexican Boundary 153. 1859; P. longifolia Nutt., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. (n.s.) 5: 193-194. 1836; P. lanceolata Michx., var. laevigata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 68. 1875; P. lanceolata Michx., var. longifolia (Nutt.) Trelease, Rep. Ark. Geol. Surv. 4: 207. 1891; P. rigida Pollard and Ball, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 13: 134-135. 1900. Since, according to Article 70, “When the rank . .. of an infragenerie taxon is changed, the correct name or epithet is the earliest legitimate one available in the new rank," the well-known name longifolia must be re- placed in the varietal status with the relatively unknown sonorae. Plants usually single stemmed, often branching above; leaf blades usually lanceolate to lanceolate-lirear, but rarely ovate, their margins entire to irregu- larly toothed; herbage sparsely covered with short antrorse hairs, which are more abundant on the younger parts, sometimes nearly glabrous; calyx often with ten lines of short antrorse hairs; anthers yellow. Sometimes this variety is difficult to separate from var. subglabrata. In such cases the bluish, or violet, anthers of the latter is considered a distinguishing characteristie since it occurs in a large population of the northeastern United States where the vellow-anthered var. sonorae is not found. TYPE: Geo. Thurber 418, Fronteras, Sonora, Mexico, June 1851 in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Two isotypes are in the Gray Herbarium. Habitat, distribution and flowering time: This variety grows in prairies, plains, foothills, canyons, open woods, sandy areas and in various disturbed habitats. Its primary distribution is in the prairie region of central United States, but it extends into and west of the Rockies. It flowers in June, July and August in the northern part of its range, and from May through September in Texas and Arizona. Four hundred sixty seven sheets of 385 collections have been studied. They were collected in Arizona, Arkansas, California (Trinity Co.), Color- ado, Georgia (Whitfield Co.), Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, Nevada (Churchill and Storey Cos.), New Mexico, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon (Malheur Co.), Pennsylvania (Small, 1889), South Dakota, Tennessee (Davidson Co.), Texas, Utah, Virginia (King George Co.), West Virginia (Mineral Co.), Wisconsin, and Wyoming (Park and Weston Cos.). It is probable that the records from the far west represent introductions. 9e. P. virginiana Miller, var. hispida Waterfall, var. nov., foliis ovato- 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 155 lanceolatis vel lanceolatis, vel spathulato-lanceolatis, crassis, plus minusve hispidis. This perennial rhizomatous variety has thick leaf blades varying from ovate-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate in shape. The herbage is sub- glabrous, but it has a varying amount of stiff, more or less divergent trichomes about 1 mm. long, at least on the flower buds or the margins of the leaves. It is found in sandy areas of the prairie and plains region. It has been passing as P. lanceolata, but that name was given to seemingly aberrant plants of the eastern United States which may very well be inter- grades between P. heterophylla and P. virginiana, The type is Waterfall 7308, sand dunes, 1 mile east of Mangum, Greer Co., Oklahoma, June 28, 1947, in the Herbarium of Oklahoma State University; isotypes (TEX, OKL). It usually grows in sandy situations, but is found also on dry hilltops, edges of fields and other disturbed areas, primarily in Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska and eastern Colorado; flowering in May, June and July. Selected from 212 sheets of 147 collectiors: Cotorapo: Baca Co.: Rogers 6436 (cono); Boulder Co.: Ramaley 11624 (coLo); Denver Co.: Eastwood 23 (COLO, GH, vc); El Paso Co.: Williamson July 10, 1901 (pH); Fremont Co.: Brandegee 392 (NY, PH, vc); Jefferson Co.: Greene 323 (an); Larimer Co.: Smith July 15, 1944 (vc); Las Animas Co.: Rogers 6003 (coro); Lincoln Co.: Ownbey 1318 (cono, GH, NY, vc); Phillips Co.: Weber 5040 (coro); Weld Co.: Ramaley 15138 (ARIZ, COLO, OKL, TEX, UC); Yuma Co.: Harrington 5036 (COLO); InprANa: Lake Co.: Bebb 499 (oKL); Tippecanoe Co.: Ek June 10, 1942 (an, NY, TEX, UC); Kansas: Barton Co.: Rydberg and Imler 1330 (KANU, NY); Cheyenne Co.: McGregor 9433 (Kanu); Clark Co.: Rydberg and Imler 768 (KANU); Clay Co.: Kellerman July 2, 1888 (GH); Comanche Co.: Rydberg and Imler 1109 (KANU, NY); Finney Co.: Rydberg and [mler 996 (KANU, NY); Grove Co.: Hitchcock 572 (Gu); Hamilton Co.: Wilson and Miller (kanu); Meade Co.: Horr and McGregor 3841 (Kanu); Reno Co.: Rydberg and Imler 563 (KANU, nY); Riley Co.: Norton 368 (an, NY); Rooks Co.: Horr 5005 (Kanu); Sedgwick Co.: Coll. unknown Aug. 20, 1933 (kanu); Wyandotte Co.: Mackenzie 1159 (NY); MiNNESOTA: Isanti Co.: Rosendahl and Butters 5051 (Gu); Missouri: Jackson Co.: Bush 4970 (Gu, Ny, OKL); Johnson Co.: Stevens 4166 (ny); Ne- braska: Banner Co.: Rydberg 473 (NY); Cherry Co.: Tolstead 550 (Gu); Custer Co.: Bates June 15, 1901 (Gu); Hapeman June 7, 1928 (puKE); Lincoln Co.: Porter 2059 (Gu, okL); New Mexico: Santa Fe Co.: Tracy and Evans 110 (NY); OKLAHOMA: Beckham Co.: Pennell 10556 (Ny, pH); Beaver Co.: Goodman 5332 (OKL, TEX); Blaine Co.: Waterfall 7070 (OKL, OKLA, TEX); Cleveland Co.: Little 396 (oKL); Custer Co.: Mericle 318, 328, 703, 1866 (okr); Ellis Co.: Waterfall 11891 (oKraA); Garvin Co.: Andrews 97 (OKL); Grady Co.: McFarland 15 (OKL); Greer Co.: Bull 219 (okr); Harper Co.: Stevens 3322 (GH, NY, OKL); Jackson Co.: Stevens 1176 (GH, OKL); Kay Co.: Stevens 1919 (Gu); Kingfisher Co.: Byers 211 (oKLA); Logan Co.: Goodman 2126 (GH, OKL); Oklahoma Co.: Waterfall 2350 (Gu, NY); Payne Co.: Abernathy 32 (oxra); Pushmataha Co.: Waterfall 11397 (OKLA); Roger Mills Co.: Smith 607 (oKLA); Texas Co.: Water- fall 7961 (OKL, OKLA); Woods Co.: Waterfall 7857 (OKL, OKLA); Woodward Co.: Nelson and Goodman 5301 (oKL); South Dakota: Meyer Co.: Wallace (NY); Texas: Collingsworth Co.: Cory 16151 (au); Hall Co.: Reverchon 4511 (Gu); Hemphill Co.: Cory 16236 (Gu); Wichita Co.: Tharp 535 (wy, TEX); Uran: Sanpete Co.: Ward 676 (Gu); Wyomina: Albany Co.: Nelson 7358 (GH, NY); jt 156 Rhodora | Vor. 60 Converse Co.: Nelson 8366 (an); Platte Co.: Porter 4894 (COLO, GH, OKL, PH, TEX, UC). Of. P. virginiana Miller, var. polyphylla (Greene) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on Physalis polyphylla Greene, Pittonia 4: 150-151. 1900. Plants simple or branched near the base, nearly glabrous, the few hairs short and antrorse; longer leaves mostly 3-5 cm. long, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate. type: C. F. Baker 576 Piedra, southern Colorado, July 12, 1899 (iso- types: GH, NY, UC). The only other collection seen is Waterfall 11115, collected on a shale hillside, opening in pine forest 12 miles west of Chama, Rio Arribo Co., New Mexico, Aug. 25, 1952. (OKLA). Og. P. virginiana Miller, var. campaniforma Waterfall, var. nov., caulibus parvis, eurtis retrorso-pilosis; foliis ovatis; corollis maculatis; ‘alycis eampaniformis, ad basin 4-5 mm. latis, ad apices 1.5-2 em. latis. This variety is characterized by the combination of ovate leaves, short retrorse hairs and campanulate calyx, 4-5 mm. wide at its base, and 1.5-2 em. wide at the tips of its divergent lobes. TYPE: P. C. Standley 4556. Mouth of Indian Creek, altitude 8000 ft. ; in Pecos National Forest, New Mexico, July 25, 1908. Two sheets are in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. At present this distinctive variety is known only from the type collection. 10. Physalis hederaefolia Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 65. 1875. Plants erect or spreading from a perennial base, simple or many-stemmed; herbage with a mixture of long jointed hairs and short trichomes, or with short hairs only, which may be viscid or not, glandular or not, antrorse or spreading; leaf blades subreniform to ovate, or rarely ovate-lanceolate; corollas 10-15 mm. long, yellow or yellowish green, usually darker on the base of the limb, but sometimes obscurely so; limb of the corolla often reflexed when fully open; anthers usually vellow, 1.5-4 mm. long; flowering calyx about one-half as long as the corolla, on peduncles usually 3-8 mm. long; fruiting calyx 2-3 em. long and 1.5-2.5 em. wide on peduncles 1-2 cm. long. 10a. P. hederaefolia Gray, var. hederaefolia P. hederaefolia Gray, var. puberula Gray, loc. cit. supra; P. Palmeri Gray, Synoptic Flora 2 (1): 235. 1588. Herbage vestite with one or some combination of long jointed hairs, short di- varicate or retrorse hairs, or glandular hairs; leaf blades subreniform to ovate; calyces at anthesis usually 3-4 mm. wide; anthers mostly 3-4 mm. long, yellow TYPE: Charles Wright 528, in part, Turkey Creek, western Texas to El Paso, Oct. 1849 (au). It has a few long hairs, a few short hairs and a few sessile, or subsessile spherical glands; the type of var. puberula has many short hairs on the stems, and short hairs and a few spherical sessile glands on the leaves. Variety hederaefolia grows in desert plains, desert scrub, canyons, mountains and valleys, primarily in southwestern Texas, New Mexico and adjacent Arizona; it flowers in May, June and July, sometimes in August, September and October. 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 157 Selected from 243 sheets of 180 specimens: ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Harrison 8259 (ariz); Coconino Co.: Hanson 133A (coro, TEX); Gila Co.: Gould and Hudson 3742 (ariz, GH, Uc); Pima Co.: Gould 3952 (ariz); Pima Co.: Toumey 404 (artz); Yavapai Co.: Wolf 2311 (au); CALIFORNIA: San Bernardino Co.: Wolf 10772 (vc); San Diego Co.: Abrams 3703 (an); Nevapa: Clark Co.: Clokey 8107 (au, NY); Lincoln Co.: Ripley and Barneby 6405 (NY); NEw Mexico: Bernalillo Co.: Koelz June 28, 1926 (urcn); Dona Ana Co.: Wooton 136 (NY); Grant Co.: Greene Sept. 31, 1880 (Ny); Lincoln Co.: Wooton 634 (NY); San Miguel Co.: Rose and Fitch 17606 (Ny); Texas: Cory 16628 (au); Bandera Co.: Palmer 12253 (tex); Brewster Co.: Mueller 8154 (GH, MICH, NY, TEX, UC); Warnock 341 (GH, NY, TEX); Burnet Co.: Rogers, Albers and Barksdale 6864 (OKLA, TEX); Cameron Co.: Chandler 7064 (GH, NY, vc); Culberson Co.: Water- fall 4059 (Gu, NY); Duval Co.: Croft 11 (micu, Ny); El Paso Co.: Warnock 4100 (rex); Gonzales Co.: Smith and LeSueur 42-42 (an, TEX); Grimes Co.: Tharp April 11, 1936 (rex); Hidalgo Co.: LeSueur 442 (rex); Hudspeth Co.: Waterfall 4875 (an, NY); Jeff Davis Co.: Palmer 31935 (TEx); Kenedy Co.: Cory 28408 (au); Leon Co.: Cory 21810 (au); Mason Co.: Whitehouse Sept. 1, 1929 (TEX); McLennan Co.: Smith 620 (TEx); Maverick Co.: Pringle 8324 (GH, NY, UC); Pecos Co.: Tharp 256 (okr, vc); Presidio Co.: Hinckley 2753 (au); Real Co.: Cory 42778 (au); Reeves Co.: Tracy and Earle 126 (an, NY, TEX); Smith Co.: Cory 25881 (au); Taylor Co.: Cory 7393 (micu, vc); Terrell Co.: Webster 190 (TEX); Tom Green Co.: Reverchon 3922 (Gn); Travis Co.: Tharp Aug. 18, 1941 (au, TEX); Upton Co.: Cory 53482 (cu); Webb Co.: Mackenzie 86 (Ny); UTAH: Kane Co.: Boyle 208 (uc); Millard Co.: Garrett 2969 (Ny). 10b. P. hederaefolia Gray, var. comata (Rydberg) Waterfall, Ruopora 52: 171. 1950; P. comata Rydb., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22: 306. 1895; including P. rotundata Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 352. 1896. Herbage with long jointed hairs more or less abundantly mixed with shorter hairs, which may, or may not, be viscid or glandular; flowering calyx 8-11 mm. wide; leaf blades ovate to rotund, toothed to nearly entire. TYPE: P. A. Rydberg 269, under the cliffs, south side of Scott's Bluff, Nebraska, July 20, 1891, in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Variety comata is found on plains, mountains slopes, dry hills, gravel banks and sandhills, principally in western Nebraska, western Kansas and eastern Colorado; it usually flowers in June, July, August and September. Selected from 80 sheets of 63 collections: CoLorapo: Bent Co.: Osterhout 4118 (Ny); Boulder Co.: Ewan 12258 (uc); Cheyenne Co.: Ownbey 1357 (coro, an, Ny); Denver Co.: Eastwood Sept. 10, 1910 (au, vc); El Paso Co.: Ehlers 7764 (ARIZ, GH); Fremont Co.: Ewan 14248 (coro); Larimer Co.: Nelson Aug. 31, 1900 (xv); Las Animas Co.: Rogers 4843 (coro); Weld Co.: Osterhout 2309 (xy); Kansas: Barber Co.: Rydberg and Imler July 5, 1929 (ny); Cheyenne Co.: McGregor 9425 (Kanu); Ellis Co.: Rydberg and Imler 1228 (KANU, NY); Finney Co.: Wilson and Miller July 22, 1912 (KANv); Kiowa Co.: Hitchcock 774 (aH, NY); Osborne Co.: Shear 221 (an, Ny); Riley Co.: Gates 14537 (MICH); Rooks Co.: Bates 4563 (au); NEBRASKA: Adams Co.: Bates 4607 (au); Rydberg Aug 8, 1891 (xv); Buffalo Co.: Bates 4903 (au); Custer Co.: Bates 2403 (an); Garfield Co.: Bates 4634 (ny); Lincoln Co.: Rydberg Sept. 1895 (uc); Webster Co.: Bates July 3, 1907 (xv); New Mexico: Lincoln Co.: Skehan July 7, 1898 (GH, NY, UC); OkLAHOMA: Cimarron Co.: Waterfall 7902, 9122, 9240 (OKL, OKLA); Texas Co.: Waterfall 7867 (OKL, OKLA, TEX); Woods Co.: Ward 54 (xy); Soura Dakota: Lawrence Co.: Bennett 3259 (UARK). 158 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 10c. P. hederaefolia Gray, var. cordifolia (Gray) Waterfall, eomb. nov., based on P. Fendleri Gray, var. cordifolia Gray, Synop. Flora N. Amer. 2(1): 395. 1878. P. Fendleri Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 66. 1875. Indument of short reflexed hairs with many to few short, somewhat flattened branched hairs, which are sometimes present onlv on the calyx; leaf blades ovate to ovate-lanceolate (2) 3-6 em. long and 1-3 em. wide, from (1.2) 1.4-2.5 times longer than wide. TYPE: The type of P. Fendleri is Fendler 683, New Mexico (au). That of var. cordifolia is Palmer 363, St. George, southern Utah (an). This taxon grows in mountains, canyons, mesas, plains, in juniper-pinon pine areas, and in disturbed habitats, principally in southwestern Texas; it flowers mostly in July, August and September. Selected from 196 sheets of 146 collections: Arizona: Apache Co.: Goodman and Payson 3167 (an, NY); Cochise Co.: Blumer 2104 (Ariz, GH, NY); Coconimo Co.: Thornber 2088 (ariz); Gila Co.: Parker, McClintock and Robbins 6125 (ariz); Maricopa Co.: Rusby 775 (mich, Ny); Mohave Co.: Kearney and Peebles 12761 (ariz); Navajo Co.: Jones 1109 (ariz); Pima Co.: Parker, McClintock and Haskell 5885 (ariz, vc); Santa Cruz Co.: Peebles and Loomis 7019 (artz); Yavapai Co.: Kearney and Peebles 9719 (ARIZ); CALIFORNIA: San Bernardino Co.: Wolf 10722 (ny, uc); San Diego Co.: Palmer 1875 (au); Cotorapo: Archuleta Co.: Weber and Livingston 6254 (coto); El Paso Co.: McCosh and Greene 1877 (Ny); Fremont Co.: Waterfall 11503 (OKLA, TEX); Huerfano Co.: Ramaley 16236 (coto); La Plata Co.: Jones 503 (micu); Las Animas Co.: Rogers 5416 (COLO); Mesa Co.: Rollins 1915 (Gu, NY); Montezuma Co.: Baker, Earle and Tracy 823 (ny); Montrose Co.: Payson 3927 (aH); Otero Co.: Paull 8? (cono); Pueblo Co.: Pammel Aug. 24, 1913 (an, TEX); Nevapba: Clark Co.: Train 2003 (ariz); Clokey 8204 (ARIZ, DUKE, NY, OKL, OKLA, TEX); New Mexico: Colfax Co.: Standley 14012 (ny); Dona Ana Co.: Wooton and Standley 3157 (ariz, Ny); Grant Co.: Blumer 49 (au, NY); Luna Co.: Shreve 8343 (ariz); Otero Co.: Schulz 297 (Gu); Fan Miguel Co.: Standley 4945 (GH, NY); Santa Fe Co.: Robbins 8244 (coro); Sierra Co.: Metcalfe 945 (GH, NY); Taos Co.: Wooton 2693 (Ny); Torrance Co.: Parker and McClintock 6526 (arız); Valencia Co.: Vogt 27 (ariz); Oklahoma: Cimarron Co.: Waterfall 7915 (OKL, OKLA); Texas: Brewster Co.: Marsh 261 (au); El Paso Co.: Lee, Berkman and Tharp 46192 (Tex); Hudspeth Co.: Waterfall 6694 (au); Jeff Davis Co.: Hinckley 574 (xy); Uran: Piute Co.: Tidestrom 2942 (micah); San Juan Co.: Rydberg and Garrett 9390 (NY); Washington Co.: Gould 2028 (ARIZ, COLO, GH, NY). 11. Physalis caudella Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 273. 1937. Plants simple or branched, apparently from a deep rhizome which is not collected; indument usually villous, of long jointed hairs (1) 2-3 mm. long, dense or sparse, or of long and short hairs intermixed in varying proportions; leaf blades 4-7 em. long and 1.5-4 em. wide, usually lanceolate, rarely ovate- lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, on petioles 0.5-2 em. long (this amount of variation in length of petioles may be found in the same plant, with the longer petioles below and the shorter ones above); margins of the leaf blades entire to irregularly undulate to saliently few-toothed; corollas 14-18 mm. long, yellow, with prominent deep reddish-blue or purplish spots on the limb; anthers blue or blue-green, about 3 mm. long, on slender filaments much 1958| Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 159 narrower than the anthers; calyx 7-10 mm. long, its lobes 3-8 mm. long; flowering peduncles usually about 5 mm. long, sometimes as much as 8 mm. long; fruiting calyx (2.5) 3-5 em. long and (2) 2.5-3 cm. wide, with calyx lobes (6) 10-15 (17) mm. long. TYPE: Howard Scott Gentry 2710, on oak-pine slope, 2,160 meters eleva- tion, Cajurichi, Rio Mayo, Chihuahua, Mexico, Sept. 13, 1936 (r). An isotype is at uc. The isotype has lobes of the flowering calyx 3-8 mm. long, and a calyx cup only about 2 mm. long; the fruiting calyx also has lobes at the extreme limit of length, being 14-17 mm. long. One of the Arizona specimens approaches the type, having a flowering calyx with lobes 7 mm. long and a calyx tube 3 mm. long. However most of them have ealyx lobes somewhat shorter than the calyx tube; the lobes of the fruiting calyx in the Arizona material are usually 10-15 mm. long, rarely as short as 6 mm. Habitat, range and flowering time: Growing in canyons, pine woods and oak woods in the mountains of southern Arizona (with one collection from southwestern New Mexico) and adjacent Sonora and Chihuahua; flowering in June, July and August. Selected from 31 sheets of 19 collections: Arizona: Cochise Co.: Benson 10448 (Antz, NY, UC); Gooding 843 (arız, GH, NY); Pima Co.: Kearney and Peebles 10504 (ariz, uc); Santa Cruz Co.: Parker 7683 (ARIZ, COLO, NY, uc); New Mexico: Socorro Co.: Wooton Aug. 6, 1900 (NY). 12. Physalis crassifolia Bentham, Botany of the Voyage of the Sulphur 40. 1844. Stems usually several from a ligneous base, each stem branched, sometimes several times; herbage minutely puberulent, sometimes slightly glandular; principal leaf blades (1.5) 2-3 (5) em. long, and (1.5) 2-2.5 (3.5) em. wide, usually broadly ovate; leaf margins entire to sinuately or repandly few- toothed to dentate; petioles two-thirds the length of the blade to equalling it; corolla yellow, sometimes becoming bluish in age, or when dried and pressed, 10-15 mm. long, its limb reflexed when fully open; anthers yellow, 2.5-3 mm. long; filaments having a few long hairs growing on them; calyx at anthesis usually 3-6 mm. long on peduncles 5-10 times their length; fruiting calyx usually 2-3 em. long and 1.5-2 em. wide. 12a. P. crassifolia Bentham, var. crassifolia. P. cardiophylla Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound. 153. 1859; P. crassifolia var. cardiophylla (Torr.) Gray, Synoptic Flora 2(1): 235. 1878; P. muriculata Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. 1: 209. 1885. Leaves thick, entire to sinuately or repandly few-toothed; flowering calyx usually 4-6 mm. long on peduncles 6-7 times their length; corollas yellow, sometimes with brownish centers. TYPE: Bay of Magdalena, Lower California, Mexico; not seen. Variety crassifolia grows on deserts, canyon floors, rocky hillsides, and mountains, principally in Arizona, and California; it flowers from March through October. Selected from 185 sheets of 157 collections: AgizoNA: Cochise Co.: Blumer 90 (ariz); Mohave Co.: Harrison, Kearney and Fulton 7549 (ariz); Pima Co.: Harrison and Kearney 7238 (xv); Pinal Co.: Gillespie 8919 (Ny, vc); Yavapai 160 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 Co.: Peebles, Harrison and Kearney 7431 (Ny); Yuma Co.: Benson 1080? (ARIZ); CALIFORNIA: Imperial Co.: Rose 36830 (oKL, mica); Inyo Co.: Clokey and Templeton 5776 (Ny, vc); Kern Co.: Munz, Johnston and Harwood 4034 (ny); Riverside Co.: Clokey 6881 (Ny, uc); Mason 4185 (au, uc), Rose 36001 (GH, vc); San Bernardino Co.: Munz 11720 (ariz, COLO, NY); San Diego Co.: Abrams 3160 (Gn, NY); Nevapa: Clark Co.: Clokey 8577 (coro, NY, uc); Clover 8235 (mica); Lincoln Co.: Kennedy and Gooding 10 (ARIZ, NY, UC). 12b. P. crassifolia Bentham, var. versicolor (Rydberg) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. versicolor Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22:307. 1895; P. genucaulis Aven Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 47: 430. 1909. Leaves thinner, usually dentate, but sometimes nearly entire; calyx usually 3-4 mm. long on peduncles 5-10 times their length; corolla yellow, usually some, or all, of them turning bluish in drying. TYPE: Rydberg selected no type, therefore Edward Palmer 622, col- lected at Guaymas, Mexico in 1887 is selected as the LECTOTYPE (NY); isolectotype (GH). Its habitat, distribution and flowering time are apparently similar to the above, but it is not so widespread. Selected from 71 sheets of 55 collections: Arizona: Gila Co.: King and Belden 2439 (arız); Mohave Co.: (?): Clover 6009 (ariz); Pima Co.: Toumey June 1, 1896 (GH, NY), Gould and Macbride 4128 (ariz, Gu, NY, UC); Pinal Co.: Thornber 5517 (arız, NY); Yuma Co.: Parker, Parker, Wright and Lowe 7816 (COLO, NY, UC); CALIFORNIA: Imperial Co.: Wiggins 9606 (au, vc); Riverside Co.: Wiggins 9673 (Gu, Ny, Uc); Nevada: Clarke Co.: Train 1366 (Ny, vc). 13. Physalis ixocarpa Brotero ex Hornemann, Hortus Regius Botanicus Hafniensis, Supplement 26. 1819; P. aequata Jacq. f. ex Nees, Linnaea 6: 470. 1831. Annual, 15-60 cm. tall, branched, glabrous to rather sparsely vestite with short appressed hairs; leaf blades 2-7 cm. long, ovate to ovate-lanceolate; margins of the leaves dentate to sinuate-dentate to entire, on petioles about one-half as long as the blade to equalling it in length; corolla 7-15 mm. long, with 5 bluish-tinged dark spots on its limb which is recurved when fully open; anthers blue, about 3 mm. long, strongly twisted after dehiscence; flowering peduncles 3-5 mm. long; fruiting calyx usually 2-2.5 (3) em. long, nearly globose, often well-filled with the fruit; fruiting peduncles usually 3-8 mm. long. Fruiting material may often resemble P. virginiana var. subglabrata. It can be distinguished by its shorter peduncles. TYPE: None was selected by Hornemann, and no material was cited. Presumably a neotype should be selected, probably from Mexican collec- tions since the species seems to be native there. However the author prefers to defer this action until a more detailed study of the species from that area may be accomplished. The concept of the species is based upon the material cited later, which seems to be conspecific with Mexican ma- terial seen. This species is cultivated and escapes; it flowers through much of its growing season, Selected from 95 sheets of 81 collections: CANADA: Ottawa, Marie-Victorin, et al. 43923 (an); UNITED STATES: Carrronxia: Butte Co.: Yates 6127 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 161 (vc); Fresno Co.: Bacigalupi, Ferris and Wiggins 2491 (aH, NY, vc); Los Angeles Co.: Fosberg 53036 (Gn, xv); Riverside Co.: Conger Oct. 1909 (vc); San Bernardino Co.: Parish Sept. 1888 (vc); San Luis Obispo Co.: Miossi Aug. 5, 1840 (vc); Santa Barbara Co.: Bingham 29 (Nv); Ventura Co.: Pollard Oct. 27, 1945 (cono); DELAwARE: New Castle Co.: Commons Nov. 2, 1898 (au); Sussex Co.: Churchill Sept. 11, 1908; Illinois: Adams Co.: Seymour Aug. 1878 (DUKE); DuPage Co.: Moffett 3197 (Gu, oxra); Fulton Co.: Vasey 1862 (aH); ManvLANp: McVaugh 134543, cult., originally from Mexico (wicH); MassAcnuusETTS: Middlesex Co.: Deane Sept. 24, 1884 (NEBC); Norfolk Co.: Fernald Sept. 26, 1908 (au); MrcuiGAN: Emmet Co.: Hoover 1943, seeds from the Orange Free State (DUKE, TEX, vc); Minnesota: Herb. Canby Sept. 1868 (NY); New Jersey: Hunterdon Co.: Dodge July 18, 1899 (arcu); New Mexico: Rio Arriba Co.: Wooton 2697 (NY); Santa Fe Co.: Fendler 680 (au); New York: Ontario Co.: coll. unknown Aug. 2, 1887, raised from seeds from Palmer from Mexico (GH); Tompkins Co.: Hoisington 340, cultivated (OKLA); OREGON: Multnomah Co.: Nelson 3325 (Gu); PENNSYLVANIA: Fretz 1881 (uc); Phila- delphia Co.: Parker Sept. 9, 1874 (ny); Texas: Bexar Co.: Jermy 1904 (NY); Brewster Co.: Marsh 163 (Gn); Crockett Co.: Cory 29703 (au); Refugio Co.: Tharp Sept. 7, 1929 (micu); Webb Co.: Mackenzie 85 (NY); VERMONT: Chitten- den Co.: Flynn 4 (GH); Virainta: Clarke Co.: Young 485, raised in experi- mental plots (TEX); WASHINGTON: Klickitat Co.: Suksdorf 2284 (au, vc); Washington D. C.: Steele Sept. 20, 1899 (puKE); West VrnGiNIA: Rawleigh Co.: Tosh 650 (uc). 14. Physalis Wrightii Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 63. 18795. Annual 30-90 em. tall, nearly glabrous, the few hairs short, stiff and ap- pressed; leaf blades ovate-lanceolate to linear-laneeolate, the principal ones usually 4-12 centimeters long on petioles 1.5-7 em. long; leaf margins usually irregularly and often coarsely dentate, sometimes regularly and saliently dentate; corolla a light yellow color, sometimes with a greenish tinge, rotate with very little tub», 15-23 mm. wide when fully open, with five hairy pads on its limb near the base, alternating with the stamens; anthers (2.8)3 (3.8) mm. long, yellow with a blue or blue-green tinge; filaments slender, somewhat exceeding the anthers in length; flowering calyx usually 4-5 mm. long on peduncles 5-12 times its length; fruiting calyx usually 2-2.5 cm. long and 1.7-2 em. wide, on peduncles usually 2.5-6 cm. long, sometimes nearly filled by the fruit. TYPE: Charles Wright 1602, prairies along the San Pedro River, south- western Texas, 1851-52 (Gu); isotype (Ny); no other collections have been seen from Texas. Habitat, distribution and flowering time: Growing in deserts and moun- tains, but particularly in fields and other disturbed habitats, primarily in Arizona and California; flowering from July to November. Selected from 46 sheets of collections: ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Griffiths 1579 (ARIZ, NY); Gila Co.: Collom Sept. 15, 1934 (micu); Graham Co.: Richardson 437 (ARIZ); Maricopa Co.: Wiggins 3860 (mich); Navajo Co.: Zuch 49 (ARIZ); Pima Co.: Pringle Aug. 1, 1894 (an, NY); Gould 3938 (ARIZ, TEX, vc); Pinal Co.: Arnold and Darrow Sept. 13, 1936 (au, uc); Yuma Co.: Thornber Sept. 24, 1912 (arız); CALIFORNIA: Imperial Co.: Munz 11523 (ny); Kern Co.: Yates 6839 (vc); Los Angeles Co.: Wheeler 964 (vc); San Diego Co.: Brandegee July 1895 (uc); Texas: Wright 1602. (GH, NY). 162 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 15. Physalis angulata Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 1: 183. 1753; other synonymy under the varieties. Annual, 15-90 em. tall, glabrous, or with a few short appressed hairs es- pecially on the younger parts; blades of principal leaves usually 4-10 em. long, ovate to lanceolate, or sometimes linear-lanceolate; margins of the leaves ir- regularly and sometimes coarsely or saliently toothed, or entire, on petioles 1-4 em. long; corolla yellowish, not dark spotted, usually 4-10 mm. long; anthers usually 1-2.3 mm. long, bluish, on slender filaments; flowering calyx usually 3-5 mm. long with calyx lobes 1-2.5 mm. long; flowering peduncles 5-40 mm. long; fruiting calyx usually 2-3 em. long and 1.5-2.5 em. wide on peduncles 10-40 mm. long. 15a. P. angulata L., var. angulata. P. Linkiana Nees, Linnaea 6: 471-472. 1831; P. angulata L., var. Linkiana (Nees) Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 10: 64. 1875. Leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate; corolla usually 6-10 mm. long; flower- ing calyx usually 4-5 mm. long with calyx lobes 2-2.5 mm. long; flowering peduncles usually 5-15 mm. long; fruiting calyx on peduncles usually 20-30 mm. long, shorter than to equalling the length of the fruiting calyx. Variety angulata grows in open woods, pastures, ditches, fields, and various disturbed habitats in the extreme eastern states, and in the south- 'astern states as far west as eastern Oklahoma and Texas; it flowers from May to September. Selected from 104 sheets of 77 collections: ALABAMA: Coosa Co.: Pollard and Ball 263 (Gn, Ny); Lee Co.: Earle and Baker Aug. 11, 1897 (Ny); Tusca- loosa Co.: Pollard and Mazon 330 (mich, NY); ARKANSAS: Arkansas Co.: Moore 82748 (OKLA, UARK); Ashley Co.: Demaree 16362 (Ny); Chicot Co.: Demaree 18567 (Ariz, NY); Hempstead Co.: Buckholz 388 (UARK); Jefferson Co.: Demaree 1398? (Ny); Pulaski Co.: Merrill 672 (UARK); Connecticut: Hartford Co.: Bissell Aug. 19, 1904 (GH); DELAWARE: Commons Aug. 15, 1877; FLORIDA: Collier Co.: Moldenke 5761 (xy); Columbia Co.: Straub 36 (GH); Duval Co.: Curtiss 5737 (Gu, NY, Uc); Gadsden Co.: Berg (Ny); Gulf Co.: Chapman 4345 (au, NY); Hillsborough Co.: Deam 2746 (au); Lake Co.: Nash 1052 (au, MICH, uc); Lee Co.: Hitchcock 238 (Gu, Ny); Leon Co.: Godfrey 52385 (DUKE); Pinellas Co.: Deam 2905 (au); Polk Co.: McFarlin 6569 (mica); Volusia Co.: Hood 9 (an); Grorata: Decatur Co.: Thorne 4629 (an); De Kalb Co.: Small Sept. 11, 1894 (ny); McDuffie Co.: Bartlett 1662 (micu); Louisiana: Baton Rouge Parish: Chamblis 17 (ny); Correll 9567 (DUKE, GH, NY); Tangipahoa Parish: Correll 9240 (pu KE); MississiPrr: Harrison Co.: Tracy 6476 (Gau, NY); Jackson Co.: Pollard 1123 (Gu, Ny); New Jersey: Brunswick Co.: Godfrey 10085 (TEX); Camden Co.: Beringer Sept. 1891 (Micu); Norra CAROLINA: Moore Co.: Oosting 34777 (Duke, PH); New Hanover Co.: Williamson Sept. 1, 1900 (Ny, PH); Wilson Co.: Randolph and Randolph July 7, 1922 (Gu); OKLAHOMA: Delaware Co.: Wallis 2728 (okLA); Oklahoma Co.: Waterfall 2349 (oKL); Pottawatomie Co.: Barkley 395 (oki); Sours Carona: Charleston Co.: Moldenke 5196 (ny); in cultis Curtis (au); Texas: Angelina Co.: Cory 10665 (an); Brazos Co.: Parks Dec. 1, 1946 (rex); Gonzales Co.: Tharp Nov. 23, 1935 (mıca); Harris Co.: Boon 481 (rex); Houston Co.: Cory 26121 (an); Jefferson Co.: Tharp Sept. 9, 1937 (rex); Wood Co.: Cory 57671 (coro); VırGINIA: Princess Anne Co.: Fernald and Long 10881 (au); Southampton Co.: Fernald and Long 13742 (an). 1958] Waterfall,—Genus Physalis in N. America 163 15b. P. angulata L., var. pendula (Rydberg) Waterfall, comb. et stat, nov., based on P. pendula Rydb. in Small, Flora of the Southeastern United States 983. 1903. Similar to var. angulata, but leaves sometimes narrower; flowering calyx usually 3 mm. long, sometimes 4 mm. long; with calyx lobes about 1 mm. long; flowering peduncles usually 15-40 mm. long; fruiting peduncles usually 20—40 mm. long, equalling the fruiting calyx (which is usually 20-25 mm. long) to three times its length. TYPE: In describing this species, Rydberg did not select a type, stating that it was the taxon that he had originally called P. lanceifolia, or at least the part of it occurring from Illinois to Texas. He cited several collections in his treatment of the genus (1896), and from among these F. L. Harvey 65 “central and southern Arkansas" (UARK) is selected as LECTOTYPE. This variety grows in river valleys, bottom woods, fields and various disturbed sites, primarily in Oklahoma and Texas, but extending north to Illinois; it flowers from June through September. Selected from 125 sheets of 104 collections: ARKANSAS: Conway Co.: Moore 420449 (UARK); Garland Co.: Demaree 20471 (Ny, vc); Harvey 65 (micH); Little River Co.: Moore 510682 (uark); Prairie Co.: Demaree 15498 (NY); Pulaski Co.: Merill 725 (uark); InuiNOoms: Alexander Co.: Palmer 16628 (pH); Cook Co.: Umbach Aug. 3, 1897 (mich, Ny, PH); St. Claire Co.: Eggert Sept. 16, 1893 (GH); Union Co.: Vasey 1862 (au); Vasey (Ny); Kansas: Douglas Co.: McGregor 607 (KANU); Geary Co.: Hitchcock 775 (GH, NY); Linn Co.: Rydberg and Imler 77 (Ny); Miami Co.: McGregor 11048 (KANU); Sedgwick Co.: Horr 6191.1 (KANU); Louisiana: Hale (GH); MASSACHUSETTS: Middlesex Co.: Perkins Oct. 22, 1880 (Ny); Missounr: Jackson Co.: Mackenzie May 10, 1896 (Ny); Jasper Co.: Palmer 3093 (Ny); St. Louis Co.: Eggert Sept. 7, 1887 (pH, vc); Engelmann 324 (GH); OKLAHOMA: Alfalfa Co.: Waterfall 9970 (OKLA); Blaine Co.: Waterfall 2387 (oKL, vc); Cherokee Co.: Wallis 1468, 1891 (OKLA); Creek Co.: Bush 397 (an); Custer Co.: Palmer 12555 (TEX, vc); Garvin Co.: Andrews 133 (oki); Logan Co.: Smith 889 (oki); Murray Co.: Robbins 2729 (oki); Muskogee Co.: Little 188 (oKL); Oklahoma Co.: Waterfall 2091 (OKLA, GH); Osage Co.: Stevens 2115 (GH, NY, OKL, OKLA); Payne Co.: Coryell 388, 596 (okrA); Pittsburg Co.: McClary 66 (ok); Pontotoc Co.: McCoy 852, 1267, 1915 (okrA); Pottawatomie Co.: Van Vleet July 12, 1905 (okL); Texas: Bexar Co.: Metz 64 (ny, uc); Bowie Co.: Plank May 9, 1891 (NY); Brazos Co.: Reeves 62 (Gu); Calhoun Co.: Gentry 49 (TEX, LIL); Colorado Co.: Bush 333 (Gu, NY); Dallas Co.: Hall 504 (an, Ny); DeWitt Co.: Riedel Aug. 3, 1941 (rex); Harris Co.: Boon June 22, 1943 (TEx); Jackson Co.: Tharp Aug. 8, 1941 (tex); Lamar Co.: Strandtman 10 (TEX); McLennan Co.: York 46232 (okr, TEX); Refugio Co.: Tharp Dec. 4, 1928 (TEX); San Patricio Co.: Cory 45389 (au); Tarrant Co.: Ruth 1242 (Ny); Titus Co.: Jones 10 (TEX); Travis Co.: Tharp 1717 (rex); Washington Co.: Brackett July 15, 1938 (GH, TEX). 15e. P. angulata L., var. lanceifolia (Nees) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. lanceifolia Nees, Linnaea 6: 473. 1831. Similar to var. pendula, but leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, and corolla usually only 4-5 mm. long; anthers often only 1-1.5 mm. long. TYPE: No collections were cited by Nees who said “Habitat in Peruvia 164 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 (Ruiz et Pavon); in Mexico (Herb. Hort. Reg. Ber.)". A Neotype should be selected, but preferably after a study of Peruvian and Mexican material. Specimens cited below appear to be similar to a number of Mexican collec- tions seen by the author. Variety lanceifolia grows in wet areas, river valleys, fields and other disturbed habitats in California, Arizona, New Mexico and to a lesser extent in Texas and southern Oklahoma, often being atypical in the latter two states, probably due to gene interehange with var. pendula; a few Florida collections are also referred here; it flowers usually in June to September, or as late as November in the warmer parts of its range. Selected from 64 sheets of 41 collections: AnrzoNaA: Cochise Co.: Thornber 2627 (au), put here because the anthers are only about 1 mm. long, even though the leaves are broad; Pima Co.: Pringle Aug. 5, and Sept. 5, 1884 (xv, PH, vc); Pinal Co.: Kearney 15067 (ariz); Yuma Co.: Schott 2 (ny); CALIFORNIA: Butte Co.: Heller 13355 (au); Fresno Co.: Bacigalupi, Ferris and Wiggins 2488 (GH, NY, Uc); Imperial Co.: Parish 8337 (au); Los Angeles Co.: Wheeler 965 (uc); Merced Co.: Hoover 1599 (uc); San Diego Co.: Spencer 1014 (am); Stanislaus Co.: Hoover 2442 (uc); Tulare Co.: Michener and Bioletti 1893 (NY); FLortpa: Dade Co.: Small and Carter 649 (Ny, pH); Kevy Co.: Small, Small and DeWinkeler 10036 (Ny); Monroe Co.: Eyles 8213 (an, oki); New Mexico: Dona Ana Co.: Archer 489 (micu); Kearney and Peebles 15073 (ARIZ); OKLAHOMA: McCurtain Co.: Waterfall 7604 (oKL, OKLA); Oklahoma Co.: Waterfall 2893, near var. pendula (oKL); Payne Co.: James 37 (OKLA); Texas: Brewster Co.: Cory 31275 (au); Cameron Co.: Runyon 4243 (TEX); Llano Co.: Bray 10 (Ny); Presidio Co.: Warnock T 164 (au, TEX); Refugio Co.: Tharp Sept. 7, 1929 (rex); Travis Co.: Tharp, Warnock and Barkley Nov. 31, 1945, atypical material, perhaps intermediate with var. pendula (COLO, DUKE, GH, NY, OKL, OKLA, UARK, UC). 16. Physalis pubescens Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 1: 183. 1753. Synonymy listed under the varieties. Plants annual, 15-60 cm. tall, villous or viscid-villous vestite, sometimes with granular glands, sometimes glabrate; blades of principal leaves usually 3-10 em. long, narrowly to broadly ovate, on petioles half as long to about equal them in length; margins of the leaves toothed to entire; corolla 6-10 mm. long, yellow with 5 prominent dark spots on the limb near its base; anthers 1.5-2 (2.4) mm. long, blue; flowering calyx 4-7 mm. long, its lobes 2-4 mm. long; flowering peduncles 3-12 mm. long; fruiting calyx 2-4 em. long and 1.5-2.5 em. wide, 5 angled, on peduncles 5-20 mm. long. 16a. P. pubescens L., var. pubescens. P. turbinata Medicus, Academia Theodora-palatina 4: 188-192. 1780; P. barbadensis Jacquin, Miscellanea Austriaca Sive Plantarum Selectarum 360. 1781; P. obscura, var. viscido-pubescens Michx., Flora Boreali-Americana 1: 149. 1803; Alicabon barbadense (Jacq.) Rafinesque, Sylva Telluriana 56-57. 1838; P. viscido-pubescens (Michx.) Dunal, in DeCandolle's Prodromus 13(1): 442. 1852; P. floridana Rydberg, in Small, Flora of the Southeastern United States 983. 1903. Plants more or less villous; leaf blades usually with 5-8 teeth on each side, usually not translucent; flowering peduncles 3-7 mm. long; fruiting ealyees 2-3 em. long on peduncles usually 5-9 mm. long. 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 165 TYPE: “In India utraque.” A photograph of the type is in the Arnold Arboretum's collection of photographs of specimens in the Linnaean Herbarium, London. Variety pubescens grows in swamps, margins of lakes, sand dunes, brush, fields and other disturbed habitats, primarily from Florida to Texas in our area; it flowers from May through November. It is a widespread pantropical taxon. Selected from 81 sheets of collections: FLonipA: Broward Co.: Moldenke 480 (NY); Dade Co.: Small and Small 4632 (Duxe, Ny); Franklin Co.: Chapman 3055b (an, NY); Highlands Co.: Moldenke 5417 (Ny); Hillsboro Co.: Churchill March 28, 1936 (GH); Lake Co.: Nash 1251 (Gu, MICH, NY, vc, PH); Lee Co.: Tracy 7612 (au, NY); Monroe Co.: Killip 41456 (Ny, uc); Pinellas Co. : Williams Mar. 12, 1926 (puKE); Polk Co.: McFarlin 5924 (mica); St. Lucie Co.: Small 8507 (GH, NY); ILLiNois: Jackson Co.: Vasey (au); Louisiana: Hale (aH); Texas: Bexar Co.: Metz 771 (micu); Brazos Co.: Moncreif 1476 (TEX); Gonzales Co.: Tharp Aug. 12, 1940 (rex); Harris Co.: Fisher Oct. 9, 1917 (uc); Hidalgo Co.: Walker 8 (Gu, TEx); Jackson Co.: Warnock 105 (TEX); Jefferson Co.: Tharp Sept. 10, 1937 (au, TEX); McLennan Co.: Smith 59 (rex); Newton Co.: Tharp 52141 (au); Nueces Co.: Tharp and Brown 48-165 (TEX); Travis Co.: Tharp Nov. 8, 1929 (Gu, oxra, TEX); Willacy Co.: Johnston 542221 (TEX); Williamson Co.: Wolcott 314 (TEx). 16b. P. pubescens L., var. glabra (Michx.) Waterfall, comb. nov., based on P. obscura Michx., var. glabra Michx. Flora Boreali-Americana 1: 149. 1803. P. obscura Michx., le. P. hirsuta Dunal, var. repando- dentata Dunal, in DeCandolle's Prodromus 13(1):445. 1852; P. barbaden- sis Jacq., var. obscura (Michx.) Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 327. 1896; P. barbadensis Jacq., var. glabra (Michx.) Fernald, Ruopora 51: 82. 1949. When Michaux described P. obscura he immediately divided it into two varieties, var. glabra and var. viscido-pubescens. The present author in- terprets var. glabra as being the “typical” variety. This material has been referred recently, by some American authors, to P. turbinata Medicus, Academia Theodora-palatina 4: 188-192. 1780. However, in describing this species Medicus says “Die Hauptstamme und nebenaste sind vierkandigt, haarich und rotlich violet-braun." One might dismiss the reddish violet-brown color, as either not necessarily being a characteristic of the whole taxon, or as possibly not being retained in herbarium specimens, but it seems dubious if the term “hairy” would be used to describe nearly glabrous, or slightly puberulent specimens. It seems that the taxon described by Medicus, at least as the name has been applied in our flora, is more likely referable to var. pubescens. Plants glabrous or sparingly puberulent, but not villous as in the other varieties; blades of the principal leaves usually 2-7 em. long, ovate, often rather broadly so, acuminate in many specimens; margins of the leaves ir- regularly toothed, sometimes saliently so; petioles about equalling the blades in length; anthers 1.8-2.4 mm. long, bluish; flowering calyx 5-7 mm. long with narrow lanceolate-acuminate lobes 2.5-4 mm. long; flowering peduncles 5-12 mm. long; fruiting calyx 3-4 em. long, ovate or broader in outline, often acuminate at the apex, on peduncles 1-2 em. long. 166 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 TYPE: In the Herbarium of Michaux, Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris; photograph in the Gray Herbarium. Variety glabra grows in open woods, creek sides, valleys, vards and other disturbed habitats, mostly in southeastern coastal states from North Carolina to Texas, and inland in Arkansas and Missouri; it usually flowers from July through October. Selected from 47 sheets of 34 collections: ALABAMA: Crenshaw Co.: Reed 2105 (rex); Mobile Co.: Mohr Aug. 1883 (mic); ARKANSAS: Drew Co.: Demaree 16498 (NY); Fulton Co.: Bush 961 (Ny); Hot Springs Co.: Demaree 19471 (NY); Logan Co.: Palmer 24209 (UARK); Saline Co.: Moore 53-311 (UARK); FLoripa: Dade Co.: Tatnell 620 (vun); Gadsden Co.: Curtiss 5896 (GH, UC); GEoRGIA: Calhoun Co.: Thorne 7338 (Gu); CALIFORNIA: San Diego Co.: Jones March 1882 (pH); Louisiana: Calcasieu Parish: Correll and Correll 9566 (DUKE, GH, NY, PH); Natchitoches Parish: Palmer 8777 (vu); Vermilion Parish: Tharp July 27, 1929 (rex); Mississippi: Oktibbeha Co.: Pollard 1338 (Gu); Missourt: Barry Co.: Bush 547 (Ny); Butler Co.: Eggert July 1893 (xy, vc); Madrid Co.: Bush 189 (Gu, NY); NORTH CAROLINA: Curtis (GH); PENNSYLVANIA: Bucks Co.: Moyer (rn); Texas: Bowie Co.: Heller and Heller 4253 (Gu, NY, pH); Harris Co.: Hall 503 (au, ny); Newton Co.: Tharp 42-141 (Gu, TEX); Orange Co.: Tharp 2518 (rex); Rusk Co.: Reverchon 3239 (NY). 16c. P. pubescens L., var. integrifolia (Dunal) Waterfall, comb. nov., based on P. hirsuta Dunal, var. integrifolia Dunal, in DeCandolle, Prodro- mus 13(1): 445. 1852. Plants more or less villous; leaf blades often entire, sometimes 3-4 (rarely more) more or less prominent teeth on each side, translucent or semitrans- parent; fruiting calyx 2-3 em. long on peduncles 5-9 mm. long. Included here are the plants, primarily of the northeastern United States, which have been referred to P. pubescens by recent American authors. TYPE: “Physalis, n. 30, un. itin., Frank e sylvaticis agri Cincinnati civ. Ohio," presumably in the De Candolle collection in the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques, Genève, Switzerland. Variety integrifolia grows on creek banks, lake shores, woods, hills and various disturbed habitats, mostly from Pennsylvania to Iowa and south to Florida and south central Texas, but also in southern New Mexico, Arizona and California; it is less frequent in southeastern United States than var. pubescens. Selected from 166 sheets of 132 colleetions: ALABAMA: Jefferson Co.: Karle June 18, 1899 (xv); Tuscaloosa Co.: Pollard and Mazon 331 (GH); ARIZONA: Pima Co.: Toumey Aug. 30, 1895 (uc); ARKANSAS: Baxter Co.: Moore 610540 (OKLA, UARK)} Clay Co.: Demaree 20311 (OKLA, NY, UC); Crawford Co.: Demaree 15300 (xy); Garland Co.: Demaree 16190, 21841, 20422 (NY); Newton Co.: Moore 430237 (OKLA, UARK); Perry Co.: Demaree 20168 (Ny); Polk Co.: Moore and Williams Aug. 15, 1951 (vark); Pulaski Co.: Demaree 16640 (ny); Sevier Co.: Demaree 9913 (NY, vc); Union Co.: French 500150 (UARK); Washington Co.: Giles 429 (UARK); Yell Co.: Demaree 20109 (NY); CALIFORNIA: Colusa Co.: Stinchfield 460 (xv); Imperial Co.: Thomas (Gu, xv); Lake Co.: Baker 11226 (vc); San Diego Co.: Orcutt Mar. 6, 1883 (wticu); Tulare Co.: Congdon Oct. 8, 1881 (vc); FLortpa: Dade Co.: Small and Moiser 5902 (GĦ, 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 167 ny); Leon Co.: Godfrey 52473 (puKE); ILLINOIS: Adams Co.: Seymour Sept. 26, 1876 (DUKE); Massae Co.: Gleason 2630 (GH); INDIANA: Grant Co.: Deam 15287 (NY); Lawrence Co.: Kriebel 2564 (pUKE); Putman Co.: Banker 1499 (NY); Tippecanoe Co.: Boot Oct. 6, 1895 (GH); Whitely Co.: Friesener 16539 (Gu, NY); Kansas: Riley Co.: Norton 366 (au, Ny); KENTUCKY: Bell Co.: Lloyd Aug. 10, 1888 (v); Hickman Co.: McFarland and Anderson 2223 (NY); ManYLAND: Montgomery Co.: Blanchard Aug. 12, 1892 (Ny); Worcester Co.: Canby Sept. 1863 (xy); Massacuuserts: Suffolk Co.: Perkins Sept. 6, 1881 (NEBC); Missouri: Butler Co.: Eggert July 1893 (uc) on sheet with var. obscura; Jackson Co.: Bush 6423 (Gu, NY); Jasper Co.: Demaree 4424 (OKLA, UARK); Moniteau Co.: Steyermark 70814 (UARK); Newton Co.: Palmer 32492 (NY); Osage Co.: Jeffrey 366 (GH); Phelps Co.: Kellogg 196 (NY, TEX, UC); St. Louis Co.: Eggert Aug. 14, 1891 (rex, uc); New Mexico: Rusby 310, Burro Mts. (au, NY); Nortu Carouina: Brunswick Co.: Blomquist 4811 (bUKE); Carteret Co.: Lewis 234 (Ny); Washington Co.: Correll 1921 (puKE); Onto: Moldenke 13543 (OKLA); Franklin Co.: Gleason Sept. 5, 1904 (GH); Hamilton Co.: Lloyd 2209 (MicH); Lake Co.: Werner 141 (GH); OKLAHOMA: Cherokee Co.: Waterfall 9661 (OKLA); Delaware Co.: Wallis 2732 (oKLA); Johnston Co.: Houghton 357214 (NY); Murray Co.: Hopkins and Cross 6429 (oKL); Muskogee Co.: Waterfall 10139 (OKLA); Ottawa Co.: Stevens 2530 (Gu, Ny); Payne Co.: Thompson 82 (OKLA); PENNSYLVANIA: Allegheny Co.: Porter Aug. 28, 1896 (GH, NY); SouTH CanoLINA: Berkeley Co.: Godfrey and Tryon 622 (GH, NY); TENNESSEE: Cheatham Co.: Svenson 10395 (uc); Davidson Co.: Svenson 9494 (GH); Hamil- ton Co.: Clalmgh 101 (puxe); Texas: Cameron Co.: Johnston 542210 (TEX); Dallas Co.: Reverchon 382 (Gu); Gonzales Co.: Tharp 51-467 (OKLA, TEX); Jackson Co.: Warnock 105 (Ny); Travis Co.: Armor 5508 (OKLA) approaching var. pubescens; Willacy Co.: Davis and Johnston 53256.15 (TEX); VIRGINIA: Henrico Co.: Fernald and Long 12794 (Gu): Isle of Wight Co.: Fernald and Long 13442 (Gu); James City Co.: Fernald and Long 13441 (an); Loudon Co.: Holms Aug. 1888 (aniz, Ny); Nansemond Co.: Fernald and Long 10810 (Gu); North- ampton Co.: Canby Sept. 1878 (Ny); Page Co : Steele and Steele 197 (Gu, NY); Princess Anne Co.: Fernald and Long 4167, 4168, 10809 (au); WEST VIRGINIA: Mertz Sept. 22, 1878 (NY). 16d. P. pubescens L., var. grisea Waterfall, var. nov., Planta grisea, nune villosa nune brevipilosa, nune glandulari-farinacea; folis ovatis sinuato-dentatis; calycibus fructu a pendunculis 5-9 mm. longis. Stems densely covered with long, jointed hairs, or with long and short hairs mixed, or densely short viscid-hairy; leaves usually short hairy, some- times with granular glands, the surfaces having a greyish appearance; leaf blades ovate, coarsely and irregularly 6-9 dentate, or sinuate dentate nearly to their bases; fruiting calyces on peduncles 5-9 mm. long. This is the taxon, primarily of the northeastern United States, that has been passing as P. pruinosa L. However the photograph of the type of P. pruinosa in the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University shows a plant with a more prominent acumination of the leaf blade, and a much longer flowering peduncle than is found in any of our material. The author has been unable to determine the application of the name, P. pruinosa. He has seen no material comparable with the photograph of the type. TYPE: Walter Deane Sept. 24, 1884, Cambridge, Mass. (an; isotype: NY). 168 Rhodora [ VoL. 60 Variety grisea grows on mountainsides, wooded slopes, roadsides, in gardens and various disturbed habitats, principally in northeastern United States; it usually flowers in August, September and October. Selected from 114 sheets of 102 collections: CANADA—Onvario: Macoun 34524 (NY); UNITED STATES —AraABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dukes 118 (NY); CALIFORNIA: Inyo Co.: Roos and Roos 6221 (uc); Connecticut: New Haven Co.: Blewitt 1381 (NEBC); Detawarr: New Castle Co.: Latnall 1882 (an); FromipaA: Chapman (Ny); GEoncia: DeKalb Co.: Small Aug. 1-6, 1895 (NY); Iuuinors: DuPage Co.: Umbach 12484 (au); Macon Co.: Mills Sept. 29, 1940; InpIANA: Lawrence Co.: Kriebel 2538 (Duke, GH); Kansas: Imler 68 (NY); Kentucky: Short 1840 (NY); Maine: Cumberland Co.: Chamberlain 1127 (NEBC); MassaAcHUsETTS: Barnstable Co.: Collins 950 (NeBc); Bristol Co.: Hervey (NEBC); Dukes Co.: Bicknell 7704, 7706, 7693 (Ny); Essex Co.: Morong Aug. 1, 1868 (Ny); Hampshire Co.: Torrey and S.J.E. Sept. 16, 1943 (DUKE); Middlesex Co.: Fernald Sept. 26, 1908 (Gu); Nantucket Co.: Flynn July 30, 1904 (NeBC); Norfolk Co.: Kidder Aug. 23, 1888 (NEBC); Plymouth Co.: Williams Aug. 21, 1898 (NEBC); Suffolk Co.: Young Sept. 1878 (GH, NEBC); Worcester Co.: Woodward 2 (Gu); MrcniGAN: St. Claire Co.: Dodge Aug. 25, 1906; Missouri: Barry Co.: Bush 564, 469 (Ny); Christian Co.: Blankenship Aug. 1, 1895 (au); Jackson Co.: Mackenzie ? (micu); Jasper Co.: Bush 10402 (Gu, NY); Taney Co.: Bush 170 (au); New Jersey: Hastings Sept. 6, 1917 (NY) foot of Palisades; New York: Chemung Co.: Lucy 7825, 11098 (NY); Oswego Co.: Sheldon 6008 (uc); Tompkins Co.: Hoisington 312 (oki); Wash- ington Co.: Burnham Sept. 25, 1896 (Gu); North Carona: Granville Co.: Godfrey 2060 (au); Jackson Co.: Thazter June-July 1887 (Gn); Swain Co.: Beardslee and Kofoid Aug. 15, 1891 (Gn); OnEGoN: Tillamook Co.: Lloyd Sept. 10, 1894 (Ny); PENNSYLVANIA: Bucks Co.: Fretz Sept. 7, 1901 (an); Lancaster Co.: Small Sept. 1889 (GH); Westmoreland Co.: Shafer and Medayer 182 (vc); Ruope Istanp: Providence Co.: Leland Sept. 18, 1881 (NEBC); TENNESSEE: Knox Co.: Ruth 3411 (ny); Texas: De Witt Co.: Riedel Aug. 3, 1941 (TEX); VERMONT: Bennington Co.: Ames May 1885 (mica); Chittenden Co.: Flynn 3 (au); Rutland Co.: Eggleston 1510 (Gu, NEBC); VirGInra: Bedford Co.: Curtiss Oct. 3, 1871 (GH); Page Co.: Steele and Steele Aug. 28, 1901 (an, NY); WaAsHINGTON: Klickitat Co.: Suksdorf 2285 (xy); Yakima Co.: Hen- derson 2496 (Gn). 17. P. foetens Poiret, var. neomexicana (Rydb.) Waterfall, comb. et stat. nov., based on P. neomexicana Rydb., Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 325- 320. 1895. Plants annual, 10-60 cm. tall, usually branched; indument short (0.5-1 mm. long) and usually dense, more or less yellowish or brownish capitate- glandular; leaf blades 3-6 em. long, ovate to oblong-ovate or lanceolate- ovate, their margins toothed, or sometimes sinuate-toothed; petioles one-half to three-fourths as long as the blades; corollas 6-7 mm. long, bluish spotted; anthers (0.3) 1-1.5 (2) mm. long, bluish, on filiform filaments; flowering calyces 3-4.5 mm. long, on peduncles usually 1.5-3 mm. long; fruiting calyces 2-3 em. long, more or less ovate in outline, sharply 5-angled, on peduncles mostly 4-7 mm. long. This variety differs from var. foetens of Mexico primarily in its shorter anther-length (2-3 mm. in var. foetens), usually shorter corolla (as much as 1 em. long in some Mexican material) and in having fewer yellowish or brownish capitate glands than var. foetens. 1958] Waterfall, —CGenus Physalis in N. America 169 TYPE: In describing P. neomexicana, Rydberg cited several collections, but designated none of them as type. From among those cited, Fendler 678 (an) is selected as the LECTOTYPE. A second sheet of the same collec- tion, an isolectotype, is in the same herbarium. Variety neomexicana grows in the mountains, often with junipers and pines, and in adjacent areas, including cultivated fields, in New Mexico and adjacent Colorado and Arizona; it flowers in June through October. Selected from 48 sheets of 40 collections: Arizona: Graham Co.: Bohrer 409 (arız); Greenlee Co.: Gould and Haskell 4080 (vc); Maricopa Co.: Rusby 310 (micu); Navajo Co.: Wooton September 13, 1913 (arız); Pima Co.: Toumey Aug. 30, 1894 (NY); Yavapai Co.: Wilcox Sept. 1918 (Ariz); COLORADO: Porter July 1872 (ru); El Paso Co.: Livingston 497 (DUKE); New Mexico: Jolfax Co.: Standley 13869 (ny); Bernalillo Co.: Ellis 287 (ny); Grant Co.: Rusby Oct. 1881 (mica); Lincoln Co.: Skehan 60 (au, NY); Wooton 633, 635 (NY); Rio Arriba Co.: Parker and McClintock 6449 (ariz, vc); San Miguel Co.: Standley 4920 (au, Ny), Nelson 11568 (uc); Santa Fe Co.: Heller and Heller 3803 (au, wv); Sierra Co.: Metcalfe 1210 (aH, Ny, vc); Socorro Co.: Metcalfe 425 (ny); Torrance Co.: Parker and McClintock 6529 (NY); Socorro or Grant Co.: Rusby 309, Mogollon Mts. (mica). 18. Physalis latiphysa Waterfall, sp. nov. Planta annua, 15-45 em. alta, ramosa, plus minusve villosa; foliorum laminis 5-7 em. longis, ovatis vel ovatis-rotundis, integris vel paucidentatis, acuminatis; corollis maculatis, 4-6 mm. longis; antheris coeruleis, 1.5-2 mm. longis; calycibus fructu (2.5) 3-4 em. latis; pedunculis 1-1.5 em. longis. Annual, 15-45 em. high, branched, more or less villous; blades of the prin- cipal leaves 5-7 em. long, ovate to ovate-rotund, thin and translucent, their margins from entire to having a few teeth, acuminate; petioles 1.5-7 em. long; corollas yellow, dark-spotted, small, 4-6 mm. long; flowering calyces 3-4 mm. long with lobes about half that long, on peduncles 3-8 mm. long; fruiting calyces sparsely appressed-hairy, strongly 5-angled, 2.5-4 cm. long and (2.5) 3-4 em. wide; fruiting peduncles 1-1.5 em. long; linear-subulate calyx lobes 7-10 mm. long, extending 5-7 mm. beyond the body of the inflated fruiting calyx. TYPE: T. H. Kearney and R. H. Peebles 14425, Rondstadt Ranch, plain east of Baboquivari Mts., Pima Co., Arizona, Sept. 23, 1939. It is deposited in the Herbarium of the University of Arizona. In addition to the type, the following collections have been seen: ARIZONA: Pima Co.: Bartram 237 Santa Catalina Mts., east of Pima Canyon, Jan. 16, 1920 (rm); Kearney and Peebles 10427, Toro Canyon, Baboquivari Mts., Sept. 30, 1934 (arız, MicH); Kearney and Peebles 14932, South Canyon, Baboquivari Mts., Aug. 31, 1940 (arız); Santa Cruz Co.: Harrison and Hope 9058, Forty miles south of Tucson on Sasabe Road, Sept. 11, 1932 (ARIZ); Harrison and Fulton 8158, Nogales, Aug. 30, 1931 (arız); County undeter- mined; Harrison 9058, Robles to San Fernando, Sept. 10, 1932 (aH, MICH); Harrison, Kearney and Hope 8950 half-way from Sasabe to Robles, Aug. 21, 1932 (arız); Kearney and Peebles 10576, Florida Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Oct. 7, 1934 (ariz). 19. Physalis missouriensis Mackenzie and Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 12: 84-85. 1902. 170 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Annual, usually branched above, villous, sometimes with shorter hairs, often somewhat viscid; principal leaf blades 2-6 em. long, ovate to narrowly ovate, dentate to sinuately dentate, or sometimes entire; petioles one-third the length of, to nearly as long as the blades; corolla yellow, not dark spotted, 7-10 mm. long; anthers (0.6) 1-1.2 mm. long, bluish, on slender filaments; flowering calyx 3-4 mm. long, its lobes 1-2 mm. long, on peduncles 3-6 mm. long; fruiting calyx 1.5-2.5 em. long, ovoid, on peduncles 5-10 mm. long. This species is easily distinguished from P. pubescens by its unspotted corollas and its smaller anthers. TYPE: K. K. Mackenzie 485, Rocky soil, Red Bridge, Jackson Co., Missouri. The type was deposited in the “Herbarium of K. K. Macken- ze." Isotypes: GH, MICH, WIS. P. missouriensis grows in rocky woods and limestone barrens, mostly in Missouri, northeastern Kansas, western Arkansas, with two collections from adjacent Oklahoma, and one collection, dubiously referred here, from southwestern Texas; it flowers from June through October, Collections examined: ARKANSAS: Carroll Co.: Palmer 29310 (UARK); Hempstead Co.: Palmer 8955 (pu); Washington Co.: Moore 3008 (vARK); Moore and Iltis 430209 (OKLA, UARK); Giles 404 (uARK); J. T. B. 645 White Hiver (UARK); Kansas: Douglas Co.: Snow 2210 (Kanu); McGregor 9703 (KANU); Marshall Co.: Horr 4610 (KANU); Riley Co.: Gates 18566 (Gu, TEX, Co.: Bush 162 (ok); Jackson Co.: Bush June 27, 1887 (au), Aug. 1888 (au, NY); 772 (au, NY), 4079 (au), 7334 (Gu), 7695 (Gu, NY), 12298 (Ny), 12298A (NY); Mackenzie 360 (ny), Aug. 23, 1896 (an, Ny); 485 (mic); Jefferson Co.: Prince July 4, 1883 (au); Phelps Co.: Kellogg Oct. 22, 1913 (rex); Platte Co.: Bush 11804 (Ny); St. Louis Co.: Eggert July 20, 1887 (au), Aug. 21, 1891 (NY); Pennell 11701 (vn); Taney Co.: Bush 173 (an, Ny); County undetermined; Blankenship 1893 (wy); Nelson 5 (Ny); OKLAHOMA: Muskogee Co.: Little 2568 (OKL); Ottawa Co.: Stevens 2351 (an, on sheet with Stevens 2530, P. pubescens); Texas: Brewster Co.: Cory 35570, five and three-quarter miles east of Alpine, Sept. 19, 1940 (GH) is somewhat doubtfully referred to this taxon. 20. Physalis Greenei Vasey and Rose, Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb. 1: 18. 1890; P. pedunculata Greene, Pittonia 1: 268-269. 1899, non Mart. and Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux. 12: 132. 1842. Annuals, villous or short pilose, glandular and viscid; principal leaf blades 2-4 em. long, ovate; petioles one-half as long as to slightly longer than the blades; leaf margins dentate to sinuate-dentate, or rarely entire; corolla 8-10 mm. long, yellowish, or sometimes with a slightly darker tinge; anthers 1.5-2.5 mm. long, yellow, on slender filaments; flowering calyx 3-4 mm. long on pedun- cles 15-30 mm. long; fruiting calyx 2-2.5 em. long, pointed-ovoid, on peduncles 15-40 em. long. The smaller anthers of this species will serve to distinguish it, and separate it from P. crassifolia in those instances in which they tend to resemble each other. TYPE: Charles F. Pond Feb. 1889, Cedros Island, off the coast of Lower California; “southwest side of the island" according to Greene; type and isotype (us). P. Greenei grows on hills and sea-cliffs, southern California; it flowers in February, March and April. 1958] Waterfall,— Genus Physalis in N. America 171 Collections examined: CALIFORNIA: Orange Co.: Abrams June 12, 1901 (ny); Mason 2933 (au, uc); Placer Co.: Jones 88 (GH); San Diego Co.: Abrams 3309 (GH, NY, PH, UC, US); Allen 77 (GH); Jones March 1882 (au, uc); Wiggins 1821 (uc). 21. Physalis lobata Torrey, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York 2: 226- 227. 1828; Quincula lobata (Torr.) Rafinesque, Atlantic Journal, 1: 145. 1832; P. sabeana Buckley, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. 14:6. 1863; Chamaesara- cha physaloides Greene, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 9: 122. 1882; Quincula lepidota Aven Nelson, Bot. Gaz. 47: 430. 1909. Chamaesaracha physaloides is included here on the basis of Greene's phrase ‘‘flat seale-like hairs," which seems to be a good description of the appearance of the characteristic crystalline vesicles of P. lobata after they are dried. These structures are not found on P. Wrightii, the other species to which this name has been referred. Perennial, branching from the base, the branches spreading or procumbert; indument consisting of a varying amount of crystalline vesicles, flattening when dried, which may be abundant enough to give the plant a scurfy ap- pearance, or may be very sparse; principal leaves usually 4-10 em. long, with blades usually 0.5-3 em. wide, ovate-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, cuneate at the base to a winged petiole, usually pinnatifid, rarely sinuate-toothed or entire; corollas blue or violet (rarely white), rotate, 1.5-2 em. broad, with five hairy pads on its base near the point of attachment of the filaments and alter- nating with them; anthers about 1.5-2 mm. long, yellow, on slender filaments; style twisted and bent to one side; flowering calyx 3-4 mm. long, its lobes 1.5-2 mm. long, deltoid; flowering peduncle 1-3 (5) em. long; fruiting calyx 1.5-2 em. long, pentagonal-ovoid, inflated, on peduncles 1-2.5 (3) em. long; seeds usually somewhat crenate on their backs. TYPE: James “On the Canadian"; not seen. P. lobata grows on plains, prairies, mesas, canyons, juniper barrens, desert areas and various disturbed habitats principally in western Kansas, Oklahoma and Texas, and eastern Colorado and New Mexico, and southern Arizona. Three hundred forty seven sheets of 275 collections have been seen from: Arizona, California (Fremont's Expedition in 1845), Colorado, Kansas, Nevada (Clark Co.), New Mexico, Oklahoma and Texas. A white-flowered forma is rarely found. It may be deseribed as P. lobata Torr., forma albiflora Waterfall, f. nov., corollis albis. TYPE: J.J. Thorn- ber Aug. 11, 1901, Experiment Station Range Reserve, Pima County, Arizona (Artz). Another collection is B. C. Tharp and C. Havard 49344, 5-6 miles west of Del Rio, Valverde Co., Texas, April 16, 1949 (TEX). 22. Physalis Carpenteri Riddell ex Rydberg, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 330-331. 1896; P. Carpenteri Riddell, N. Orl. Med. and Surg. Journ. 759. 1852, as a nomen nudum; Bot. Gaz. 3: 11. 1847 in synonymy. Plant over two-thirds of a meter tall, widely branched; herbage short-hairy, the leaf blades sometimes nearly glabrous and the calyces sometimes with a few long hairs; principal leaf blades (3) 7-11 cm. long, ovate to lanceolate- ovate, acuminate; petioles one-third to two-thirds as long as the blades; leaf margins usually entire, sometimes repand; flowers from single to 3-6 in the axils of the leaves; the fascicled flowers apparently due to the presence of a 172 Rhodora [Vor. €0 telescoped axillary branch, sometimes 2-4 em. long and bearing reduced leaves (Curtiss 6901: uc, GH, NY) as well as flowers; corolla about 1 em. long, yellow; anthers about 2 mm. long, yellow, on slender filaments; flowering calyx 4-5 mm. long on peduncles 5-8 mm. long; fruiting calyx about 1.5 em. in diameter, nearly spherical, only slightly inflated; fruit having 1 to several plump, rounded, corky, seed-like bodies (possibly a peculiar development of unfertilized ovules) in addition to the normal, more or less reniform, flattened seeds. The species may be annual, according to some collectors, or from a deep- seated “rootstock” according to others; all the specimens examined were branches only. The author prefers to leave this species in Physalis, regardless of its peculiar characteristics, until a more thorough study of related genera, or possible subgenera, can be made. Collections examined: ALABAMA: S. B. Buckley, April (xy); FLORIDA: Columbia Co.: Geo. V. Nash 2503, Aug. 29-31, 1895 (an, Micn, Ny); Erdman West, seeds from Fort White, raised by Margaret Young Menzel as her 508a (TEX); Escambia Co.: Curtiss, 1886, Pensacola (GH); Suwanee Co.: A. H. Curtiss 6901, annual 2 ft. high and widely branched, growing in a cultivated field near Wellborn, Sept. 14, 1901 (Gu, Ny, uc); County undetermined: M. A. Curtis, Florida?; Loutstana: East Feliciana Parish: Riddell, March 1878 (an, one fruiting calyx); Orleans Parish: Drummond New Orleans (au); Ingals in 1835, New Orleans (Ny); West Feliciana Parish: R. S. Cocks, 8603, common in rich woods (NY). DEPT. OF BOTANY AND PLANT PATHOLOGY AND THE RESEARCH FOUNDATION, OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY, STILLWATER, OKLAHOMA, LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, Epaar. 1949. Introgressive Hybridization. New York: John Wiley and Sons. BENTHAM, GEORGE. 1844. Botany of the Voyage of H. M. S. Sulphur. London: Smith and Elder. Bowpicn, THomas Epwarp. 1825. Excursions in Maderia and Porto Santo. London: G. B. Whittaker. Buckuey, S. B. 1863. Descriptions of New Plants from Texas. Proc. Acad. Sei. Phil. 14: 6. Curtis, M. A. 1849. New and Rare Plants, Chiefly of the Carolinas. Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2. 1 407. Dr CawNpoLLE, AUGUSTIN Pyramus. 1813. Catalogus Plantarum Mons- peliensis. Monspelii: J. Martel. Duna, FErrix. 1852. Physalis in DeCandolle's Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regini Vegetabilis. Paris: Crapelet. Frernautp, M. L. 1947. Additions to and Subtractions from the Flora of Virginia. RHODORA 49: 178-179. Gray, Asa. 1875. Synopsis of North American Species of Physalis. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 10: 62-68. GREENE, E. L. 1882. New Western Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 9: 122. ——————— 1900. New or Noteworthy Species. Pittonia 4: 150-151. HORNEMANN, JENS WILKEN. 1819. Hortus Botanicus Hafniensis, Supple- mentum. Hauniae: E. A. H. Molleri. Jacquin, Josera Franz. 1844. Ecologae Plantarum Rariorum. Vindo- bonae: L. P. Jacquin, NrkoLAUS Josera. 1781. Miscellanea Austriaca Sive Plantarum Selectarum. | Vindobonae. € 1958] Waterfall, —Genus Physalis in N. America 173 Jepson, Wikis Linn. 1925. A Manual of the Flowering Plants of Cali- fornia. Berkeley: Associated Student's Store, University of California. KEARNEY, T. H. 1894. Some New Florida Plants. Bull. Torr. Bot Club 21: 485. Lamarck, JEAN Baptiste. 1786. Encyclopédie Méthodique Botanique. Paris: Panckoucke. Lanyouw, J. anp F. A. SmArLEU. 1954. Index Herbariorum. Regnum Vegetabile 2: 131-144. LixNEAUS, CanmoLus. 1753. Species Plantarum. Holmiae: impensis L. Salvii. —————- 1762. Species Plantarum, ed. 2. Holmiae: impensis L. Salvii. MACKENZIE, K. K. ann B. F. Buss. 1902. New Plants from Missouri. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 12: 79-89. Masters, MAXWELL TyrLpEN. 1894. Physalis Francheti. Gard. Chron. 2: 434 and 441. Menicus, FRIEDRICH Casimir. 1780. Observationes Botanicae. Academia Electoralis Scientarium et Elegantiarium Litterarum Theodorapalatina. 4: 188-192, 205 and Tab. 5. MENZEL, MARGARET Y. 1951. The Cytotaxonomy and Geneties of Physalis. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 95: 132-168. MICHAUX, ANDRÉ. 1803. Flora Boreali-americana. Parisiis et Argentorati: fratres Levrault. MILLER, Parr. 1768. The Gardener's Dictionary. London: privately printed. Mour, CHARLES. 1899. Notes on Some New and Little Known Plants of the Alabama Flora. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 26: 119-120. 1899. Neres, D. C. G. (von Esenbeck). 1831. Versuch einer Verstandigung über die Arten der Gattung Physalis. Linnaea 6: 431—483. NELSON, AvEN. 1909. Plantae Gooddingianae. Bot. Gaz. 477 425-436. NUTTALL, THoMas. 1834. Indigeneous Plants of the United States. Journ. Nat. Sei. Philad. 7: 112-113. PoLLARD AND Barr. 1900. Noteworthy Louisiana Plants. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 13: 134-145. RAFINESQUE-SCHMALTZ, CONSTANTINO SAMUEL. 1832. Atlantic Journal and Friend of Knowledge 1: 145. REICHENBACH, HEINRICH GoTTLIEB Lupwic. 1841. Das Herbarienbuch. Dresden und Leipzig: Arnoldischen Buchhandlung. RYDBERG, Per AxEL. 1895. New Species of Physalis. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 22: 306-308. 1895. Flora of the Sand Hills of Nebraska. Contr. U.S. Natl. ERU 3: 171-172. ———— — 1896. The North American Species of Physalis and Related Genera. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 207-374. SrANpLEY, PauL C. 1937. Studies of American Plants. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 273-274. Torrey, Joun. 1828. Plants Collected During a Journey to the Rocky Mountains. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 2. 226-227. 1859. Botany of the Mexican Boundary. (34th Congress, lst and 2nd session, Senate Documents, vol. 20, pt. 2). W ashington, D. C. Govnt. Printing Office. WATERFALL, U. T. 1950. Some Results of a Third 5Summer's Botanizing in Oklahoma. Ruopora 52: 171. 174 Rhodora [Vor. 60 X Carex DkAMIL IN. Missovnr.— This interesting sedge was described by Hermann (Ruopora 40: 81. 1938) as a hybrid between C. Shortiana and C. typhina from Pike County, Indiana. The hybrid has thicker spikes (7-8 mm. wide) and longer beaks (1-1.5 mm. long) of the perigynia than are found in C. Shortiana. It may now be recorded from Missouri on the basis of the fol- lowing three collections, all in the herbarium of the Chicago Na- tural History Museum: Allenton, St. Louis Co., July 30, 1887, G. W. Letterman (specimen on right hand side of sheet); swaley margin of shallow sinkhole pond on wooded upland, T 23 N, R 8 W, west part of sect. 15, 4 mi. south of West Plains, Howell Co., June 25, 1955, Steyermark 78724; low wet woods in valley of Old Chariton River and bordering New Chariton River where swamp existed but is obliterated, T 62 N, R 16 W, SW l4 sect. 27, 214 mi. south of Youngstown, Adair Co., Sept. 19, 1955, Sleyermark 79705. At the last locality both C. squarrosa and C. typhina were present, but at the Howell County locality only one of the putative parents, C. Shortiana, assigned by Hermann, was present, represented by Steyermark 78725. Instead of C. typhina, the other putative parent assigned by Hermann, there was present C. squarrosa, represented by Steyermark 78723. It is interesting, therefore, to record a dif- ferent putative parent at the Missouri locality, i.e., C. squarrosa, rather than the one found by Hermann at the Indiana station for X C. Deamii. As this hybrid eventually becomes collected elsewhere, it will be interesting to learn which of the putative parents predominate. The morphological distinctions effected by the hybridization of C. typhina and C. Shortiana apparently cannot be differentiated from those effected by the union of C. squarrosa and C. Shortiana. While admittedly C. squarrosa and C. typhina are related species, sepa- rated chiefly by the spreading-divaricate vs. ascending beaks of the perigynia, one would expect some marked differences between the hybrids resulting from crosses of each one of these species with C. ShortianaJuLian A. STEYERMARK, CHICAGO NATURAL HIS- TORY MUSEUM AND MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN, AN ALBINO Form or Dipsacus svrvEsTRIS.—While botanizing an undeveloped section of Mt. Hope Cemetery in Chicago, Mr. Karl E. Bartel discovered a colony of over fifty plants of a white- flowered Dipsacus sylvestris. Over one hundred heads of flowers 1958] Gleason,— Two New Stations for Carex picta 175 were counted. Only one stunted lavender-flowered plant was noted in the group. Since most other white-flowered plants are recognized with a formal name, it is consistent to provide a name for the present white-flowered teasel. Dipsacus sylvestris Huds., f. albidus Steyerm., forma nova. A forma sylvestris recedit corollis albidis.—Illinois: Mt. Hope Ceme- tery, 115th St., Chicago, Cook Co., Aug. 25, 1957, Karl E. Bartel 1, HOLOTYPZE, in Herb. Chi. Nat. Hist. Mus.—JULIAN A. STEYERMARK, CHICAGO NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM AND MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN Two New STATIONS FOR CAREX Picta. This rare sedge of anomalous structure was discovered more than a century ago near New Orleans by Drummond. Since then it has been de- tected in Winston County, Alabama, and in five adjacent counties in south-central Alabama. These are the only stations reported by Mackenzie in North American Flora (1935): if other stations in the southern states have been discovered in the last twenty years they are at present unknown to me. Few sedges have such a disjunct distribution, and these three widely separate areas suggest the possibility of its occurrence in suitable localities in Kentueky, Tennessee, and Mississippi. Carex picta steud. was collected March 18, 1955, by a stream in woods near Meridian, Lauderdale County, Mississippi, by G. R. Cooley, A. 5. Pease, and James D. Ray, Jr., number 3178. On March 29, 1956, Cooley and Ray collected it again in a wooded ravine opening into Tanyard Branch, north of Cross Road, Tishomingo County, Mississippi. These two stations are about 175 miles apart, while the second one is about 75 miles northwest of the known Alabama station. Specimens will be deposited at the Gray Herbarium, the New York Botanical Garden, and Mississippi State College. The plant blooms early and must be very conspicuous at that time, due to its large clavate spikes with deep red scales. It is one of the few sedges which can be identified without perigynia. The plants are strictly dioecious and each flowering culm bears a single spike. The basal scale of the spike is some- what elongate and almost completely surrounds the rachis.— H. A. GLEASON, GREENWICH, CONN. 176 Rhodora [Vor. 60 A New BnvopruvrE FLora'. With this publication, A. LeRoy Andrews has filled a long existing lacuna in both bryology and plant. geography. The work is to bryologists, what the FLORA OF THE CAYUGA LAKE BASIN, NEW york, by K. M. WikGAND AND A. J. Eames is to students of the vascular plants. Begun by the author in 1908, the publication under review represents a thorough survey of a relatively small, but botanically important area. Dr. Andrews has collected most of the species found in the region by such botanists as Atkinson, Brewer, Brown, Cipperly, Dudley, Durand, Graham, Jackson, Kellerman, Nanz, Pratt, Rowlee, Schuster, Whetzel, Wiegand, and Winne. Several species not previously reported from the area have been found by the author and are treated in this flora. Only specimens actually seen by Dr. Andrews are definitely cited; any others are listed as “reported.” Since Wiegand and Eames, in their previously mentioned work, de- scribed the geological and physiographical features of the region in considerable detail, these matters are given brief treatment. The distribution and local site of each species is given as well as the names of collectors and dates of collection. In the matter of nomenclature, Dr. Andrews begins with Linnaeus’ SPECIES PLANTARUM of 1753 and observes the rule of priority “with some concessions in doubtful instances and no unfamiliar names." The keys, which should be of considerable help to students of New England bryophytes, are of excellent quality—brief and concise. A list of references pertaining to the bryophytes of the region is given. This work, a valuable piece of research, should be in the library of all readers of Ruopona, bryologists, and students of plant geography.—FRANK J. HILFERTY, DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES, MASSACHUSETTS STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE, BRIDGEWATER, MASS. ! THE BRYOPHYTE FLORA OF THE UPPER CAYUGA LAKE BASIN, NEW YORK by A. LeRoy Andrews, Professor Emeritus of German and Honorary Curator of the Bryological Collections of the Wiegand Herbarium, at Cornell University. Cornell University Experiment Station, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, 1957; 87 pp. Volume 60, No. 713, including pages 117-144, was issued 19 June, 1958. Clu qU ¢ f Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS l RALPH CARLETON BEAN CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR, | Associate Editors IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 July, 1958 No. 715 CONTENTS: Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) in Michigan, with the Descrip- tion of a New Intermediate Taxon. W. H. Wagner, Jr. and FB Soe T Tr A cet 177 An Unusual Botanical Area in Missouri. Julian A. Steyermark 205 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. j GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 July, 1958 No. 715 PERENNIAL RAGWEEDS (AMBROSIA) IN MICHIGAN, WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW, INTERMEDIATE TAXON W. H. WAGNER, JR. AND T. F. BEALS! Michigan is a key state for the study of the eastern spread of Ambrosia coronopifolia Torrey & Gray, the so-called “western ragweed.” Present evidence indicates that what is generally ‘alled the “western ragweed,” and usually identified as A. psilostachya DeCandolle in the literature of allergy and in many botanieal manuals, comprises actually a series of closely related but more or less distinguishable types which, for the purposes of this report, will tentatively be treated as species, as was done by Rydberg in 1922. These taxa differ from each other in charac- ters of hairiness, plant habit, distribution, shape of fruit, pollen size, and other characters, although the differences may be in statistical trends. The true or entirely typical A. psilostachya apparently does not grow in the central United States. The easternmost outlier of the complex, which is A. coronopifolia, is the sole species of ragweed in the central states known to be perennial, ie., to have underground vegetative reproduction. The investigation to be reported here grew mostly out of our curiosity as to what importance the perennial ragweeds have in forming the ragweed populations in Michigan. We have succeeded in adding a large number of new records to the known range of perennial ragweeds in this state and have compiled considerable new information concerning them. ' Publication No. 5 on Atmospheric Pollution by Aeroallergens under research grant No. 12-1379 (C) from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, Public Health Service. 178 Rhodora (Vou. 60 Ambrosia coronopifolia is the least abundant generally of the three ragweeds (A. artemisiifolia, A. coronopifolia, and A. trifida) heretofore known in Michigan (Lovell, Mathews, and Sheldon, 1953). It has been reported to be “rare or absent" in the Upper Peninsula of Michigan, and “found occasionally to frequently” in the Lower Peninsula (Buchholtz et al., 1954). There is a question whether the species is native to Michigan at all, and this problem will be considered in some detail below. One of the peculiarities of perennial ragweeds which has been reported earlier is that the period of pollen production differs from that of A. artemisiifolia (syn. A. elatior), the common" or “low ragweed,” and we attempted to determine whether this was true of the populations in Michigan. We also endeavored to de- termine in the field whether there were any circumstances indicating differences in ecological responses between the two species. Quite early in the study it became apparent that the natural rariation of Ambrosia coronopifolia is fairly extensive; but as more and more populations were examined it turned out that not all the perennial ragweeds in Michigan belong to this species. On the contrary, a perennial species was found to be present that resembled both A. coronopifolia and the annual A. artemi- sitfolia. Such a plant, so far as we can determine, has not been described previously. The new ragweed has proved to occur over a large area, with stations in a number of counties; and it has also proved to be able to spread and form extensive popula- tions in a given locality. The discovery of this new form generated comparative field and laboratory studies on all three of these ragweeds, in terms of their vegetative characteristics, their chromosomes, pollen grains, and fruits. This investigation was carried out by the senior author in the years 1956 and 1957. He was joined by the junior author in the summer of 1957, and the latter added a large number of chromosome and spore studies. We are indebted for assistance to various people, especially J. M. Sheldon and E. W. Hewson, directors of the Project on Atmospherie Pollution, for stimulating this study to be made; Mrs. D. A. Beals, for collecting California ragweeds for comparison; H. H. Bartlett, for the latin diagnosis; R. W. Hanlin, for help on measurements; E. G. Voss, for aid on 1958] Wagner and Peals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 179 historical matters; K. L. Jones, for his reading of the manuscript; and the curators of the following herbaria for lending specimens and looking up records: New York Botanical Garden, Michigan State University, University of Michigan, University of Minne- sota, University of California (Berkeley), U. 3. National Her- barium, and the Gray Herbarium. This report will deal with Ambrosia coronopifolia first, and will follow with a discussion of the new, intermediate species. OCCURRENCE: Ambrosia coronopifolia is capable of forming very large populations locally. Because the reproduction takes place largely by vegetative means’, a given area may be populated by the derivatives of only one or a few original mother plants. “Pure cultures" of a given variant may be distributed over hundreds of square yards, but they are clonal and represent offshoots of a single plant. Usually the spatial distribution of a given clone can be readily recognized because of subtle dif- ferences of color, hairiness, size, and shape between the indi- viduals of different clones. Two or more different clones may intermingle more or less intimately but their members remain completely distinguishable. In Mecosta County, for example, numerous plants of a fruiting form with a bright-green color were found completely intermixed with a nearly sterile form with a dull-green color. The environments in which perennial ragweeds thrive in Michigan are apparently always disturbed sites, the disturbance mostly of artificial nature. The annual species, A. artem?stifolia, also grows in such habitats; and where the perennial species occurs, the annual one is almost always near by. The latter is usually unable, however, to invade grassy fields. The annual ragweed is generally confined to open soil, but the perennial species will readily invade adjacent grassy fields and grow competitively with fairly dense field vegetation. In this con- nection, one of the most interesting occurrences of A. corono- pifolia and A. artemisiifolia growing together was observed on the outskirts of Gaylord, Otsego County; here both species were scattered abundantly along the roadsides, but A. coronopifolia ‘ 2 The underground axes of the perennial ragweeds are commonly referred to as “rootstocks” or “rhizomes,” but this does not seem to be accurate. The reproductive organs appear to be roots anatomically rather than stems (as was correctly given by Fernald, 1950), and it is hoped that a detailed report on the process of reproduction will be published in the future. 180 Rhodora [Vor. €0 had spread over some sixty square yards of a large, mowed, private lawn, and its pale-green foliage was very conspicuous even though its shoots had been cut to the level of the grass. Only a few, scattered plants of A. artemisiifolia were seen in this lawn. In behavior A. coronopifolia is decidedly “weedy” in Michigan, as noted by the earliest writers who mentioned the species in the state. Of the state’s collections on which environmental data are recorded, about one-sixth specify that the habitat was along railroads, and one-third say “along roads" or “along highways." Over two-thirds of the collections came from about cities, villages, and settlements. The species can become a locally serious weed in yards and gardens (e.g., around the Interlochen R. R. Station area, and on the outskirts of Frederic and Gaylord). Because of its tendency to form large and dense clones it could provide a local hayfever problem, especially in the weeks before the annual species comes into flower, as will be discussed below. The soil in which A. coronopifolia grows is ordinarily dry, very well drained, and commonly sandy or gravelly. Nearly one-third of the labels on Michigan herbarium specimens use the words 'sandy" or “gravelly.” The habitats that are found away from roadsides and railway lines are generally clearings, “deserts,” open pastures, mowed fields, grass-covered hills, baseball diamonds, and waste ground and dumps. The species evidently can not withstand any great degree of shading; when in wooded areas it will always be discovered on the cleared ground along open trails, or in more or less exposed, prairie-like spots such as the open sandy and grassy hillsides in jackpine (Pinus banksiana) regions. Although A. coronopifolia may be extremely abundant locally, the species must be rated as only frequent to uncommon taking the state in its entirety. In the northern part of the state, i.e., the northern half of the lower peninsula and all of the upper peninsula, it may be found readily by driving along roads and highways, but this impression is misleading with respect to the state flora as a whole, because it is exactly those places where one is likely to drive where the species is most surely to be found. Ambrosia artemisiifolia is infinitely more common in the state as a whole. The giant ragweed, A. trifida, is locally frequent to 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 181 common in the southern half of Michigan, but it becomes very rare in most of northern Michigan except around certain towns. Thus, where A. coronopifolia is the most common, A. trifida is usually rare or absent. In our field surveys, all three species of ragweeds were found growing together only at Cheboygan, Cheboygan Co., and Marquette, Marquette Co., in weedy city lots. Ambrosia trifida was considerably less common at these two places than the other ragweeds. There seems to be a question whether A. coronopifolia was originally indigenous in Michigan or not. Fernald (1950) gave the range of this plant (as A. psilostachya var. coronopifolia) as “Mich. to Sask. and Mont., s. to La., Tex., and Mex.; adv. e. to Quebec, N.S. and N.E.” On the contrary, Cronquist in Gleason (1952) circumscribed the range (of A. psilostachya) as “Ill. to La., w. to Sask., Ida., Cal., and n. Mexico; introduced eastward," and thus left Michigan out of its presumed original range. Today A. coronopifolia is widespread in Michigan and it has been recorded from forty-three counties, as shown in Figure 1, A. The species extends across the Upper Peninsula down to the middle of the Lower Peninsula. Further southward, i.e., in the bottom half of the Lower Peninsula, the species is frequent only in the western or Lake Michigan side of the state. It is ex- ceedingly rare in the southeastern quarter of the Lower Peninsula at the present time, and we have not succeeded in finding any populations; there is only one record from this part of Michigan. The earliest definite record of this species in Michigan known to us was in the year 1900, and there are apparently no prior collections’. The first mention of perennial ragweeds in the state was in a list published by Daniels (1904) of plants found at Manistee, Manistee Co., that had not been included in Michigan ’ That it might have been collected as early as September, 1831, by Douglass Houghton, was suspected because of two herbarium sheets so dated and labelled “Fox River of L. Michigan" (MICH). The notion was dispelled, however, by consulting H. R. Schoolcraft’s description (1834) of his expedition in 1831. Schoolcraft wrote that “At Galena [Illinois] the exploring party separated, part returning in canoes up the Wisconsin, and part crossing the mine country, over the branches of the Paktolika, and by way of the Blue Mounds, to Fort Winnebago. From this point, Fox River was descended to Green Bay, and the route of the lake coast pursued northward to the straits, and to the Sault of St. Mary." Thus the "Fox River" of Houghton's 1831 collections of A. coronopifolia came from the river of that name in Wisconsin, south of Green Bay. It is interesting that Houghton himself (in Schoolcraft, op. cit.) gave the locality for various plant species of his report as “Fox River, N.W. Terr.," but did not list this species. 182 Rhodora [Vor. 60 by previous writers. He lists the species under “Weeds” as occurring in “Yard and roadside, Maple Street, near Catholic Cemetery," and a specimen from this collection is deposited in the Michigan State University Herbarium. For the two annual species of ragweeds, A. artemisiifolia and A. trifida, there are much earlier records: A. trifida was taken as early as 1838 by Houghton’s survey at White Pigeon, St. Joseph Co. (and there are other collections as early as 1861 and 1869). Ambrosia artemistifolia was obtained in the same year, by the same survey, but in Cass County (MICH). That A. coronopifolia could have been overlooked during the entire nineteenth century seems quite unlikely unless the species was exceedingly rare. Its usually large clones with their charac- teristic pale foliage are readily noticed in the field. Ambrosia coronopifolia was collected considerably earlier in the states to the west (namely Wisconsin, Illinois, South Dakota, and Minne- sota) as shown by specimens in the herbaria of the University of Michigan, Michigan State University, and other institutions. Many parts of Michigan, where A. coronopifolia now forms a conspicuous element of the vegetation were reasonably well collected by botanists prior to 1900. The region of Douglas Lake (Emmet and Cheboygan Cos.), for example, was examined by a number of botanists during the nineteenth century (Voss, 1956), but none of them found the perennial ragweed. In 1899, C. K. Dodge completed a flora of St. Clair Co. based on nearly twenty-five years of collecting, but in a list of 1,112 species A. coronopifolia was lacking. | Four years later he dis- covered it for the first time in this county. Dodge, who was a very active observer and collector of Michigan flora, and con- tinued his work through the early decades of the present century, evidently concluded that this species was in the process of becoming naturalized. His statements, such as “a weed noted in waste places of Marquette, Negaunee, and Ishpeming... becoming frequent" (1918); and “becoming established in cities and villages as a perennial weed" (1921) clearly indicate that he considered the species to be behaving as an adventive. Professor H. H. Bartlett, another botanist of long experience with the Michigan flora, expressed his opinion recently (1952) as follows: “This is a prairie species that seems to be taking ad- 1958] Wagner and Beals,— Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 183 Fig. 1. County distribution maps of perennial ragweeds in Michigan: A. Ambrosia coro- nopifolia. B. A. X intergradiens. (Base maps courtesy of Cranbrook Institute of Science). vantage of the clearing of forest and making headway in an eastern invasion fairly well to the north but not in southern Michigan." Observations by him and Dr. C. D. Richards (both botanists allergie to ragweed pollen) on a field trip to the north in 1951 indicated that “north of Gratiot County, Michigan, the amount of ordinary ragweed decreased appreciably, with re- sultant relief from allergic symptoms." When they reached Emmet Co., they observed that “although we had run beyond the region of greatest abundance of the ubiquitous common species, Ambrosia arlemisiifolia, we had come into the newly extending range of another, namely A. psilostachya [Le., A. coronopifolia]." All that we can surmise, therefore, is that A. coronopifolia has spread since 1900 into a great number of localities in Michigan. It was either very rare and local, or non-existent, in the state prior to that time. It seems not unlikely that the bulk, if not all, of the present-day populations may have been introduced from further west—Minnesota, Wisconsin, and perhaps Illinois— where the species was in all likelihood native and well established. Deam (1940) considered this plant to be a rarity in nearby Indiana and to be introduced there. Moss (1956) has concluded on grounds similar to ours that another species, A. arlemisiifolia, had been introduced into southeastern Alberta and adjacent 184 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Saskatchewan, and he cites the fact that the earliest collection was in Saskatchewan in 1879. Surely the development of great railroad lines and innumerable roads and villages and towns over the state of Michigan during the last century has opened the way for active invasion of A, coronopifolia into areas where it never before existed. In the course of its spread it has come repeatedly into contact with the abundant and weedy A. artemisiifolia which has itself also inereased in numbers, and, where the two species have crossed, new types of perennial ragweeds have been generated which combine the characteristics of both, to be discussed below. An enumeration of present county distribution is given in the following list which contains the earliest records for 4. coro- nopifolia, the years indicated in parentheses: Alcona (1957), 1 mi. E. of Mikado, Wagner 8482 (uicu); Alger (1957), Melstrand, Wagner 8438 (mica); Allegan (1950), Ely Lake, Bazuin 8313 (msc) also referred to by Kenoyer, 1934; Alpena (1957), Alpena, Wagner 8483 (micu); Antrim (1956), W. of Alba, Wagner 8340 (Mic); Baraga (1950), N. of Baraga, Richards 4342 (micu); Barry (ca. 1930), reported by Bazuin, ms.; Benzie (1956), W. side of Co. 669, E. edge of Sect. 25, Wagner 8334 (mica); Charlevoix (1957), town of Walloon Lake, Wagner 8434 (micn); Cheboygan (1913), Indian Settlement, Barnum (umes); Chippewa (1935), Sugar Island, Hermann 7235 (msc, Ny, vs); Clare (1957), Meredith, R.3W, T.20N, Sect. 13, Wagner 8513 (micu); Crawford (1956), S. border of Frederic, Wagner 8346 (micu); Delta (1949), 2 mi. E. of Rapid River, McVaugh 11170 (mich, CRANBROOK); Dickinson (1951), 2.4 mi. W. of Norway, Bartlett & Richards 793 (micu); Emmet (1921), W. of Pellston, Ehlers 1817 (micu, umes); Gogebic (1919), 3-4 mi. N.E. Watersmeet, B. & D. 2779 (micu); Grand Traverse (1956), Interlochen, Wagner 8336 (micu); Houghton (1926), Calumet Water Works, Wolff 795 (mic); Kalamazoo (1937), 6 mi. W. of Schoolcraft, Hanes 3827 (NY); Kalkaska (1956), M-72, just E. of Co. 597, Wagner 8337 (micu); Kent (ca. 1930), reported by Bazuin, ms.; Keweenaw (1910), W. S. Cooper 274 (Gu); Lake (1948), 7 mi. W. of Baldwin, McVaugh 9797 (mic); Leelanau (1956), E. of Empire, Wagner 8332 (micu); Mackinac (1913), Bois Blane I., C. K. Dodge (micu); Manistee (1900), F. P. Daniels s. n. (Msc); Marquette (1916-17), reported by Dodge, 1918, collected along M-28 at Marquette, Wagner 8440, in 1957 (mica); Mecosta (1957), 0.3 mi. N. of Stanwood, Wagner 8499 (mich); Menominee (1933), Grassl 2623 (Mich); Missaukee (1957), Lake City, Wagner 8475 (micu); Montcalm (1957), 2 mi. N. of junct. U.S. 131 and M-46, Wagner 8506 (mcn); Muskegon (1949), Cedar Creek Twp., Sect. 18, Bourdo 25 (micu); Newaygo (1916), Bessey & Darlington 1106 (msc); Ogemaw (1957), West Branch, Wagner 8480 (icu); Osceola (1957), 3 mi. N.W. junction of M-61 and M-115, Wagner 8500 (icu); Otsego (1956), S. of Gaylord, Wagner 8344 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 185 (MicH); Presque Isle (1949), Bearinger Twp., Marshall 857 (msc); H Roscommon (1919), N. end of Higgins Lake, Bessey s.n. (Msc); St. Clair (1903), Port Huron, C. K. Dodge (micu); Schoolcraft (1915), reported by Dodge, 1921; Van Buren (1906), very rare, Pepoon 944 (msc); Wexford (1956), juncture M-115 and U.S. 131, Wagner 8330 (mica). PERIODICITY: Wodehouse (1945, table iv) has already indicated that the pollen of “Ambrosia psilostachya” precedes that of A. artemistifolia in the atmosphere by two weeks. It was therefore no surprise that field studies of the two species in Michigan revealed the same approximate relationship between A. coro- nopifolia and A. artemisiifolia in their morphological develop- ment. A total of 338 plants were collected during the period August 3—5, 1956, 234 of A. coronopifolia from eight localities in eight counties, and 104 of A. artemisiifolia from nine localities in nine counties. These specimens were then measured for length of the staminate spike primordia. In A. coronopifolia, 18% of the total branches bore staminate spikes which were over 3 em. in length, many of these with mature flowers. In A. artemi- sitfolia, a mere 1% of the total bore spikes of such development during the first week of August. In A. coronopifolia, only 19% of the total number of branches lacked visible spike primordia, but in A. artemisiifolia 64% had no visible primordia. About one week earlier the same year, Professor K. L. Jones reported that on July 27-28, he developed a hay-fever reaction while visiting the city of Cheboygan. Along the estuary there, he discovered a large number of plants of A. coronopifolia in anthe- sis, while the A. artemisiifolia was not yet in bloom. The earliest herbarium specimen with flowers in A. coronopifolia in Michigan is July 12 (Menominee, C. O. Grassl 2623, 1933, MICH). VARIATION: Of the three basie ragweed species in Michigan, A. coronopifolia seems to be the least variable. The uniformity of any given stand, however, may be misleading, since the indi- viduals are clonal and tend to be derived from one or a few original plants as discussed earlier. The most conspicuous variations include those in leaf form, leaf arrangement, plant habit, and fruit characteristics. The leaves have been described by Rydberg (1922) as “ovate in outline, pinnatifid, subsessile, or the lower with short winged petioles.” The outline may vary, however, as shown in Figure 2 186 Rhodora [Vor. 60 4 Fig. 2. Outlines of approximately median leaves of moderate-sized plants of ragweeds from Michigan (all petiole bases not complete): A. Ambrosia artemisiifolia: 1. Washtenaw Co.; 2 Otsego Co.; 3. Benzie Co.; 4. Crawford Co. B. A. X tntergradiens: 1. Crawford Co.; 2. Benzie Co. C. A. coronopifolia: 1. Benzie Co.; 2. Grand Traverse Co.; 3. Leelanau Co.; 4. Antrim Co.; 5. Otsego Co.; 6. Kalkaska Co. (e.g., 2 vs. 3) from approximately lanceolate to deltoid. Ex- tremely large leaves (not figured) from plants growing under luxuriant conditions may approach in outline and cutting the much smaller, typical leaves of A. artemisiifolia growing under normal conditions. The length of the petiole diminishes from the basal to the median leaves, varying from obviously petiolate to sessile, making comparisons quite difficult from collection to 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 187 collection unless leaf position is taken into consideration. The dissection of the leaves ranges from coarsely lobed to nearly bipinnatifid. In the least dissected extreme the leaf-blades are long-ovate and the sinuses so shallow that they extend only one- third to one-half of the way from the blade margin to the midrib. The other extreme is represented by triangular leaf-blades cut seven- to nine-tenths of the way to the rachis, resembling in leaf outline A. artemisiifolia forms except for the relative length of the petiole. The blade/petiole ratio of median leaves averages 4.2 but varies from 3.1 to 8.0. Occasional specimens of A. artemisiifolia are collected, es- pecially in southern Michigan, which resemble A. coronopifolia in foliar characters. Generally, however, the leaves of the latter may be distinguished by the following ensemble of differences, some of them subtle and not readily evident on the herbarium sheet: (a) thicker leaf texture; (b) harsher, more appressed hairs; (c) paler green color; (d) fewer lobes and segments; (e) broader midrib wing; (f) shorter petiole; and (g) narrower blade outline. All these characters tend to overlap individually to some extent between the two taxa, and they must, therefore, be considered together in making identifications. Leaf arrangement in Ambrosia coronopifolia does not differ basically from that of the other ragweeds. Depending on size of plant, the lower four to nine leaf pairs are opposite, but the leaves above and especially those from the axils of which the staminate inflorescences arise tend to be subopposite to alternate. At Interlochen, Grand Traverse Co., however, there is at least one large clone, growing with clones of the ordinary opposite- leaved form, in which the leaves are all whorled, with three leaves per node. In this “leafy” form, the spacing of the nodes is like that in the typical form, and in the upper part of the plants the whorled condition gives way to the usual alternate- leaved state. In habit the plant is usually a simple leafy axis. The vast majority of plants in typical exposed situations on sterile soil along roadsides and railways have simple axes with only a single terminal staminate spike or with one or a few laterals in the upper fourth of the plant. A few more lateral branches may tend to develop from axillary buds as the season progresses, thus 188 Rhodora (Vor. 60 spreading the potential flowering time. If the main stem of a plant is eut off or otherwise damaged during the first half of the summer, a short, “bushy”? specimen will result, numerous branches arising from the base of the stem. 'The only profusely branched forms that are not the result of injury are the giant plants found in unusually rich environments. This large form was found at the edge of a vacant lot in Alpena, Alpena Co. (Wagner 8483) and on a farm near the juncture of highways M-72 and Co. 597 in Kalkaska Co. (8337). At the latter site, the normal form with few branches occurred in fields and had spread into open soil in a cultivated truck garden where giant plants up to 70 em. tall formed, bearing in some cases over 30 large and well developed staminate spikes with numerous coarse vegetative branches arising from near the base. "These were very likely stimulated to grow and branch by the unusually rich soil conditions in the truck garden where they were free of competition. In growth habit they resembled the large, branch- ing plants characteristic of true Ambrosia psilostachya as it grows in California, rather than the simpler forms typical of A. coro- nopifolia as it occurs in the Great Lakes area. 'The morphology and maturation of fruits varies to some extent from clone to clone. It is not at all uncommon to find popula- tions of A. coronopifolia in which only a small number of fruits have been produced. Such populations may co-exist side by side with others which have fully developed fruiting. Morpho- logically the fruits of A. coronopifolia usually have very short lateral processes or none at all so that they become, in the extreme form, entirely rounded at the top except for the beak. One striking population .at Yuma, Wexford Co. (8497a), however, has fruits with rather conspicuous processes, suggesting the fruits of A. artemisiifolia. POLLEN GRAINS: The pollen grains of Ambrosia coronopifolia were studied in terms of size, and presence or absence of proto- plasts. To measure diameters, anthers were removed from herbarium specimens, placed in 75% aqueous ethyl aleohol on a microscope slide and glycerine jelly containing acid fuchsin was added. The measurements were made of the widest diameters of 20 grains for each collection. No broken or collapsed grains were measured. To estimate the number of inviable grains, the technique was to crush dried anthers in aceto-carmine and to 1955| Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 189 Fic. 3. Fruits of ragweeds collected near Stanwood, Mecosta Co., Mich., September 28, 1957 (specimens drawn without trichomes): A. Ambrosia artemisiifolia (from several plants). B. A. X intergradiens (each horizontal row from a different clone). C. A. coronopifolia (each row from a different clone). heat the freed pollen grains until all the protoplasts became stained. "Those grains in which no protoplasts were evident by staining were counted and compared with those in which the protoplasts did stain. Approximately 1000 grains were recorded 190 Rhodora [Vor. 60 p - / AN E ^ / Aer om » ^ ka wi ^x ui eve , wh Er | 1 v . ) N D». è j l ER: Š Kd — ow ARR | 403 ^ jM \ \ 7 as c. n D d, e S | n , a PP 2 AN fun? \ .» —— ! aan | + ~ \ CX | mt + | ( tr / 4e o ^ S vaa / 1 $e ? OT d \ zT, Md / M (s TIN m Nee fo | d a Os cy 3 8 Na b ur sue — Hu €. 0$ DON ^ (C y - Y t — a * e A v = Ld \ 1 "ig mi Me “ MAP LED oe mt SOY ° ND e UL | . a i^ | (Mu y N ee vive da , . LEY * 5 ~ B a 10 p / , ~ Fic. 4. Chromosomes of Michigan Ambrosia. 1-5. A. coronopifolia, 2n = 72: 1, Antrim Co., metaphase II, 8340; 2, Emmet Co., metaphase I, 8446; 3, Benzie Co., metaphase 1, 8334; 4, Mackinac Co., metaphase I, 8435; 5, Alger Co., mitotic metaphase, 8438-bl. 6-11. A. X intergradiens, 2n = 54: 6, 9, Emmet Co., metaphase II, 8445; 7, 8, Emmet Co., late prophase, 8445; 10, Alger Co., mitotic metaphase, 8438-2; 11, Emmet Co., prophase I, 8445. 12. A. psilostachya, 2n = ca. 108, Los Angeles Co., California, metaphase II, D. A, Beals. in this way with mechanical counters, and the results expressed as percentage abortive grains of the total. The average pollen diameter of 11 collections of Ambrosia coronopifolia is 20.5 microns, with a range in individual grains of 17.6 to 25.0, and a standard deviation of 1.05. An average of 22.6% of the pollen grains from 11 collections appeared to lack protoplasts, with a range from 5 to 72%. Comparison of these values with those of the other ragweeds involved in this report is shown in Table 1, and will be discussed below. CHROMOSOMES: To determine chromosome numbers, specimens were fixed in Newcomer's fluid (Newcomer, 1953). For meiotic observations, whole young staminate spikes were placed in the fixative after removal from plants grown in the University of Michigan Botanical Gardens (August, 1956), and from the wild (July, 1957). At the time of examination, individual involucres were removed, the florets dissected out, and the anthers carefully removed and crushed in aceto-earmine stain on a microscope 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 191 slide. The pollen mother cells were thus extruded, and were then squashed in the ordinary way. For somatic observations, root tips were removed from greenhouse plants and pre-treated before fixation in a saturated cool solution of paradichlorobenzene and kept in a 40? cold-room for 3-5 hours to shorten the chromo- somes. 'The roots were then fixed and squashed. Division figures were drawn using the camera lucida. As stated in a preliminary report based on observations made during 1956 by the senior author (Wagner, 1957), there are 36 bivalents in meiotic metaphase, all of approximately the same size. This number has been confirmed by studies made in 1957 by the junior author, and also by the report, based presumably on the same species, of Mulligan (1957). Meiosis in Ambrosia coronopifolia is evidently regular, and the division figures of all stages appear to be normal (Figure 4, 1-5). Counts of n = 36 or approximately that number were made in meiosis of the following collections: Benzie Co., 8334; Antrim Co., 8340; Emmet Co., 8430; Mackinae Co., 8435; and 8444; and Marquette Co.; 8439. Counts of 2n — 72 or near that number were made in mitosis in the following collections: Kalkaska Co., 8337; Grand Traverse Co., 8336; Benzie Co., 8334; Alger Co., 8438bl; and Emmet Co., 8444-1. Representative specimens of all these collections are on deposit in the University of Michigan Her- barium. The collections from which the majority of meiotic numbers were determined were collected mainly on July 19, 20, and 21, 1957. INTERMEDIATE PERENNIAL RAGWEED: The second type of perennial ragweed in Michigan is easily overlooked by the collector because of its resemblances both to Ambrosia corono- pifolia and the annual A. artemisiifolia. In all respects, this plant is an intermediate between these two species, and it will therefore be described as a hybrid taxon, A. X zntergradiens'. The major characters of the new perennial ragweed are sum- marized in Table 1, in comparison with its relatives. In its habitat it is generally found with the two other ragweeds, but 1 Ambrosia X intergradiens Wagner, hybr. nov. Perennis, multiplicatione vegetative colonias uniformes formans sed inter se multiformes. Ambrosiae coronopifoliae similis sed differt plerumque pilis numerosis valde divergentibus in caule primario, foliis plus dissectis, tenuioribus, petiolis longioribus, chromosomatibus (2n) 54, divisione meiotica irregulari. Communis in locis dispersis ruderalibus michiganensibus borealibus cum A. artemisiifolia et A. coronopifolia. 192 TABLE I. A COMPARISON OF THREE RAGWEEDS IN Duration Petiole length (em.) (ea. 30 median lvs.) Number of pro- jections on bas- al segment pair (ca. 30 median lvs.) Narrowest rachis wing width be- tween two bas- al segment pairs. (ca. 30 median lvs.) Indument of main stem and peti- oles (subjective judgment) No. pistillate fls. / cluster Per cent good fruits/cluster Terminal beak length of fruit (mm.) Length of “spines” (mm.) Per cent abortive pollen per col- lection Pollen grain di- ameter: over-all range (microns) Pollen grain di- ameter: aver- ages (microns) Pollen grain di- ameter: stand- ard deviation Chromosome number (27) Meiotic meta- phase | ay gy. | artemisiifolia | | 14.3-20.8 Rhodora I Annual 1.5 (0.3-3.0) 9.0 (0-22) 1.4 (1.0-2.0) Sparse and spreading (ex- cept f. villosa) 5.4 (2-15) 77 1.2 (0.8-2.0) 0.5 (0.2-0.8) 16.0 (3-44) (9 colleetions) 17.6 (16.3-19.7) 0.79 (0.58-0.94) 36 Regular X intergradiens Perennial 1.0 (0.5-1.7) 5.8 (2-10) Mostly denser & spreading. 3.1 (1-8) 16 0.9 (0.8-1.0) 0.4 (0.2-0.6) 54.9 (42-83) (12 collections) 16.6-29.6 21.8 (20.4-23.6) 2,30 (1.36-3.22) 54 Irregular [Vor. 60 MICHIGAN. coronopifolia Perennial 0.9 (0.5-1.4) 2.2 (0-10) 3.1 (2.0-5.0) Denser and appressed. 1.2 (1-3) 55 0.6 (0.5-0.8) 0.2 (0.0-0.5) 22.6 (5-72) (11 collections) 17.6-25.0 20.5 (19.9-22.2) 1.05 (0.72-1.37) 72 Regular 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 193 this is not always so. For collectors in general it is probably most profitable to compare the new plant with the other perennial species, A. coronopifolia. Ambrosia X intergradiens may be distinguished from the latter by its more spreading, more delicate hairs on the stem axis, these usually more abundant. The whole plant of the intermediate is slightly greener (not glaucous). Corresponding leaves tend to be more divided and they have narrower wings between the pairs of lobes. Corre- sponding leaves (i.e., those in like position on plants of approxi- mately equal size) will also tend to have slightly longer and narrower petioles. If the fruits have matured, the lateral processes and the beak will be more strongly developed than in A. coronopifolia so that the fruit is more suggestive of that in A. artemisiifolia. The hybrid perennial ragweed has turned out to be surprisingly numerous in Michigan. In 1956 and 1957 it is estimated that between forty and fifty different populations, large and small, have been discovered. "These were found in over twenty localities in fifteen counties. All collections in the following list were made by the senior author with the help of others, especially J. A. Churchill, R. F. Blasdell, and P. J. Neihaus. Unless otherwise indicated, both parental ragweeds were present at each station listed: Alger, weedy edges of roads at Munising Falls, Munising, 8438-2; Antrim, no parents within at least 100 yds., grassy plains along U.S. 131, 1.2 mi N. of county line, Sect. 31, R.6W, T.29N, 8491; Benzie, on steep road- banks, W. side of Co. 669, E. edge of Sect. 25, R.14W, T.26N, 8335; in overgrown vacant lot, Bendon, Sect. 23, T.26N, R.13W, 8493; Charlevoix, vacant lot in town of Walloon Lake, 8485; along R.R. tracks in Boyne City, 8487; Cheboygan, vacant lots, Cheboygan, 8434; Clare, Meredith, R.3W, T.20N, Sect. 13, 8513; Crawford, lawns, gardens, fencerows, S. border of Frederic, 8348; gardens and roadsides behind P.O., 8448; Emmet, sandy vacant lot by Greyhound Bus Station, Mackinaw City, 8444-2; open grassy places along R.R. tracks, Pellston, $445; Grand Traverse, one or both parents present, in 3 places—(#1) in sandy lot near Elementary School, an all-pistillate clone, (72) just S. of bridge over Little Betsey Creek, and (73) by the R.R. Station, Interlochen, 8473; only A. artemisiifolia present, along railroad, 0.6 mi. W. of Grawn, Sect. 12, R.12W, T.26N, 8492; Kalkaska, weedy fields at intersection of U.S. 131, 1.5 mi. S. of Co. line, Sect. 2, R.7W, T.28N, 8488X; Marquette, both parents plus A. trifida present, vacant lot along M-28, Marquette, 8443a 194 Rhodora [Vor. 60 and 8443b; Mecosta, prairie-like fields, hybrids in sandy, more or less shaded, areas, 0.3 mi. N. of Stanwood on U.S. 131, 8498; Osceola, only A. artemisiifolia seen, grassy fields near R.R. Station, Marion, 8429; Otsego, 1.2 m. N.N.W. of Vanderbilt on M-27, 8515; Wexford, grassy fields at junction of M-115 and U.S. 131, 8474; along R.R. tracks, Yuma, Sect. 34, R.12W, T.23N, 8496a. The different intermediates are quite variable among them- selves, and it is conceivable that there is some degree of intro- gression involved in the formation of Ambrosia X intergradiens. In general, however, we have assumed that we are dealing with Fı hybrids which have become established and by means of their perennial habit and reproductive method have been able to form more or less large populations. It is interesting to note that A. X intergradiens is occasionally found with only one parent in the immediate neighborhood of the colony. At one place (Antrim Co.), in fact, we discovered a large population where careful searching failed to reveal either parent within at least 100 yards. The hybrid has been found to invade plowed fields (Otsego Co.), gardens (Crawford Co.), and plantations of pine trees (Benzie and Mecosta Cos.). The best localities for locating large populations are in grassy places along railroad tracks and sandy roads in and around towns and villages. Disturbed areas where both A. coronopifolia and A. artemisiifolia occur in a large mixture are almost sure to reveal at least one or a few populations of A. X tntergradiens. Further field studies of Michigan weeds will unquestionably yield many more populations of the new ragweed (once its characteristics are recognized), judging from the readiness with which we have found it to date. The major variations of A. X intergradiens include degree of hairiness and the size of the plant. The former is probably genetically controlled, and is perhaps determined more by inheritance from the annual ragweed, A. artemisiifolia, than the other parent. This is suggested by the fact that A. artemisiifolia is strongly variable in hairiness, and the form villosa Fern. & Grisc. is common throughout this area, contrasting by its dense, spreading-villous indument with the ordinary form. Ambrosia coronopifolia does not vary nearly so much in this respect. The size (i.e. , height and number of branches) of the plant, on the other hand, is probably controlled mainly by the environment: Rhodora Plate 1234 WOH WAGNER PLATE 1234. Ambrosia X intergradiens W. H. Wagner, type specimen, 1958] Wagner and Beals,— Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 195 those growing in completely exposed sites tend to be smaller and to have a simple form with only one terminal, staminate raceme (Pellston, R. R. tracks, Emmet Co., 8445); those growing in more or less shady and damper sites tend to be larger and more “bushy” and to have numerous staminate racemes branching out below the terminal one (from near Stanwood, at edges of pine plantation, Mecosta Co., 8509-5). One of the most curious variants of Ambrosia X intergradiens was found at Interlochen, Grand Traverse Co. (8473-1). An entire clone was observed to comprise pistillate plants only. The pistillate flowers of these plants are borne in racemes in a manner similar to that of normal, staminate involucres in typical plants. The all-pistillate condition has been well known previously in a variant of A. artemisiifolia, which, like the fore- going, bears no staminate flowers at all (Jones, 1936, fig. 6), and which is found with the normal type and intermediates throughout Michigan. The all-pistillate condition is unknown, however, in A. coronopifolia, which, so far as is known, always comprises plants of the normal, bisexual type with axillary pistillate flowers and terminal racemes of staminate flower clusters. It seems entirely possible, therefore, that the pistillate intermediate population at Interlochen arose as hybrid in which the female parent was the pistillate form of A. artemisiifolia. Jones (1943) succeeded in crossing another ragweed, A. trifida, which is, like A. coronopifolia, a strictly monoecious species, with the pistillate form of A. artemisiifolia and showed that the progeny contained, in addition to monoecious and intergrading forms, the all-pistillate form as well. In 1910, Rydberg described a plant, Ambrosia media, as resembling A. coronopifolia in leaf shape. He wrote that "Otherwise, the plant is more closely related to A. elatior and A. artemisiifolia [which he regarded as separate species], the root being annual and the fruit spiny." Our examination of the type specimen of A. media, which was lent to us through the courtesy of Dr. Keck of the New York Botanical Garden, shows that the plant in question is the coarsely lobed form of A. artemisiifolia, a form not uncommon as a variant in the populations of this species in southern Michigan. S. F. Blake reduced this plant to synonymy under A. artemisiifolia (1925). We further checked 196 Rhodora [Vor. 60 the pollen grains of the type specimen and found that the average pollen size is 19.0 microns, the total range from 14.7 to 21.0, and the standard deviation 0.95. The good grains in a sample of 1009 grains formed 79% of the total. Comparison with Table 1 will show that these figures are well within the ranges charac- teristic of A. artemisiifolia and not of A. X intergradiens. FRUITS: For comparison of mature fruits of Ambrosia X intergradiens and its presumed parents, a field study was made on September 28, 1957, north of Stanwood, Mecosta County. In the prairie-like, rolling fields and roadsides there, all three taxa are common, and are readily compared as their fruits are fully developed at this season. In general, those of the parents may be immediately differentiated: those of A. artemisiifolia have terminal beaks twice as long on the average (1.2 mm.) as those of A. coronopifolia (av. 0.6 mm.). The lateral processes or “spines” of A. artemisiifolia average 0.5 mm. in length, while those of A. coronopifolia average 0.2 mm. and are commonly absent altogether in the latter as shown in Figure 3, C. There is, however, some variation and overlap as the specimens figured reveal. Any large collection of fruits of A. artemisiifolia in Michigan will show some individuals with very short lateral processes; and, as described earlier, a variant of A. coronopifolia exists (Yuma, Wexford Co., 8497a) in which the processes on the fruits are unusually well developed. Ambrosia X intergra- diens is intermediate between the two other taxa in fruit mor- phology (see Table I) and the rather well developed beaks and spines provide a valuable additional character with which to distinguish the new taxon from A. coronopifolia in late summer and fall. The pistillate flowers of A. artemisiifolia tend to occur in clusters of five or six in the axils of the upper leaves, but those of A. coronopifolia tend to be solitary (as determined from an average of 100 pistillate inflorescences for each species). "The average number of flowers in inflorescences of A. X intergradiens is intermediate, 1.e., averaging three flowers. The percentage of fruits which actually enlarge and mature differs considerably in the three taxa: In A. artemisiifolia, a total of 541 pistillate flowers counted yielded 415 approximately full-sized fruits, a proportion of 77%. In the plants identified as A. coronopifolia, 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 197 a total of 118 flowers formed only 66 fruits, i.e., 55925. In the hybrid taxon it was very low—of the 280 flowers counted, only 34 had expanded into normal-appearing fruits, only 16%. Ambrosia X intergradiens thus shows morphologically a high degree of sterility, a condition suggested also by the percentage of bad pollen grains and by the irregular meiotic process to be described below. It is interesting to note that the clone of wholly pistillate plants of A. X intergradiens discovered at Interlochen, Grand Traverse Co., failed entirely to set fruits, and repeated collections made during September and October, 1957, of many pistillate spikes revealed not a single fully formed fruit. POLLEN GRAINS: Following the same technique described above, the average pollen diameter of 12 collections of A. X intergradiens was determined as 21.8 microns, the total range of individual grains from 16.6 to 29.6. That the pollen grains of the inter- mediate ragweed turned out to average larger than those of A. coronopifolia was surprising, in view of their respective chromo- some complements which would lead one to expect the reverse relationship. However, the variation in size of the pollen grains of the intermediate proved to be considerably greater than that of either of the parental ragweeds, including A. coronopifolia, and the standard deviation was 2.30 microns for the former and 1.05 for the latter. Although two of the collections of A. coronopifolia revealed a high percentage of non-staining pollen grains (one with 33% and one with 72%), most showed a low percentage and the average of 11 collections was 22.6%. On the contrary, all of the collec- tions of A. X intergradiens had high percentages of abortive grains. The mean of all the collections examined was 54.9% bad grains, the lowest single collection 424 and the highest 83 Z. These data on abortive pollen and pollen diameters are sum- marized in Table I, along with similar facts concerning A. artemistifolia for comparison. * If our figures are at all representative for the species as a whole, then A. artemisiifolia with its much larger number of pistillate flowers and greater average production of fruit per head has well over six times the reproductive potential by seeds as A. coronopifolia. Actually the difference is probably even greater because of the tendency for more axils to form pistillate inflorescences in A. artemisiifolia, Thus the annual species which relies entirely on seeds for survival, (so far as we know) shows a striking difference in seed production from the perennial ragweed which relies on its ability to remain alive from year to year and its ability to propagate itself by underground roots. 198 Rhodora (Vou. 60 CHROMOSOMES: Meiosis in the intermediate ragweed shows conspicuous irregularities. First metaphase is characterized by univalents, bivalents, and trivalents, and first anaphase com- monly shows lagging of chromosomes. The determination of units from ten well-spread sporocytes from five collections averaged 14.5 univalents (range: 8-19), 15.1 bivalents (range: 11-20), and 2.5 trivalents (0-4). The average total number of units was 32.1 (range: 22-38). A rough explanation for the average pairing behavior might be suggested as follows: There are 54 chromosomes present, 18 from A. artemisiifolia and 36 from A. coronopifolia. Assuming a fairly high degree of ho- mology between chromosomes of the parents, it then appears that 15 of the chromosomes of A. artemisiifolia and 15 of A. coronopifolia tend, on the average, to form pairs. The remaining three chromosomes of A. artemisiifolia would form trivalent configurations with six chromosomes of A. coronopifolia, leaving a residue of 15 univalents of the latter. The situation, however, is very much more variable from cell to cell than such an idealized *average" behavior would indicate. The lagging that commonly occurs in the chromosomes of first anaphase result in the exclusion of up to as many as four chromosomes from the second metaphase division figures, so that they lie off the respective equatorial planes, as shown in figure 4, 9. At second anaphase, as many as ten chromosomes have been seen lying separate in the cytoplasm, and even after the nuclear membrane is formed, chromosomes may remain un- assimilated. As the pollen grains mature, these chromosomes apparently disappear. In material of the intermediate plant from Pellston, Emmet Co., a sample of 171 division figures showing second anaphase had 55% of the figures with excluded chromosomes. The remaining 45% appeared to have normal second anaphase figures’. In contrast, in material of A. coro- nopifolia taken at the same time and place, a sample of 39 figures showed all normal second anaphases. Root tip squashes from three localities of the intermediate ragweed confirm 2n = 54 chromosomes, as would be expected 6 Avers, C, J. (Genetics 39: 117-126, 1953) has suggested a mechanism in Aster whereby triploids produce fertile pollen by means of a double equational division of the univalents. No evidence of such a mechanism has been observed in the present study, but this is a possible explanation of the relatively high percentage of normal-appearing second anaphase figures. 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 199 from the known genomes of the putative parents, A. artemistifolia with 2n — 36 (Jones 1943; Yuasa 1956), and A. coronopifolia with 2n = 72. These localities were in Benzie Co. (8335); Crawford Co. (8348); and Alger Co. (8438-2). Irregular meiotic behavior was observed in the Benzie Co. and Crawford Co. materials, as well as Osceola Co. (8429), Emmet Co. (8445), and other Crawford Co. collections (8448). DISCUSSION: As botanists did not find Ambrosia coronopifolia in Michigan until 1900 we may assume that perennial ragweeds were probably introduced into the state sometime prior to the turn of the century. It should be pointed out, however, that the question of “introduced” vs. "indigenous" may be a vexing one when weeds are involved. Our concepts of these terms do not ordinarily admit of degrees (such as "introduced in part," or “mainly introduced"). With regard to our perennial ragweeds, it seems entirely plausible that from time to time, over thousands of years, small ''extra-territorial emigrations from the home range into Michigan took place. Many, if not all, of these probably died out. However, now— with railroad and highway systems, and myriad artificially disturbed habitats, the species 'an readily migrate into Michigan along definite pathways from the states further west. So even if the species had been present, though extremely rare, prior to 1900, the bulk of present popula- tions may very well have immigrated from further west. Certainly over its present range in the state, the perennial rag- weed will have to be interpreted as “mainly introduced." There is no positive evidence to date, in faet, to indieate that 1t was ever native at all. When Michigan in its entirety is considered, A. coronopifolia must be treated as only frequent to uncommon; but its ability to "take over” large areas locally where the habitat is appropriate make it nevertheless a potential hayfever problem in its restricted territories. Its habit of congregating its populations around settlements make its hayfever significance out of proportion to its over-all abundance. The annual species, A. artemisiifolia, will in general much outweigh its allergic importance because of greater numbers. But in the two weeks prior to flowering in annual ragweed, the perennial species may become a local problem to allergic persons. 200 Rhodor: [Vor. 60 The hybrid perennial ragweed has turned out to be remarkably common in appropriate localities. If it had been found only once or several times in this investigation it would have been designated only by formula. The intermediate has been given a taxonomic binomial, Ambrosia X intergradiens, because of a belief that any natural hybrid which comes to form many indi- viduals of importance in the community, whether by sexual means (e.g., as allopolyploids) or by asexual means (e.g., by underground reproductive axes, as in this instance) or both, should be so named. Perhaps other ragweed hybrids (e.g., A. X helenae Rouleau, an extremely rare plant in Michigan) are formed de novo in nature as frequently as A. X intergradiens, but none of the others, to our knowledge, compare in abundance to the present one which is self-perpetuating and builds up large local populations through the years. Now that A. X intergradiens has been distinguished among the populations of perennial ragweeds in Michigan, collectors may be urged to look for it in other states (e.g., Illinois, Minne- sota, and Wisconsin) where the two parental species intermingle. The characteristics of the new ragweed are subtle ones, it is true, and they are hard to perceive on easual inspection in the field; but the description and figures given above should suffice for its recognition. The sizes of pollen grains reported here for the plant commonly referred to as **western ragweed" in the Great Lakes states differ from the previous reports. Wodehouse (1928, 1945) gave the diameter of pollen grains of “A. psilostachya” as 23.4 (22.0-27.4) microns. His measurements evidently refer not to our plant but to other taxa in the complex. Pollen grains in A. coronopifolia as defined here measure 20.5 microns in diameter on the average. Our own measurements of A. psilostachya from California (Solano Co., Heiser 1966; San Diego Co., Alderson s.n.; Colusa Co., Chandler s.n.; Stanislaus Co., Hoover 165; Los Angeles Co., Wolf 4241; and San Luis Obispo Co., Summers s.n. —MICH and UC) gave an average diameter of 23.0 microns, the range 20.0— 25.0. There is a correlation of pollen grain diameter with chromosome numbers. Previous studies of chromosomes in the genus Ambrosia indicate that the X number is 12, 17, or 18 (Darlington & Wylie, 1955). Jones (1933, 1943) showed the 1958] Wagner and Beals,—Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) 201 chromosome number in A. artemisiifolia (as A. elatior) to be n = 18;in A. bidentata, n = 17; and in A. trifida, n = 12. Of these species the first is most obviously related to the perennial forms under discussion here, and the number of » = 36 de- termined by us (1957) and confirmed by Mulligan (1957) for A. coronopifolia supports this relationship. Ambrosia corono- pifolia may therefore be considered a tetraploid species. Ambro- sia X inlergradiens would then be a triploid. Heiser and Whitaker’s (1948) report of California material of A. psilostachya (Solano Co., Heiser 1966, UC) as having an estimated “n = 50—52" suggested to us that the actual figure might be n = 54, i.e., the hexaploid number. Materials kindly collected for us by Mrs. D. A. Beals in Los Angeles Co., California (MICH) were observed in Metaphase I and Metaphase II: a total of 20 esti- mates ranged from 50 to 56, the average n = 53. The exact number may, accordingly, really be n = 54. It is worthy of mention at this point that smaller-spored forms also occur in the perennial ragweeds of California, suggesting that tetraploid taxa exist there as well as hexaploid. "Three collections (San Diego Co., Palmer 161; Lathrop, Walker 889; and Yuba Co., Howell 28288—all UC) averaged 20.8 microns in diameter of pollen grains, with a range from 18.5-23.3, corresponding closely to the figures given above for A. coronopifolia. On the basis of present knowledge, therefore, we may assume that there are probably at least four polyploid levels in the A. artemisiifolia-coronopifolia complex, viz. 2x (artemisiifolia), 3x (intergradiens), 4x (coronopifolia plus this or an additional taxon that grows in California), and 6x (psilostachya). Where it has been possible to compare them, the levels of polyploidy are matched by corresponding average pollen diameters, viz. 17.6 microns (artemisiifolia), 20.5 microns (coronopifolia), and 23.0 microns (psilostachya). Ambrosia X intergradiens does not conform with the sequence, but its irregular meiotie conditions and degree of spore abortion are such that the normal process of pollen ontogeny may be disturbed and thus produce the deviation. It can be concluded that polyploidy has played an important role in the evolution of the artemisiifolia-coronopifolia complex of ragweeds. Further knowledge of the evolution of this assemblage will have to be enriched by a survey much broader in scope 202 Rhodora [Vor. 60 than the present one. In particular, areas of presumed geo- graphical origin should be sought and investigated. Professor G. L. Stebbins has written. (December 18, 1956) that in his opinion the understanding of the relationships of the taxa in this complex will require “a careful study of all the forms occurring in the southwest United States, Mexico, and elsewhere in the American tropics.” We might suggest then that the forms that are found in California and in Michigan probably represent peripheral end-point populations derived from an evolutionary matrix that originated in the south. An interesting further possibility was recently indicated by Yuasa (1956) when he pointed out that "since the basic number of chromosomes in Compositae 1s nine, it is not surprising that the chromosome number of the ragweed [i.e., A. artemisiifolia] is n = 18.” If the original number in these plants was x = 9, then the common annual ragweed is a tetraploid species itself; A. coronopifolia would have to be interpreted as 8x; A. X P [ae Q CANNABINACEAE *Cannabis sativa L. + + + + zi + *Humulus japonicus Sieb. & Zucc. + + + + + *Humulus Lupulus L. + + + + 3E 4 URTICACEAE Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw. -+ + ae B zu 4 Boehmeria cylindrica var. Drummondiana Wedd. + + + = Laportea canadensis (L.) Wedd. + + + + E RD Parietaria floridana Nutt. + Parietaria pensylvanica Muhl. + + + + Pilea pumila (L.) Gray + + + I T + 208 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Urtica chamaedryoides Pursh *Urtica dioica L. Urtica gracilis Ait. Urtica procera Muhl. *Urtica urens L. Urtica viridis Rydb. SANTALACEAE Comandra Richardsiana Fern. Comandra umbellata (L.) Nutt. Geocaulon lividum (Richards.) Fern. LORANTHACEAE Arceuthobium pusillum Peck ARISTOLOCHIACEAE *Aristolochia Clematitis L. *Aristolochia durior Hill Aristolochia Serpentaria L. Asarum canadense L. Asarum canadense var. acuminatum Ashe Asarum canadense var. reflexum (Bickn.) Robins. POLYGONACEAE *Emex spinosa Campd. *Fagopyrum sagittatum Gilib. *Fagopyrum tataricum (L.) Gaertn. Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill Polygonella articulata (L.) Meisn. Polygonum achoreum Blake Polygonum allocarpum Blake *Polygonum amphibium L. f. terrestre (Leers) Fern. Polygonum amphibium var. stipulaceum 'Coleman) Fern. Polygonum amphibium var. stipulaceum f. fluitans (Eat.) Fern. Polygonum amphibium var. stipulaceum f. hirtuosum (Farw.) Fern. Polygonum amphibium var, stipulaceum f. simile Fern. Polygonum arifolium L. var pubescens (Keller) Fern. *Polygonum aviculare L. Polygonum aviculare var. littorale (Link) W. D. J. Koch *Polygonum aviculare var. vegetum Ledeb. *Polygonum Bistorta L. Polygonum Careyi Olney *Polygonum cespitosum Blume var. longisetum (DeBruyn) Stewart Polygonum cilinode Michx. (including f. erectum (Peck) Fern.) Polygonum coccineum Muhl. Polygonum coccineum f. natans (Wieg.) Stanford *Polygonum Convolvulus L. *Polygonum Convolvulus var, subalatum Lej. & Court. Polygonum cristatum Engelm. & Gray *Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. Polygonum Douglasii Greene *Polygonum dubium Stein Polygonum erectum L. ++ ++4+4+++ + T +++ 44444 ++44 + + +444 + ++ ++ ++ + + +++ +++ ++ ++ ++ + +1444 m + + +++ + ++4+4444 ++ +44+444+4+ ++ + +444 ++++ ++ — ++ +++++ c +++++ ++H+++++ + 1958] Bean et al.,— Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 299 I Conn. + | Me. N Vt Polygonum Fowleri Robins. Polygonum exsertum Small 4 4 -+ Polygonum glaucum Nutt. + + Polygonum Hydropiper L. (including var. projectum Stanford) + Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx. + Polygonum hydropiperoides f. strigosum (Small) Stanford Polygonum lapathifolium L. + *Polygonum lapathifolium var. prostratum Wimm. Polygonum lapathifolium var. salicifolium Sibth. + *Polygonum minus Huds. var. subcontinuum (Meisn.) Fern. *Polygonum nepalense Meisn. Polygonum opelousanum Riddell Polygonum opelousanum var. adenocalyx Stanford *Polygonum orientale L. Polygonum pensylvanicum L. Polygonum pensylvanicum var. laevigatum Fern. Polygonum pensylvanicum var. laevigatum f. albineum Farw. Polygonum pensylvanicum var. nesophilum Fern. *Polygonum Persicaria L. *Polygonum Persicaria var. ruderale (Salisb.) Meisn. *Polygonum polystachyum Wall. Polygonum prolificum (Small) Robins. Polygonum punctatum Ell. Polygonum punctatum var. leptostachyum (Meisn.) Small Polygonum punctatum var. parvum Vict. & Rousseau Polygonum puritanorum Fern. Polygonum ramosissimum Michx. Polygonum ramosissimum f. atlanticum Robins. Polygonum robustius (Small) Fern. *Polygonum sachalinense F. Schmidt Polygonum sagittatum L. Polygonum sagittatum f. chloranthum Fern. *Polygonum scabrum Moench Polygonum scandens L. Polygonum setaceum Baldw. var. interjectum Fern. Polygonum tenue Michx. Polygonum viviparum L. *Rheum Rhaponticum L. *Rumex Acetosa L. *Rumex Acetosella L. *Rumex alpinus L. Rumex altissimus Wood *Rumex crispus L. Rumex crispus X obtusifolius Rumex crispus X orbiculatus *Rumex domesticus Hartm. Rumex fenestratus Greene Rumex hastatulatus Baldw. *Rumex maritimus L. --- ++ ++ ++ + — + + + + +++ ++ + ++ ++ +++ +++++ ++ +4 + ++ ++ l ++ ++i+++ + ++ ++ + + 4+ + + +4+4+14+4 + +4444 ++++ + + +++ ++ ++ + +++ + +4 = ++ +t++++++Ii+ ++t4t4+ +++++ + +++ +++ +++ +H+++++ttt++t+ ++ttt++ +++++ + ++++ ++ 300 Rhodora [Vor. 60 Me. N. H. Vt. Mass. | +++ ++ ++ ++ +++ GRE Rumex maritimus var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusén + *Rumex mexicanus Meisn. (including R. triangulivalvis (Danser) Rech. f.) + *Rumex obtusifolius L. + Rumex orbiculatus Gray + T + +++ + | Conn. Rumex pallidus Bigel. . Rumex persicarioides L. *Rumex Patientia L. *Rumex pulcher L. Rumex verticillatus L. Tovara virginiana (L.) Raf. CHENOPODIACEAE Atriplex arenaria Nutt. Atriplex glabriuscula Edmondston *Atriplex hortensis L. Atriplex patula L. Atriplex patula var. hastata (L.) Gray Atriplex patula var. littoralis (L.) Gray *Atriplex rosea L. *Axyris amaranthoides L. *Bassia hirsuta (L.) Aschers. *Beta vulgaris L. *Chenopodium album L. *Chenopodium ambrosioides L. *Chenopodium ambrosioides var. anthelminticum (L.) Gray *Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. Chenopodium Boscianum Moq. *Chenopodium Botrys L. Chenopodium capitatum (L.) Aschers. *Chenopodium carinatum R. Br. *Chenopodium foliosum (Moench) Aschers. *Chenopodium glaucum L. *Chenopodium graveolens Lag. & Rodr. Chenopodium humile Hook. Chenopodium hybridum L. var. gigantospermum (Aellen) Rouleau *Chenopodium incanum (S. Wats.) Heller *Chenopodium lanceolatum Muhl. Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. *Chenopodium murale L. *Chenopodium paganum Reichenb. *Chenopodium polyspermum L. Chenopodium rubrum L. *Chenopodium urbicum L. *Corispermum hyssopifolium L. *Cycloloma atriplicifolium (Spreng.) Coult. *Kochia Scoparia (L.) Roth *Kochia Sieversiana (Pall.) C. A. Mey. *Monolepis Nuttalliana (R. & S.) Greene *Roubieva multifida (L.) Moq. Salicornia Bigelovii Torr. Salicornia europaea L. Salicornia europaea var. prostrata (Pall.) Fern. ++ + 4444+ +++44+44+4+ 4+ ++4+4+4+ ++ + ++ + +++ 4 +++ + +++ ++ 4 — ++++ ++++ +++ +++ ++ +++ ++) I +t+4+t+4+4¢4+5+ +41 + ++ + ++ + + | +) + + + + +H++++++4+4+ +++ + Ft+Htt+tt+e F444 44444441 ++++ + ++ ++ I++ + ++ ++ ++ +++ + 1958] Bean et al.,—Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 301 | i+ +++4++++ +++] Me Salicornia europaea var. simplex (Pursh) Fern. Salicornia virginica L. Salsola Kali L. Salsola Kali var. caroliniana (Walt.) Nutt. *Salsola Kali var. tenuifolia Tausch *Spinacea glabra Mill. *Spinacea oleracea L. Suaeda americana (Pers.) Fern. Suaeda linearis (Ell.) Moq. Suaeda maritima (L.) Dumort. Suaeda Richii Fern. AMARANTHACEAE *Acnida altissima Riddell *Acnida altissima var. prostrata (Uline & Bray) Fern. *Acnida altissima var. subnuda (S. Wats.) Fern. Acnida cannabina L. *Acnida tamariscina (Nutt.) Wood Amaranthus albus L. *Amaranthus ascendens Loisel. *Amaranthus caudatus L. *Amaranthus cruentus L. *Amaranthus deflexus L. *Amaranthus graecizans L. + + + *Amaranthus hybridus L. (including f. hypochondriacus (L.) Robins.) + ae ES *Amaranthus lividus L. *Amaranthus Palmeri S. Wats. *Amaranthus Powellii S. Wats. — — Amaranthus pumilus Raf. *Amaranthus retroflexus L. + + + *Amaranthus spinosus L. — *Amaranthus viridis L. *Celosia argentea L. var. cristata (L.) Ktze. *Froelichia arizonica Thornber NYCTAGINACEAE *Mirabilis hirsuta (Pursh) MacM. + *Mirabilis Jalapa L. *Mirabilis linearis (Pursh) Heimerl *Mirabilis nyctaginea (Michx.) MacM. PHYTOLACCACEAE Phytolacca americana L. AIZOACEAE *Mollugo verticillata L. E *Tetragonia expansa Murr. ++++ | Conn. ++ + + +44 va PEI ++ + +t++++|RL +++ + ar a ete + +++++ ++++ | Mass, + ++ı+ ++ ++ + ++ + + +1 + + +++ F444 44444444 + + ++ + ++++ ++ + + With the exception of the introduced species the geographical areas are the same as in previous reports. The groups repre- sented are in marked contrast to those treated in the eleventh report. While the species in the latter were with one exception woody, in the present one there are no trees or shrubs. In the last report there were no strictly maritime species, while here 302 Rhodora [Vor. 60 there is a large representation of such plants. Another notable difference is that nearly fifty per cent of the forms here treated are not native to New England, but are introduced, naturalized or adventive. Several subgroups have consequently been adopted in this category. When only one, or at most five or six specimens representing a given form have been found, it has seemed best to designate such a plant as “local” even though in the area covered by Gray’s Manual it may be distinctly northern or southern and in some regions common. In New England there are not enough stations to show any definite distributional patterns in such cases. I. GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED.—Urtica procera, Polygonum amphibium rar. stipulaceum f. fluitans, P. coccineum, P. coccineum f. natans, P. Hydropiper (including var. projectum), P. sagittatum, Rumex orbiculatus. Ia. GENERAL, EXCEPT MAINE COAST EAST OF KENNEBEC RIVER.—Pilea pumila, Polygonum pensylvanicum var. laevigatum. Ib. GENERAL, EXCEPT THE COAST OF WASHINGTON COUNTY, MAINE.— Polygonum lapathifolium, P. punctatum (including var. leptostachyum), Amaranthus albus. Ic. GENERAL, EXCEPT CAPE COD.—Polygonum cilinode (including var. erectum). Id. GENERAL, EXCEPT CAPE COD AND MAINE COAST EAST OF KENNEBEC RIVER.—Urtica gracilis. While Urtica gracilis seems to belong to this group, it does not occur on the coast north of Massachusetts and is very rare in New Hampshire. Ie. GENERAL, EXCEPT CAPE COD AND WASHINGTON COUNTY, MAINE— Laportea canadensis, Polygonum amphibium var. stipulaceum, Chenopodium hybridum var. gigantospermum. IIA. NORTHERN—NUMEROUS STATIONS SOUTH OF 43°.—Arceuthobium pusillum, Polygonum lapathifolium var. salicifolium, Chenopodium capita- tum. Polygonum lapathifolium var. salicifolium occurs infrequently and there are no stations on the coast north of Massachusetts. Chenopodium capitatum is absent from the coast and infrequent elsewhere. IIB. NORTHERN—NOT OR NOT MUCH SOUTH OF 43°.— Urtica viridis, Geocaulon lividum, Polygonum Douglasii, Rumex fenestratus. Urtica viridis is known only from the Maine coast east of the Kennebee River. Polygonum Douglasii is somewhat local and the stations for this species lie between 43? and 45° except on the coast. Rumex fenestratus is found in Washington County only. III. ALPINE.—Oxzyria digyna is found on the White Mountains only. Polygonum viviparum occurs also on Mt. Mansfield and Mt. Katahdin. IV. CAPE COD BUT NOT NORTHERN MAINE—GENERAL IN MAINE SOUTH or 45°.—Boehmeria cylindrica, Comandra umbellata, Polygonum arifolium var. pubescens, P. Careyi, P. hydropiperoides, Chenopodium leptophyllum. 1958] Bean et al.,— Report of Committee on Plant Distribution 303 Boehmeria cylindrica does not occur east of the Penobscot River. Polygonum arifolium var. pubescens is not found either in northern New Hampshire or northern Vermont. Chenopodium leptophyllum is infre- quent and there are no stations for it in Vermont. It occurs in New Hampshire only in the Androscoggin Valley. V. NEITHER CAPE COD NOR NORTHERN MAINE, NOT IN WASHINGTON county.—Polygonum erectum, Chenopodium Boscianum. While Chenopodium Boscianum does not occur on Cape Cod, it is present on Nantucket and is not found north of southwestern Maine (S. Berwick). VIA. CHIEFLY THE THREE SOUTHERN STATES, BOTH CAPE COD AND WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS.—Polygonnm cristatum, P. tenue, Phytolacca americana. VIB. CHIEFLY THE THREE SOUTHERN STATES, CAPE COD BUT NOT WEST- ERN MASSACHUSETTS.—Polygonella articulata, Polygonum scandens. Polygonella articulata seems to avoid the rich soils of western New England. It is found along the Maine coast to the Kennebec River. It is frequent along railroads and in sandy soil. Polygonum scandens also avoids the rich soils of western Vermont and Massachusetts. VIC. CHIEFLY THE THREE SOUTHERN STATES, NEITHER CAPE COD NOR WESTERN MASSACHUSETTS.—Polygonum robustius. VID. SOUTHWESTERN NEW ENGLAND ONLY.—Aristolochia Serpentaria. VII. COASTAL PLAIN.—Boehmeria cylindrica var. Drummondiana, Poly- gonum opelousanum, P. opelousanum var. adenocalyx, P. pensylvanicum, P. pensylvanicum var. nesophilum, P. puritanorum, P. setaceum var. interjectum, Rumex verticillatus. While Boehmeria cylindrica var. Drummondiana seems to fit this cata- gory it has two stations far outside the coastal plain, one at Beverly, Massachusetts, the other at Dorset, Vermont. Polygonum puritanorum has one isolated station at Waterford, Maine. VIII. CALCICOLOUS—CHIEFLY WEST OF THE CONNECTICUT RIVER IN SOUTH; IN EAST MOSTLY NORTH OF 45°.— Parietaria pensylvanica, Comandra Richardsiana, Asarum canadense, A. canadense var. acuminatum, A. canadense var. reflexum, Polygonum achoreum, Tovara virginiana. Parietaria pensylvanica occurs in western New England, on the Cran- berry Islands, Maine and locally at three seemingly indigenous stations near Boston. Comandra Richardsiana is restricted to the northern Lake Champlain region. Asarum canadense also occurs on soils overlying basic rocks in eastern Massachusetts. Asarum canadense var. reflexum is restricted to southwestern Connecticut, while Asarum canadense var. acuminatum occurs west of the Connecticut River only. Polygonum achoreum is found at but four stations: Castle Hill and Caribou in Aroos- took County, Maine, and Grand Isle and South Burlington in Vermont. Tovara virginiana is frequent in western New England and also occurs in seemingly indigenous locations near Boston and at two stations in Rhode Island. IXA. MARITIME HALOPHYTES—IN VICINITY OF COAST, NO INLAND STA- TIONS.—This category is further divided into three subgroups— 304 Rhodora [Vor. 60 a. GENERAL.—Polygonum prolificum, P. ramosissimum var. atlanticum, Atriplex glabriuscula, A. patula var. littoralis, Salicornia europaea, Suaeda linearis, S. maritima. b. NORTHERN.— The southern limit is given for each species: Polygonum allocarpum extends to Cape Elizabeth, Maine, Rumex pallidus to Massa- chusetts Bay with one station at Nantucket, R. persicarioides from Cape Ann to Block Island only. Chenopodium rubrum occurs chiefly in New Hampshire and Massachusetts with one station each in Maine and Con- necticut. Salicornia europaea var. prostrata extends to Penobscot Bay, Suaeda americana to Cape Ann and S. Richii to Massachusetts Bay. c. SOUTHERN.—The northern limit of each species is stated: Polygonum ersertum extends to S. Berwick, Maine, P. glaucum to Massachusetts Bay, Atriplex arenaria to Hampton, New Hampshire, Salicornia Bigelovii to Cape Elizabeth, Maine, S. europaea var. simplex to Hampton, New Hampshire, S. virginica to Wells, Maine and Acnida cannabina to Casco Bay. IXB. MARITIME (NOT NECESSARILY HALOPHYTIC) WITH INLAND STA- TIONS.—Polygonum aviculare var. littorale, P. ramosissimum, Rumex maritimus var. fueginus, Atriplex patula, A. patula var. hastata, Salsola Kali, S. Kali var. caroliniana. Salsola Kali var. caroliniana is absent from Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont. X. ESTUARINE.—Polygonum punctatum var. parvum, P. sagittatum var. chloranthum. XI. INTRODUCED SPECIES—GENERAL.—Humulus Lupulus, Fagopyrum sagittatum, Polygonum aviculare, P. aviculare var. vegetum, P. Convolvulus, P. Convolvulus var. subalatum, P. Persicaria, Rumex Acetosella, R. crispus, R. domesticus, R. mexicanus (including R. triangulivalvis), R. obtusifolius, Chenopodium album, C. lanceolatum, Salsola Kali var. tenuifolia, Amaran- thus retroflexus, Mollugo verticillata. Polygonum Convolvulus is absent from northern Maine. Neither Chenopodium lanceolatum nor Salsola Kali var. tenuifolia occurs north of 45°. XIa. INTRODUCED SPECIES—NEITHER CAPE COD NOR NORTHERN MAINE.— These species occur very sparingly in the three northern states as shown by the following table: Number of stations Me. N.H. Vt Cannabis sativa 3 2 5 Humulus japonicus 3 0 1 Urtica dioica 3 1 1 Urtica urens 1 1 1 Polygonum orientale 2 2 1 Rumex Acetosa 5 0 5 Rumex altissimus 2 1 1 Chenopodium Botrys 3 4 10 Chenopodium urbicum 1 2 0 Acnida altissima 1 4 1958] Bean et al.,—Report of Committee on Flant Distribution 305 XIb. INTRODUCED SPECIES WITH NORTHERN TENDENCIES.—Fagopyrum tataricum, Polygonum scabrum, Rumex alpinus. Rumex alpinus has been recorded at only two stations: Berwick in southern Maine and Wilmington in southern Vermont. XIc. INTRODUCED SPECIES WITH SOUTHERN TENDENCIES—CHIEFLY SOUTH oF 43°.—Polygonum cuspidatum, Chenopodium ambrosioides, C. ambrosioides var. anthelminticum, C. carinatum, C. graveolens, C. murale, Kochia Scoparia, Amaranthus caudatus, A. cruentus, A. graecizans, A. hybridus (including f. hypochondriacus), A. lividus, A. Palmeri, A. Powellii, A. spinosus, Celosia argentea var. cristata, Mirabilis hirsuta, M . nyctaginea. In 1902, no stations for Polygonum cuspidatum were known in either Vermont or Rhode Island. Chenopodium carinatum is confined to outer Cape Cod except for three inland stations on ballast or wool waste. XId. INTRODUCED SPECIES—SPORADIC.—Polygonum amphibium f. ter- restre, P. Persicaria var. ruderale, P. sachalinense, Rumex Patientia, Bassia hirsuta, Chenopodium glaucum, C. paganum. Bassia hirsuta is chiefly maritime with one station at Westford, Massa- chusetts. Chenopodium paganum is absent from western Massachusetts and Connecticut. XIe. INTRODUCED SPECIES—LOCAL.—Aristolochia Clematitis, A. durior, Emex spinosa, Polygonum Bistorta, P. cespitosum var. longisetum, P. dubium, P. lapathifolium var. prostratum, P. minus var. subcontinuum, P. nepalense, P. polystachyum, Rheum Rhaponticum, Rumex maritimus, R. pulcher, Atriplex hortensis, A. rosea, Axyris amaranthoides, Beta vulgaris, Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus, C. foliosum, C. incanum, C. polyspermum, Corispermum hyssopifolium, Cycloloma atriplicifolium, Kochia Sieversiana, Monolepis Nuttalliana, Roubieva multifida, Spinacea glabra, S. oleracea, Acnida altissima var. subnuda, A. tamariscina, Amaranthus ascendens, A. caudatus, A. deflexus, A. viridis, Froelichia arizonica, Mirabilis Jalapa, M. linearis, Tetragonia expansa. XII. MISCELLANEOUS.—Parietaria floridana, Urtica | chamaedryoides, Polygonum Fowleri, Rumex hastatulatus, Chenopodium humile. Parietaria floridana is represented in New England by a single specimen from Pawtuckaway Mt., Rockingham County, N. H. Urtica cha- maedryoides is reported in the eighth edition of Gray's Manual to be ad- ventive north to Massachusetts, but there is no specimen from New England in the two herbaria consulted. Polygonum Fowleri is repre- sented by a single specimen in the New England Club herbarium from Isle au Haut. Other collections originally identified as P. Fowleri are now segregated as P. allocarpum. Rumex hastatulus was credited by Mr. Wm. P. Rich in Rhodora IV-205 to a single station at Salisbury Beach, Massachusetts. This specimen is now in the Gray Herbarium. During the fifty-six years only one other specimen has been collected: at Melrose, Massachusetts. Chenopodium humile is known from one station only in New England at Brunswick, Maine.—R. C. Bran, A. F. Hirn AND R. J. EATON. 306 Rhodora [Vor. 60 NorE ON THE DISTINCTION BETWEEN THE BROAD- AND NARROW-LEAVED ANTENNARIAS OF MriNNESOTA.— The broad- leaved and narrow-leaved Antennarias of the Gray's Manual range in the United States are customarily separated in keys on the basis of leaf size and nervation, with the size-ranges over- - lapping and the nerves varying in number from 3 to 7 in the broad-leaved plants to 1 or 3 in the narrow-leaved ones. Usually the nerves are said to be “prominent” in the former types and, when 3, “obscure” in the latter. Possibly this separation serves well enough for plants over most of the range, but for Minnesota plants it is unsatisfactory. Most of our narrow-leaved plants have 3 nerves, and these are often prominent. Close observation shows differences that make the separation more certain, par- ticularly for the beginning student. The following dichotomy distinguishes reasonably well between our broad-leaved plants (A. fallax, A. munda, and A. plantaginifolia of the 8th edition of Gray's Manual) and our narrow-leaved ones (4. aprica, A. campestris, A. canadensis, A. microphylla, A. neglecta, A. neo- dioica, and A. petaloidea of the 8th edition): Largest basal leaves 12-50 mm wide, 30-100 mm long, with 3-7 lengthwise nerves at base of blade that are prominent beneath, the two (main) laterals nearest the midrib each located nearly always from 14 to 15 of the way from the midrib to the margin where farthest from the margin, usually extending past the broadest point of the blade and converging toward and nearly reaching the leaf tip, additional nerves if any branching mostly from the outer sides of the two laterals mentioned; smaller leaves and those not fully expanded often with lateral nerves as described below; largest blades tending to be widest be- tween 14 and 24 of the way to the tip; leaves of the flowering stem acute to bristle-tipped, without scarious appendages broad-leaved plants. Largest basal leaves 3-21 mm wide, 5-55 mm long, with 1 or 3 prominent to obscure lengthwise nerves at base of blade, very rarely with a faint additional nerve next one or both margins, when 3- or more-nerved the two main laterals each located from nearly 24 to 34 of the way from the midrib to the margin in the broader part of the blade, usually extending at most shortly beyond the broadest point, rarely converging toward and nearly reaching the leaf tip, additional nerves if any branching mostly from the midrib; largest blades tending to be widest between 25 and 45 of the way to the tip; leaves of the flowering stem as above or the upper third of them each with a thin flattened sometimes inrolled scarious appendage 1.5-2.5 mm. long by 0.4-0.9 mm wide. ............00 00000 ee narrow-leaved plants. —.THomas MORLEY, UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA. 1958] Hermann,—Euphrasia micrantha 307 EUPHRASIA MICRANTHA New To NomrH America.—Mount Greylock, a spur of the Taconic Range in Berkshire County, northwestern Massachusetts and the highest point (3491 ft. elevation) in the state, has already received considerable notice in the pages of this journal because of its botanical attractions. These have been revealed chiefly through the explorations of Dr. A. LeRoy Andrews, beginning with an account of the orchids of the region in 1900 and including a series of papers on the bryophytes extending up to 1957. Particularly noteworthy in the flora of the mountain is the subalpine element which, as might be expected, is markedly similar to that of the Green Mountains of Vermont. Early in the evening of August 26, 1957 the writer, returning from the Adirondacks, made a hurried drive to the summit of Greylock via the excellent road leading from North Adams, on the chance of getting in some botanizing before dusk set in. The most striking plant on the exposed rocky summit at this date proved to be a Euphrasia (F. J. Hermann 14075, specimens in Gray Herbarium, U. S. National Herbarium, N. Y. Botanical Garden Herbarium and Cambridge University Herbarium, Eng- land) occurring in extensive beds, its violet corollas vividly coloring the sparsely grassy stretches surrounding the war me- morial beacon which has become a popular tourist attraction. Later attempts to identify the plant in current floras were un- successful. None of the ten species included in Gray's Manual would accommodate its combination of blunt bract-teeth and almost solid violet corolla, nor could it be matched with any of the American collections in the U. 8. National Herbarium. A specimen sent to Kew was kindly referred by Dr. G. Taylor to Mr. P. F. Yeo, at Cambridge University Botanic Garden, who with Mr. P. D. Sell is at present engaged in a revision of the genus in North America. Mr. Yeo has referred the collection to the European Euphrasia micrantha Reichb., and very kindly sent European material of the species for comparison. As Mr. Yeo pointed out the plants from Mt. Greylock are not typical of the prevalent form of the species in Europe, differing chiefly in having very short floral internodes. In this respect it is very similar, however, to specimens collected by Mr. Yeo from cliff- top heaths in Brittany, so that it seems not unlikely that the shortening of the nodes is an ecological response. 308 Rhodora [ Vou. 60 The range of Euphrasia micrantha, which occurs throughout the British Isles according to Clapham, Tutin and Warburg in their Flora of the British Isles (1952), is given by H. W. Pugsley, in his Revision of the British Euphrasias (Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 48:488. 1930), as “northwest Europe, including Scandinavia, Germany, Bohemia, and a large part of France”. The American species most nearly related to it is E. disjuncta Fern. & Wieg., of Labrador, Newfoundland and northern Maine (western plants formerly referred to E. disjuncta are really E. subarctica Raup, according to Hultén), which is also referred by Pugsley (Journ. Bot. 74:287. 1936) to the Series Latifoliae of the Subsect. Ciliatae, Sect. Semicalcaratae. Although characterized by blunt bract- teeth in common with E. micrantha, it is very unlike that plant in general aspect, the spikes being widely interrupted (lower bracts 2-5 cm. apart), and is readily distinguished from the Kuropean species by its larger, much broader and pubescent leaves and bracts. Although the occurrence of this European species in well- established colonies on a New England mountain top was un- expected, it does not seem improbable that it was introduced there in view of the fact that the number of visitors at the locality must run into many thousands each year, and that not a few other exotic plants have turned up in much less frequented areas.—F. J. HERMANN, CROPS RESEARCH DIVISION, A.R.S., U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, BELTSVILLE, MARYLAND. Volume 60, no. 718, including pages 265-288, was published 11 November, 1958. QW R EFERENCE LIBRARY de R qq? Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by REED CLARK ROLLINS, Editor-in-Chief ALBERT FREDERICK HILL STUART KIMBALL HARRIS RALPH CARLETON BEAN Associate Editors CARROLL EMORY WOOD, JR | IVAN MACKENZIE LAMB Vol. 60 December, 1958 No. 720 CONTENTS: The Hybrid Ragweed, Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida. W. H. Wagner UTS 0 A a a aa eo cete aN eE S 309 Some Interesting Records from Eastern Massachusetts. Richard PE ATN Sea cl T E IE eda sae 5 Ne IA 316 Cabomba caroliniana Grows in Worcester County, Massachusetts. won N. Gales.. ce ae ee aie e a 321 Further New Records of Myrtaceae from Jamaica. George R. Ptootor OVI c ve 6 5 cr ORDINI a ss re ee bas 323 Typification of the Genus Forestiera (Oleaceae). Kenneth A. Wilson oe ie ERR es bee cc eee 327 A New Rhododendron Station in Maine. Radcliffe Pike and AR. Hagan 1: e a cee a aa Ses SR MIS 328 The Type of Vaucheria compacta var. koksoakensis, John L. Bim and Robert: T: W3tce EL Tie ciet ee 329 iu. ii Dem CE ME PIT SEA LLENAS ES 330 Index to volime:.00 .— 7... E CE er err cs re 331 The New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Botanical Museum, Oxford St.. Cambridge 38, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of North America. Price, $6.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) 60 cents. Back volumes can be supplied at $5.00. Somewhat reduced rates for complete sets can beobtained on appli- cation to Dr. Hill. Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of North America, will be considered for publication. Please conform to the style of recent issues of the journal. All man- uscripts should be double-spaced throughout. Illustrations can be used only if the cost of engraver's blocks is met through the author or his institution. Forms may be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be fur- nished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to Reed C. Rollins, Gray Herbarium, 22 Divinity Ave., Cambridge 38, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Dr. A. F. Hill, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Botanical Museum, Oxford St., Cambridge 38, Mass. Entered as second-class matter March 9, 1929, at the post office at Lancaster, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS For all students of American Plants the Gray Herbarium Card-index of Botanical Names is indispensable. It is a work of reference essen- tial to scientific libraries and academies and all centers of botanical activity. It includes genera and species from 1885 to date. The sub- divisions of species from 1885 to date are now included and from 1753 to 1886 are in the process of being inserted. Issued quarterly, at $25.50 per thousand cards. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge 38, Mass., U. S. A. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 60 December, 1958 No. 720 THE HYBRID RAGWEED, AMBROSIA ARTEMISIIFOLIA x TRIFIDA W. H. WAGNER, Jn.! One of the more striking of all weed hybrids is certainly the cross between the “common ragweed” and the “giant ragweed” — Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida. The parents differ strongly in habit, stature, leaf-form, and fruits, producing in their cross a distinctive plant. During recent studies of the parental species I have encountered occasional naturally occurring examples of this rare cross, and I wish to report here some observations not previously recorded. The hybrid between our two most pernicious of hayfever weeds was first discovered and deseribed by Wylie in 1915. Subsequent authors for the most part seem not to have noticed this early paper. A single plant was found during the summer of 1914 on a roadside about 2 miles north of Iowa City, Iowa. It produced flowers in abundance but no seeds were formed, although Wylie observed the plant closely until autumn. It is significant that none of the later writers has reported seeds (or fruits) either. The leaves of the new hybrid were described as ‘“‘distinctly different from either of the supposed parents, though inter- mediate between them in a general way,” and one of the leaves was figured (op. cit., pl. 21) together with comparable leaves of the parents. Since Wylie’s original description, various observations on Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida, both from North America and Europe, have been published. However, in his revision of 1 Publication No. 10 on Atmospheric Pollution by Aeroallergens under research grant No. E-1379(C) from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, Public Health Service. 310 Rhodora [ Von. 60 Ambrosia in North American Flora Rydberg in 1922 did not men- tion Wylie's plant, including only another hybrid ragweed, A. bidentata X trifida. K. L. Jones (1943) did cite Wylie's original report and also recorded another example of the wild hybrid which was found in 1936 along the banks of the Huron River near Ann Arbor, Michigan. Jones, in genetic experiments, also created the hybrid under artificial conditions by growing the all- pistillate form of A. artemisiifolia together with pollinating plants of A. trifida. Of the seven hybrid plants that he secured, two inherited the all-pistillate condition of the artemisiifolia female parent, four were intergrades, and one was normally monoecious. In cytological studies of the cross, he determined that the 12 chromosomes in the haploid set of A. trifida are recognizably larger than the 18 from A. artemisiifolia. Chromo- some pairing was found to be irregular and there were numerous univalents. Such pairing as occurred involved almost entirely chromosomes of similar size and therefore were assumed to have been contributed by the same parent. Stebbins (1945) called attention to this as a striking example of pairing between chromo- somes contributed by the same parent in species hybrids involv- ing polyploidy. Rouleau in 1944 redescribed Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida on the basis of a collection made in Canada in 1935, and gave it the binomial “X Ambrosia Helenae," in honor of Hélène Boulé, for whom Ile Sainte-Héléne, where the hybrid was discovered near Montreal, was also named. In 1939, Ballais found the eross at Cauderan (Giroude), France, where the parent species have been introduced (Lawalrée, 1947). In 1950 the inter- mediate was taken at Urbana, Champaign Co., Illinois, by Marilyn L. Briggs (Jones and Fuller, 1955). Although we now have records in our notes only from Iowa, Illinois, Oklahoma, Michigan, Quebec, and France, Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida will probably be detected from time to time wherever the two parents grow together in ruderal habitats. In Michigan, as mentioned previously (Wagner & Beals, 1958), this ragweed cross is extremely rare. Such few specimens as we have found during 1956, 1957, and 1958 have been in much disturbed habitats, along the sides of newly built roads and on construction sites in and around Ann Arbor. 1958] Wagner, —Hybrid Ragweed 311 Despite its somewhat unique appearance the hybrid may be passed unnoticed, or may even be confused with other species. There are probably unrecognized specimens in various herbaria. To illustrate, in the herbarium of Tulane University I found in 1958 an example of this ragweed cross from Pawnee, Oklahoma (August, 1933, C. F. Coffman) that was identified as Ambrosia psilostachya, the "perennial" or “western ragweed.” Another specimen reported for the first time here was found in 1957 in the much-used herbarium of the University of Michigan Bio- logical Station. The latter (East Cheboygan, Michigan, July 30, 1933, J. H. Ehlers 5346) bore the identification A. artemisti- folia, probably because on casual inspection it appeared like a very coarse individual of the common ragweed. Part of the difficulty of recognizing A. artemisiifolia X trifida surely results from the rather extraordinary variation in the suc- cessive leaves produced from spring through fall. The earlier leaves of the season are roughly like over-sized leaves of A. artemisiifolia, but the later leaves formed on the main and lateral axes are not comparable directly to those of either parent, having rather large, but narrowly three-lobed or simple blades. By late summer and fall, all the spring leaves have normally fallen or completely dried up so that only the more simple leaf types of the distal parts of the plant remain. At this stage the plant looks something like a narrow-leaved form of A. trifida. To attempt to show all the normal foliar variations of this hybrid I decided to make observations of a single, as nearly average as possible, plant—from cotyledons to highest braet. To accomplish this it was necessary to find a natural hybrid very early in its growth, so that all the first leaves would be present and intact. On May 18, 1958, a specimen was found growing with the parents on a construction site at the University Hospital, Ann Arbor. With the assistance of Dr. John M. Sheldon this plant was extracted from a difficult position in a crack along the sidewalk with as little injury as possible, and it was turned over for cultivation to Mr. Walter F. Kleinschmidt, Superintendent of the U. M. Botanical Gardens, who kept it under approximately normal conditions. A sample leaf was re- moved from each node just before it dried and fell off naturally. The plant grew to 50 inches in height and seemed to be of fairly 312 Rhodora | VoL. 60 average growth for this cross in Michigan, neither as small as Ehlers’ specimen from Cheboygan, nor as large as the giant speci- men grown under more luxuriant artificial conditions the previous year. "The results from this “pruning” of the old leaves of suc- cessive nodes are shown in Figure 1. The seedlings of the parent species have been described by Rowlee (1893) and Kummer (1951). In over-all stature the hybrid seedling is closer to A. trifida than A. artemisiifolia. The cotyledons and the first foliage leaves of the cross are readily distinguishable from the corresponding leaves of A. trzfida. On the fourth to eighth nodes the leaves look somewhat like ex- tremely gross leaves of A. artemisiifolia and their margins are lobed and toothed (fig. 1, especially the second row). This is the leaf type depicted by Wylie (op. cit., pl. 21). By the time the sixth pair of foliage leaves has appeared, there are already lateral branches growing from all except the lowermost nodes, a feature especially characteristic of A. artemisiifolia (Rowlee, op. cit.). At approximately the middle level of the plant, the opposite leaf arrangement gives way to alternate, in this respect also as in A. artemisiifolia rather than A. trifida which has opposite branch- ing throughout. The leaves in the upper half of the plant tend to be progressively simpler in structure and finally, in the top five nodes, to become narrowly three-lobed to nearly simple, the margins now practically entire. The leaves illustrated by K. L. Jones (op. cit., figs. 2, 4, 5) are like the intermediate types found in the middle of the plant (fig. 1, third row). The leaves produced on the lateral branches of this “average” hybrid are considerably smaller than those along the main axis. The three leaves (fig. 1, inset) from a branch at the sixth node (shown by the arrow) illustrate the most common types of leaves on the lateral branches. In extremely vigorous, large and much- branched specimens of A. artemisiifolia X trifida, however, the lateral branches become more like the top half of the main axis of our average plant. This unusually large form is shown by the specimen of Rouleau (op. cit., fig. 3), and is represented in our collections by Wagner 8461 (Micu) from near Ann Arbor Airport which was grown to exceptionally large size in the U. M. Botani- cal Gardens in 1957. Fruits have apparently not previously been found in Ambrosia 1958] Wagner, —Hybrid Ragweed 313 FiG. 1. Leaf variations of Ambrosia artemisiifolia X trifida. | Lower left: Major branches of "average" plant 50 inches tall, showing successive nodes where leaves were removed. Sil- houettes (to scale) of successive leaves arranged left to right—Bottom row, nodes 1-5; second row, nodes 6-8, third row, nodes 9-12, fourth row, nodes 13-16, top row, nodes 17-18 (18 at base of terminal spike). INSET: successive leaves from lateral branch shown by arrow in habit diagram. (Silhouettes photographed by T. F. Beals). 314 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 artemisiifolia X trifida, and it is possible that the production of any fruits at all is atypical. Nevertheless, our natural hybrid, cited above, that was cultured in 1957 under particularly luxu- riant conditions in the greenhouse and permitted to develop into an unusually large speeimen was grown side by side with numer- ous pollinating plants of A. artemisiifolia, and by the latter half of September the hybrid did produce approximately twenty fruits—these having been stimulated to form, perhaps, by the lia. 2. Fruits of ragweeds. A. Ambrosia coronopifolia; B. A. artemisiifolia; C. A. artemisii- olia X trifida; D. A. trifida. pollen from the parent species. The fruits, the outer walls of which are involucral in. origin. and appeared superficially to be normal, represent good intermediates between the rather different fruits of the parents as shown in the scale drawings in figure 2. The fruits of A. artemisiifolia average usually 4-5 mm. in total length, with a narrowly constricted beak that makes up one-third to one-half the length. Those of A. trifida are much larger, approximately double in over-all length, 7-10 mm., with a more broadly based beak that comprises one-fifth to one-fourth of the total length. The fruits of the hybrid are variable but all of those which did develop on the plant were intermediate both 1958] Wagner,—Hybrid Ragweed 315 in size and shape between those of the parents. The only major deviation is that the hybrid fruits tend to be more deeply chan- nelled, a feature no doubt related to the collapse or failure of development of the achene within. Following after-ripening during the winter of 1957-58, an attempt was made to germinate some of the hybrid fruits, but without success. Both the pollen and the fruits (when formed) of this hybrid are probably ineffec- tive in its reproduction. Because of the great rarity and sporadic occurrence of this hybrid ragweed, and because of its probable inability to repro- duce or even survive more than one summer by any means, I am inclined to designate it by formula only, i.e., as Ambrosia arte- mistifolia X trifida, rather than by formal binomial nomenclature, as A. X helenae. There is considerably more justification, per- haps, for designating the ragweed hybrid, A. artemisiifolia X coronopifolia with a taxonomic binomial as A. X intergradiens (Wagner & Beals, op. cit.), because the latter hybrid is found to be frequent in many counties of Michigan (and probably else- where) and has the ability to form very large, perennial popula- tions through the years by way of root proliferations. The question, however, of when or why it is “useful or necessary" to designate an interspecific plant hybrid with a binomial is at present wholly arbitrary and personal. It would be desirable if there existed a generally acceptable and sound philosophy as a guide in this regard. LITERATURE CITED Jones, G. N. and G. D. Futter. 1955. Vascular plants of Illinois. Univ. Illinois Press, Urbana. Jones, K. L. 1943. Studies in Ambrosia: III. Pistillate Ambrosia elatior X A. trifida and its bearing on matroclinie sex inheritance. Bot. Gaz. 105: 226-231. KuMMER, ANNA P. 1951. Weed seedlings. Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago. LawALRÉE, ANDRE, 1947. Les Ambrosia adventices en Europe occi- dentale. Bull. Jard. Bot. de l'Etat Bruxelles 18: 305-315. RouLEAv, Ernest. 1944. Notes taxonomiques sur la flore phanéro- gamique du Québec. —1. Naturaliste canadien 71: 265-272. Rower, W. W. 1893. Studies upon akenes and seedlings of the order Compositae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 20: 1-17 RYDBERG, P. A. 1922. Ambrosiaceae, N, Am, Flora 33, part 1: 3-44. 316 Rhodora | Vor. 60 STEBBINS, G. L., Jr. 1945. The evtological analysis of species hybrids. II. Bot. Rev. 11: 463-486. Waaner, W. IL, Jn. and T. F. Bears. 1958. Perennial ragweeds (Ambrosia) in Michigan with the description of a new, intermediate taxon. RHODORA 60: 177-204. Wyvrig, R. B. 1915. A hybrid ragweed. Proe. Iowa Acad. Sei. 22: 127-128, pl. 21. SOME INTERESTING RECORDS FROM EASTERN MASSACHUSETTS RICHARD J. EATON Middlesex and Norfolk Counties in eastern Massachusetts, par- ticularly within a radius of thirty miles from downtown Boston, have been intensively explored during the past century by several generations of energetic botanists. The flora of that area is, perhaps, as well represented by herbarium specimens, and the detailed distribution of its specific elements is as well known, as that of any comparable area in the New World. It is, therefore, à source of constant interest and surprise that novelties (from a local point of view) continue to crop up in some numbers. De- spite the accelerating contraction of suitable habitats for our native vegetation and the rapid conversion of rural areas to industrial, highway, and housing uses with all that that process implies, it is still profitable to rework familiar ground intensively in search of previously overlooked plants or recent arrivals. The specimens cited below were collected by the author unless otherwise stated, and have been placed in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club. Isopres RIPARIA Engelm. Walden Pond, Concord, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, Sept. 22, 1957. Neither it nor its more northerly and hardly separable var. canadensis has been reported previously from the county. Even if considered as an aggregate, this species appears to be somewhat local in eastern New England: one record each from Cumber- land and York Counties, Maine; one from Suffolk, three from Norfolk, and two from Worcester Counties, Massachusetts; two from Providence County, Rhode Island; two from Windham County, Connecticut. IsoErES MACROSPORA Dur. Walden Pond, Concord, Massachusetts, G. HR. Proctor 3681-b, Aug. 29, 1949; same station, Sept. 22, 1957. New to Middlesex County, Massachusetts. Aside from three other stations in Massachusetts (Plymouth and Hampden Counties) this species appears to be confined to northern New England. Unaware of the Proctor collection, 1958] Eaton,—Records from Eastern Massachusetts 317 I stumbled on it last fall while making a periodic “low-water” visit to Walden. It seems odd that the numerous keen botanists who have ex- plored its shores and neighboring woods during the past hundred years should have previously overlooked two species of Isoëtes. The suspicion is inevitable that they are recent arrivals, particularly in view of the ever- inereasing hordes of bait fishermen and others who infest the pond. CYPERUS ERYTHRORHIZOS Muhl. Two recent collections from Concord: Great Meadows, J. W. Brainerd 2569, July, 1950; shore of Walden Pond, Sept. 22, 1957. Previously known in Middlesex County only from Winter Pond, Winchester. Until 1930 this species was considered rare in southern New England where it reaches its northeast limit of range at two stations in Massachusetts on the bank of the Merrimaek River in Essex County. It was known elsewhere in our area at two stations each in Norfolk and Bristol Counties, all in Massachusetts, and at a scattering of seven sta- tions in the Connecticut River valley from Hadley, Massachusetts, to its mouth at Lyme, Connecticut. Since 1930, in addition to the two Concord stations cited above, it has been discovered at five places in the Black- stone River valley from Auburn (near Worcester), Massachusetts, south- ward to Providence, Rhode Island; and at two places along the upper (southern) Nashua River in eastern Worcester County. It is difficult to accept the idea that this well-marked and easily recognizable sedge pre- viously had been overlooked in such a thoroughly botanized town as Concord.! More problematical is its status in Worcester County, Massachusetts, where active and competent botanists under the leadership of B. N. Gates and David Potter have been systematically collecting during the past twenty-five years. However, Joseph Jackson did intensive field work there (but without the benefit of motor transportation) in the 1890's while gathering material for his “Flora of Worcester County”. During the next two decades, in addition to continued field work by local botanists, Messrs. Fernald, Knowlton, Hunnewell, and other members of the New England Botanical Club, either on formal field excursions or otherwise, visited the county more or less regularly. In short, its flora was reason- ably well known to botanists of a preceding generation. Therefore, one must not dismiss the possibility, if not the probability, that C. erythrorhizos has invaded the Sudbury-Concord, Nashua, and Blackstone üver valleys in recent years. If so, the reasons and agencies responsible for its possibly 1 The New England Botanical Club Herbarium contains specimens from Concord repre- senting more than 1050 species plus an additional 124 named varieties and forms, collected by forty persons beginning with H. D. Thoreau and E. S. Hoar in the 1850's. After these notes were sent to the printer an old undated specimen has been found in the recently acquired herbarium of Mary Rodman. The label is inadequately annotated “Bedford—C. W. J.” Evidently she received it from Charles W. Jenks, a contemporary amateur botanist of Bedtord who collected actively in central Middlesex County beginning about 1880. It is physically possible that Jenks could have collected the plant in the Bedford section of the Concord River meadows, but there are good reasons for disregarding this possibility. Internal evidence strongly suggests that the specimen did not originate with Jenks or from Bedford. 318 Rhodor: [ Vor. 60 sudden dispersal must remain obscure. One is tempted to correlate the postulated phenomenon with the remarkable increase in eastern Massa- chusetts of migrant waterfowl, in particular surface-feeding fresh water ducks, such as Black Duck, Wood Duck, Pintail, Blue- and Green-winged Teal? This correlation probably is coincidental. The recent increases, in fact, merely represent partial recoveries from the steady decline of waterfowl along the eastern flyway since early Colonia! times when their abundance appears to have been fantastic. Obviously, the opportunities for dispersal of the sedge by avian means in post-glacial times were far greater prior to 1700, for instance, than during the years 1930-1957. CAREX HIRSUTELLA Mackenz. Open deciduous woods, Concord, Massachusetts, June 16, 1957. First record from Middlesex County. I find only two herbarium specimens from eastern New England: one from Mt. Desert, Maine, and one from Bristol County, southeastern Massachusetts. Otherwise, it appears to be confined to localities west of the Connecticut River from Vermont to Connecticut. Dr. F. J. Hermann concurs with my determination of the Concord specimen. CAREX LAXIFLORA Lam., var. SERRULATA F, J. Herm. | Lincoln, Middle- sex County, Massachusetts, June 22, 1955, wooded rocky slope over diorite outcropping. Obviously closely related to C. laxiflora, but unlike anything to be expected in eastern Massachusetts, I sent the specimen to Dr. Hermann for his opinion. He assigned it unhesitatingly to this ap- parently local and seldom collected variety. This appears to be its first recorded occurrence in New England. There are only five specimens in the Gray Herbarium: one each from New York, Michigan, and Washing- ton, D. C., and two from Tennessee. Dr. Hermann writes that he has seen a recent collection from an additional station in Michigan. Like the typical form, var. serrulata seems to prefer rich hardwoods. Incidentally, the Lincoln station, according to the detailed geological map of the region, lies on the same formation as that for Parietaria pensylvanica in Concord mentioned below. "Phe formation is mapped as a narrow, gradually ex- panding ribbon from Marlborough to Salem, Massachusetts. Except near the coast, it reaches the surface as outerops at but a few places; otherwise it is buried chiefly by the acid soils of glacial origin. The out- cropping in Concord is noteworthy for its rich flora. It is the site of a number of species not known to occur elsewhere in the town and which are relatively rare and local in eastern Massachusetts. To a much lesser extent, the same is true of the less extensive Lincoln exposure. Wo ria puncrata Griseb. Concord, Massachusetts, Oct. 16, 1957, on quiet water in an artificial wild-fowl impoundment adjacent to the Great Meadows impoundments of the United States Wild Life Refuge. The presence of this species was discovered by Carroll E. Wood, Jr., while searching for fruiting fronds of W. columbiana in a sample I had collected for him for that purpose. A collection subsequently taken from a de- tached colony of the now locally abundant W. columbiana? contained ? See “Birds of Concord" by Ludlow Griscom (Cambridge, 1949), pp. 153-154, 181-188, ete. 3 First discovered in eastern Massachusetts in 1938 and reported by the author in RHODORA, 41: 42 1958] Eaton,—Reecords from Eastern Massachusetts 319 roughly five per cent W. punctata. The latter species seems to float slightly higher in the water than the other and is somewhat boat-shaped. By running a cupful through a fine-meshed kitchen strainer to remove contaminating Lemna, ete., I was able to obtain a pure sample of the mixed Wolfiia plants. Successive portions of the cleaned material were floated in a flat dish. By gently blowing across the surface, I found it possible to increase the percentage of W. punctata at the far edge to a marked degree, thus facilitating the preparation of a pure specimen of the latter species.‘ This appears to be its first recorded occurrence in New England. Its range is stated by Fernald in Gray's Manual, Sth Ed., as “Fla. to Tex., n., very locally, to e. Md., n.w. N. Y., s. Ont., Mich ...", ete. In con- nection with the possibility of the dissemination of aquatic vegetation by waterfowl, suitable ecological conditions at the place of deposition are essential for a successful introduction. In the case of the Lemnaceae, the sewage-polluted waters of the Sudburv-Coneord River and particularly the Great Meadows impoundments adjacent to it are notoriously favorable for their luxuriant growth.? Seemingly, the chances are excellent that a single frond of Wolffia, released from entanglement in some portion of the external anatomy of a migrant duck, for instance, onto the surface of one of these impoundments, should soon proliferate abundantly. It is con- sidered well-nigh impossible for any vegetal material, viable or otherwise, to remain in the digestive tract of a bird during the time required for a flight from Maryland to eastern Massachusetts. Also, it is questionable whether Wolffia ever can stick to a bird's feathers. It is conceivable that it can stick to a strand of weed fouled in a bird's foot or bill. "Very rarely I have seen a land bird with a claw or bill apparently fouled by extraneous material. One or two of my ornithological friends have observed similar occurrences. Wolffia adheres strongly by capillary attraction to moist surfaces. Such a means of long-distance transport seems possible. On the whole, I think it rather likely that both species of Wolffia are recent arrivals in Concord. SISYRINCHIUM ARENICOLA Bickn. Braintree, Norfolk County, Massa- chusetts, R. B. Channell and R. J. Eaton, July 5, 1957. The previously known occurrence of this southern species in northeastern North America is indicated by specimens in the Club and Gray Herbarium from Wood- bury, Connecticut, Block Island, Rhode Island, Marthas Vineyard, Nantucket, and Provincetown in Massachusetts, and thence (disruptedly) from southwestern Nova Scotia. This familiar distributional pattern is characteristic of a number of southern plants which are assumed to have migrated in the late Pleistocene northeastward along the exposed con- tinental shelf, and to have become isolated at scattered marginal stations by subsequent rise in the ocean level. Hence, the occurrence of sS. 4 For methods of preserving herbarium specimens of Wolffia see “Wolffia in Canada" by W. G. Dore in The Canadian Field-Naturalist, 71: 10-106. ? See author's paper “Lemna minor as an aggressive weed in the Sudbury River". RHODORA, 49: 165-171. 320 Rhodora | Vor. 60 arenicola on the mainland of Massachusetts in Norfo!k County is some- what surprising. PARIETARLA PENSYLVANICA Muhl. Deciduous woods, base of dioritic outerop,® Concord, Massachusetts, Aug. 1, 1957. Previously unrecorded from Middlesex County. Except for three old records from the southerly outskirts of metropolitan Boston (one of which is definitely annotated "waste ground") its distribution in Massachusetts as reflected by the many specimens in the New England Botanical Club Herbarium is con- fined to the Connecticut River valley and westward, where rich woods species are notably numerous and abundant. The plant at Concord has every appearance of being indigenous. However, reference is made to Ruopona 1: 168-172 wherein P. pensylvanica is listed as one of the species said to have been unsuccessfully introduced at Concord by Minot Pratt (who died in 1878). Pratt, contrary to his usual practice, made no men- tion of the introduction in his “List of Plants of Concord" (ms. in the Concord Publie Library). BARTONIA PANICULATA (Michx.) Muhl. Shore of Bateman's Pond, Concord, Massachusetts, July 25, 1957. First record for Middiesex County. Previously known New England distribution: Cumberland and York Counties, Maine, one station each; Norfolk County, Massachusetts, three stations in the Blue Hills Reservation; thence westward near the coast in southeastern Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut. CRATAEGUS CRUS-GALLI L. Concord, Massachusetts, July 25, 1957. Second record for the county, the first being Middlesex Fells, N. T. Kidder, June 8, 1928; otherwise not known in eastern Massachusetts, north of Bristol County. This species is one of the very few New England members of the genus which ean be readily identified in the field. At the Concord station were three large and apparently old individuals and sev- eral smaller ones at the edge of extensive rocky open woodland in a long abandoned pasture. VERNONIA MISSOURICA Raf, Clam Shell Bluff, Concord, Massachusetts, Aug. 21, 1957. Adventive from the West. Probably the first record for New England. It is included here as a previously overlooked addition to the long list of adventives at this station reported by the author in Ruopora 38:64-67. It has presumably persisted for nearly thirty years, despite the fact that all but narrow edges of the field recently has been put back into cultivation. HIERACIUM PILOSELLA L. var. NIVEUM Muell. Arg. Old. sterile. field, Concord, Massachusetts, July 30, 1957, where it occurs as a dense clone several meters in diameter. Naturalized from Europe. Its occurrence in the Gray's Manual range is stated by Fernald as "Fields, e. Maine”. Var. niveum strikingly differs from the frequently collected and wide- ranging typical form in that its leaves are permanently and conspicuously white pannose beneath. Furthermore, it appears to be far less aggressive. — LINCOLN, MASS. 5 The pH of a finely powdered mixed sample was determined as 6.2. 1958] Gates,—Cabomba Caroliniana 321 CABOMBA CAROLINIANA GROWS IN WORCESTER COUNTY, MASSACHUSETTS Burton N. GATES The distribution of Cabomba caroliniana A. Gray in Massa- chusetts is gradually unfolding. An important recent contribu- tion is that of Stuart K. Harris! who collected it in Fosters Pond, Essex County, 1957. In the next County to the south, Suffolk, Dr. Harris also reported it in abundance in Muddy River, The Fenway, Boston. South of Boston, the present writer has seen a specimen from the sandy shore of Nippenicket Pond, Bridge- water, Plymouth County (Frank C. Seymour, 4426, 1935; a sterile specimen in the New England Botanical Club Herbarium). The range of Cabomba extends westward into Worcester County. The specimens documenting this distribution are filed in the Hadwen Herbarium of Worcester County Plants, Clark University, Worcester. The earliest collection was from Ux- bridge, in the Mumford River (Walter H. Hodge, 2825, 1933). Again in Uxbridge, it was found in great abundance; the long streamers,” having been washed up by a hurricane, were floating along the shore of Ironstone Reservoir. A random specimen measured 85+ inches long (F. C. Seymour and B. N. Gates 32316, 1954). Nine years previous, it had been collected as an occa- sional plant in Ironstone Brook at Ironstone Road, which is fed by Ironstone Reservoir (B. N. Gates 23914, 1946). In the southeast town in Worcester County, Blackstone, in the Black- stone River, two or three feet deep, Cabomba covered the bed of the river (Malumphy 24893, 1943). Distribution in Worcester County extends west considerably beyond the geographical center of the State. On a field trip of the New England Botanical Club it was first collected floating along the north-east shore of Quaboag Pond near the inlet of Seven Mile River (David Potter 24913, 1946). At this station, it has been observed nearly every year since and was collected in May 1955 (Winifred C. Gates 31976). That there is no associa- tion by water-courses between this East Brookfield station and ! Ruopora 60: 116. 1958. ‘A profusion of amazingly long streamers ot Myriophyllum humile forma capillaceum tangled with Cabomba; the collected specimen measured in excess of 11.5 feet long (F. C. Seymour and B. N. Gates 31995). 322 Rhodora | Vow. 60 the two towns, Uxbridge and Blackstone, is quite evident; East Brookfield is in the water-shed which empties into the Thames River in Connecticut, while the two other towns are in the Blackstone River water-shed, draining south through Rhode Island. Westward from Worcester County, Fassett,’ without a specific citation, lists an occurrence in “western Massachusetts, where perhaps introduced", is interpretable as most any locality west of the Connecticut River. It is quite probable, however, that his citation refers to the collection in 1930 by Wayne E. Manning? in Hatfield, Hampshire County. He found it very abundant in South Pond, once a very old ox-bow of the Connectieut River. A local florist and fisherman, Harold Keys, is quoted by Manning as having known it in profusion in this pond for at least a decade previous and as having suggested that it appeared to be indigenous. To round out the statement of occurrence of Cabomba in southern New England, it may be helpful to cite briefly two col- lections in Connecticut, which have been seen by the writer. Ultimately, it might develop that they have some relationship to the Massachusetts station in the Connecticut River Valley water-shed. In Rogers Pond, Saybrook, Middlesex County, it was reported to be very abundant (E. H. Hames 11854a, 1937; a specimen in flower at the Gray Herbarium). In a pond at the south-west base of Chestnut Hill, Trumbull, Fairfax County, it has been long established, according to the property owner. (E. H. Eames 11874, 1937; a specimen in flower in the Gray Herbarium). Sterile Cabomba has a reasonable resemblance to several other aquatics found in our New England waters. For this reason and because in the writer’s experience it is seldom found in flower or fruit, at least in Massachusetts, it may be readily overlooked or mistaken for one of several plants of ponds and streams. Sterile specimens of Cabomba have the general appearance of Ceratophyllum demersum L., Megalodonta Beckii (Torr.) Greene, Ranunculus flabellaris Raf. and to some forms of Myriophyllum. Distinguishing characters of the stem and leaves of these are very helpfully pictured by W. C. Muenscher, in comparison with the ! Manual of Aquatic Plants, 1940. ! Ruopora 39: 187, 1958] Proetor,—Further New Records of Myrtaceae 323 stem and leaves of Cabomba, on a plate in his Aquatic Plants of United States”. Observe that Cabomba has a well developed petiole without stipules. Conclusions are few, beyond the fact that Cabomba is locally widespread in Massachusetts. The earliest collection known in Massachusetts was in 1930, in Hatfield, Hampshire County, fol- lowed in Worcester County, in Uxbridge, in 1933. In the writer's experience, supported by the collections of others, it is locally plentiful and well established. Regrettably, the writer has yet to see it in flower or fruit in the area (although the two Connecti- eut collections were in flower). Occurrence in Massachusetts constitutes an extension considerably north of the normal range given in Gray's Manual, ed. 8, as Virginia, or, by Fassett, as New Jersey. Each of these authors would account for the New England extension as “naturalized” or “perhaps introduced" through some unexplained means. Its scattered but established distribution anticipates that further collections should show a more unified occurrence of Cabomba in southern New England.— BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT, CLARK UNIVERSITY, WORCESTER, MASS. FURTHER NEW RECORDS OF MYRTACEAE FROM JAMAICA GEORGE R. Pnocron Recent botanical exploration by the writer in Jamaica has re- vealed an interesting series of new plant records. A previous number of Ruopona (50: 303-306. 1957) presented a few notes on Eugenia and proposed one new species. The present paper con- tributes more new Jamaican records in the Myrtaceae. "The writer is grateful to Dr. Lily M. Perry for her assistance with the Latin descriptions. Calyptranthes clarendonensis Proctor, sp. nov. Frutex cirea 2.5 m. altus; ramulis novellis fere teretibus, dense brunneo-tomentosis. Folia sessilia, rigide coriacea, opaca, non pellucido-punctata, supra glabra, subtus decidue brunneo-tomentosa, 2.5-5 em. longa, 1.5-4.5 em. lata, late ovata, apice obtusa, basi valde cordato-subamplexicaule, nervo medio supra basin versus impresso, subtus prominente, venis secundariis promi- nulis. Inflorescentiae 2-4, subterminales, apice 2-3-florae, floribus sessili- bus. Alabastra ovoidea, apiculata, 5-6 mm. longa, dense brunneo- 5 [thaca, N. Y., 1944, plate 102a, page 232, 324 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 tomentosa. Flores aperti non visi. Baccae globosae (interdum irregulariter globosae), brunneo-tomentosae, 9-14 mm. diametro; semini- bus 2-13, 6-9 mm. longis. Shrub c. 2.5 m. tall; youngest branchlets nearly terete, densely brown- tomentose. Leaves sessile, rigidly coriaceous, opaque and without pellu- cid dots, glabrous above, deciduously brown-tomentose beneath, 2.5-5 em. long, 1.5-4.5 em. wide, broadly ovate, blunt at apex and rather deeply cordate-clasping at base, midrib impressed toward the base above, promi- nent beneath, secondary venation prominulous on both sides. In- florescences 2-4, subterminal (i.e., accompanied and overtopped by a pair of leafy shoots which appear simultaneously from the same place); pe- duncles 2-5 em. long, somewhat compressed or 2-edged, brown-tomentose, 'ach bearing 2 or 3 sessile flowers at the apex. Buds ovoid-apiculate, 5-6 mm. long, densely brown-tomentose. Open flowers not seen. Berries globose (sometimes irregularly), brown-tomentose, 9-14 mm. in diameter, 2-13-seeded, the seeds 6-9 mm. long. TYPE: Parish of Clarendon, Peckham Woods, elev. e. 2500 ft., on roeky limestone hilltop, Proctor 11399, colleeted Dee. 23, 1955. Holotype at the Institute of Jamaica; the type material is in fruit. ADDITIONAL SPECIMENS: from the same locality, Webster & Proctor 5392, with young fruits (Herb. Arnold Arboretum); Proctor 9760, January 7, 1955, with buds and fruits. The present new species was for a time doubtfully identified with C. maxonii, but clearly differs from that species in its terete, tomentose branchlets; larger and more deeply cordate leaves; longer peduncles bearing but 2 or 3 sessile flowers (instead of ‘3 heads of (to 12) sessile flowers, the 2 lateral heads more or less stalked”); and much larger buds. The fruits of C. maronii evidently are not known; those of C. clarendonensis tend to have more seeds than is usual in this genus. From C. cardiophylla Urb. of eastern Cuba, with which C. clarendonensis seems to show a near relationship, the latter differs by the leaves entirely lacking the “densely impressed-punctate”’ character of the upper surface and by differences in the nature of the pubescence. The flowers and fruits of C. cardiophylla were unknown to Urban, but more recently-collected material (Alain 3352), with buds, suggests that these structures are smaller in the Cuban species. Calyptranthes ekmanii Urban, Ark. Bot. 224 (10): 32. 1929. Sterile material apparently conspecific with this small tree of southwestern Haiti has been collected in moist elfin woodland on the east slope of the John Crow Mountains, Parish of Portland, Proctor 9820. This is a new record for Jamaica, 1958] Proctor, —Further New Records of Myrtaceae 325 Myrcia skeldingi Proctor, sp. nov. Arbuscula circa 5 m. alta; ramulis, petiolis, nervo medio foliorum subtus, et inflorescentiae ramis superioribus sparsim strigillosis, deinde glabratis. Folia coriacea et sine punctis pellu- cidis, subsessilia (petiolis crassis, 1-2 mm. longis), 5.5-10 em. longa, 3.5-6 em. lata, late elliptica vel ovato-elliptiea, apice plerumque rotundata vel obtusa, basi subeordata vel rotundata, nervo medio supra impresso, subtus prominente, venulis crebris et tenuibus reticulatis utrinque sed praecipue subtus prominulis. Paniculae terminales multiflorae, plerumque 7-14 em. longae lataeque, peduneulo 0.5-1 cm. longo, ramis ultimis plerumque dichasiam 3-5-floram terminalem ferentibus. Tubus calycis 1.5 mm. longus, glaber, paulum supra ovarium productus, 4-lobatis, lobis circa 0.75 mm. longis; petalis albis, glabris, ca. 1 mm. longis; antheris bilocularibus; stylo ca. 3.5 mm. longo, stigmate peltato. Baccae globosae, glabrae, ca. 6 mm. diametro, maturae rubrae, seminibus 1-3, (3)-4 mm. longis. Small tree c. 5 m. tall; youngest branchlets, petioles, midribs of leaves beneath, and upper infloreseence-branches sparsely strigillose, all parts becoming glabrate with age. Leaves coriaceous and without pellucid dots, subsessile (petioles thick, 1-2 mm. long) 5.5-10 em. long, 3.5-6 em. wide, broadly elliptie or ovate-elliptie, the blades mostly rounded or blunt at the apex, with base subcordate or rounded; midrib impressed above, prominent beneath, the finely-reticulate venation prominulous on both sides but especially beneath. Panicles terminal, many-flowered, mostly 7-14 em. long and broad, the basal stalk (peduncle) 0.5-1 em. long, the ultimate branches mostly ending in 3-5-flowered dichasia. Calyx with tube 1.5 mm. long, glabrous, slightly prolonged above the ovary, 4-lobed, the lobes c. 0.75 mm. long; petals white, glabrous, c. 1 mm. long; anthers 2-celled ; style c. 3.5 mm. long, with peltate stigma. Berries globose, c. 6 mm. in diameter and deep red when ripe, with 1-3 seeds, these (3)-4 mm. long. TYPE: Parish of Clarendon, Mason River Savanna, 2.75-3 miles north- west of Kellits, elev. e. 2300 ft., in thickets along stream, Proctor 16478, collected July 9, 1957. Holotype at the Institute of Jamaica; the type material has flowers and young fruits. ADDITIONAL SPECIMEN: from the same locality, Proctor 16734, collected Oct. 14, 1957, with ripe fruits. Myrcia skeldingi is easily distinguished from other J amaican congeners (and most species elsewhere) by its subsessile, more or less subeordate, blunt-tipped leaves and 4-lobed calyx. In the latter character it is an anomalous member of its genus. This species shows a rather close resemblance to a group of Brazilian forms, especially M. uberavensis Berg (=M. cardiophylla Reicht. ?), but the latter clearly differ in having 5-parted flowers and in other individual details. Named for Prof. A. D. Skelding of the Department of Botany, University College of the West Indies, who first pointed out to the 326 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 writer the botanical richness of the Mason River Savanna area where this species is apparently endemic. Eugenia jeremiensis Urb. & Ekm., Ark. Bot. 244 (4): 29. 1931. Ja- MAICA: Parish of Hanover, interior summit slopes of Dolphin Head, on moist wooded limestone hillside, Proctor 10032 and 10416. The specimens cited above were originally believed by the writer to represent an undescribed species, but subsequent com- parison with type material of E. jeremiensis (from southwestern Haiti) strongly suggests that they are conspecific. Ekman’s specimens of the latter species in the Institute of Jamaica her- barium are, however, sterile, and the Jamaican plants may yet prove to be different. In any case, this material represents : new record for Jamaica. It can be described as follows: Shrub or small tree reaching at least 5 m. in height; branchlets terete or slightly compressed near the end, glabrous. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, 10-12 em. long by 7-9 em. broad, ovate- orbicular with rounded apex, the base of the blade broadly cuneate, dark green above and paler beneath with numerous minute faintly pellucid punctate dots; midrib slightly impressed near the base on the upper side, but flat or slightly raised toward the apex, very prominent beneath, especially near the base, with side-veins and venules prominulous on both sides; petioles thick, furrowed above, 2-3 mm. long. Flowers paired in the upper leaf-axils; pedicels 2.5 em. long, stout (1-1.5 mm. in diameter); bracteoles united at the base, broadly deltoid-ovate, obtuse, 1 mm. long; sepals apparently roundish, unequal, the longer 1.4 em. long, the shorter 1 em. long (seen in bud only). Expanded flowers and fruits not seen. The flowers of this species, when open, must be larger than those of any other indigenous Éugenia.—1iNsTITUTE OF JAMAICA, KINGSTON, JAMAICA, W.I. 1958] Wilson,—Typifieation of Genus Forestiera 327 TYPIFICATION OF THE GENUS FORESTIERA (OLEACEAE)! In preparing the treatment of the genera of the Oleaceae of the southeastern United States, I found it necessary to determine the type of the genus Forestiera. Two different species have already been chosen as the type, and the problem was to discover which one was correct. Forestiera acuminata (Michx.) Poir. was desig- nated by Britton and Brown (Ill. Flora ed. 2. 2: 278. 1913) and by A. Rehder (Bibl. Cult. Trees & Shrubs p. 576. 1949) as the type of the genus while M. C. Johnston (Synopsis of the United States species of Forestiera (Oleaceae). Southwestern Nat. 2: 141. 1957 [1958]) maintained that the type species is Adelia porulosa Michx. After reviewing the literature, however, I have reached still another conclusion. The genus Adelia was described by Patrick Browne in 1756 (Civ. Nat. Hist. Jamaica p. 361), but he listed only the poly- nomial *ADELIA I. Foliis obovatis, oppositis; spicillis alaribus [sic]; cortica cinereo," and made no binomial combination. He did, however, include a short description and an illustration of the male plant (Tab. 36, fig. 3) which he said was “common in the low gravelly hills eastward of Kingston.” Michaux (Flora Boreali-Americana 2: 223. 1803) adopted the name Adelia (“ADELIA. Brown.") and described three species, making the proper binomial combinations. These species were Adelia porulosa ("*HAB. in maritimus Floridae"), A. ligustrina (*HAB. in fruticetis Illinoensibus, Tennasée, &c"), and A. acuminata (*HAB. ad ripas fluviorum Carolinae et Georgiae). Browne's plant was not named by Michaux. Willdenow (Sp. Pl. ed. 4. 4: 711. 1806) proposed the name Borya for the genus, and listed “Adelia Mich. amer. 2. p. 223” in synonymy. He included 4 species in his treatment: Borya cassinoides Willd., based on Browne's description and also a Richard specimen (‘Habitat in Antillis"); Borya porulosa Willd., based on Adelia porulosa Michx. (“Habitat in maritimis Flori- dae"); Borya ligustrina, and Borya acuminata. Willdenow, therefore, included Michaux's three species in his treatment, but, ! Continuing a series of miscellaneous notes and papers on the flora of the southeastern United States made possible through the interest and support of George R. Cooley and a grant from the National Science Foundation. 328 Rhodora [ Vor. 60 in addition, described and named Browne's plant upon which the genus Adelia was based. The name Borya Willd., however, was a later homonym of Borya Labill. (Liliaceae). Forestiera was the name proposed for this genus in 1810 by Poiret (Encycl. Méth. Suppl. 1: 132. 1810) who cited both Adelia Michx. and Borya Willd. in the synonymy. Among the four species listed by Poiret (op. cit. 2: 663-665. 1811 [1812]) are Forestiera cassinoides, based on Borya cassinoides Willd. and Browne's description and figure (“Cette plante croit aux Antilles. (Herb. | Richard.)") and Forestiera porulosa, based on Borya porulosa Willd. and Adelia porulosa Michx. (“Cette plante croît dans la Floride, sur les cótes de la mer.’’). It is clear, then, that Patrick Browne's plant bears the specifie epithet cassinoides, (not porulosa). Moreover, since this is the species upon which P. Browne's Adelia is based (and therefore also Borya Willd. and Forestiera Poir.) it should be considered as the type of the genus. Since Adelia L. (Euphorbiaceae) has been conserved over Adelia Browne, the correct name for the genus is Forestiera Poir., but the type remains the same. The type species of the genus Forestiera is Borya cassinoides Willd. (= Adelia cassinoides (Willd.) O. Ktze. =Forestiera cas- sinoides (Willd.) Poir.).—KENNETH A. WILSON, GRAY HERBARIUM AND ARNOLD ARBORETUM. A NEW RHODODENDRON STATION IN MAINE.—As a result of an intensive botanical and horticultural study of native Rhododendron maximum colonies in Maine and New Hampshire, one hitherto unreported stand has come to our attention. Pro- fessor Elwyn Meader of the Department of Horticulture, Uni- versity of New Hampshire learned of it first and called it to the attention of the senior author. A visit was made by the authors and notes taken on November 4, 1957. This is a very small colony consisting of rather uniform plants standing about 215 feet high and covering an area about 10 feet long and 6 feet wide. It is situated a short distance in from the north shore of Horn Pond, Acton, York County, Maine, and is not more than !4 mile from the Maine-New Hampshire boundary. The environment is a mixed forest on a gentle south-facing slope. Deciduous species predominate but some large trees of Pinus 1958] Blum and Wilce,— Type of Vaucheria compacta 329 Strobus and Tsuga canadensis occur not far away. The Rhodo- dendrons are obviously young and it might be thought, therefore, that the colony is new and was established there recently either with the help of man or by means of natural migration. How- ever, there is no information that the colony was planted nor is it likely that an attractive ornamental species would be planted in this kind of situation. The nearest known natural colony is the well known one in Sanford which is more than 11 miles away. It seems improbable that R. maximum with its particularly relic character in New England traversed this distance in recent years. It may be more reasonable to conclude that there was formerly a larger colony in the area. Lumbering which is known to us as having been disastrous to other Rhododendron stands was formerly carried on at the Acton site and probably resulted in the almost complete destruction of the Rhododendrons. For- tunately, a few have survived. Now it will be interesting to see if it will regain its former abundance in future years.— RADCLIFFE Pike AND A. R. HODGDON, DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURE AND DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, DURHAM. THE TYPE or VAUCHERIA COMPACTA Var. KOKSOAKENSIS.—In describ- ing this variety on page 286 of Rhodora, Volume 60, we inadvertently neglected to cite the type specimen. The following should have appeared on that page. type: R. C. Wilce 830, collected on the eastern shore near the mouth of the Koksoak River, Québec, Canada, Sept. 1, 1955, in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.—JOHN L. BLUM AND ROBERT T. WILCE. Volume 60, No. 719, including pages 289-308, was published 15 December, 1958. 330 Rhodora | VoL. 60 ERRATA Cover, No. 710, line 3; for Mid-arrowed, read Mid-arrowhead. Cover, No. 710, line 7 ; for Glen J. Winterringer read Glen S. Winterringer. Page. 34, line 7; for repens, read reptans. 1 7 Page 37, line 15; for Page 41, line 29; for repens, read reptans. listed either, read listed either because. Page 48, line 12; for Colorado, read southern Alberta. Page 58, line 4; for F ‘asset, read Fassett. Cover, No. 711, line 9; for 76, read 86. Page 90, line 32; for Page 272, line 7; for alternis supra. Page 282, line 11; fo: Page 282, line 16; foi Page 282, line 27; foi constancy, read consistency. oppositis supra, alternis infra; read oppositis infra, " mm., read m. ' 10-14 cm., read 10-14 mm. hirsute, read hispid. 1958] Index to Volume 60 331 INDEX TO VOLUME 60 New scientific names and combinations are printed in bold face type Abies balsamea 248 Acalypha rhomboidea 68 Acer platanoides 65; saccharinum 65; saccharum 65 Achillea lanulosa 7, 8, 9; mille- folium 7, 8, 9, 66; Ptarmica 127 Acnida altissima 301, 304; var. prostrata 301; var. subnuda 301, 305; cannabina 301, 304; tamari- scina 301, 305 Adelia acuminata 327; cassinoldes 328; ligustrina 327; porulosa 327, 328 Adenoplea lindleyana 21 Agropyron repens var. subulatum 67 Agrostis alba 65; canina f. mutica 65; perennans 67; tenuis 65 Ahles, H. A., Bell, C. R., and Rad- ford, A. E.. Species New to the Flora of North or South Caro- lina 10 Ahmadjian, V.. The Fruticose and Foliose Lichens of Worcester County. Massachusetts 74 Ajuga reptans 23 Albino Form of Dipsacus sylves- iris, An 174 Alectoria nidulifera 77 Aletes acaulis 265. 266, 270; mac- dougalii 265, 270; humilis 265 Alicabon barbadense 164 Alliaria officinalis 15 Alium ampeloprasum 12; atroviolaceum 12 Alnus serrulata 206, 207 Alsine rossi 45 Alsinopsis macrantha 49 Amaranthus albus 301, 302; ascend- ens 301, 305; caudatus 301. 305; cruentus 301, 305; deflexus 301, 305; graecizans 14, 301, 305; hy- bridus 301. 305; f. hypochondri- acus 301. 305; lividus 301, 305; Palmeri 301. 305; Powelli 301. 305; pumilus 301 ; retroflexus 301. 304; spinosus 301, 305; viridis 301, 305 var. Ambrosia artemisiifolia 178-203, 310-312. 314; f. villosa 194; var. elatior 68; bidentata 126. 201; coronopifolia 177-203; elatior 178, 195, 201; media 195; psi- lostachya 177, 181, 183, 185, 188. 190. 200—203. 311; var. coronopi- folia 126, 181; trifida 178, 180, 181, 182, 195, 201, 310, 311, 312, 314; artemisiifolia X coronopi- folia 315; A. x helenae 200, 315; x Ambrosia Helenae 310; ar- temisiifolia X trifida 309-315; bidentata X trifida 310; Ambro- sia X intergradiens 183. 186. 189- 197. 200-203, 315; Plate 1234 America, Arenaria rossii and Some of Its Relatives in 44 Ampelamus albidus 21, 30 Andropogon campyloracheus 10; gerardi 144; scoparius var. fre- quens 67 Anaptychia hypoleuca 82 Anastrophyllum saxicola 219, 220 Antennaria aprica 306; campestris 306; canadensis 306; fallax 306; microphylla 306; munda 306; neglecta 68, 306; neodioica 68, 306; petaloidea 306; plantagini- folia 68, 306 Anthelia juratzkana 217, 219. 223 Anthemis arvensis var. agrestis 127; var. arvensis 127; mixta 127; tinctoria 127 Anthoxanthum odoratum 65 Anthriscus scandicinus 20 Apios americana 70 Apocynum androsaemifolium 70 Aquilegia formosa var. flavescens 86 Arabis missouriensis 206 Arceuthobium pusillum 298, 302 Arctium minus 66 Arenaria elegans 45, 47; filiorum 49, 50, 51, 52; macrantha 44, 45. 49. 50, 52; nuttallii 53; ssp. fragi- lis 53; ssp. gracilis 53; ssp. gre- garia 53; ssp. nuttallii 53; rosei 332 Rhodora 53; rossii 44—46. 49, 51; ssp. co- lumbiana 48, 50; var. apetala 48, 50. 52; ssp. elegans 47. 51; ssp. rossii 45, 51; rossii var. ape- tala 49; var. columbiana 48; Rossii 45; rubella 50, 52; stricta 45, 52; ssp. dawsonensis 53; ssp. macra 53; ssp. stricta 52; ssp. texana 52 Arenaria rossii and Some of Its Relatives in America 44 Aristida desmantha 42; lanosa 206. 208; stricta 291 Aristolochia Clematitis 298, 305; durior 298, 305; Serpentaria 298, 303 Arrhenatherum elatius f. biaristat- um 65 Artemisia albula 127; dracuncu- loides 116; Parryi 266; vulgaris 25 Asarum canadense 298, 303; var. acuminatum 298, 303; var. re- flexum 298, 303 Ascelepias syriaca 64, 68; verticil- lata 206 Ascyrum hypericoides var. oblongi- folium 206 Asparagus officinalis 65 Asplenium cryptolepis 244 Aster cordifolius 70, 72; ericoides 68; infirmus 61; lateriflorus 68: var. pendulus 68; linearifolius 68; novae-anghae 61, 66; novi- belgii 70; pilosus 143; puniceus var. compactus 70; undulatus 68; vimineus 70 Asterella ludwigii 211, 216—218. 224. 234; saccata 211, 230. 231. 233. 249. 250; tenella 217 Athalamia hyalina 211. 230. 232. 234. 247. 249. 250 Athyrium Filix-femina var. Mich- auxili 69; f. elatius 69; f. laurenti- anum 69; thelypterioides f. acrostichoides 69 Atriplex arenaria 300, 304; glabriu- scula 300, 304; hortensis 300. 305; patula 300, 304; var. hastata 300. 304; var. littoralis 300. 304; rosea 300, 305 Axyris amaranthoides 300, 305 | VoL. 60 Baeomyces roseus 76 Barbarea vulgaris var. arcuata 65 Bartholomew’s Cobble (Review) 32 Bartonia paniculata 206, 319 Bassia hirsuta 300, 305 Bazzanin denudata 224 Beals, T. F. and Wagner, W. H. Jr.. Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) in Michigan. with the Deserip- tion of a New Intermediate Taxon 177 Bean, R. C.. A. F. and Eaton, R. J., Twelfth Report of the Commit- tee on Plant Distribution 297 Bell, C. R.. Radford. A. E., and Ahles, H. E., Species New to the Flora of North or South Carolina 10 Berberis vulgaris 65 Bernard, Fr. J-P. and Lóve. D. Rumex stenophyllus in North America 54 Beta vulgaris 300, 305 Betula alba 65; lenta 71; populi- folia 67 Bidens connata 58; frondosa 58. 68; pilosa 25; var. radiata 25, 30 Blum. J. L. and Wilee, R. T. Description, Distribution and Ecology of Three Species of Vaucheria Previously Unknown from North America 283; Type of Vaucheria Compacta var. koksoakensis, The 329 Boehmeria cylindrica 13, 206, 295. 297. 302, 303; var. Drummondi- ana 297. 303; drummondiana 295 Borya acuminata 327; cassinoides 327. 328; ligustrina 327; porulosa 327. 328 Bothriochloa intermedia 91. 93, 95; ischaemum 91, 93, 94, 05; pertusa 91. 93 Brachiaria platyphylla 11 Bredemevera colletioides 104 Brodiaea uniflora 13 Bromus brizaeformis 296; com- mutatus 65; marginatus 264 Buchloé dactyloides in Illinois 259, 260 Buddleia lindleyana 21 1958] Index to Volume 60 333 Cabomba caroliniana 116, 321 Cabomba caroliniana Grows in Worcester County, Massachu- setts 321; in Essex County, Mas- sachusetts 116 Callirhoe involucrata 41. 43 Callitriche terrestris 18, 30 Calothrix scopulorum 284 Calyptranthes cardiophylla 324; clarendonensis 323, 324; ekman- nii 324; maxonii 324 Candelaria concolor 81; var. effusa 81 Cannabis sativa 297, 304 Capsella Bursa-pastoris 65 Carex annectens 67; cephalophora 70; eleocharis 115; hirsutella 318; laxiflora 318; var. serrulata 318; lurida 206; normalis 70; pallescens var. neogaea 70; pen- svlvanica 70; var. digyna 115; picta 175; praegracilis 115; sco- paria 70; Shortiana 174; spicata 65; squarrosa 174; stenophylla 115; var. enervis 115; Swanii 70; tenera 70; typhina 174; virescens 206; x Deamii 174 x Carex Deamii in Missouri. 174 Carolinas. Striga asiatica and Chrysoma pauciflosculosa in the 289 Carphephorus bellidifolius 121; carnosus 120, 121; corumbosus 118, 121; pseudo-liatris 118, 121; tomentosus 121 Carya glabra 67; ovalis 206; texana 206; tomentosa 67. 206 Castanea dentata 71 Catalpa bignonioides 65 Celarier, R. P. and Mehra. K. L.. Determination of Polyploidy from Herbarium Specimens 89 Celastrus seandens 68 Celosia argentea var. cristata 301. 305 Centaurium umbellatum 21 Cephalozia leucantha 218; spini- gera 219; subdentata 219 Cephaloziella arctica 223; spini- gera 219 Cerastium vulgatum 65 Ceratophyllum demersum 322 Cetraria ciliaris 77, 82; islandica 77, 82; Oakesiana 82; Tucker- mani 82 Chaerophyllum procumbens 20 Chamaesaracha grandiflora 113; nana 113; physaloides 171 Channell. R. B. A New Species of Samolus (Primulaceae) from Mexico 1 Chelone glabra 206 Chenopodium album 300, 304; ambrosioides 300, 305; var. an- thenminticum 300, 305; Bonus- Henricus 300, 305; Boscianum 300. 303; Botrys 300, 304; Capi- tatum 300, 302; carinatum 300. 305; foliosum 300, 305; glaucum 300. 305; graveolens 300, 305; humile 300, 305; hybridum var. gigantospermum 300, 302; inc- anum 300, 305; lanceolatum 65. 300. 304; leptophyllum 300. 302. 303; murale 300, 305; paganum 300. 305; polvspermum 300. 305; rubrum 300, 304; urbicum 300, 304 Chromosome Numbers in the Genus Krameria: Evidence for Familial Status 101 Chromosome Races in the Chry- santhemum Leucanthemum Complex 122 Chrysanthemum ircutianum 124; lacustre 26; Leucanthemum var. pinnatifidum 66; leucanthemum 122, 123, 124; var. subpinnatifi- dum 124 "hrvsobalanus oblongifolius 16, 23, 29 Chrysoma pauciflosculosa 290 Chrvsoma paucifloseulosa in the Carolinas, Striga asiatica and 289 Chrysosplenium iowense 248, 251 Cichorium Intvbus 66 Cireaea quadrisuleata var. cana- densis 68 Cirsium arvense 26; pitcheri 251; vulgare 66 Cladonia apodocarpa 78; bacillaris 80; f. clavata 80; f. reagens 80; Boryi 77; caespiticia 78; capitata 80; carassensis 78; f. regularis 78; chlorophaea 79; f. carpo- phora 79; clavulifera 81; f. nudi- 334 Rhodor: caulis 81; coniocraea 79, 81; f. phyllostrota 79; f. stenosevpha 79; conista 79; cornutoradiata 79; f. radiata 79; eristatella 80; f. ochrocarpia 80; f. simulata 80; f. squamosissima 80; f. vestitu 80; eylindrica 79, 81; f. seyphif- era 79; deformis 79; delicata 80; didyma 80; farinaceae 77; fim- briata 79, 81; Floerkeana 80; f. trachypoda 80; furcata 77, 78; var. palamaea 77; var. pinnata 77; gracilis 79; Grayi 80; f. carpo- phora 80; f. prolifera 80; f. squamulosa 80; incrassata 80; macilenta 80; mitis 78; mitrula 80; nemoxyna 79, 81; papillaria 71; piedmontensis 80; f. squamu- losa 80; pityrea 79, 81; pleurota 79; var. frondescens 79; pyxidata 79; rangiferina 77; f. erispata 77; scabriuscula 77; squamosa 78; f. squamosissima 78; subcariosa 81; f. squamulosa 81; submitis 78; sylvatica 78; tenuis 77; turgida 78; f. squamulosa 78; uncialis 77; verticillata 79; f. aggregata 79; f. apoctita 79; f. phylloce- phala 79 Claytonia aurea 259; chrysantha 259; flava 259; lanceolata 259; virginia 258, 259 Cnidoscolus stimulosus 291 Cochranea anchusaefolia 21 Comandra Richardsiana 206, 298, 303; umbellata 298. 302 Commelina communis var. ludens 12 Convallaria canaliculata 292 Convolvulus sepium 68 Coreopsis basalis 26; drummondii 26; verticillata 126 Corispermum hyssopifolium 300. 305 Cornus alternifolia 68; florida 206 Corylus americana 67 Cosmos bipinnatus 26 Crataegus erus-galli 320 Crepis pulehra 26 Croton capitatus var. lindheimeri 17; engelmanni 17; lindheimeri 17 Cryptocolea imbricata 223 | VoL. 60 Cuphea balsamona 19; carthagen- ensis 19 Cuscuta campestris 66 Cycloloma atriplicifolium 14, 300. 305 Cynomarathrum saxatile 269 Cyperus erythrorhizos 317; flave- scens var. poaeformis 206; stri- gosus 67 Cytotaxonomic Study of the Genus Achillea in Pennsylvania 7 Dactylis glomerata 65 Daucus Carota 65 Dermatocarpon aquaticum 82; miniatum var. complicatum 82 Description, Distribution and Ecology of Three Species of Vaucheria Previously Unknown from North America 283 Determination of Polyploidy from Herbarium Specimens 89 DeWolf, G. P. Jr. Evolution of Flowering Plants (Review) 262 Dicerandra densiflora 23, 29 Dichanthium annulatum 91, 92, 94, Plate 1232, 95 Digitaria filiformis 11, 30; var. vil- losa 208; Ischaemum 65; san- guinalis 65; texana 11. 30 Diplophyllum albicans 216; apicu- latum 211, 228, 229, 243, 244; var. obtusatum 228; incurvum 216; obtusifolijm 228, 229, 230 Dipsacus sylvestris 174; sylvestris f. albidus 175 Distribution of Litorella americana in the Mid-arrowhead Region of Minnesota 33 Dithvrea Griffithsi 147, 151; Wisli- zenii 146, Plate 1233, 147. 150. 151. 152; var. Palmeri 151 Dominican Republic. Thelepogon elegans Roth in the 73 Dryopteris thelypteris 295; The- Ivpteris var. pubescens 69, 206 Eaton. R. J. Some Interesting Records from Eastern Massachu- setts 316; The Spontaneous Flora of an Old House-Lot in Eastern Massachusetts 61 Eaton, R. J., Bean, R. C. and Hill, 1958] Index to Volume 60 339. A. F.. Twelfth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribu- tion 297 Echinochloa pungens var. Wie- gandii 67 Echinodorus parvulus 42 Echium vulgare 43 Ehrle, E. B, A Cytotaxonomic Study of the Genus Achillea in Pennsylvania 7 Elaeagnus pungens 18 Elatine triandra in New York 58 Elatine triandra 58; f. submersa 58. 59 Emex spinosa 298, 305 Epilobium coloratum 68 Equisetum arvense 64, 69 Eragrostis lugens 11; spectabilis 67 Erigeron annuus 68, 72; canadensis 68; pulchellus 68 Eugenia jeremiensis 326 Eupatorium fistulosum 206; per- foliatum 295 Euphorbia commutata 296; corol- lata 206; dentata 17; hirta 18; Ipecacuanhae 291; supina 68 Euphrasia disjuncta 308; micran- tha 307, 308; subarctica 308 Euphrasia micrantha New to North America 307 Evernia mesomorpha 76 Evers, R. A., Further Notes on the Illinois Flora 142 Evolution of a Taxonomic Charac- ter in Dithyrea (Cruciferae), The Genetic 145 Evolution of Flowering Plants (Review) 262 Experiments and Observations Bearing on Evolution in Oeno- thera 37 Facelis apiculata 27; retusa 27 Fagopyrum sagittatum 298, 304; tataricum 298, 305 Falearia sioides 41 Fell, E. W. New Illinois Carex Records 115 Festuca elatior 65; ovina 65; rubra 67; var. commutata 67 Field and Herbarium Studies in Southern Illinois 292 Fimbristylis autumnalis 206 Florida, A New Species of Vicia (Leguminosae) in 256 Forestiera acuminata 327; cassi- noides 328; porulosa 328 Foster, R. C. Three Changed Authorities for Combinations 86 Fragaria virginiana 67 Fraxinus americana 68, 71 Froelichia arizoniea 301, 305; flori- dana 14; var. campestris 208; gracilis 14, 41, 116 Frullania bolanderi 211, 225, 226. 227, 228, 229, 244, 247, 248, 252 Fruticose and Foliose Lichens of Worcester County, Massachu- setts. The 74 Further New Records of Myrta- ceae from Jamaica 323 Further Notes on the Illinois Flora 142 Galinsoga ciliata 66 Garberia fruticosa 119; heterophyl- la 119 Gates, B. N., Cabomba caroliniana Grows in Worcester County, Massachusetts 321 Gates, R. R., Experiments and Observations Bearing on Evolu- tion in Oenothera 37 Gaura parviflora 19 Generic Considerations Concerning Carphephorus, Trilisa and Litri- sa (Compositae) 117 Genetic Evaluation of a Taxono- mic Character in Dithyrea (Cru- ciferae) The 145 Geobalanus oblongifolius 16 Geocaulon lividum 298, 302 Geranium maculatum 68, 69; Robertianum 66 Geum laciniatum var. trichocar- pum 67 Glassman, S. F. and Thieret, J. W.. Grasses New to Illinois and the Chicago Region 264 Gleason, H. A., Two New Stations for Carex picta 175 Gloeocystis scopulorum 284 Gnaphalium obtusifolium 68 Godfrey, R. K. and Kral, R., A New Species of Vicia (Legumi- nosae) in Florida 256; Some 336 Rhodora Identities in Halesia (Styraca- ceae) 86 Gonolobus laevis 21 Grasses New to Illinois and the Chicago Region 264 CGutierrezia sarothrae 270 Gyrophora Dillenii 84 Habenaria ciliaris 206; clavellata 206; lacera 67 Halesia carolina 88; diptera 86; Plate 1231, 87, 88; var. diptera SNB; var. magnifolia 88; parvi- flora S8; tetraptera Plate 1231, S7. NS Halesia (Styracaceae), Some Iden- tities in 86 Harperella fluviatilis 21 Harris, S. K.. A New Color Form of Solidago sempervirens 2061; Cabomba caroliniana in Essex County. Massachusetts 116; Ne- lumbo Lutea in Essex County, Massachusetts 116; Rorippa Ses- siliflora in Essex County, Massa- chusetts 260 Heiser, C. B. Jr, Three New Annual Sunflowers (Helianthus) from the Southwestern United States 272 Helianthella parryi 267 Helianthus agrestis 272; angusti- folius 126, 143; annuus 272, 274, 275, 277; brevifolius 126; debilis 275, 277, 279; ssp. cucumerifolius 279; ssp. praecox 279; divaricatus 126; grosseserratus 126; hirsutus var. hirsutus 294; var. trachy- phyllus 294; maximiliani 27; neglectus 274, 275, 276, 277, 279. 282, 283; paradoxus 272, 273. 274, 275, 277, 282; petiolaris 272. 274, 275, 277, 279; ssp. fallax 279. 280, 282; ssp. petiolaris 279. 281, 282; petiolaris var. canescens 277. 282; praetermissus 274; ra- dula 27; tuberosa 64, 66; x am- biguous 126; annuus X petiolaris 279; H. x luxurians 126; gigan- teus X mollis 126; neglectus X annuus 277, 278; neglectus x debilis ssp. cucumerifolius 278; X debilis ssp. praecox 278; x | Vor. 60 petiolaris var. canescens 278; X petiolaris A 278, 279; X petiol- aris B 278; occidentalis X grosse- serratus 126; petiolaris X annuus 126 Hehotropium amplexicaule 21 Hepaticae VI. Phytogeographical Relationships of Critical Species in Minnesota and Adjacent Areas of Great Lakes, Notes on Nearctic 209, 243 Herberta hutchinsiae 224; sakuraii 210, 224; tenuis 224 Hermann, F. J.. Euphrasia mi- crantha New to North America 307 Hesperis matronalis 16 Heteropogon melanocarpus 11 Hieracium aurantiacum 66; floren- tinum 66; pilosella var. niveum 320 Hilferty, F. J.. A New Bryophyte Flora (Review) 176 Hill. A. F.. Eaton, R. J. and Bean. R. C.. Twelfth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribu- tion 297 Hodgdon, A. R. and Pike, R., A New Rhododendron Station in Maine 328 Holosteum umbellatum 15 Humulus japonicus 297, 304; Lupulus 297, 304 Hybrid Ragwood, Ambrosia arte- misiifolia X trifida, The 309 Hydrocotyle sibthorpioides 20 Hymenocallis occidentalis 13 Hymenoxys richardsonii 270 Hypericum kalmianum 251; muti- lum var. parviflorum 68; per- foratum 68; tubulosum var. Walteri 206 Hypochaeris glabra, 10. 28, 29 Hypogymnia physodes 82 Ilex myrtifolia 18; opaca 206 Illinois and the Chicago Region, Grasses New to 264 Illinois, Buchloe dactyloides in 259; Field and Herbarium Stud- ies in Southern 292; Plant Notes from 41 1958] Index to Volume 60 ood Illinois Flora, Further Notes on the 142 Impatiens capensis 68 Ionoxalis martiana 17 Iris brevicaulis 42 Isoetes macrospora 316; muricata 34; riparia 316; var. canadensis 316 Itea virginica 206 Iva ciliata 28 Jamaica, Further New Records of Myrtaceae from 323 James, C. W., Generic Considera- tions Concerning Carphephorus. Trilisa and Litrisa (Compositae) 117 Jennings, O. E. Thelepogon ele- gans Roth in the Dominican Republie 73 Jones, G. N., Buchloé dactyloides in Illinois 259 Juglans cinerea 71; nigra 65 Juncus diffusissimus 206; tenuis 67 Jungermannia polaris 222; schiff- neri 211, 222, 223 Jussiaea decurrens 206; leptocarpa 19, 142, 143 Kochia Scoparia 300, 305; Sieversi- ana 300, 305 Kral, R. and Godfrey, R. K.. A New Species of Vicia (Legumi- nosae) in Florida 256 Krameria grayi 102. 103, 105; lanceolata 102. 103. 105; ramo- sissima 102, 103. 105 Lactuca canadensis var. latifolia 68; var. longifolia 68 Lakela, O., Distribution of Lit- torella americana in the Mid- arrowhead Region of Minnesota 33 Laportea canadensis 297, 302 Lapsana communis 28 Larrea tridentata 5 Leontodon autumnalis 66; leysseri 28 Lepanthes Brenesii 100; cochleari- formi 98; turialvae 97, 98, 99, 100 Leptodactylon pungens 270 Lewis, W. H.. Minor Forms of North American Species of Rosa 237 Liatris odoratissima 117, 118; pani- culata 118 Lichens of Worcester County. Massachusetts, The Fruticose and Foliose 74 Linaria canadensis 68, 206 Lindera Benzoin 206 Lithospermum croceum 296; caro- liniense 206; 296 Litrisa carnosa 118, 119, 120 Littorella americana 33, 34, 35, 36, 37; uniflora 33, 36, 37 Lobelia Dortmanna 33, 37 Lohum perenne 65 Long, R. W., Notes on the Distri- bution of Ohio Compositae: I. Heliantheae, Anthemideae 125 Lophozia alpestris 253; gillmani 213. 223, 224; grandiretis 253; groenlandica 253; hatcheri 253; heterocolpa 223; kunzeana 223. 253; latifolia 223; lycopodioides 253; obtusa 253; quadriloba 213. 214, 233; schultzu 214, 224 Lotus corniculatus 42 Love, D. and Bernard, Fr. J-P.. Rumex stenophyllus in North America 54 Luzula multiflora 70 Lysimachia Nummularia 66; quad- rifolia 68 Lythrum carthagenense 19 Maguire, B. Arenaria rossii and Some of Its Relatives in America 44 Maianthemum canadense 67 Maine, A New Rhododendron Sta- tion in 328 Malus platycarpa var. hoopesii 294 Mannia fragrans 233; pilosa 211. 233, 234, 247, 249, 250; rupestris 211, 243, 244, 245; sibirica 211. 233, 234, 249, 250 Marsupella emarginata 246; paro- ica 245, 246; sparsifolia 245, 246 Massachusetts, Cabomba carolini- ana Grows in Worcester County, Massachusetts 321; Cabomba caroliniana in Essex County 116; 338 Rhodora Nelumbo lutea in Essex County 116; Rorippa sessiliflora in Essex County 260; Some Interesting Records from Eastern 316; The Fruticose and Foliose Lichens of Worcester County 74; The Spon- taneous Flora of an Old House- Lot in Eeastern 61 Matricaria Chamomilla 127 Megalodonta Beckii 322 Mehra, K. L. and Celariar, R. P., Determination of Polyploidy from Herbarium Specimens 89 Melica nitens 11 Mentha alopecuroides 43 Mertensia paniculata 226, 248, 249, 251 Mexico, A New Species of Samolus (Primulaceae) from 1 Michigan, with the Description of a New Intermediate Taxon, Pe- rennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) in 177 Microlepidozia setacea 220 Mimulus geyeri 43; guttatus 58; luteus var. eupreus 86 Minnesota and Adjacent Areas of the Great Lakes, Notes on Nearctic Hepaticae VI. Phyto- geographical Relationships of Critical Species in 209, 243 Minnesota, Distribution of Litorel- la americana in the Mid-arrow- head Region of 33; Notes on the Distinction between the Broad- and Narrow-leaved Antennarias of 306 Minor Forms of North American Species of Rosa 237 Minuartia rolfii 44-46; rossii 45 Mirabilis hirsuta 301, 305; jalapa 14; Jalapa 301. 305; linearis 301. 305; nyctaginea 301, 305 Missouri, An Unusual Botanical Area in 205; X Carex Deamii in 174 Mitrula phalloides 207 Mohlenbrock, R. H. Jr.. Field and Herbarium Studies in Southern Illinois 289 Mollugo verticillata 66. 301. 304 Monachino, J.. Elatine triandra in New York 58 [VoL. 60 Monolepis Nuttalliana 300. 305 Morley, T., Notes on the Distinc- tion between the Broad- and Narrow-leaved Antennarias of Minnesota 306 Muhlenbergia frondosa 67; mexi- cana 67; Schreberi 67 Mulligan, G. A. Chromosome Races in the Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum Complex 122 Myosotis versicolor 22 Myrcia cardiophylla 325; skeldingi 325; uberavensis 325 Myriophyllum tenellum 34 Myrtaceae from Jamaica, Further New Records of 323 Name Lepanthes Turialvae: A Source of Confusion, The 97 Nearctic Hepaticae VI. Phyto- geographical Relationships of Critical Species in Minnesota and Adjacent Areas of the Great Lakes 209, 243 Nelumbo lutea 116 Nelumbo lutea in Essex County, Massachusetts 116 Neoparrya lithophila 265, 269, 270; Mathias 265 New Bryophyte Flora, A (Review) 176 New Color Form of Solidago sempervirens, A 261 New Illinois Carex Records 115 New Rhododendron Station in Maine A 328 New Species of Samolus (Primu- laceae) from Mexico, A 1 New Species of Vicia (Legumino- sae) in Florida, A 256 New York, Elatine triandra in 58 North America, Description, Dis- tribution and Ecology of Three Species of Vaucheria Previously Unknown from 283; Euphrasia micrantha New to 307; North of Mexico, A Taxonomic Study of the Genus Physalis in 107, 128, 152; Rumex stenophyllus in 54; Some New Flora for Parts of (Review) 235 North American Species of Rosa, Minor Forms of 237 1958] Index to Volume 60 339 North or South Carolina, Species New to the Flora of 10 Notes on the Distinetion between the Broad- and Narrow-leaved Antennarias of Minnesota 306 Notes on Nearctic Hepaticae VI. Phytogeographical Relationships of Critical Species in Minnesota and Adjacent Areas of Great Lakes 209 Notes on the Distribution of Ohio Compositae: I. Heliantheae, An- themideae 125 Nuphar variegatum 116 Nymphaea odorata 116; tuberosa 34 Nymphoides peltatum 58 Odontoschisma elongatum 219; macounii 212, 223 Oenothera blandina 39; Lamarcki- ana 37; perangusta 37, 38, 39. 40; var. rubricalyx 38; Victorini 39 Oenothera, Experiments and Ob- servations Bearing on Evolution in 37 Ohio Compositae: I. Heliantheae. Anthemidaeae, Notes on the Distribution of 125 (Oleaceae) Typification of the Genus Forestiera 327 Onoclea sensibilis 69, 206 Orange-Yellow-Flowered Claytonia virginica 258 Ornithagalum umbellatum 65 Orobanche uniflora 68 Osmunda cinnamomea 69, 206; regalis var. spectabilis 69, 206 Oxalis europaea f. villicaulis 68; martiana 17 Oxyria digyna 298, 302 Panicum capillare var. oceidentale 67; commutatum 206; lanugi- nosum var. fasciculatum 67; var. implicatum 67; laxiflorum 206; microcarpon 206; polvanthes 206; spretum 67 Parietaria floridana 297. 305; pen- sylvanica 297. 303. 318, 320 Parmelia Borreri 83; caperata 83; conspersa 83; f. insidiata 83; var. stenophylla 83; dubia 83; perforata 83; rudecta 83; saxa- tilis 83; subaurifera 83; sulcata 83 Parsonsia balsamona 19 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 68 Paspalum ciliatifolium var. Muh- lenbergii 67; plicatulum 11. 30; selaceum 206, 207, 208; stra- mineum 116 Peltigera canina 82 Pennsylvania. A Cytotaxonomic Study of the Genus Achillea in 7 Penstemon arkansanus 292; palli- dus 292 Perennial Ragweeds (Ambrosia) in Michigan, with the Descrip- tion of a New Intermediate Taxon 177 Perizoma rhomboidea 23 Persicaria hirsuta 18 Phalaris canariensis 12 Phleum pratense 65 Phlox drummondi 21; gracilis 41; pilosa 206 Phyllanthus niruri 18; pentaphyl- lus 18, 30 Physalis aequata 160; Alkekengi 107, 111, 128, 133; ambigua 140; angulata 111. 162; var. angulata 112. 132. 162. 163; var. lancei- folia 112, 132, 163; var. Linkiana 162; var. pendula 112. 132. 163; angustifolia 108, 109, 129, 137; arenicola 109, 139; var. arenicola 129, 139; var. ciliosa 129, 139; barbadensis 164; var. glabra 165; var. obscura 165; cardiophylla 159; Carpenteri 128, 171; caudel- la 108, 112, 139. 158; ciliosa 108. 139; comata 108. 157: crassifolia 107. 109. 111. 112. 159. 170; var. cardiophylla 159; var. crassifolia 132. 159; var. versicolor 112. 132. 160; Elliottii 134; Fendleri 108. 158; var. cordifolia 158; floridana 108, 164; foetens var. neomexi- cana 133. 168; Francheti 133; fuscomaculata 134; genucaulis 108, 160; Greenei 133, 170; he- deraefolia 108. 109. 111. 112, 156; var. comata 131. 157: var. cordi- folia 131. 158; var. Fendleri 111; var. hederaefolia 131, 156; var. 340 Rhodora puberula 156; heterophylla 68. 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 140, 141, 155; var. ambigua 140; var. cla- vipes 130, 141; var. heterophylla 130, 140; var. umbrosa 140; var. villosa 130, 141; hirsuta var. in- tegrifolia 166; var. repandodent- ata 165; ixocarpa 108, 112, 113. 128, 131, 160; lanceifolia 107, 163; lanceolata 107, 108. 141, 155; var, hirta 138; var. laevigata 154; var. longifolia 154; var. spathu- lacfolia 135; latifolia 141; lati- physa 133, 169; Linkiana 107. 162; lobata 110. 111, 113. 128. 171; f. albiflora 171; longifolia 108. 112. 154; macrophysa 108, 112, 153; maritima 133, 134 ; mis- souriensis 108. 111, 133. 169. 170; mollis 108, 135; var. cinerascens 136; var. parvifolia 136; monti- cola 108. 142; muriculata 159; neomexicana 108, 168, 169; nyc- taginea 108, 140; obscura 165; var. glabra 107. 165; var. viscido- pubescens 107, 164; Palmeri 156; pedunculata 170; pendula 108. 163; pensylvanica 107, 136; var. cinerascens 136; peruviana 107. 108, 130, 141; var. latifolia 141; polyphylla 108. 156; pruinosa 167; pubescens 111, 112, 164. 166. 170; var. glabra 132, 165; var. grisea 132, 167; var. integrifolia 132. 166; var. pubescens 132. 164; pumila 108, 129, 138; var. sono- rie 154; rigida 108. 154; rotun- data 108, 157; sabeana 171; sinuata 108. 140; subglabrata 108. 152; texana 153; turbinata 164. 165; variovestita 129. 137. 138; versicolor 108, 160; virgini- ana 107. 109. 111. 141. 142. 155; f. macrophysa 153; var. ambigua 140; var. campaniforma 130. 156; var. hispida 130. 154; var. intermedia; var. polyphylla 131, 156; var. sonorae 111. 112, 131. 154; var. subglabrata 111. 112. 152, 160; f. subglabrata 130; f. macrophysa 130; var. texana 131, 153; var. virginiana 111. 112. 130, 142; viscido-pubescens 164; [ Vor. 60 viscosa 107, 111, 112, 133, 136. 137; f. Elhotti 134; f. latifolia 134; ssp. maritima 134; ssp. mollis 135; ssp. viscosa 133; var. cinerascens 110. 129, 136. 138; var, Elliottii 134; f. Blliottii 129; f. glabra 129, 135; var. maritima 110, 134. 137; f. maritima 129; f. latifolia 129; var. mollis 110. 129, 136, 138; var. spathulaefolia 110, 129, 135; Walteri 108. 134; Wrightii 108, 111, 128, 132, 161. 171 Physcia aipolia 83; ascendens 83; elaeina 83; leptalea 83; leuco- leiptes 83; millegrana 83; orbi- cularis 83; f. rubropulchra 83; pulverulenta 83; stellaris 84; f. tuberculata 84; var. rosulata 84; tribacia 83 Phytogeographical Relationships of Critical Species in Minnesota and Adjacent Areas of Great Lakes, Notes on Nearetic Hepa- ticae VI. 209, 243 Phytolacca americana 67, 301, 303 Picris hieracioides 29 Pike. R. and Hodgdon. A. R. A New Rhododendron Station in Maine 328 Pilea fontana 13, 295; opaca 13. 295; pumila 13, 67. 295. 297. 302; var. deamii 295 Pinguicula vulgaris 253 Pinus echinata 292; edulis 270; rigida 71; Strobus 67. 329 Plantago aristata 24; hookeriana var, nuda 10, 24, 30; lanceolata 66; major 66; patagonica 24; Rugeli 68; Wrightiana 24 Plant. Notes from Illinois 41 Pluchea petiolata 206 Poa compressor 65; pratensis 67 Poinsettia dentata 17 Polygonatum biflorum 292. 293; canaliculatum 292; commutatum 292, 293; pubescens 292. 293 Polvgonella americana 206; articu- lata 298, 303 Polygonum achoreum 298. 303: allocarpum 298. 304. 305; am- phibium f. terrestre 298. 305; var. stipulaceum 298, 302; f. 1958] Index to Volume 60 341 fluitans 298, 302; f. hirtuosum 298; f. simile 298; arifolium 206; var. pubescens 298, 302. 303; aviculare 65, 298, 304; var. lit- torale 298, 304; var. vegetum 298, 304; Bistorta 298, 305; Careyi 298, 302; cespitosum var. longisetum 298, 305; cilinode 298, 302; f. erectum 298, 302; cocci- neum 298, 302; f. natans 298, 302; Convolvulus 65. 298. 304; var. subalatum 298, 304; crista- tum 298, 303; cuspidatum 298. 305; Douglasii 298, 302; dubium 208. 305; erectum 298, 303; ex- sertum 299, 304; Fowler 299. 305; glaucum 299, 304; hirsutum 13; Hydropiper 67. 299. 302; var. projectum 299, 302; hydropiper- oides 299, 302; f. strigosum 299; lapathifolium 299, 302; var. pros- tratum 299, 305; var. salicifolium 299, 302; minus var. subcontinu- um 299, 305; nepalense 299, 305; opelousanum 299, 303; var. ade- nocalyx 299, 303; orientale 299, 304; pensylvanicum 299, 303; var. laevigatum 67. 299. 302; f. albineum 299; var. nesophilum 299. 303; Persicaria 65, 299. 304; var. ruderale 299, 305; polvsta- chyum 299, 305; prolificum 299. 304; punctatum 299. 302; var. leptostachyum 299, 302; var. par- vum 299, 304; puritanorum 299, 303; ramosissimum 299, 304; f. atlanticum 299, 304; robustius 299. 303; sachalinense 299, 305; sagittatum 299, 302; f. chloran- thum 299, 304 ; scabrum 299, 305; scandens 299, 303; setaceum var. interjectum 299, 303; tenue 299. 303; viviparum 253, 299, 302 Populus balsamea 248 Portulaca oleracea 65 Potentilla canadensis 67; trident- ata 248. 253 Preissia quadrata 234 Primula mistassinica 248 Proctor, G. R.. Further Records of Myrtaceae from Jamaica 323 Prunella vulgaris 66 Prunus serotina 67; virginiana 67, 69 Ptilimnium fluviatile 20 Puccinellia distans 264 Pyrus angustifolia 293, 294; coro- naria 293, 294; var. lancifolia 294; ioensis 294; lancifolia 293; melanocarpa 206 Pyxine sorediata 82 Quercus alba 67, 71; coccinea 206; faleata 206; imbricaria 206; leav- is 291; rubra 67, 71; velutina 206 Quincula lepidota 108, 171; lobata 171 Radford, A. E., Ahles, H. E. and Bell, C. R.. Species New to the Flora of North or South Carolina 10 Ramallina pollinaria 76 Ranunculus acris 65; arvensis var. tubereulatus 15; flabellaris 322; harvevi 292; parvulus 15; repens 34. 37. 65; sardous 15 Raphanus raphanistrum 16; f. al- bus 16 Ratibida columnifera 116 Reboulia hemisphaerica 230 Rediscovery of the Genus Neo- parrva Mathias (Umbelliferae) 265 Rhamnus Frangula 61, 65 Rheum Rhaponticum 299, 305 Rhexia virginica 206 Rhododendron lapponicum 251; maximum 328, 329 Rhus radicans 70 Rollins. R. C.. Bartholomew’s Cob- ble (Review) 32; The Genetic Evaluation of a Taxonomic Character in Dithvrea (Cruci- ferae) 145; Orange-Yellow Flowered Claytonia virginica 258: Some New Floras for Parts of North America (Review) 235; Species Plantarum—More Than a Facsimile Edition (Review) 59 Rorippa sessiliflora in Essex Coun- tv. Massachusetts 260 Rosa acicularis var. Gmelini f. alba 242; ssp. acicularis f. alba 242; 342 Hhodora ssp. Sayi f. plena 242; adeno- sepala 240; arkansana 241; f. alba 241; f. plena 241; f. setu- losa 241; arkansoides f. alba 241; blanda 240; f. carpohispida 240; var. hispida 240; blanda carpo- hispida 240; carolina 240, 242; f. plena 242; var. alba 240; var. hemisphaerica 240; var. inermis 239; var. pimpinellifolia 240; var. plena 242; var. scandens 240; var. setigera 237; carolina conglobata 242; carolina inermis 239; carolina salicifolia 239; carolinana var. flore pleno 242; heliphila f. alba 241; hudsoniana 239; hudsonia flore multiplici 240; hudsonia salicifolia 239; hudsonia subcorymbosa 240; hu- milis var. plena 242; nitida 238; f. spinosa 237, 238, 239; palus- tris 238, 239, 240; f. alba 240; f. inermis 239; f. plena 240; var. inermis 239; parviflora 242; parviflora (flore multiplici) 242; parviflora pleno 242; pennsyl- vanica var. flore pleno 242; pennsylvanica plena 242; pratin- cola f. alba 241; pratincola setu- losa 241; suffulta f. alba 241; f. setulosa 241; virginiana 238; Woodsii f. hispida 240; blanda X R. pisocarpa 238; carolina X R. nitida 237; MacDougali x R. ultramontana 240; nitida X R. palustris 237; x R. virginiana 237, 238, 239; Woodsiü X R. blanda 238 Roubieva multifida 300. 305 Rubus Enslenii 67; laciniatus 42; occidentalis 67; parviflorus 249. 251; pensylvanicus 67; phoeni- colasius 42 Rudbeckia hirta var. Brittonii 126; mollis 29; serotina 66; tenax 127 Rumex Acetosa 65, 299, 304; Ace- tosella 65, 299. 304; alluvius 55: alpinus 299. 305; altissimus 299. 304; biformis 56; brittanica 55; crispus 55, 56, 65, 299, 304; var. dentatus 56; X obtusifolius 56. 57, 299; X orbiculatus 299; do- mesticus 299, 304; fenestratus | Vor. 60 299. 302; hastatulatus 299, 305: maritimus 299, 305; var. fueginus 300. 304; mexicanus 300. 304; obtusifolius 55, 56, 65, 300, 304; var. cristatus 56; odontocarpus 55. 56; orbiculatus 300, 302; pal- lidus 300, 304; patientia 13. Patientia 300, 305; persicarioides 300. 304; pulcher 55, 300. 305; stenophyllus 54. 55, 56, 57; tri- angulivalvis 300, 304; verticil- latus 300, 303 Rumex stenophyllus in North America 54 Ruta braveolens 17 Sagina procumbens 67 Sagittaria latifolia 58 Salicornia Bigelovii 300, 304; euro- paea 300, 304; var. prostrata 300, 304; var. simplex 301, 304; vir- ginica 301, 304 Salsola Kali 301, 304; var. caro- liniana. 301, 304; var. tenuifolia 301, 304 Salvia pitcheri 41, 43; reflexa 41, 43 Samolus alvssoides 1; cinerascens 1. 2. 4; cuneatus 1; dichondri- folius 2. 3. 4, 5, 6; ebracteatus 1.2.4, 5.6 Sassafras albidum 206 Seapania buchii 213; curta 216; cuspiduligera 216, 217, 223, 224; degenii 220, 221, 222; var. dubia 220. 221; gvmnostomophila 215. 216. 223; helvetica 216; hyper- borea 220, 221, 222, 224; incurva 215; microphylla 213; mucronata 234; scandica 214, 215, 216; spitz- bergensis 216 Schultes, R. E.. The Name Lepan- thes Turialvae: A Nource of Confusion 97 Schuster. R. M.. Notes on Nearetie Hepaticae VI. Phytogeographi- cal Relationships of Critical Species in Minnesota and Ad- jacent Areas of Great Lakes 209. 243 Scirpus caespitosus 253; carinatus 12; etubereulatus 12; koilolepis 12, 30; rubricosus 206 1958] Index to Volume 60 343 Scleria nitida 207, 208; reticularis 41; triglomerata 208 Scoparia dulcis 24 Sedum purpureum 65, 66; rosea 219, 251 Selaginella arenicola ssp. acantho- nota 291 Sesban exaltata 17 Sesbania exaltata 10, 17 Setaria glauca 65 Silphium laciniatum 127 Sisyrinchium arenicola 319, 320; atlanticum 67; montanum var. crebrum 67 Smilax glauca var. leurophylla 295 Solanum americanum 68, 69; caro- linense 68, 69; Dulcamara 58, 66; rostratum 66 Solenostoma appalachianum 245. 246; monticola 246; sphaerocar- pum 253 Solidago buckleyi 292; caesia 68; canadensis 62, 64, 68; houghtonii 214; juncea 68; nemoralis 68; patula 206; 295; pauciflosculosa 290; rugosa 62, 64, 68; rugosa var. celtidifolia 206; sempervir- ens f. citrea 261 Soliva sessilis 29 Some Identities in Halesia (Styra- caceae) 86 Some Interesting Records from Eastern Massachusetts 316 Some New Floras for Parts of North America (Review) 235 Sonchus uliginosus 54 South Carolina, Species New to the Flora of North or 10 Species New to the Flora of North or South Carolina 10 Species Plantarum—More Than a Facsimile Edition (Review) 59 Spergula pentandra 15 Sphenoclea zeylandica 24 Spinacea glabra 301, 305; oleracea 301, 305 Spiranthes cernua 67 Spirea latifolia 67 Spontaneous Flora of an Old House-Lot in Eastern Massachu- setts, The 61 Stachys sieboldii 23 Stellaria media 65 Stereocaulon coralloides 81; dac- tylophyllum 81; evolutoides 81; pileatum 81 Steyermark, J. A., An Albino Form of Dipsacus sylvestris 174; An Unusual Botanical Area in Mis- souri 205; X Carex Deamii in Missouri 174 Stillingia aquatica 18 Striga asiatica 298, 290 Striga asiatica and Chrysoma pauciflosculosa in the Carolinas 289 (Styraceae), Some Identities in Halesia 86 Subularia aquatica 34 Suaeda americana 301, 304; line- aris 301, 304; maritima 301, 304; Richii 301, 304 Syntherisma filiforme 11 Talinum calycinum 292 Tanacetum vulgare 66 Taraxacum erythrospermum 66; officinale 66 Taxodium ascendens 18 Taxonomic Study of the Genus Physalis in North America North of Mexico, A 107, 128, 152 Terrell, E. E., Striga asiatica and Chrysoma pauciflosculosa in the Carolinas 289 Tetragonia expansa 14, 301, 305 Thelepogon elegans 73 Thelepogon elegans Roth in the Dominican Republic 73 Thieret, J. W. and Glassman, S. F., Grasses New to Illinois and the Chicago Region 264 Thlaspi perfoliatum 16 Three New Annual Sunflowers (Helianthus) from the South- western United States 272 Thuja occidentalis 248 Tovara virginiana 300, 303 Tradescantia bracteata 42 Tragopogon dubius 29 Trichomanes boschianum 143, 144 Trichostema dichotomum 43; se- taceum 207, 208 Trifolium agrarium 65; pratense 65; repens 65 LM 344 Rhodora Three Changed Authorities for Combinations 86 Trilisa carnosa 120; odoratissima 118, 119, 121; paniculata 119, 121 Trillium recurvatum f. Shayi 42 Trisetum pensylvanicum 207 Triteleia uniflora 13 Tritomaria exsectiformis 234; quinquedentata 253; scitula 253 Tsuga canadensis 243, 244, 329 Turner, B. L., Chromosome Num- ber in the Genus Krameria: Evidence for Familial Status 101 Twelfth Report of the Committee on Plant Distribution 297 Two New Stations for Carex picta 175 Type of Vaucheria compacta var. koksoakensis, The 329 Typification of the Genus Fores- tiera (Olaceae) 327 Typha latifolia 207; f. ambigua 207 Ulmus americana 67, 71 Umbilicaria Dillenii 84; mammu- lata 84; Muhlenbergii 84; pa- pulosa 84 Unusual Botanical Area in Mis- souri, An 205 Urocoecus foslieanus 284 Urtica chamaedryoides 298, 305; dioica 298, 304; gracilis 298, 302; procera 298, 302; urens 298, 304; viridis 298, 302 Usnea florida 81; hirta 81 Vaccinium angustifolium var. lae- vifolium 68; corymbosum var. fuscatum 86 Vaucheria compacta 283, 285, 286, 287, 288; var. koksoakensis 285, 286, 287, 288, 329: dichotoma 287; f. marina 287; intermedia 284; minuta 284; sphaerospora 283, 284, 285, 287, 288; submarina 285, 287, 288 Verbascum Thapsus 66; virgatum 24 Verbena brasiliensis 22; rigida 22; urticifolia 68; Verbena x engel- 8 [ Vor. 60 manni 22; V. hastata X V. urti- eifolia 22; Verbena x hybrida 22 Verbesina encelioides 29 Vernonia missourica 320 Veronica serpyllifolia 66 Vicia acutifolia 256, 257, 258; Craeca 65; floridana 256, 257, 258; ocalensis 256, 257, 258 Viola cucullata f. albiflora 68; pa- pilionacea 70 Vitis aestivalis 61, 68, 72 Wagner. W. J. Jr, The Hybrid Ragweed, Ambrosia artemisii- folia X trifida 309 Wagner, W. H. Jr. and Beals. T. F., Perennial Ragweeds (Am- brosia) in Michigan, with the Description of a New Intermedi- ate Taxon 177 Wahlenbergia gracilis 25 Warea cuneifolia 16 Waterfall, U. T, A Taxonomic Studv of the Genus Physalis in North America North of Mexico 107, 128, 152 Weber, W. A., Rediscovery of the Genus Neoparrva Mathias (Um- belliferae) 265 Wilee, R. T. and Blum, J. L. Description, Distribution and Ecology of Three Species of Vaucheria Previously Unknown from North America 283; The Type of Vaucheria compacta var. koksoakensis 329 Wilson, K. A., Typification of the Genus Forestiera (Oleaceae) 327 Winterringer, G. S, Plant Notes from Illinois 41 Wolffia columbiana 318; punctata 318, 319 Woodwardia areolata 206 Xanthoria candelaria &1 Ximenesia encelioides 29 Zizania aquatica 42